This is a modern-English version of All Around the Moon, originally written by Verne, Jules.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
![]() |
![]() |
ALL
AROUND THE MOON
FROM THE FRENCH OF
JULES VERNE
AUTHOR OF "FROM THE EARTH TO THE MOON", "TO THE SUN!" AND "OFF ON A COMET!"
BY
EDWARD ROTH
ILLUSTRATED
PHILADELPHIA
DAVID MCKAY, PUBLISHER
23 SOUTH NINTH STREET
CONTENTS.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
PRELIMINARY CHAPTER,
RESUMING THE FIRST PART OF THE WORK AND SERVING AS AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SECOND.
A few years ago the world was suddenly astounded by hearing of an experiment of a most novel and daring nature, altogether unprecedented in the annals of science. The BALTIMORE GUN CLUB, a society of artillerymen started in America during the great Civil War, had conceived the idea of nothing less than establishing direct communication with the Moon by means of a projectile! President Barbican, the originator of the enterprise, was strongly encouraged in its feasibility by the astronomers of Cambridge Observatory, and took upon himself to provide all the means necessary to secure its success. Having realized by means of a public subscription the sum of nearly five and a half millions of dollars, he immediately set himself to work at the necessary gigantic labors.
A few years ago, the world was suddenly amazed by an experiment that was extremely innovative and bold, completely unprecedented in scientific history. The BALTIMORE GUN CLUB, a group of artillery enthusiasts formed in America during the Civil War, came up with the idea of establishing direct communication with the Moon using a projectile! President Barbican, who initiated the project, was strongly supported in its feasibility by the astronomers at Cambridge Observatory and took it upon himself to secure all the necessary resources to ensure its success. After raising nearly five and a half million dollars through public donations, he immediately got to work on the massive tasks required.
In accordance with the Cambridge men's note, the cannon intended to discharge the projectile was to be planted in some country not further than 28° north or south from the equator, so that it might be aimed vertically at the Moon in the zenith. The bullet was to be animated with an initial velocity of 12,000 yards to the second. It was to be fired off on the night of December 1st, at thirteen minutes and twenty seconds before eleven o'clock, precisely. Four days afterwards it was to hit the Moon, at the very moment that she reached her perigee, that is to say, her nearest point to the Earth, about 228,000 miles distant.
According to the Cambridge men's note, the cannon meant to launch the projectile was to be set up in a location no more than 28° north or south of the equator, so it could be aimed straight up at the Moon when it was at its highest point. The bullet was supposed to have an initial speed of 12,000 yards per second. It was to be fired on the night of December 1st, at exactly 10:46 and 40 seconds. Four days later, it was expected to hit the Moon right when it reached its perigee, which is its closest point to the Earth, about 228,000 miles away.
The leading members of the Club, namely President Barbican, Secretary Marston, Major Elphinstone and General Morgan, forming the executive committee, held several meetings to discuss the shape and material of the bullet, the nature and position of the cannon, and the quantity and quality of the powder. The decision soon arrived at was as follows: 1st—The bullet was to be a hollow aluminium shell, its diameter nine feet, its walls a foot in thickness, and its weight 19,250 pounds; 2nd—The cannon was to be a columbiad 900 feet in length, a well of that depth forming the vertical mould in which it was to be cast, and 3rd—The powder was to be 400 thousand pounds of gun cotton, which, by developing more than 200 thousand millions of cubic feet of gas under the projectile, would easily send it as far as our satellite.
The key members of the Club, including President Barbican, Secretary Marston, Major Elphinstone, and General Morgan, who made up the executive committee, held several meetings to talk about the design and materials of the bullet, the type and placement of the cannon, and the amount and quality of the powder. The group quickly reached the following decisions: 1st—The bullet would be a hollow aluminum shell, nine feet in diameter, with walls a foot thick, and weighing 19,250 pounds; 2nd—The cannon would be a columbiad, 900 feet long, with a deep well serving as the vertical mold for casting; and 3rd—The powder would consist of 400 thousand pounds of gun cotton, which would produce over 200 trillion cubic feet of gas beneath the projectile, allowing it to easily reach our satellite.
These questions settled, Barbican, aided by Murphy, the Chief Engineer of the Cold Spring Iron Works, selected a spot in Florida, near the 27th degree north latitude, called Stony Hill, where after the performance of many wonderful feats in mining engineering, the Columbiad was successfully cast.
These questions resolved, Barbican, with the help of Murphy, the Chief Engineer of the Cold Spring Iron Works, chose a location in Florida, near the 27th degree north latitude, known as Stony Hill, where after achieving many amazing feats in mining engineering, the Columbiad was successfully cast.
Things had reached this state when an incident occurred which excited the general interest a hundred fold.
Things had gotten to this point when an incident happened that captured everyone's attention a hundred times more.
A Frenchman from Paris, Michel Ardan by name, eccentric, but keen and shrewd as well as daring, demanded, by the Atlantic telegraph, permission to be enclosed in the bullet so that he might be carried to the Moon, where he was curious to make certain investigations. Received in America with great enthusiasm, Ardan held a great meeting, triumphantly carried his point, reconciled Barbican to his mortal foe, a certain Captain M'Nicholl, and even, by way of clinching the reconciliation, induced both the newly made friends to join him in his contemplated trip to the Moon.
A Frenchman from Paris named Michel Ardan, who was eccentric but also sharp, clever, and brave, requested via the Atlantic telegraph the chance to be sealed inside the bullet so that he could be taken to the Moon, where he wanted to conduct some research. He was received with great excitement in America, held a large meeting, successfully made his case, got Barbican to make peace with his longtime rival, Captain M'Nicholl, and even got both of them to agree to join him on his planned trip to the Moon.
The bullet, so modified as to become a hollow conical cylinder with plenty of room inside, was further provided with powerful water-springs and readily-ruptured partitions below the floor, intended to deaden the dreadful concussion sure to accompany the start. It was supplied with provisions for a year, water for a few months, and gas for nearly two weeks. A self-acting apparatus, of ingenious construction, kept the confined atmosphere sweet and healthy by manufacturing pure oxygen and absorbing carbonic acid. Finally, the Gun Club had constructed, at enormous expense, a gigantic telescope, which, from the summit of Long's Peak, could pursue the Projectile as it winged its way through the regions of space. Everything at last was ready.
The modified bullet was shaped like a hollow cone with plenty of space inside and was equipped with strong water springs and easily breakable partitions below the floor, designed to soften the intense impact that was sure to happen at launch. It had enough supplies for a year, water for a few months, and gas for nearly two weeks. A clever self-operating system kept the air inside fresh and healthy by creating pure oxygen and removing carbon dioxide. In the end, the Gun Club had spent a lot of money to build a huge telescope that, from the top of Long's Peak, could track the Projectile as it soared through space. Everything was finally ready.
On December 1st, at the appointed moment, in the midst of an immense concourse of spectators, the departure took place, and, for the first time in the world's history, three human beings quitted our terrestrial globe with some possibility in their favor of finally reaching a point of destination in the inter-planetary spaces. They expected to accomplish their journey in 97 hours, 13 minutes and 20 seconds, consequently reaching the Lunar surface precisely at midnight on December 5-6, the exact moment when the Moon would be full.
On December 1st, at the scheduled time, surrounded by a huge crowd of spectators, the launch took place, marking the first time in history that three people left our planet with a genuine chance of finally arriving at a destination in space. They planned to complete their journey in 97 hours, 13 minutes, and 20 seconds, expecting to land on the Moon exactly at midnight on December 5-6, right when the Moon would be full.
Unfortunately, the instantaneous explosion of such a vast quantity of gun-cotton, by giving rise to a violent commotion in the atmosphere, generated so much vapor and mist as to render the Moon invisible for several nights to the innumerable watchers in the Western Hemisphere, who vainly tried to catch sight of her.
Unfortunately, the sudden explosion of such a huge amount of gun-cotton caused a violent disturbance in the atmosphere, creating so much vapor and mist that the Moon became invisible for several nights to the countless observers in the Western Hemisphere, who desperately tried to see her.
In the meantime, J.T. Marston, the Secretary of the Gun Club, and a most devoted friend of Barbican's, had started for Long's Peak, Colorado, on the summit of which the immense telescope, already alluded to, had been erected; it was of the reflecting kind, and possessed power sufficient to bring the Moon within a distance of five miles. While Marston was prosecuting his long journey with all possible speed, Professor Belfast, who had charge of the telescope, was endeavoring to catch a glimpse of the Projectile, but for a long time with no success. The hazy, cloudy weather lasted for more than a week, to the great disgust of the public at large. People even began to fear that further observation would have to be deferred to the 3d of the following month, January, as during the latter half of December the waning Moon could not possibly give light enough to render the Projectile visible.
In the meantime, J.T. Marston, the Secretary of the Gun Club and a loyal friend of Barbican's, had set off for Long's Peak, Colorado, where the huge telescope he had mentioned earlier was installed. It was a reflecting telescope and had the capability to bring the Moon within five miles. While Marston was making his long journey as quickly as possible, Professor Belfast, who was in charge of the telescope, was trying to catch a sight of the Projectile, but he had no luck for a long time. The hazy, cloudy weather lasted for over a week, much to the annoyance of the public. People even started to worry that further observations would have to be postponed until January 3rd, since during the second half of December, the waning Moon wouldn't provide enough light to see the Projectile.
At last, however, to the unbounded satisfaction of all, a violent tempest suddenly cleared the sky, and on the 13th of December, shortly after midnight, the Moon, verging towards her last quarter, revealed herself sharp and bright on the dark background of the starry firmament.
At last, to everyone's great satisfaction, a violent storm suddenly cleared the sky, and on December 13th, shortly after midnight, the Moon, nearing its last quarter, appeared sharp and bright against the dark backdrop of the starry sky.
That same morning, a few hours before Marston's arrival at the summit of Long's Peak, a very remarkable telegram had been dispatched by Professor Belfast to the Smithsonian Institute, Washington. It announced:
That same morning, a few hours before Marston arrived at the top of Long's Peak, a very notable telegram was sent by Professor Belfast to the Smithsonian Institute in Washington. It announced:
That on December 13th, at 2 o'clock in the morning, the Projectile shot from Stony Hill had been perceived by Professor Belfast and his assistants; that, deflected a little from its course by some unknown cause, it had not reached its mark, though it had approached near enough to be affected by the Lunar attraction; and that, its rectilineal motion having become circular, it should henceforth continue to describe a regular orbit around the Moon, of which in fact it had become the Satellite. The dispatch went on further to state:
That on December 13th, at 2 a.m., the Projectile launched from Stony Hill was detected by Professor Belfast and his team; that, slightly diverted from its path by some unknown reason, it didn’t hit its target but came close enough to be influenced by the Moon's gravity; and that, having changed from a straight line to a circular motion, it would now keep moving in a stable orbit around the Moon, effectively becoming its Satellite. The report continued to state:
That the elements of the new heavenly body had not yet been calculated, as at least three different observations, taken at different times, were necessary to determine them. The distance of the Projectile from the Lunar surface, however, might be set down roughly at roughly 2833 miles.
That the elements of the new celestial body had not yet been calculated, as at least three different observations, taken at different times, were needed to determine them. The distance of the projectile from the lunar surface, however, could be roughly estimated at about 2,833 miles.
The dispatch concluded with the following hypotheses, positively pronounced to be the only two possible: Either, 1, The Lunar attraction would finally prevail, in which case the travellers would reach their destination; or 2, The Projectile, kept whirling forever in an immutable orbit, would go on revolving around the Moon till time should be no more.
The report ended with the following two hypotheses, clearly stated as the only possibilities: Either, 1, The Moon's gravitational pull would ultimately win out, which means the travelers would arrive at their destination; or 2, The Projectile, continuously spinning in a fixed orbit, would keep revolving around the Moon indefinitely.
In either alternative, what should be the lot of the daring adventurers? They had, it is true, abundant provisions to last them for some time, but even supposing that they did reach the Moon and thereby completely establish the practicability of their daring enterprise, how were they ever to get back? Could they ever get back? or ever even be heard from? Questions of this nature, freely discussed by the ablest pens of the day, kept the public mind in a very restless and excited condition.
In either case, what should happen to the brave adventurers? They had plenty of supplies to last them for a while, but even if they did reach the Moon and prove that their bold mission was possible, how would they ever get back? Could they really get back? Or would anyone even hear from them again? Questions like these, debated by the best writers of the time, kept the public feeling very restless and excited.
We must be pardoned here for making a little remark which, however, astronomers and other scientific men of sanguine temperament would do well to ponder over. An observer cannot be too cautious in announcing to the public his discovery when it is of a nature purely speculative. Nobody is obliged to discover a planet, or a comet, or even a satellite, but, before announcing to the world that you have made such a discovery, first make sure that such is really the fact. Because, you know, should it afterwards come out that you have done nothing of the kind, you make yourself a butt for the stupid jokes of the lowest newspaper scribblers. Belfast had never thought of this. Impelled by his irrepressible rage for discovery—the furor inveniendi ascribed to all astronomers by Aurelius Priscus—he had therefore been guilty of an indiscretion highly un-scientific when his famous telegram, launched to the world at large from the summit of the Rocky Mountains, pronounced so dogmatically on the only possible issues of the great enterprise.
We should be excused for making a small point here that, nonetheless, astronomers and other optimistic scientists would do well to reflect on. An observer should be very careful when announcing a discovery to the public, especially if it’s purely speculative. No one has to discover a planet, comet, or even a satellite, but before you tell the world you’ve made such a discovery, make sure it’s true. Because, as you know, if it later turns out that you didn’t discover anything at all, you’ll become the target of ridicule from the worst newspaper writers. Belfast had never considered this. Driven by his uncontrollable desire for discovery—the furor inveniendi that Aurelius Priscus attributed to all astronomers—he was therefore guilty of a highly unscientific indiscretion when his famous telegram, sent out to the world from the summit of the Rocky Mountains, made such a definitive claim about the only possible outcomes of the great endeavor.
The truth was that his telegram contained two very important errors: 1. Error of observation, as facts afterwards proved; the Projectile was not seen on the 13th and could not have been on that day, so that the little black spot which Belfast professed to have seen was most certainly not the Projectile; 2. Error of theory regarding the final fate of the Projectile, since to make it become the Moon's satellite was flying in the face of one of the great fundamental laws of Theoretical Mechanics.
The truth was that his telegram had two major mistakes: 1. An error of observation, as later events showed; the Projectile was not seen on the 13th and could not have been there that day, so the small black spot that Belfast claimed to have seen was definitely not the Projectile; 2. An error of theory about the ultimate fate of the Projectile, since suggesting it could become the Moon's satellite contradicted one of the fundamental laws of Theoretical Mechanics.
Only one, therefore, the first, of the hypotheses so positively announced, was capable of realization. The travellers—that is to say if they still lived—might so combine and unite their own efforts with those of the Lunar attraction as actually to succeed at last in reaching the Moon's surface.
Only one, then, the first, of the hypotheses that were so confidently stated, was actually achievable. The travelers—assuming they were still alive—might be able to combine their efforts with the Moon's gravitational pull and finally succeed in landing on the Moon's surface.
Now the travellers, those daring but cool-headed men who knew very well what they were about, did still live, they had survived the frightful concussion of the start, and it is to the faithful record of their wonderful trip in the bullet-car, with all its singular and dramatic details, that the present volume is devoted. The story may destroy many illusions, prejudices and conjectures; but it will at least give correct ideas of the strange incidents to which such an enterprise is exposed, and it will certainly bring out in strong colors the effects of Barbican's scientific conceptions, M'Nicholl's mechanical resources, and Ardan's daring, eccentric, but brilliant and effective combinations.
Now the travelers, those bold but level-headed guys who knew exactly what they were doing, did still live; they had survived the terrifying jolt of the launch, and this book is dedicated to the faithful account of their incredible journey in the bullet-car, with all its unique and dramatic details. The story might shatter many illusions, biases, and guesses; but it will at least provide accurate insights into the strange situations that such an adventure faces, and it will definitely highlight the impact of Barbican's scientific ideas, M'Nicholl's engineering skills, and Ardan's daring, quirky, but brilliant and effective strategies.
Besides, it will show that J.T. Marston, their faithful friend and a man every way worthy of the friendship of such men, was only losing his time while mirroring the Moon in the speculum of the gigantic telescope on that lofty peak of the mountains.
Besides, it will show that J.T. Marston, their loyal friend and a man completely deserving of the friendship of such individuals, was just wasting his time while reflecting the Moon in the mirror of the massive telescope on that high mountain peak.
CHAPTER I.
FROM 10 P.M. TO 10 46' 40''.
The moment that the great clock belonging to the works at Stony Hill had struck ten, Barbican, Ardan and M'Nicholl began to take their last farewells of the numerous friends surrounding them. The two dogs intended to accompany them had been already deposited in the Projectile. The three travellers approached the mouth of the enormous cannon, seated themselves in the flying car, and once more took leave for the last time of the vast throng standing in silence around them. The windlass creaked, the car started, and the three daring men disappeared in the yawning gulf.
The moment the big clock at Stony Hill struck ten, Barbican, Ardan, and M'Nicholl started to say their final goodbyes to the many friends gathered around them. The two dogs that were supposed to join them had already been placed in the Projectile. The three travelers walked up to the massive cannon, got into the flying car, and said goodbye one last time to the huge crowd standing silently around them. The windlass creaked, the car took off, and the three brave men vanished into the wide opening.
The trap-hole giving them ready access to the interior of the Projectile, the car soon came back empty; the great windlass was presently rolled away; the tackle and scaffolding were removed, and in a short space of time the great mouth of the Columbiad was completely rid of all obstructions.
The trap-hole that provided easy access to the inside of the Projectile meant the car quickly returned empty; the large windlass was soon rolled away; the equipment and scaffolding were taken down, and in a short time, the massive mouth of the Columbiad was completely clear of any obstructions.
M'Nicholl took upon himself to fasten the door of the trap on the inside by means of a powerful combination of screws and bolts of his own invention. He also covered up very carefully the glass lights with strong iron plates of extreme solidity and tightly fitting joints.
M'Nicholl decided to secure the trap door from the inside using a strong mix of screws and bolts he created himself. He also carefully covered the glass lights with sturdy iron plates that were very solid and had tight-fitting joints.
Ardan's first care was to turn on the gas, which he found burning rather low; but he lit no more than one burner, being desirous to economize as much as possible their store of light and heat, which, as he well knew, could not at the very utmost last them longer than a few weeks.
Ardan's first priority was to turn on the gas, which was burning pretty low; but he only lit one burner, wanting to save as much of their light and heat as possible, which, as he knew well, couldn’t last them more than a few weeks at most.
Under the cheerful blaze, the interior of the Projectile looked like a comfortable little chamber, with its circular sofa, nicely padded walls, and dome shaped ceiling.
Under the bright glow, the inside of the Projectile resembled a cozy little room, with its round sofa, softly padded walls, and dome-shaped ceiling.
All the articles that it contained, arms, instruments, utensils, etc., were solidly fastened to the projections of the wadding, so as to sustain the least injury possible from the first terrible shock. In fact, all precautions possible, humanly speaking, had been taken to counteract this, the first, and possibly one of the very greatest dangers to which the courageous adventurers would be exposed.
All the items it held—weapons, tools, utensils, etc.—were securely attached to the edges of the padding to minimize any damage from the initial impact. In fact, every humanly possible precaution had been taken to counteract this, the first and arguably one of the greatest dangers the brave explorers would face.
Ardan expressed himself to be quite pleased with the appearance of things in general.
Ardan said he was really happy with how things looked overall.
"It's a prison, to be sure," said he "but not one of your ordinary prisons that always keep in the one spot. For my part, as long as I can have the privilege of looking out of the window, I am willing to lease it for a hundred years. Ah! Barbican, that brings out one of your stony smiles. You think our lease may last longer than that! Our tenement may become our coffin, eh? Be it so. I prefer it anyway to Mahomet's; it may indeed float in the air, but it won't be motionless as a milestone!"
"It's definitely a prison," he said, "but not like your typical prisons that keep you stuck in one place. Personally, as long as I can look out the window, I’d be willing to rent it for a hundred years. Ah, Barbican, that brings out one of your stone-cold smiles. You think our lease might last even longer than that! Our apartment could end up being our grave, huh? So be it. I still prefer it to Mahomet's; it might float in the air, but at least it won’t be as motionless as a milestone!"
Barbican, having made sure by personal inspection that everything was in perfect order, consulted his chronometer, which he had carefully set a short time before with Chief Engineer Murphy's, who had been charged to fire off the Projectile.
Barbican, after personally checking that everything was in perfect order, looked at his chronometer, which he had carefully synchronized a little while ago with Chief Engineer Murphy's, who was assigned to launch the Projectile.
"Friends," he said, "it is now twenty minutes past ten. At 10 46' 40'', precisely, Murphy will send the electric current into the gun-cotton. We have, therefore, twenty-six minutes more to remain on earth."
"Friends," he said, "it's now twenty minutes past ten. At 10:46:40, precisely, Murphy will send the electric current into the gun-cotton. So, we have twenty-six more minutes to stay on earth."
"Twenty-six minutes and twenty seconds," observed Captain M'Nicholl, who always aimed at mathematical precision.
"Twenty-six minutes and twenty seconds," noted Captain M'Nicholl, who always strived for mathematical accuracy.
"Twenty-six minutes!" cried Ardan, gaily. "An age, a cycle, according to the use you make of them. In twenty-six minutes how much can be done! The weightiest questions of warfare, politics, morality, can be discussed, even decided, in twenty-six minutes. Twenty-six minutes well spent are infinitely more valuable than twenty-six lifetimes wasted! A few seconds even, employed by a Pascal, or a Newton, or a Barbican, or any other profoundly intellectual being
"Twenty-six minutes!" Ardan exclaimed happily. "It's a lot of time, depending on how you use it. In twenty-six minutes, so much can be accomplished! The biggest issues in warfare, politics, and morality can be discussed and even resolved in just twenty-six minutes. Spending twenty-six minutes wisely is worth so much more than wasting twenty-six lifetimes! Even a few seconds spent by a Pascal, a Newton, a Barbican, or any other deeply intellectual person..."
"As mad as Marston! Every bit!" muttered the Captain, half audibly.
"As crazy as Marston! Every single bit!" murmured the Captain, barely loud enough to hear.
"What do you conclude from this rigmarole of yours?" interrupted Barbican.
"What do you make of all this nonsense of yours?" interrupted Barbican.
"I conclude that we have twenty-six good minutes still left—"
"I conclude that we still have twenty-six good minutes left—"
"Only twenty-four minutes, ten seconds," interrupted the Captain, watch in hand.
"Only twenty-four minutes and ten seconds," the Captain interrupted, checking his watch.
"Well, twenty-four minutes, Captain," Ardan went on; "now even in twenty-four minutes, I maintain—"
"Well, twenty-four minutes, Captain," Ardan continued, "even in that time, I still believe—"
"Ardan," interrupted Barbican, "after a very little while we shall have plenty of time for philosophical disputations. Just now let us think of something far more pressing."
"Ardan," Barbican interrupted, "after a brief moment we will have plenty of time for philosophical debates. Right now, let’s focus on something much more urgent."
"More pressing! what do you mean? are we not fully prepared?"
"More urgent! What do you mean? Aren't we completely ready?"
"Yes, fully prepared, as far at least as we have been able to foresee. But we may still, I think, possibly increase the number of precautions to be taken against the terrible shock that we are so soon to experience."
"Yes, we’re fully prepared, at least as far as we can predict. But I think we might still be able to add more precautions against the terrible shock we’re about to face."
"What? Have you any doubts whatever of the effectiveness of your brilliant and extremely original idea? Don't you think that the layers of water, regularly disposed in easily-ruptured partitions beneath this floor, will afford us sufficient protection by their elasticity?"
"What? Do you have any doubts about how effective your brilliant and completely original idea is? Don't you think that the layers of water, neatly arranged in easily breakable partitions under this floor, will provide us with enough protection because of their flexibility?"
"I hope so, indeed, my dear friend, but I am by no means confident."
"I really hope so, my dear friend, but I'm not too sure."
"He hopes! He is by no means confident! Listen to that, Mac! Pretty time to tell us so! Let me out of here!"
"He hopes! He’s not at all confident! Listen to that, Mac! What a time to tell us that! Let me out of here!"
"Too late!" observed the Captain quietly. "The trap-hole alone would take ten or fifteen minutes to open."
"Too late!" the Captain said softly. "Just opening the trapdoor will take ten or fifteen minutes."
"Oh then I suppose I must make the best of it," said Ardan, laughing. "All aboard, gentlemen! The train starts in twenty minutes!"
"Oh, I guess I have to make the best of it," said Ardan, laughing. "All aboard, gentlemen! The train leaves in twenty minutes!"
"In nineteen minutes and eighteen seconds," said the Captain, who never took his eye off the chronometer.
"In nineteen minutes and eighteen seconds," said the Captain, keeping his gaze fixed on the chronometer.
The three travellers looked at each other for a little while, during which even Ardan appeared to become serious. After another careful glance at the several objects lying around them, Barbican said, quietly:
The three travelers exchanged glances for a moment, during which even Ardan seemed to get serious. After another careful look at the various items scattered around them, Barbican said softly:
"Everything is in its place, except ourselves. What we have now to do is to decide on the position we must take in order to neutralize the shock as much as possible. We must be particularly careful to guard against a rush of blood to the head."
"Everything is where it should be, except for us. What we need to do now is figure out the stance we should take to minimize the impact as much as we can. We need to be especially cautious to avoid getting too carried away."
"Correct!" said the Captain.
"Correct!" said the Captain.
"Suppose we stood on our heads, like the circus tumblers!" cried Ardan, ready to suit the action to the word.
"Imagine if we stood on our heads, like the circus performers!" shouted Ardan, eager to put his words into action.
"Better than that," said Barbican; "we can lie on our side. Keep clearly in mind, dear friends, that at the instant of departure it makes very little difference to us whether we are inside the bullet or in front of it. There is, no doubt, some difference," he added, seeing the great eyes made by his friends, "but it is exceedingly little."
"Even better," said Barbican; "we can lie on our side. Keep in mind, dear friends, that at the moment of departure, it doesn’t make much difference to us whether we’re inside the bullet or in front of it. There is, of course, some difference," he added, noticing the wide eyes of his friends, "but it’s really very little."
"Thank heaven for the some!" interrupted Ardan, fervently.
"Thank goodness for the some!" interrupted Ardan, passionately.
"Don't you approve of my suggestion, Captain?" asked Barbican.
"Don't you like my suggestion, Captain?" asked Barbican.
"Certainly," was the hasty reply. "That is to say, absolutely. Seventeen minutes twenty-seven seconds!"
"Of course," was the quick response. "I mean, definitely. Seventeen minutes and twenty-seven seconds!"
"Mac isn't a human being at all!" cried Ardan, admiringly. "He is a repeating chronometer, horizontal escapement, London-made lever, capped, jewelled,—"
"Mac isn't even a real person!" exclaimed Ardan, with admiration. "He's a repeating clock, with a horizontal escapement, made in London, with a lever, capped, and jeweled—"
His companions let him run on while they busied themselves in making their last arrangements, with the greatest coolness and most systematic method. In fact, I don't think of anything just now to compare them to except a couple of old travellers who, having to pass the night in the train, are trying to make themselves as comfortable as possible for their long journey. In your profound astonishment, you may naturally ask me of what strange material can the hearts of these Americans be made, who can view without the slightest semblance of a flutter the approach of the most appalling dangers? In your curiosity I fully participate, but, I'm sorry to say, I can't gratify it. It is one of those things that I could never find out.
His friends let him continue while they focused on their final preparations with complete calm and organized efficiency. Honestly, the only thing I can compare them to right now is a couple of seasoned travelers who, needing to spend the night on a train, are trying to get as comfortable as they can for their long trip. In your deep surprise, you might understandably wonder what kind of unusual stuff the hearts of these Americans are made of, since they can face the most terrifying dangers without a hint of panic. I share your curiosity, but, unfortunately, I can't satisfy it. It's one of those mysteries I've never been able to figure out.
Three mattresses, thick and well wadded, spread on the disc forming the false bottom of the Projectile, were arranged in lines whose parallelism was simply perfect. But Ardan would never think of occupying his until the very last moment. Walking up and down, with the restless nervousness of a wild beast in a cage, he kept up a continuous fire of talk; at one moment with his friends, at another with the dogs, addressing the latter by the euphonious and suggestive names of Diana and Satellite.
Three thick, well-padded mattresses lay on the circular false bottom of the Projectile, perfectly lined up. But Ardan wouldn’t think of using his until the very last moment. He paced back and forth, with the restless energy of a wild animal in a cage, keeping up a constant stream of conversation; sometimes with his friends, other times with the dogs, calling them by the charming and meaningful names of Diana and Satellite.
"Ho, pets!" he would exclaim as he patted them gently, "you must not forget the noble part you are to play up there. You must be models of canine deportment. The eyes of the whole Selenitic world will be upon you. You are the standard bearers of your race. From you they will receive their first impression regarding its merits. Let it be a favorable one. Compel those Selenites to acknowledge, in spite of themselves, that the terrestrial race of canines is far superior to that of the very best Moon dog among them!"
"Hey, pets!" he would say while gently patting them, "don’t forget the important role you have to play up there. You need to be perfect examples of canine behavior. The entire Selenitic world will be watching you. You are the representatives of your breed. They will get their first impression of its qualities from you. Make sure it’s a good one. Make those Selenites admit, even if they don’t want to, that Earth dogs are way better than the best Moon dog they have!"
"Dogs in the Moon!" sneered M'Nicholl, "I like that!"
"Dogs in the Moon!" M'Nicholl scoffed, "I love that!"
"Plenty of dogs!" cried Ardan, "and horses too, and cows, and sheep, and no end of chickens!"
"Lots of dogs!" shouted Ardan, "and horses too, and cows, and sheep, and so many chickens!"
"A hundred dollars to one there isn't a single chicken within the whole Lunar realm, not excluding even the invisible side!" cried the Captain, in an authoritative tone, but never taking his eye off the chronometer.
"A hundred bucks to one there isn't a single chicken in the entire Lunar realm, not even on the hidden side!" shouted the Captain, in a commanding tone, while keeping his gaze fixed on the chronometer.
"I take that bet, my son," coolly replied Ardan, shaking the Captain's hand by way of ratifying the wager; "and this reminds me, by the way, Mac, that you have lost three bets already, to the pretty little tune of six thousand dollars."
"I accept that bet, my son," Ardan said calmly, shaking the Captain's hand to confirm the wager. "And this reminds me, Mac, that you've already lost three bets, totaling up to six thousand dollars."
"And paid them, too!" cried the captain, monotonously; "ten, thirty-six, six!"
"And I paid them, too!" the captain shouted, sounding bored. "Ten, thirty-six, six!"
"Yes, and in a quarter of an hour you will have to pay nine thousand dollars more; four thousand because the Columbiad will not burst, and five thousand because the Projectile will rise more than six miles from the Earth."
"Yes, and in fifteen minutes you will need to pay nine thousand dollars more; four thousand because the Columbiad won't explode, and five thousand because the Projectile will rise more than six miles from the Earth."
"I have the money ready," answered the Captain, touching his breeches pocket. "When I lose I pay. Not sooner. Ten, thirty-eight, ten!"
"I have the money ready," the Captain said, tapping his pants pocket. "When I lose, I pay. Not before. Ten, thirty-eight, ten!"
"Captain, you're a man of method, if there ever was one. I think, however, that you made a mistake in your wagers."
"Captain, you’re a man of method, if there ever was one. I think, however, that you made a mistake in your bets."
"How so?" asked the Captain listlessly, his eye still on the dial.
"How so?" asked the Captain, uninterested, his gaze still on the dial.
"Because, by Jove, if you win there will be no more of you left to take the money than there will be of Barbican to pay it!"
"Because, seriously, if you win, there won’t be anyone left to take the money just like Barbican won’t be around to pay it!"
"Friend Ardan," quietly observed Barbican, "my stakes are deposited in the Wall Street Bank, of New York, with orders to pay them over to the Captain's heirs, in case the Captain himself should fail to put in an appearance at the proper time."
"Friend Ardan," Barbican quietly noted, "I've got my stakes deposited in the Wall Street Bank of New York, with instructions to release them to the Captain's heirs if the Captain doesn't show up on time."
"Oh! you rhinoceroses, you pachyderms, you granite men!" cried Ardan, gasping with surprise; "you machines with iron heads, and iron hearts! I may admire you, but I'm blessed if I understand you!"
"Oh! you rhinoceroses, you thick-skinned giants, you solid as rock!," cried Ardan, gasping in surprise; "you machines with metal heads and cold hearts! I can admire you, but I swear I don’t understand you!"
"Ten, forty-two, ten!" repeated M'Nicholl, as mechanically as if it was the chronometer itself that spoke.
"Ten, forty-two, ten!" M'Nicholl repeated, sounding as automatic as if the chronometer itself was speaking.
"Four minutes and a half more," said Barbican.
"Four and a half more minutes," said Barbican.
"Oh! four and a half little minutes!" went on Ardan. "Only think of it! We are shut up in a bullet that lies in the chamber of a cannon nine hundred feet long. Underneath this bullet is piled a charge of 400 thousand pounds of gun-cotton, equivalent to 1600 thousand pounds of ordinary gunpowder! And at this very instant our friend Murphy, chronometer in hand, eye on dial, finger on discharger, is counting the last seconds and getting ready to launch us into the limitless regions of planetary—"
"Oh! Four and a half little minutes!" Ardan continued. "Just think about it! We're trapped in a projectile that's sitting in the barrel of a cannon that’s nine hundred feet long. Beneath this projectile is a huge charge of 400 thousand pounds of gun-cotton, which is like 1,600 thousand pounds of regular gunpowder! And right now, our buddy Murphy, with a chronometer in hand, watching the dial, finger on the trigger, is counting down the last seconds and getting ready to send us into the vastness of space—"
"Ardan, dear friend," interrupted Barbican, in a grave tone, "a serious moment is now at hand. Let us meet it with some interior recollection. Give me your hands, my dear friends."
"Ardan, my dear friend," Barbican interrupted seriously, "a serious moment is upon us. Let’s face it with some inner reflection. Give me your hands, my dear friends."
"Certainly," said Ardan, with tears in his voice, and already at the other extreme of his apparent levity.
"Of course," said Ardan, his voice choked with emotion, already at the opposite end of his seeming lightheartedness.
The three brave men united in one last, silent, but warm and impulsively affectionate pressure.
The three brave men came together for one final, quiet, yet warm and spontaneous embrace.
"And now, great God, our Creator, protect us! In Thee we trust!" prayed Barbican, the others joining him with folded hands and bowed heads.
"And now, great God, our Creator, keep us safe! We trust in You!" prayed Barbican, the others joining him with their hands folded and heads bowed.
"Ten, forty-six!" whispered the Captain, as he and Ardan quietly took their places on the mattresses.
"Ten, forty-six!" whispered the Captain as he and Ardan quietly settled onto the mattresses.
Only forty seconds more!
Just forty seconds more!
Barbican rapidly extinguishes the gas and lies down beside his companions.
Barbican quickly puts out the gas and lies down next to his friends.
The deathlike silence now reigning in the Projectile is interrupted only by the sharp ticking of the chronometer as it beats the seconds.
The deathlike silence now filling the Projectile is broken only by the sharp ticking of the chronometer marking the seconds.
Suddenly, a dreadful shock is felt, and the Projectile, shot up by the instantaneous development of 200,000 millions of cubic feet of gas, is flying into space with inconceivable rapidity!
Suddenly, a terrible shock is felt, and the Projectile, propelled by the instant release of 200,000 million cubic feet of gas, is soaring into space at unimaginable speed!
CHAPTER II.
THE FIRST HALF HOUR.
What had taken place within the Projectile? What effect had been produced by the frightful concussion? Had Barbican's ingenuity been attended with a fortunate result? Had the shock been sufficiently deadened by the springs, the buffers, the water layers, and the partitions so readily ruptured? Had their combined effect succeeded in counteracting the tremendous violence of a velocity of 12,000 yards a second, actually sufficient to carry them from London to New York in six minutes? These, and a hundred other questions of a similar nature were asked that night by the millions who had been watching the explosion from the base of Stony Hill. Themselves they forgot altogether for the moment; they forgot everything in their absorbing anxiety regarding the fate of the daring travellers. Had one among them, our friend Marston, for instance, been favored with a glimpse at the interior of the projectile, what would he have seen?
What had happened inside the Projectile? What impact had the terrifying explosion caused? Had Barbican's cleverness resulted in a positive outcome? Had the shock been effectively softened by the springs, the buffers, the water layers, and the easily broken partitions? Had their combined effects managed to counter the incredible force of a speed of 12,000 yards per second, which was enough to take them from London to New York in six minutes? These, and a hundred other similar questions, were asked that night by the millions who had been watching the explosion from the base of Stony Hill. For the moment, they completely forgot about themselves; they forgot everything in their intense worry about the fate of the brave travelers. If one among them, like our friend Marston, had been given a glimpse inside the projectile, what would he have seen?
Nothing at all at first, on account of the darkness; except that the walls had solidly resisted the frightful shock. Not a crack, nor a bend, nor a dent could be perceived; not even the slightest injury had the admirably constructed piece of mechanical workmanship endured. It had not yielded an inch to the enormous pressure, and, far from melting and falling back to earth, as had been so seriously apprehended, in showers of blazing aluminium, it was still as strong in every respect as it had been on the very day that it left the Cold Spring Iron Works, glittering like a silver dollar.
Nothing at all at first, because of the darkness; except that the walls had firmly withstood the terrifying shock. Not a crack, not a bend, nor a dent could be seen; not even the slightest damage had the brilliantly constructed piece of machinery endured. It hadn’t given an inch to the immense pressure, and, instead of melting and collapsing back to earth, as had been seriously feared, in showers of blazing aluminum, it remained as strong in every way as it had been on the very day it left the Cold Spring Iron Works, shining like a silver dollar.
Of real damage there was actually none, and even the disorder into which things had been thrown in the interior by the violent shock was comparatively slight. A few small objects lying around loose had been furiously hurled against the ceiling, but the others appeared not to have suffered the slightest injury. The straps that fastened them up were unfrayed, and the fixtures that held them down were uncracked.
Of actual damage, there was none, and even the mess caused by the violent jolt was relatively minor. A few small items that had been lying around were forcefully thrown against the ceiling, but the rest seemed to be completely unharmed. The straps that secured them were intact, and the fixtures that held them in place were undamaged.
The partitions beneath the disc having been ruptured, and the water having escaped, the false floor had been dashed with tremendous violence against the bottom of the Projectile, and on this disc at this moment three human bodies could be seen lying perfectly still and motionless.
The partitions under the disc had been broken, and the water had leaked out, causing the false floor to slam violently against the bottom of the Projectile. At that moment, three human bodies were lying perfectly still and motionless on this disc.
Were they three corpses? Had the Projectile suddenly become a great metallic coffin bearing its ghastly contents through the air with the rapidity of a lightning flash?
Were they three dead bodies? Had the Projectile suddenly turned into a huge metal coffin carrying its gruesome cargo through the air at lightning speed?
In a very few minutes after the shock, one of the bodies stirred a little, the arms moved, the eyes opened, the head rose and tried to look around; finally, with some difficulty, the body managed to get on its knees. It was the Frenchman! He held his head tightly squeezed between his hands for some time as if to keep it from splitting. Then he felt himself rapidly all over, cleared his throat with a vigorous "hem!" listened to the sound critically for an instant, and then said to himself in a relieved tone, but in his native tongue:
In just a few minutes after the shock, one of the bodies stirred a bit, the arms moved, the eyes opened, and the head lifted to look around. Finally, with some effort, the body got itself onto its knees. It was the Frenchman! He held his head tightly in his hands for a while, as if trying to prevent it from splitting apart. Then he quickly checked himself all over, cleared his throat with a strong "hem!" listened to the sound carefully for a moment, and then said to himself in a relieved tone, but in his own language:
"One man all right! Call the roll for the others!"
"One guy is good! Call out the names of the others!"
He tried to rise, but the effort was too great for his strength. He fell back again, his brain swimming, his eyes bursting, his head splitting. His state very much resembled that of a young man waking up in the morning after his first tremendous "spree."
He tried to get up, but the effort was too much for him. He collapsed again, his head spinning, his eyes feeling like they were bursting, and his head pounding. He felt a lot like a young guy waking up in the morning after his first wild night out.
"Br—rr!" he muttered to himself, still talking French; "this reminds me of one of my wild nights long ago in the Quartier Latin, only decidedly more so!"
"Br—rr!" he muttered to himself, still speaking French; "this reminds me of one of my crazy nights long ago in the Quartier Latin, but definitely more intense!"
Lying quietly on his back for a while, he could soon feel that the circulation of his blood, so suddenly and violently arrested by the terrific shock, was gradually recovering its regular flow; his heart grew more normal in its action; his head became clearer, and the pain less distracting.
Lying quietly on his back for a while, he soon felt that the circulation of his blood, which had been suddenly and violently stopped by the intense shock, was gradually returning to its normal flow; his heart began to beat more regularly; his head felt clearer, and the pain became less distracting.
"Time to call that roll," he at last exclaimed in a voice with some pretensions to firmness; "Barbican! MacNicholl!"
"Time to take attendance," he finally said with a tone that tried to sound firm; "Barbican! MacNicholl!"
He listens anxiously for a reply. None comes. A snow-wrapt grave at midnight is not more silent. In vain does he try to catch even the faintest sound of breathing, though he listens intently enough to hear the beating of their hearts; but he hears only his own.
He listens nervously for a response. None comes. A grave covered in snow at midnight is not any quieter. He desperately tries to catch even the slightest sound of breathing, even though he pays enough attention to hear the pounding of their hearts; but all he hears is his own.
"Call that roll again!" he mutters in a voice far less assured than before; "Barbican! MacNicholl!"
"Call that roll again!" he mutters in a voice much less confident than before; "Barbican! MacNicholl!"
The same fearful unearthly stillness.
The same eerie, otherworldly silence.
"The thing is getting decidedly monotonous!" he exclaimed, still speaking French. Then rapidly recovering his consciousness as the full horror of the situation began to break on his mind, he went on muttering audibly: "Have they really hopped the twig? Bah! Fudge! what has not been able to knock the life out of one little Frenchman can't have killed two Americans! They're all right! But first and foremost, let us enlighten the situation!"
"The situation is getting pretty boring!" he exclaimed, still speaking French. Then quickly regaining his awareness as the reality of the situation started to hit him, he began muttering aloud: "Have they really kicked the bucket? Ugh! Seriously! What hasn't been able to take out one little Frenchman can't have taken out two Americans! They're fine! But first and foremost, let's clarify what's going on!"
So saying, he contrived without much difficulty to get on his feet. Balancing himself then for a moment, he began groping about for the gas. But he stopped suddenly.
So saying, he managed without much trouble to get on his feet. Balancing himself for a moment, he began feeling around for the gas. But he suddenly stopped.
"Hold on a minute!" he cried; "before lighting this match, let us see if the gas has been escaping. Setting fire to a mixture of air and hydrogen would make a pretty how-do-you-do! Such an explosion would infallibly burst the Projectile, which so far seems all right, though I'm blest if I can tell whether we're moving or not."
"Wait a second!" he exclaimed; "before we strike this match, let's check if the gas has been leaking. Igniting a mix of air and hydrogen would create quite a mess! Such an explosion would definitely blow up the Projectile, which so far seems fine, although I swear I can't tell whether we're moving or not."
He began sniffing and smelling to discover if possible the odor of escaped gas. He could not detect the slightest sign of anything of the kind. This gave him great courage. He knew of course that his senses were not yet in good order, still he thought he might trust them so far as to be certain that the gas had not escaped and that consequently all the other receptacles were uninjured.
He started sniffing to see if he could smell any escaped gas. He couldn’t detect even a hint of it. This made him feel much braver. He knew that his senses weren’t fully reliable yet, but he figured he could trust them enough to be sure that the gas hadn’t leaked and that all the other containers were safe.
At the touch of the match, the gas burst into light and burned with a steady flame. Ardan immediately bent anxiously over the prostrate bodies of his friends. They lay on each other like inert masses, M'Nicholl stretched across Barbican.
At the flick of the match, the gas ignited and burned with a steady flame. Ardan quickly leaned over the motionless bodies of his friends. They lay on top of each other like lifeless masses, M'Nicholl sprawled across Barbican.
Ardan first lifted up the Captain, laid him on the sofa, opened his clenched hands, rubbed them, and slapped the palms vigorously. Then he went all over the body carefully, kneading it, rubbing it, and gently patting it. In such intelligent efforts to restore suspended circulation, he seemed perfectly at home, and after a few minutes his patience was rewarded by seeing the Captain's pallid face gradually recover its natural color, and by feeling his heart gradually beat with a firm pulsation.
Ardan first lifted the Captain and laid him on the sofa. He opened the Captain's clenched hands, rubbed them, and slapped the palms vigorously. Then he carefully went over the body, kneading it, rubbing it, and gently patting it. In these thoughtful efforts to restore the circulation, he seemed right at home. After a few minutes, his patience paid off as he watched the Captain's pale face slowly regain its natural color and felt his heart begin to beat steadily.
At last M'Nicholl opened his eyes, stared at Ardan for an instant, pressed his hand, looked around searchingly and anxiously, and at last whispered in a faint voice:
At last, M'Nicholl opened his eyes, looked at Ardan for a moment, squeezed his hand, scanned the room nervously and anxiously, and finally whispered in a weak voice:
"How's Barbican?"
"How's the Barbican?"
"Barbican is all right, Captain," answered Ardan quietly, but still speaking French. "I'll attend to him in a jiffy. He had to wait for his turn. I began with you because you were the top man. We'll see in a minute what we can do for dear old Barby (ce cher Barbican)!"
"Barbican is fine, Captain," Ardan replied calmly, still speaking French. "I'll take care of him in a moment. He had to wait his turn. I started with you because you were the top guy. We'll see shortly what we can do for dear old Barby (ce cher Barbican)!"
In less than thirty seconds more, the Captain not only was able to sit up himself, but he even insisted on helping Ardan to lift Barbican, and deposit him gently on the sofa.
In less than thirty seconds, the Captain not only managed to sit up by himself, but he also insisted on helping Ardan lift Barbican and place him gently on the sofa.
The poor President had evidently suffered more from the concussion than either of his companions. As they took off his coat they were at first terribly shocked at the sight of a great patch of blood staining his shirt bosom, but they were inexpressibly relieved at finding that it proceeded from a slight contusion of the shoulder, little more than skin deep.
The unfortunate President clearly had a worse concussion than either of his companions. When they took off his coat, they were initially horrified to see a large patch of blood on his shirt. However, they felt an immense sense of relief when they discovered it was just from a minor bruise on his shoulder, barely more than a scrape.
Every approved operation that Ardan had performed for the Captain, both now repeated for Barbican, but for a long time with nothing like a favorable result.
Every approved operation that Ardan had done for the Captain was now repeated for Barbican, but for a long time there was nothing that resembled a favorable outcome.
Ardan at first tried to encourage the Captain by whispers of a lively and hopeful nature, but not yet understanding why M'Nicholl did not deign to make a single reply, he grew reserved by degrees and at last would not speak a single word. He worked at Barbican, however, just as before.
Ardan initially tried to lift the Captain's spirits with cheerful and encouraging whispers, but as he couldn't figure out why M'Nicholl wouldn't even respond, he gradually became more reserved and eventually stopped speaking altogether. He continued working at Barbican just like before, though.
M'Nicholl interrupted himself every moment to lay his ear on the breast of the unconscious man. At first he had shaken his head quite despondingly, but by degrees he found himself more and more encouraged to persist.
M'Nicholl interrupted himself every moment to check the heartbeat of the unconscious man. At first, he shook his head in despair, but gradually he became more and more hopeful and determined to keep going.
"He breathes!" he whispered at last.
"He's breathing!" he finally said.
"Yes, he has been breathing for some time," replied Ardan, quietly, still unconsciously speaking French. "A little more rubbing and pulling and pounding will make him as spry as a young grasshopper."
"Yeah, he's been breathing for a while now," Ardan replied softly, still unconsciously speaking French. "A bit more rubbing and pulling and pounding will make him as lively as a young grasshopper."
They worked at him, in fact, so vigorously, intelligently and perseveringly, that, after what they considered a long hour's labor, they had the delight of seeing the pale face assume a healthy hue, the inert limbs give signs of returning animation, and the breathing become strong and regular.
They worked on him so hard, smartly, and persistently that, after what they thought was a long hour of effort, they were thrilled to see the pale face regain a healthy color, the lifeless limbs show signs of movement, and the breathing become strong and regular.
At last, Barbican suddenly opened his eyes, started into an upright position on the sofa, took his friends by the hands, and, in a voice showing complete consciousness, demanded eagerly:
At last, Barbican suddenly opened his eyes, sat up straight on the sofa, took his friends by the hands, and, in a fully aware voice, eagerly asked:
"Ardan, M'Nicholl, are we moving?"
"Ardan, M'Nicholl, are we going?"
His friends looked at each other, a little amused, but more perplexed. In their anxiety regarding their own and their friend's recovery, they had never thought of asking such a question. His words recalled them at once to a full sense of their situation.
His friends glanced at each other, a bit amused but mostly confused. Caught up in their worry about their own and their friend's recovery, they had never thought to ask such a question. His words immediately brought them back to a clear understanding of their situation.
"Moving? Blessed if I can tell!" said Ardan, still speaking French.
"Moving? I have no idea!" said Ardan, still speaking French.
"We may be lying fifty feet deep in a Florida marsh, for all I know," observed M'Nicholl.
"We could be lying fifty feet deep in a Florida marsh, for all I know," M'Nicholl said.
"Or, likely as not, in the bottom of the Gulf of Mexico," suggested Ardan, still in French.
"Or, more likely than not, at the bottom of the Gulf of Mexico," suggested Ardan, still in French.
"Suppose we find out," observed Barbican, jumping up to try, his voice as clear and his step as firm as ever.
"Let’s say we discover something," said Barbican, jumping up to give it a try, his voice just as clear and his step just as strong as always.
But trying is one thing, and finding out another. Having no means of comparing themselves with external objects, they could not possibly tell whether they were moving, or at an absolute stand-still. Though our Earth is whirling us continually around the Sun at the tremendous speed of 500 miles a minute, its inhabitants are totally unconscious of the slightest motion. It was the same with our travellers. Through their own personal consciousness they could tell absolutely nothing. Were they shooting through space like a meteor? They could not tell. Had they fallen back and buried themselves deep in the sandy soil of Florida, or, still more likely, hundreds of fathoms deep beneath the waters of the Gulf of Mexico? They could not form the slightest idea.
But trying is one thing, and finding out is another. Without any way to compare themselves with outside objects, they couldn’t tell if they were moving or completely still. Even though our Earth is spinning around the Sun at an incredible speed of 500 miles a minute, its inhabitants are completely unaware of any movement. It was the same for our travelers. Through their own personal awareness, they couldn’t figure anything out. Were they racing through space like a meteor? They had no idea. Had they sunk down and buried themselves deep in the sandy soil of Florida, or, more likely, hundreds of fathoms deep beneath the waters of the Gulf of Mexico? They couldn’t even begin to guess.
Listening evidently could do no good. The profound silence proved nothing. The padded walls of the Projectile were too thick to admit any sound whether of wind, water, or human beings. Barbican, however, was soon struck forcibly by one circumstance. He felt himself to be very uncomfortably warm, and his friend's faces looked very hot and flushed. Hastily removing the cover that protected the thermometer, he closely inspected it, and in an instant uttered a joyous exclamation.
Listening clearly wasn’t helping. The deep silence didn’t indicate anything. The padded walls of the Projectile were too thick to let in any sound—whether from wind, water, or people. However, Barbican was soon hit hard by one particular thing. He realized he was feeling quite uncomfortably warm, and his friends' faces looked really hot and flushed. Quickly taking off the cover that protected the thermometer, he examined it closely and instantly let out a joyful exclamation.
"Hurrah!" he cried. "We're moving! There's no mistake about it. The thermometer marks 113 degrees Fahrenheit. Such a stifling heat could not come from the gas. It comes from the exterior walls of our projectile, which atmospheric friction must have made almost red hot. But this heat must soon diminish, because we are already far beyond the regions of the atmosphere, so that instead of smothering we shall be shortly in danger of freezing."
"Yes!" he shouted. "We're on the move! There's no doubt about it. The thermometer reads 113 degrees Fahrenheit. This choking heat can't be from the gas. It's coming from the outside walls of our spacecraft, which must have become nearly red hot due to atmospheric friction. But this heat should start to drop soon, since we're already well past the atmospheric layers, and instead of overheating, we might soon be in danger of freezing."
"What?" asked Ardan, much bewildered. "We are already far beyond the limits of the terrestrial atmosphere! Why do you think so?"
"What?" Ardan asked, feeling confused. "We're already well past the boundaries of the Earth's atmosphere! Why do you think that?"
M'Nicholl was still too much flustered to venture a word.
M'Nicholl was still too flustered to say anything.
"If you want me to answer your question satisfactorily, my dear Ardan," replied Barbican, with a quiet smile, "you will have the kindness to put your questions in English."
"If you want me to answer your question satisfactorily, my dear Ardan," replied Barbican with a calm smile, "please be kind enough to ask your questions in English."
"What do you mean, Barbican!" asked Ardan, hardly believing his ears.
"What do you mean, Barbican!" asked Ardan, barely able to believe what he was hearing.
"Hurrah!" cried M'Nicholl, in the tone of a man who has suddenly made a welcome but most unexpected discovery.
"Hurrah!" shouted M'Nicholl, in the voice of someone who just stumbled upon a surprising and joyous discovery.
"I don't know exactly how it is with the Captain," continued Barbican, with the utmost tranquillity, "but for my part the study of the languages never was my strong point, and though I always admired the French, and even understood it pretty well, I never could converse in it without giving myself more trouble than I always find it convenient to assume."
"I’m not really sure how it is with the Captain," Barbican continued calmly, "but for me, studying languages was never my thing. While I’ve always admired French and understood it fairly well, I could never speak it without putting in more effort than I usually want to."
"You don't mean to say that I have been talking French to you all this time!" cried Ardan, horror-stricken.
"You can’t be serious that I’ve been speaking French to you this whole time!" exclaimed Ardan, in shock.
"The most elegant French I ever heard, backed by the purest Parisian accent," replied Barbican, highly amused; "Don't you think so, Captain?" he added, turning to M'Nicholl, whose countenance still showed the most comical traces of bewilderment.
"The most elegant French I’ve ever heard, with the purest Parisian accent," replied Barbican, clearly amused. "Don’t you think so, Captain?" he added, looking over at M'Nicholl, whose face still showed the funniest signs of confusion.
"Well, I swan to man!" cried the Captain, who always swore a little when his feelings got beyond his control; "Ardan, the Boss has got the rig on both of us this time, but rough as it is on you it is a darned sight more so on me. Be hanged if I did not think you were talking English the whole time, and I put the whole blame for not understanding you on the disordered state of my brain!"
"Well, I swear!" cried the Captain, who always cursed a bit when his emotions got the better of him; "Ardan, the Boss has pulled one over on both of us this time, but as tough as it is for you, it’s a heck of a lot worse for me. I’ll be damned if I didn’t think you were speaking English the whole time, and I blame my confusion entirely on my jumbled brain!"
Ardan only stared, and scratched his head, but Barbican actually—no, not laughed, that serene nature could not laugh. His cast-iron features puckered into a smile of the richest drollery, and his eyes twinkled with the wickedest fun; but no undignified giggle escaped the portal of those majestic lips.
Ardan just stared and scratched his head, but Barbican actually—no, not laughed, that calm demeanor couldn't laugh. His strong features twisted into a smile of the most amusing kind, and his eyes sparkled with a cheeky mischief; but no undignified chuckle came from those majestic lips.
"It sounds like French, I'd say to myself," continued the Captain, "but I know it's English, and by and by, when this whirring goes out of my head, I shall easily understand it."
"It sounds like French, I’d think to myself," the Captain went on, "but I know it’s English, and eventually, when this buzzing stops in my head, I’ll understand it just fine."
Ardan now looked as if he was beginning to see the joke.
Ardan now seemed to be starting to get the joke.
"The most puzzling part of the thing to me," went on M'Nicholl, giving his experience with the utmost gravity, "was why English sounded so like French. If it was simple incomprehensible gibberish, I could readily blame the state of my ears for it. But the idea that my bothered ears could turn a mere confused, muzzled, buzzing reverberation into a sweet, harmonious, articulate, though unintelligible, human language, made me sure that I was fast becoming crazy, if I was not so already."
"The thing that puzzled me the most," M'Nicholl continued, sharing his experience with complete seriousness, "was why English sounded so much like French. If it had just been total nonsense, I could easily blame my ears for it. But the thought that my troubled ears could transform a jumbled, muffled, buzzing noise into a sweet, harmonious, coherent, yet unintelligible, human language made me realize that I was definitely losing my mind, if I hadn't already."
"Ha! ha! ha!" roared Ardan, laughing till the tears came. "Now I understand why the poor Captain made me no reply all the time, and looked at me with such a hapless woe-begone expression of countenance. The fact is, Barbican, that shock was too much both for M'Nicholl and myself. You are the only man among us whose head is fire-proof, blast-proof, and powder-proof. I really believe a burglar would have greater difficulty in blowing your head-piece open than in bursting one of those famous American safes your papers make such a fuss about. A wonderful head, the Boss's, isn't it M'Nicholl?"
"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed Ardan, laughing until he cried. "Now I get why the poor Captain never replied to me and looked at me with such a sad, miserable expression. The truth is, Barbican, that shock was too much for both M'Nicholl and me. You're the only one among us whose head is fireproof, blast-proof, and powder-proof. I really think a burglar would have a harder time breaking open your head than cracking one of those famous American safes your papers talk so much about. The Boss's head is something else, isn't it, M'Nicholl?"
"Yes," said the Captain, as slowly as if every word were a gem of the profoundest thought, "the Boss has a fearful and a wonderful head!"
"Yes," said the Captain, slowly, as if each word was a precious gem of deep wisdom, "the Boss has an incredibly powerful and impressive mind!"
"But now to business!" cried the versatile Ardan, "Why do you think, Barbican, that we are at present beyond the limits of the terrestrial atmosphere?"
"But now let's get down to business!" shouted the adaptable Ardan. "Why do you think, Barbican, that we're currently beyond the bounds of the Earth’s atmosphere?"
"For a very simple reason," said Barbican, pointing to the chronometer; "it is now more than seven minutes after 11. We must, therefore, have been in motion more than twenty minutes. Consequently, unless our initial velocity has been very much diminished by the friction, we must have long before this completely cleared the fifty miles of atmosphere enveloping the earth."
"For a very simple reason," said Barbican, pointing to the clock; "it’s now more than seven minutes past 11. So, we must have been moving for over twenty minutes. Therefore, unless our starting speed has dropped significantly due to friction, we should have completely passed through the fifty miles of atmosphere surrounding the earth by now."
"Correct," said the Captain, cool as a cucumber, because once more in complete possession of all his senses; "but how much do you think the initial velocity to have been diminished by the friction?"
"That's right," said the Captain, calm and collected, now fully aware of everything around him; "but how much do you think the initial speed has been reduced by the friction?"
"By a third, according to my calculations," replied Barbican, "which I think are right. Supposing our initial velocity, therefore, to have been 12,000 yards per second, by the time we quitted the atmosphere it must have been reduced to 8,000 yards per second. At that rate, we must have gone by this time—"
"By a third, based on my calculations," said Barbican, "which I believe are accurate. Assuming our initial speed was 12,000 yards per second, by the time we left the atmosphere, it must have dropped to 8,000 yards per second. At that speed, we must have traveled by now—"
"Then, Mac, my boy, you've lost your two bets!" interrupted Ardan. "The Columbiad has not burst, four thousand dollars; the Projectile has risen at least six miles, five thousand dollars; come, Captain, bleed!"
"Then, Mac, my friend, you’ve lost both your bets!" Ardan interrupted. "The Columbiad hasn’t exploded, four thousand dollars; the Projectile has gone up at least six miles, five thousand dollars; come on, Captain, fork over!"
"Let me first be sure we're right," said the Captain, quietly. "I don't deny, you see, that friend Barbican's arguments are quite right, and, therefore, that I have lost my nine thousand dollars. But there is another view of the case possible, which might annul the bet."
"First, let me make sure we're on the same page," said the Captain, calmly. "I won't deny that friend Barbican's arguments are valid, and because of that, I've lost my nine thousand dollars. However, there’s another perspective on this situation that could void the bet."
"What other view?" asked Barbican, quickly.
"What other view?" Barbican asked quickly.
"Suppose," said the Captain, very drily, "that the powder had not caught, and that we were still lying quietly at the bottom of the Columbiad!"
"Imagine," said the Captain dryly, "if the powder hadn't ignited, and we were still sitting quietly at the bottom of the Columbiad!"
"By Jove!" laughed Ardan, "there's an idea truly worthy of my own nondescript brain! We must surely have changed heads during that concussion! No matter, there is some sense left in us yet. Come now, Captain, consider a little, if you can. Weren't we both half-killed by the shock? Didn't I rescue you from certain death with these two hands? Don't you see Barbican's shoulder still bleeding by the violence of the shock?"
"Wow!" laughed Ardan, "that's an idea that's really fitting for my own random brain! We must have swapped brains during that impact! Anyway, there's still some sense left in us. Come on, Captain, think for a moment, if you can. Weren't we both nearly killed by the shock? Didn't I save you from certain death with these two hands? Can't you see Barbican's shoulder still bleeding from the force of the impact?"
"Correct, friend Michael, correct in every particular," replied the Captain, "But one little question."
"That's right, friend Michael, right in every detail," replied the Captain, "But just one small question."
"Out with it!"
"Spill it!"
"Friend Michael, you say we're moving?"
"Hey Michael, are you saying we're moving?"
"Yes."
"Yeah."
"In consequence of the explosion?"
"Because of the explosion?"
"Certainly!"
"Of course!"
"Which must have been attended with a tremendous report?"
"Which must have made a loud noise?"
"Of course!"
"Absolutely!"
"Did you hear that report, friend Michael?"
"Did you hear that report, friend Michael?"
"N—o," replied Ardan, a little disconcerted at the question. "Well, no; I can't say that I did hear any report."
"N—o," replied Ardan, a bit thrown off by the question. "Well, no; I can't say I heard any report."
"Did you, friend Barbican?"
"Did you, buddy Barbican?"
"No," replied Barbican, promptly. "I heard no report whatever."
"No," Barbican replied quickly. "I didn't hear any report at all."
His answer was ready, but his look was quite as disconcerted as Ardan's.
His response was immediate, but his expression was just as unsettled as Ardan's.
"Well, friend Barbican and friend Michael," said the Captain, very drily as he leered wickedly at both, "put that and that together and tell me what you make of it."
"Well, friend Barbican and friend Michael," said the Captain, very dryly as he grinned mischievously at both, "combine that and that and tell me what you think."
"It's a fact!" exclaimed Barbican, puzzled, but not bewildered. "Why did we not hear that report?"
"It's a fact!" Barbican exclaimed, confused but not overwhelmed. "Why didn't we hear that report?"
"Too hard for me," said Ardan. "Give it up!"
"That's too tough for me," Ardan said. "Just forget it!"
The three friends gazed at each other for a while with countenances expressive of much perplexity. Barbican appeared to be the least self-possessed of the party. It was a complete turning of the tables from the state of things a few moments ago. The problem was certainly simple enough, but for that very reason the more inexplicable. If they were moving the explosion must have taken place; but if the explosion had taken place, why had they not heard the report?
The three friends looked at each other for a moment with faces full of confusion. Barbican seemed to be the least composed of the group. It was a complete reversal from what had just been happening moments before. The issue was definitely straightforward, but that made it even more puzzling. If they were moving, the explosion must have occurred; but if the explosion had happened, why hadn’t they heard the sound?
Barbican's decision soon put an end to speculation.
Barbican's decision quickly ended the speculation.
"Conjecture being useless," said he, "let us have recourse to facts. First, let us see where we are. Drop the deadlights!"
"Conjecture is pointless," he said, "so let’s stick to the facts. First, let’s figure out where we are. Shut the deadlights!"
This operation, simple enough in itself and being immediately undertaken by the whole three, was easily accomplished. The screws fastening the bolts by which the external plates of the deadlights were solidly pinned, readily yielded to the pressure of a powerful wrench. The bolts were then driven outwards, and the holes which had contained them were immediately filled with solid plugs of India rubber. The bolts once driven out, the external plates dropped by their own weight, turning on a hinge, like portholes, and the strong plate-glass forming the light immediately showed itself. A second light exactly similar, could be cleared away on the opposite side of the Projectile; a third, on the summit of the dome, and a fourth, in the centre of the bottom. The travellers could thus take observations in four different directions, having an opportunity of gazing at the firmament through the side lights, and at the Earth and the Moon through the lower and the upper lights of the Projectile.
This operation, straightforward in itself and quickly taken on by all three, was easily done. The screws holding the bolts that securely fastened the external plates of the deadlights gave way easily to the pressure of a strong wrench. The bolts were then pushed outward, and the holes they came from were immediately filled with solid rubber plugs. Once the bolts were removed, the external plates dropped by their own weight, swinging on a hinge like portholes, revealing the strong glass that made up the light. A second light, exactly the same, could be removed from the opposite side of the Projectile; a third one on the top of the dome, and a fourth in the center of the bottom. This way, the travelers could take observations in four different directions, allowing them to gaze at the sky through the side lights and at the Earth and the Moon through the lower and upper lights of the Projectile.
Ardan and the Captain had commenced examining the floor, previous to operating on the bottom light. But Barbican was the first to get through his work at one of the side lights, and M'Nicholl and Ardan soon heard him shouting:
Ardan and the Captain had started looking over the floor before working on the bottom light. But Barbican was the first to finish his task at one of the side lights, and M'Nicholl and Ardan quickly heard him yelling:
"No, my friends!" he exclaimed, in tones of decided emotion; "we have not fallen back to Earth; nor are we lying in the bottom of the Gulf of Mexico. No! We are driving through space! Look at the stars glittering all around! Brighter, but smaller than we have ever seen them before! We have left the Earth and the Earth's atmosphere far behind us!"
"No, my friends!" he shouted, filled with strong emotion; "we have not fallen back to Earth; nor are we lying at the bottom of the Gulf of Mexico. No! We are traveling through space! Look at the stars shining all around us! Brighter, but smaller than we've ever seen them before! We have left Earth and its atmosphere way behind us!"
"Hurrah! Hurrah!" cried M'Nicholl and Ardan, feeling as if electric shocks were coursing through them, though they could see nothing, looking down from the side light, but the blackest and profoundest obscurity.
"Hurrah! Hurrah!" shouted M'Nicholl and Ardan, feeling like electric shocks were running through them, even though they couldn't see anything, just the deepest darkness below as they looked from the side light.
Barbican soon convinced them that this pitchy blackness proved that they were not, and could not be, reposing on the surface of the Earth, where at that moment, everything was illuminated by the bright moonlight; also that they had passed the different layers of the atmosphere, where the diffused and refracted rays would be also sure to reveal themselves through the lights of the Projectile. They were, therefore, certainly moving. No doubt was longer possible.
Barbican quickly convinced them that this pitch-black darkness showed they were not, and could not be, lying on the surface of the Earth, where everything was currently lit up by bright moonlight. He also pointed out that they had passed through the different layers of the atmosphere, where the scattered and refracted rays would definitely be visible through the lights of the Projectile. They were, therefore, definitely moving. There was no longer any doubt.
"It's a fact!" observed the Captain, now quite convinced. "Then I've lost!"
"It's true!" the Captain noted, now fully convinced. "Then I've lost!"
"Let me congratulate you!" cried Ardan, shaking his hand.
"Congratulations!" Ardan exclaimed, shaking his hand.
"Here is your nine thousand dollars, friend Barbican," said the Captain, taking a roll of greenbacks of high denomination out of his porte-monnaie.
"Here’s your nine thousand dollars, friend Barbican," said the Captain, pulling out a bundle of high-denomination cash from his wallet.
"You want a receipt, don't you, Captain?" asked Barbican, counting the money.
"You want a receipt, right, Captain?" asked Barbican, counting the cash.
"Yes, I should prefer one, if it is not too much trouble," answered M'Nicholl; "it saves dispute."
"Yes, I would prefer one, if it's not too much trouble," replied M'Nicholl; "it avoids arguments."
Coolly and mechanically, as if seated at his desk, in his office, Barbican opened his memorandum book, wrote a receipt on a blank page, dated, signed and sealed it, and then handed it to the Captain, who put it away carefully among the other papers of his portfolio.
Coolly and robotically, as if he were sitting at his desk in his office, Barbican opened his notebook, wrote a receipt on a blank page, dated it, signed it, sealed it, and then handed it to the Captain, who carefully put it away with his other papers in his portfolio.
Ardan, taking off his hat, made a profound bow to both of his companions, without saying a word. Such formality, under such extraordinary circumstances, actually paralysed his tongue for the moment. No wonder that he could not understand those Americans. Even Indians would have surprised him by an exhibition of such stoicism. After indulging in silent wonder for a minute or two, he joined his companions who were now busy looking out at the starry sky.
Ardan, removing his hat, gave a deep bow to both of his friends without saying anything. The level of formality, given the unusual situation, actually left him speechless for a moment. It's no surprise that he couldn't make sense of those Americans. Even Native Americans would have amazed him with such a display of calmness. After a minute or two of silent amazement, he joined his friends, who were now focused on the starry sky.
"Where is the Moon?" he asked. "How is it that we cannot see her?"
"Where's the Moon?" he asked. "How come we can't see her?"
"The fact of our not seeing her," answered Barbican, "gives me very great satisfaction in one respect; it shows that our Projectile was shot so rapidly out of the Columbiad that it had not time to be impressed with the slightest revolving motion—for us a most fortunate matter. As for the rest—see, there is Cassiopeia, a little to the left is Andromeda, further down is the great square of Pegasus, and to the southwest Fomalhaut can be easily seen swallowing the Cascade. All this shows we are looking west and consequently cannot see the Moon, which is approaching the zenith from the east. Open the other light—But hold on! Look here! What can this be?"
"The fact that we can’t see her," Barbican replied, "actually makes me quite happy in one way; it means our Projectile was launched from the Columbiad so quickly that it didn’t have time to pick up any spinning motion—which is really lucky for us. As for everything else—look, there’s Cassiopeia, a bit to the left is Andromeda, further down is the big square of Pegasus, and to the southwest, you can easily see Fomalhaut devouring the Cascade. All of this tells us we’re facing west and, as a result, can’t see the Moon, which is moving towards the zenith from the east. Open the other light—But wait! What’s this?"
The three travellers, looking westwardly in the direction of Alpherat, saw a brilliant object rapidly approaching them. At a distance, it looked like a dusky moon, but the side turned towards the Earth blazed with a bright light, which every moment became more intense. It came towards them with prodigious velocity and, what was worse, its path lay so directly in the course of the Projectile that a collision seemed inevitable. As it moved onward, from west to east, they could easily see that it rotated on its axis, like all heavenly bodies; in fact, it somewhat resembled a Moon on a small scale, describing its regular orbit around the Earth.
The three travelers, looking west toward Alpherat, saw a bright object rapidly coming toward them. From a distance, it looked like a dark moon, but the side facing the Earth was glowing with a bright light that grew more intense by the moment. It was approaching them at an incredible speed, and worse yet, its path was directly in the way of the Projectile, making a collision seem unavoidable. As it moved from west to east, they could easily see that it was rotating on its axis, like all celestial bodies; in fact, it somewhat resembled a small-scale moon, following its regular orbit around the Earth.
"Mille tonerres!" cried Ardan, greatly excited; "what is that? Can it be another projectile?" M'Nicholl, wiping his spectacles, looked again, but made no reply. Barbican looked puzzled and uneasy. A collision was quite possible, and the results, even if not frightful in the highest degree, must be extremely deplorable. The Projectile, if not absolutely dashed to pieces, would be diverted from its own course and dragged along in a new one in obedience to the irresistible attraction of this furious asteroid.
"Holy hell!" shouted Ardan, really excited; "what’s that? Could it be another projectile?" M'Nicholl, cleaning his glasses, looked again but didn’t respond. Barbican appeared confused and anxious. A collision was quite possible, and the outcomes, even if not entirely catastrophic, would definitely be very regrettable. The Projectile, if not completely shattered, would be pulled off its original path and swept along a new one due to the unstoppable force of this wild asteroid.
Barbican fully realized that either alternative involved the complete failure of their enterprise. He kept perfectly still, but, never losing his presence of mind, he curiously looked on the approaching object with a gladiatorial eye, as if seeking to detect some unguarded point in his terrible adversary. The Captain was equally silent; he looked like a man who had fully made up his mind to regard every possible contingency with the most stoical indifference. But Ardan's tongue, more fluent than ever, rattled away incessantly.
Barbican understood that either option meant total failure for their mission. He stayed completely still, but kept his cool, watching the oncoming object with a sharp gaze, as if trying to find a weakness in his formidable opponent. The Captain was quiet too; he looked like someone who had accepted every possible outcome with calm indifference. But Ardan's chatter, more relentless than ever, kept going nonstop.
"Look! Look!" he exclaimed, in tones so perfectly expressive of his rapidly alternating feelings as to render the medium of words totally unnecessary. "How rapidly the cursed thing is nearing us! Plague take your ugly phiz, the more I know you, the less I like you! Every second she doubles in size! Come, Madame Projectile! Stir your stumps a little livelier, old lady! He's making for you as straight as an arrow! We're going right in his way, or he's coming in ours, I can't say which. It's taking a mean advantage of us either way. As for ourselves—what can we do! Before such a monster as that we are as helpless as three men in a little skiff shooting down the rapids to the brink of Niagara! Now for it!"
"Look! Look!" he shouted, his voice full of emotions that made words completely unnecessary. "That cursed thing is getting closer to us so fast! Damn your ugly face; the more I know you, the less I like you! It’s getting bigger every second! Come on, Madame Projectile! Move a little faster, old lady! He’s coming right for you, like an arrow! We’re either in his path or he’s in ours; I can’t tell which. Either way, it’s taking a cheap shot at us. And as for us—what can we do? Against a monster like that, we’re as helpless as three guys in a tiny boat going over the Niagara Falls! Here we go!"
Nearer and nearer it came, but without noise, without sparks, without a trail, though its lower part was brighter than ever. Its path lying little above them, the nearer it came the more the collision seemed inevitable. Imagine yourself caught on a narrow railroad bridge at midnight with an express train approaching at full speed, its reflector already dazzling you with its light, the roar of the cars rattling in your ears, and you may conceive the feelings of the travellers. At last it was so near that the travellers started back in affright, with eyes shut, hair on end, and fully believing their last hour had come. Even then Ardan had his mot.
Nearer and nearer it came, but without a sound, without sparks, without a trace, even though its lower part was brighter than ever. Its path, just above them, made the collision seem more and more unavoidable as it got closer. Picture yourself stuck on a narrow railroad bridge at midnight with an express train racing toward you at full speed, its headlights already blinding you, the roar of the cars echoing in your ears, and you can imagine the feelings of the travelers. Finally, it was so close that the travelers recoiled in fear, eyes shut, hair standing on end, fully convinced their time was up. Even then, Ardan had his mot.
"We can neither switch off, down brakes, nor clap on more steam! Hard luck!"
"We can't turn off, slow down, or speed up! Tough luck!"
In an instant all was over. The velocity of the Projectile was fortunately great enough to carry it barely above the dangerous point; and in a flash the terrible bolide disappeared rapidly several hundred yards beneath the affrighted travellers.
In a moment, it was all over. The speed of the projectile was thankfully high enough to just clear the danger zone; and in a blink, the frightening meteor streaked quickly several hundred yards beneath the terrified travelers.
"Good bye! And may you never come back!" cried Ardan, hardly able to breathe. "It's perfectly outrageous! Not room enough in infinite space to let an unpretending bullet like ours move about a little without incurring the risk of being run over by such a monster as that! What is it anyhow? Do you know, Barbican?"
"Goodbye! And I hope you never come back!" yelled Ardan, struggling to catch his breath. "It's completely outrageous! There's not enough room in infinite space to let an ordinary bullet like ours move around a bit without the risk of being crushed by a monster like that! What is it, anyway? Do you know, Barbican?"
"I do," was the reply.
"I do," was the response.
"Of course, you do! What is it that he don't know? Eh, Captain?"
"Of course, you do! What is it that he doesn't know? Huh, Captain?"
"It is a simple bolide, but one of such enormous dimensions that the Earth's attraction has made it a satellite."
"It’s a simple meteor, but one of such massive size that the Earth's gravity has turned it into a moon."
"What!" cried Ardan, "another satellite besides the Moon? I hope there are no more of them!"
"What!" shouted Ardan, "another satellite besides the Moon? I really hope there aren't any more!"
"They are pretty numerous," replied Barbican; "but they are so small and they move with such enormous velocity that they are very seldom seen. Petit, the Director of the Observatory of Toulouse, who these last years has devoted much time and care to the observation of bolides, has calculated that the very one we have just encountered moves with such astonishing swiftness that it accomplishes its revolution around the Earth in about 3 hours and 20 minutes!"
"They're quite numerous," replied Barbican, "but they're so tiny and move so fast that they're rarely seen. Petit, the Director of the Observatory of Toulouse, who has spent a lot of time and effort in recent years observing meteors, has calculated that the very one we've just encountered moves with such incredible speed that it completes its orbit around the Earth in about 3 hours and 20 minutes!"
"Whew!" whistled Ardan, "where should we be now if it had struck us!"
"Whew!" whistled Ardan, "where would we be now if it had hit us!"
"You don't mean to say, Barbican," observed M'Nicholl, "that Petit has seen this very one?"
"You can't be saying, Barbican," M'Nicholl remarked, "that Petit has seen this exact one?"
"So it appears," replied Barbican.
"Looks like it," replied Barbican.
"And do all astronomers admit its existence?" asked the Captain.
"And do all astronomers agree that it exists?" asked the Captain.
"Well, some of them have their doubts," replied Barbican—
"Well, some of them are skeptical," replied Barbican—
"If the unbelievers had been here a minute or two ago," interrupted Ardan, "they would never express a doubt again."
"If the nonbelievers had been here a minute or two ago," interrupted Ardan, "they would never doubt again."
"If Petit's calculation is right," continued Barbican, "I can even form a very good idea as to our distance from the Earth."
"If Petit's calculation is correct," Barbican continued, "I can even get a pretty good sense of how far we are from Earth."
"It seems to me Barbican can do what he pleases here or elsewhere," observed Ardan to the Captain.
"It looks to me like Barbican can do whatever he wants here or anywhere else," Ardan said to the Captain.
"Let us see, Barbican," asked M'Nicholl; "where has Petit's calculation placed us?"
"Let's see, Barbican," asked M'Nicholl. "Where has Petit's calculation put us?"
"The bolide's distance being known," replied Barbican, "at the moment we met it we were a little more than 5 thousand miles from the Earth's surface."
"The bolide's distance being known," replied Barbican, "when we encountered it, we were just over 5 thousand miles from the Earth's surface."
"Five thousand miles already!" cried Ardan, "why we have only just started!"
"Five thousand miles already!" shouted Ardan, "and we've only just begun!"
"Let us see about that," quietly observed the Captain, looking at his chronometer, and calculating with his pencil. "It is now 10 minutes past eleven; we have therefore been 23 minutes on the road. Supposing our initial velocity of 10,000 yards or nearly seven miles a second, to have been kept up, we should by this time be about 9,000 miles from the Earth; but by allowing for friction and gravity, we can hardly be more than 5,500 miles. Yes, friend Barbican, Petit does not seem to be very wrong in his calculations."
"Let’s take a look at that," the Captain said quietly, checking his chronometer and doing some calculations with his pencil. "It’s now 10 minutes past eleven; we’ve been traveling for 23 minutes. If we had maintained our initial speed of 10,000 yards, or nearly seven miles per second, we should be about 9,000 miles away from Earth by now. But if we factor in friction and gravity, we can hardly be more than 5,500 miles. Yes, my friend Barbican, Petit doesn’t seem to be too off with his calculations."
But Barbican hardly heard the observation. He had not yet answered the puzzling question that had already presented itself to them for solution; and until he had done so he could not attend to anything else.
But Barbican barely heard the comment. He still hadn't answered the puzzling question that had already come up for them to solve; and until he did, he couldn't focus on anything else.
"That's all very well and good, Captain," he replied in an absorbed manner, "but we have not yet been able to account for a very strange phenomenon. Why didn't we hear the report?"
"That's all fine and good, Captain," he responded thoughtfully, "but we still haven't figured out a very strange phenomenon. Why didn't we hear the report?"
No one replying, the conversation came to a stand-still, and Barbican, still absorbed in his reflections, began clearing the second light of its external shutter. In a few minutes the plate dropped, and the Moon beams, flowing in, filled the interior of the Projectile with her brilliant light. The Captain immediately put out the gas, from motives of economy as well as because its glare somewhat interfered with the observation of the interplanetary regions.
No one responded, so the conversation came to a halt, and Barbican, still lost in his thoughts, started to open the second light by removing its external shutter. In a few minutes, the panel fell, and the moonlight streamed in, filling the inside of the projectile with its bright glow. The Captain quickly turned off the gas, both to save money and because its brightness somewhat disrupted the observation of the interplanetary areas.
The Lunar disc struck the travellers as glittering with a splendor and purity of light that they had never witnessed before. The beams, no longer strained through the misty atmosphere of the Earth, streamed copiously in through the glass and coated the interior walls of the Projectile with a brilliant silvery plating. The intense blackness of the sky enhanced the dazzling radiance of the Moon. Even the stars blazed with a new and unequalled splendor, and, in the absence of a refracting atmosphere, they flamed as bright in the close proximity of the Moon as in any other part of the sky.
The lunar disc appeared to the travelers as if it were shining with a brilliance and clarity of light they had never seen before. The rays, no longer filtered through Earth's hazy atmosphere, poured in through the glass and covered the walls of the Projectile with a shimmering silver shine. The deep darkness of the sky amplified the Moon's stunning glow. Even the stars shone with a fresh and unmatched brightness, and without any refracting atmosphere, they burned as brightly near the Moon as they did anywhere else in the sky.
You can easily conceive the interest with which these bold travellers gazed on the Starry Queen, the final object of their daring journey. She was now insensibly approaching the zenith, the mathematical point which she was to reach four days later. They presented their telescopes, but her mountains, plains, craters and general characteristics hardly came out a particle more sharply than if they had been viewed from the Earth. Still, her light, unobstructed by air or vapor, shimmered with a lustre actually transplendent. Her disc shone like a mirror of polished platins. The travellers remained for some time absorbed in the silent contemplation of the glorious scene.
You can easily imagine the excitement with which these daring travelers looked at the Starry Queen, the ultimate destination of their adventurous journey. She was now subtly nearing the zenith, the exact point she was set to reach four days later. They aimed their telescopes at her, but her mountains, plains, craters, and overall features appeared no clearer than if viewed from Earth. Still, her light, unfiltered by air or vapor, shimmered with a truly radiant brilliance. Her disc shone like a polished platinum mirror. The travelers spent some time lost in silent admiration of the breathtaking scene.
"How they're gazing at her this very moment from Stony Hill!" said the Captain at last to break the silence.
"Look at how they're staring at her right now from Stony Hill!" the Captain finally said to break the silence.
"By Jove!" cried Ardan; "It's true! Captain you're right. We were near forgetting our dear old Mother, the Earth. What ungrateful children! Let me feast my eyes once more on the blessed old creature!"
"By Jove!" cried Ardan; "It's true! Captain, you're right. We almost forgot about our dear old Mother, the Earth. What ungrateful kids! Let me feast my eyes on the blessed old thing one more time!"
Barbican, to satisfy his companion's desire, immediately commenced to clear away the disc which covered the floor of the Projectile and prevented them from getting at the lower light. This disc, though it had been dashed to the bottom of the Projectile with great violence, was still as strong as ever, and, being made in compartments fastened by screws, to dismount it was no easy matter. Barbican, however, with the help of the others, soon had it all taken apart, and put away the pieces carefully, to serve again in case of need. A round hole about a foot and a half in diameter appeared, bored through the floor of the Projectile. It was closed by a circular pane of plate-glass, which was about six inches thick, fastened by a ring of copper. Below, on the outside, the glass was protected by an aluminium plate, kept in its place by strong bolts and nuts. The latter being unscrewed, the bolts slipped out by their own weight, the shutter fell, and a new communication was established between the interior and the exterior.
Barbican, eager to meet his companion's wish, quickly began removing the disc that covered the floor of the Projectile and blocked their access to the lower light. This disc, despite having been forcefully shoved to the bottom of the Projectile, remained as sturdy as ever. Since it was divided into compartments secured by screws, taking it apart was no simple task. However, with the assistance of the others, Barbican soon managed to dismantle it all, carefully storing the pieces for future use. A round hole about a foot and a half in diameter appeared, drilled through the floor of the Projectile. It was covered by a circular pane of plate glass, roughly six inches thick, secured by a copper ring. On the outside, an aluminium plate protected the glass, held in place by robust bolts and nuts. Once the nuts were unscrewed, the bolts fell out naturally, the shutter dropped, and a new connection was made between the inside and the outside.
Ardan knelt down, applied his eye to the light, and tried to look out. At first everything was quite dark and gloomy.
Ardan knelt down, put his eye to the light, and tried to look out. At first, everything was completely dark and gloomy.
"I see no Earth!" he exclaimed at last.
"I don't see any Earth!" he shouted finally.
"Don't you see a fine ribbon of light?" asked Barbican, "right beneath us? A thin, pale, silvery crescent?"
"Don't you see that beautiful ribbon of light?" asked Barbican. "Right beneath us? A thin, pale, silvery crescent?"
"Of course I do. Can that be the Earth?"
"Of course I do. Could that be Earth?"
"Terra Mater herself, friend Ardan. That fine fillet of light, now hardly visible on her eastern border, will disappear altogether as soon as the Moon is full. Then, lying as she will be between the Sun and the Moon, her illuminated face will be turned away from us altogether, and for several days she will be involved in impenetrable darkness."
"Terra Mater herself, my friend Ardan. That thin sliver of light, barely seen on her eastern edge, will vanish completely once the Moon is full. Then, positioned as she will be between the Sun and the Moon, her lit side will be completely turned away from us, and for several days she will be wrapped in total darkness."
"And that's the Earth!" repeated Ardan, hardly able to believe his eyes, as he continued to gaze on the slight thread of silvery white light, somewhat resembling the appearance of the "Young May Moon" a few hours after sunset.
"And that's the Earth!" Ardan said again, struggling to believe his eyes as he kept looking at the thin thread of silvery white light, which somewhat looked like the "Young May Moon" a few hours after sunset.
Barbican's explanation was quite correct. The Earth, in reference to the Moon or the Projectile, was in her last phase, or octant as it is called, and showed a sharp-horned, attenuated, but brilliant crescent strongly relieved by the black background of the sky. Its light, rendered a little bluish by the density of the atmospheric envelopes, was not quite as brilliant as the Moon's. But the Earth's crescent, compared to the Lunar, was of dimensions much greater, being fully 4 times larger. You would have called it a vast, beautiful, but very thin bow extending over the sky. A few points, brighter than the rest, particularly in its concave part, revealed the presence of lofty mountains, probably the Himalayahs. But they disappeared every now and then under thick vapory spots, which are never seen on the Lunar disc. They were the thin concentric cloud rings that surround the terrestrial sphere.
Barbican's explanation was completely accurate. The Earth, in relation to the Moon or the Projectile, was in its final phase, or octant as it’s called, and displayed a sharp, thin, but bright crescent strongly contrasted against the black sky. Its light, slightly bluish due to the density of the atmosphere, wasn't quite as bright as the Moon's. However, the Earth's crescent was much larger than the Lunar one, being about four times bigger. You would have called it a vast, beautiful, but very thin arc stretching across the sky. A few points, brighter than the others, particularly in its curved part, indicated the presence of tall mountains, likely the Himalayas. But they occasionally vanished beneath thick patches of vapor, which are never seen on the Moon's surface. These were the thin concentric cloud rings that encircle the Earth.
However, the travellers' eyes were soon able to trace the rest of the Earth's surface not only with facility, but even to follow its outline with absolute delight. This was in consequence of two different phenomena, one of which they could easily account for; but the other they could not explain without Barbican's assistance. No wonder. Never before had mortal eye beheld such a sight. Let us take each in its turn.
However, the travelers' eyes quickly learned to trace the rest of the Earth's surface not just with ease, but also to follow its outline with pure delight. This was due to two different phenomena, one of which they could easily understand; but they couldn't explain the other without Barbican's help. It's no surprise. Never before had a human eye seen such a sight. Let's take each one in turn.
We all know that the ashy light by means of which we perceive what is called the Old Moon in the Young Moon's arms is due to the Earth-shine, or the reflection of the solar rays from the Earth to the Moon. By a phenomenon exactly identical, the travellers could now see that portion of the Earth's surface which was unillumined by the Sun; only, as, in consequence of the different areas of the respective surfaces, the Earthlight is thirteen times more intense than the Moonlight, the dark portion of the Earth's disc appeared considerably more adumbrated than the Old Moon.
We all know that the soft light with which we see what we call the Old Moon in the Young Moon's arms is because of Earthshine, or the reflection of sunlight from the Earth to the Moon. By a similar phenomenon, the travelers could now see that part of the Earth's surface that wasn't lit by the Sun; however, since the areas of the respective surfaces are different, the Earthlight is thirteen times stronger than the Moonlight, making the dark part of the Earth's disc look much more shaded than the Old Moon.
But the other phenomenon had burst on them so suddenly that they uttered a cry loud enough to wake up Barbican from his problem. They had discovered a true starry ring! Around the Earth's outline, a ring, of internally well defined thickness, but somewhat hazy on the outside, could easily be traced by its surpassing brilliancy. Neither the Pleiades, the Northern Crown, the Magellanic Clouds nor the great nebulas of Orion, or of Argo, no sparkling cluster, no corona, no group of glittering star-dust that the travellers had ever gazed at, presented such attractions as the diamond ring they now saw encompassing the Earth, just as the brass meridian encompasses a terrestrial globe. The resplendency of its light enchanted them, its pure softness delighted them, its perfect regularity astonished them. What was it? they asked Barbican. In a few words he explained it. The beautiful luminous ring was simply an optical illusion, produced by the refraction of the terrestrial atmosphere. All the stars in the neighborhood of the Earth, and many actually behind it, had their rays refracted, diffused, radiated, and finally converged to a focus by the atmosphere, as if by a double convex lens of gigantic power.
But the other phenomenon hit them so suddenly that they shouted loud enough to wake Barbican from his thoughts. They had discovered a true starry ring! Around the outline of the Earth, a ring with a clearly defined thickness but somewhat hazy on the edges could easily be seen due to its incredible brightness. Neither the Pleiades, the Northern Crown, the Magellanic Clouds, nor the great nebulae of Orion or Argo, no sparkling cluster, no corona, no group of glittering star-dust that the travelers had ever looked at compared to the dazzling ring they now saw surrounding the Earth, just like a brass meridian encircles a globe. The brilliance of its light mesmerized them, its gentle softness pleased them, and its perfect symmetry amazed them. What was it? they asked Barbican. He quickly explained it. The beautiful glowing ring was just an optical illusion created by the refraction of the Earth's atmosphere. All the stars near the Earth, and many actually behind it, had their rays bent, spread out, radiated, and finally focused by the atmosphere, as if by a gigantic double convex lens.
Whilst the travellers were profoundly absorbed in the contemplation of this wondrous sight, a sparkling shower of shooting stars suddenly flashed over the Earth's dark surface, making it for a moment as bright as the external ring. Hundreds of bolides, catching fire from contact with the atmosphere, streaked the darkness with their luminous trails, overspreading it occasionally with sheets of electric flame. The Earth was just then in her perihelion, and we all know that the months of November and December are so highly favorable to the appearance of these meteoric showers that at the famous display of November, 1866, astronomers counted as many as 8,000 between midnight and four o'clock.
While the travelers were deeply immersed in watching this breathtaking sight, a dazzling shower of shooting stars suddenly lit up the Earth's dark surface, making it shine for a brief moment like the outer ring. Hundreds of meteors, igniting upon entering the atmosphere, streaked through the darkness with their glowing trails, occasionally covering it with bursts of electric flames. The Earth was just then at its closest point to the sun, and we all know that November and December are particularly favorable for these meteor showers; during the famous display in November 1866, astronomers recorded as many as 8,000 between midnight and four o'clock.
Barbican explained the whole matter in a few words. The Earth, when nearest to the sun, occasionally plunges into a group of countless meteors travelling like comets, in eccentric orbits around the grand centre of our solar system. The atmosphere strikes the rapidly moving bodies with such violence as to set them on fire and render them visible to us in beautiful star showers. But to this simple explanation of the famous November meteors Ardan would not listen. He preferred believing that Mother Earth, feeling that her three daring children were still looking at her, though five thousand miles away, shot off her best rocket-signals to show that she still thought of them and would never let them out of her watchful eye.
Barbican summed up the whole situation in just a few words. The Earth, when it gets closest to the sun, sometimes enters a swarm of countless meteors zipping along like comets in strange orbits around the main center of our solar system. The atmosphere collides with these fast-moving bodies with such force that it ignites them, making them visible to us as stunning meteor showers. But Ardan wouldn’t accept this straightforward explanation for the famous November meteors. He preferred to believe that Mother Earth, sensing her three brave children were still gazing at her from five thousand miles away, fired off her best rocket signals to let them know she was thinking of them and always keeping an eye on them.
For hours they continued to gaze with indescribable interest on the faintly luminous mass so easily distinguishable among the other heavenly bodies. Jupiter blazed on their right, Mars flashed his ruddy light on their left, Saturn with his rings looked like a round white spot on a black wall; even Venus they could see almost directly under them, easily recognizing her by her soft, sweetly scintillant light. But no planet or constellation possessed any attraction for the travellers, as long as their eyes could trace that shadowy, crescent-edged, diamond-girdled, meteor-furrowed spheroid, the theatre of their existence, the home of so many undying desires, the mysterious cradle of their race!
For hours, they kept watching the faintly glowing mass that stood out among the other stars with an indescribable fascination. Jupiter shone brightly on their right, Mars twinkled its reddish light on their left, and Saturn, with its rings, appeared as a round white dot on a black canvas; even Venus was almost directly beneath them, easily recognized by her soft, sweetly shimmering light. But none of the planets or constellations captured the travelers' attention as long as their eyes could follow that shadowy, crescent-shaped, diamond-studded, meteor-marked sphere, the stage of their existence, the home of countless enduring desires, the mysterious cradle of their species!
Meantime the Projectile cleaved its way upwards, rapidly, unswervingly, though with a gradually retarding velocity. As the Earth sensibly grew darker, and the travellers' eyes grew dimmer, an irresistible somnolency slowly stole over their weary frames. The extraordinary excitement they had gone through during the last four or five hours, was naturally followed by a profound reaction.
Meantime, the Projectile shot upward quickly and straight, although its speed was gradually decreasing. As the Earth became noticeably darker and the travelers' vision faded, an overpowering sleepiness slowly took over their exhausted bodies. The intense excitement they had experienced over the past four or five hours was naturally followed by a deep fatigue.
"Captain, you're nodding," said Ardan at last, after a longer silence than usual; "the fact is, Barbican is the only wake man of the party, because he is puzzling over his problem. Dum vivimus vivamus! As we are asleep let us be asleep!"
"Captain, you're nodding," Ardan finally said after a longer than usual silence. "The truth is, Barbican is the only one awake in the group because he's trying to solve his problem. Dum vivimus vivamus! While we’re asleep, let’s just stay asleep!"
So saying he threw himself on the mattress, and his companions immediately followed the example.
So saying, he threw himself onto the mattress, and his friends quickly followed suit.
They had been lying hardly a quarter of an hour, when Barbican started up with a cry so loud and sudden as instantly to awaken his companions.
They had barely been lying down for a quarter of an hour when Barbican abruptly shouted with a cry so loud and sudden that it instantly woke up his friends.
The bright moonlight showed them the President sitting up in his bed, his eye blazing, his arms waving, as he shouted in a tone reminding them of the day they had found him in St. Helena wood.
The bright moonlight revealed the President sitting up in his bed, his eyes blazing, his arms waving, as he shouted in a tone that reminded them of the day they had found him in St. Helena wood.
"Eureka! I've got it! I know it!"
"Eureka! I've got it! I know it!"
"What have you got?" cried Ardan, bouncing up and seizing him by the right hand.
"What do you have?" shouted Ardan, jumping up and grabbing him by the right hand.
"What do you know?" cried the Captain, stretching over and seizing him by the left.
"What do you know?" shouted the Captain, leaning over and grabbing him by the left.
"The reason why we did not hear the report!"
"The reason we didn't hear the report!"
"Well, why did not we hear it!" asked both rapidly in the same breath.
"Well, why didn't we hear it!" both asked quickly at the same time.
"Because we were shot up 30 times faster than sound can travel!"
"Because we were shot up 30 times faster than light can travel!"
CHAPTER III.
THEY MAKE THEMSELVES AT HOME AND FEEL QUITE COMFORTABLE.
This curious explanation given, and its soundness immediately recognized, the three friends were soon fast wrapped in the arms of Morpheus. Where in fact could they have found a spot more favorable for undisturbed repose? On land, where the dwellings, whether in populous city or lonely country, continually experience every shock that thrills the Earth's crust? At sea, where between waves or winds or paddles or screws or machinery, everything is tremor, quiver or jar? In the air, where the balloon is incessantly twirling, oscillating, on account of the ever varying strata of different densities, and even occasionally threatening to spill you out? The Projectile alone, floating grandly through the absolute void, in the midst of the profoundest silence, could offer to its inmates the possibility of enjoying slumber the most complete, repose the most profound.
This curious explanation given, and its soundness immediately recognized, the three friends were soon fast asleep. Where could they have found a better place for undisturbed rest? On land, where the buildings, whether in a crowded city or a quiet countryside, constantly feel every shake that rattles the Earth? At sea, where waves, winds, paddles, screws, or machinery create constant tremors and jolts? In the air, where the balloon is always spinning and swaying because of the constantly changing layers of different densities, and sometimes even threatening to toss you out? Only the Projectile, majestically floating through the absolute void, in the deepest silence, could offer its passengers the chance to enjoy the most complete sleep and the deepest rest.
There is no telling how long our three daring travellers would have continued to enjoy their sleep, if it had not been suddenly terminated by an unexpected noise about seven o'clock in the morning of December 2nd, eight hours after their departure.
There’s no way to know how long our three adventurous travelers would have kept sleeping if it hadn’t been abruptly interrupted by an unexpected noise around seven o'clock in the morning on December 2nd, eight hours after they set off.
This noise was most decidedly of barking.
This sound was definitely a bark.
"The dogs! It's the dogs!" cried Ardan, springing up at a bound.
"The dogs! It’s the dogs!" shouted Ardan, jumping up in one leap.
"They must be hungry!" observed the Captain.
"They must be hungry!" the Captain said.
"We have forgotten the poor creatures!" cried Barbican.
"We've completely overlooked the poor creatures!" cried Barbican.
"Where can they have gone to?" asked Ardan, looking for them in all directions.
"Where could they have gone?" Ardan asked, searching for them in every direction.
At last they found one of them hiding under the sofa. Thunderstruck and perfectly bewildered by the terrible shock, the poor animal had kept close in its hiding place, never daring to utter a sound, until at last the pangs of hunger had proved too strong even for its fright.
At last they found one of them hiding under the sofa. Stunned and completely confused by the awful shock, the poor creature stayed tight in its hiding spot, never daring to make a sound, until finally the pangs of hunger became too much for its fear.
They readily recognized the amiable Diana, but they could not allure the shivering, whining animal from her retreat without a good deal of coaxing. Ardan talked to her in his most honeyed and seductive accents, while trying to pull her out by the neck.
They quickly recognized the friendly Diana, but they couldn't lure the shivering, whining animal from her hiding spot without a lot of coaxing. Ardan spoke to her in his sweetest and most charming voice while trying to pull her out by the neck.
"Come out to your friends, charming Diana," he went on, "come out, my beauty, destined for a lofty niche in the temple of canine glory! Come out, worthy scion of a race deemed worthy by the Egyptians to be a companion of the great god, Anubis, by the Christians, to be a friend of the good Saint Roch! Come out and partake of a glory before which the stars of Montargis and of St. Bernard shall henceforward pale their ineffectual fire! Come out, my lady, and let me think o'er the countless multiplication of thy species, so that, while sailing through the interplanetary spaces, we may indulge in endless flights of fancy on the number and variety of thy descendants who will ere long render the Selenitic atmosphere vocal with canine ululation!"
"Come out to your friends, charming Diana," he continued, "come out, my beauty, destined for a special place in the temple of dog glory! Come out, worthy descendant of a breed honored by the Egyptians as a companion to the great god, Anubis, and by Christians as a friend of good Saint Roch! Come out and share in a glory that will make the stars of Montargis and St. Bernard seem dim in comparison! Come out, my lady, and let me imagine the countless numbers of your kind, so that while we travel through space, we can enjoy endless flights of fancy about the number and variety of your descendants who will soon fill the moon’s atmosphere with joyful barks!"
Diana, whether flattered or not, allowed herself to be dragged out, still uttering short, plaintive whines. A hasty examination satisfying her friends that she was more frightened than hurt and more hungry than either, they continued their search for her companion.
Diana, whether feeling flattered or not, let herself be pulled away, still letting out short, pitiful whines. A quick check reassured her friends that she was more scared than hurt and more hungry than anything, so they carried on looking for her companion.
"Satellite! Satellite! Step this way, sir!" cried Ardan. But no Satellite appeared and, what was worse, not the slightest sound indicated his presence. At last he was discovered on a ledge in the upper portion of the Projectile, whither he had been shot by the terrible concussion. Less fortunate than his female companion, the poor fellow had received a frightful shock and his life was evidently in great danger.
"Satellite! Satellite! Come over here, sir!" shouted Ardan. But no Satellite showed up, and worse, there wasn't a whisper to suggest he was around. Finally, he was found on a ledge in the upper part of the Projectile, where he had been flung by the violent impact. Unlike his female companion, the poor guy had taken a terrifying hit, and it was clear that his life was in serious jeopardy.
"The acclimatization project looks shaky!" cried Ardan, handing the animal very carefully and tenderly to the others. Poor Satellite's head had been crushed against the roof, but, though recovery seemed hopeless, they laid the body on a soft cushion, and soon had the satisfaction of hearing it give vent to a slight sigh.
"The acclimatization project seems uncertain!" shouted Ardan, carefully and gently handing the animal to the others. Poor Satellite's head had been smashed against the roof, but even though recovery looked bleak, they placed the body on a soft cushion and soon had the comfort of hearing it let out a small sigh.
"Good!" said Ardan, "while there's life there's hope. You must not die yet, old boy. We shall nurse you. We know our duty and shall not shirk the responsibility. I should rather lose the right arm off my body than be the cause of your death, poor Satellite! Try a little water?"
"Good!" said Ardan, "as long as there's life, there's hope. You can't die yet, old friend. We're going to take care of you. We understand our responsibility and won't shy away from it. I'd rather lose my right arm than be the reason for your death, poor Satellite! Want to try a bit of water?"
The suffering creature swallowed the cool draught with evident avidity, then sunk into a deep slumber.
The suffering creature eagerly gulped down the cool drink and then fell into a deep sleep.
The friends, sitting around and having nothing more to do, looked out of the window and began once more to watch the Earth and the Moon with great attention. The glittering crescent of the Earth was evidently narrower than it had been the preceding evening, but its volume was still enormous when compared to the Lunar crescent, which was now rapidly assuming the proportions of a perfect circle.
The friends, gathered together with nothing else to occupy their time, looked out the window and started watching the Earth and the Moon closely once again. The shining crescent of the Earth was clearly narrower than it had been the night before, but it still appeared huge compared to the Lunar crescent, which was quickly taking on the shape of a perfect circle.
"By Jove," suddenly exclaimed Ardan, "why didn't we start at the moment of Full Earth?—that is when our globe and the Sun were in opposition?"
"Wow," Ardan suddenly exclaimed, "why didn't we start right at Full Earth?—that’s when our planet and the Sun were directly opposite each other?"
"Why should we!" growled M'Nicholl.
"Why should we!" growled M'Nicholl.
"Because in that case we should be now looking at the great continents and the great seas in a new light—the former glittering under the solar rays, the latter darker and somewhat shaded, as we see them on certain maps. How I should like to get a glimpse at those poles of the Earth, on which the eye of man has never yet lighted!"
"Because in that case we should be looking at the great continents and the vast oceans in a new way—the continents sparkling under the sun, the oceans darker and a bit shaded, like we see them on certain maps. How I would love to catch a glimpse of those poles of the Earth, which no human eye has ever seen!"
"True," replied Barbican, "but if the Earth had been Full, the Moon would have been New, that is to say, invisible to us on account of solar irradiation. Of the two it is much preferable to be able to keep the point of arrival in view rather than the point of departure."
"That's true," replied Barbican, "but if the Earth had been full, the Moon would have been new, meaning we wouldn't see it because of sunlight. Out of the two, it's definitely better to be able to see the destination rather than the starting point."
"You're right, Barbican," observed the Captain; "besides, once we're in the Moon, the long Lunar night will give us plenty of time to gaze our full at yonder great celestial body, our former home, and still swarming with our fellow beings."
"You're right, Barbican," the Captain remarked; "plus, once we’re on the Moon, the long Lunar night will give us plenty of time to fully gaze at that great celestial body, our former home, still filled with our fellow beings."
"Our fellow beings no longer, dear boy!" cried Ardan. "We inhabit a new world peopled by ourselves alone, the Projectile! Ardan is Barbican's fellow being, and Barbican M'Nicholl's. Beyond us, outside us, humanity ends, and we are now the only inhabitants of this microcosm, and so we shall continue till the moment when we become Selenites pure and simple."
"Our fellow beings are gone now, dear boy!" shouted Ardan. "We live in a new world populated only by ourselves, the Projectile! Ardan is Barbican's companion, and Barbican is M'Nicholl's. Beyond us, outside of us, humanity has ended, and we are now the only residents of this microcosm, and that's how it will be until we become pure Selenites."
"Which shall be in about eighty-eight hours from now," replied the Captain.
"That will be in about eighty-eight hours from now," replied the Captain.
"Which is as much as to say—?" asked Ardan.
"Which is basically saying—?" asked Ardan.
"That it is half past eight," replied M'Nicholl.
"That it's 8:30," replied M'Nicholl.
"My regular hour for breakfast," exclaimed Ardan, "and I don't see the shadow of a reason for changing it now."
"My usual time for breakfast," Ardan exclaimed, "and I don't see any reason to change it now."
The proposition was most acceptable, especially to the Captain, who frequently boasted that, whether on land or water, on mountain summits or in the depths of mines, he had never missed a meal in all his life. In escaping from the Earth, our travellers felt that they had by no means escaped from the laws of humanity, and their stomachs now called on them lustily to fill the aching void. Ardan, as a Frenchman, claimed the post of chief cook, an important office, but his companions yielded it with alacrity. The gas furnished the requisite heat, and the provision chest supplied the materials for their first repast. They commenced with three plates of excellent soup, extracted from Liebig's precious tablets, prepared from the best beef that ever roamed over the Pampas.
The proposal was very appealing, especially to the Captain, who often bragged that whether on land or water, on mountain peaks or deep in mines, he had never missed a meal in his entire life. In their escape from Earth, the travelers realized they hadn’t escaped the laws of humanity, and their stomachs were now demanding they fill the aching emptiness. Ardan, being French, claimed the role of head chef, an important position, and his companions happily conceded it to him. The gas provided the necessary heat, and the supply chest had the ingredients for their first meal. They started with three bowls of excellent soup made from Liebig's precious tablets, prepared from the finest beef that ever roamed the Pampas.
To this succeeded several tenderloin beefsteaks, which, though reduced to a small bulk by the hydraulic engines of the American Dessicating Company, were pronounced to be fully as tender, juicy and savory as if they had just left the gridiron of a London Club House. Ardan even swore that they were "bleeding," and the others were too busy to contradict him.
To this came several tenderloin beefsteaks, which, although shrunk to a small size by the hydraulic machines of the American Dessicating Company, were declared to be just as tender, juicy, and flavorful as if they had just come off the grill at a London Club House. Ardan even claimed that they were "bleeding," and the others were too preoccupied to argue with him.
Preserved vegetables of various kinds, "fresher than nature," according to Ardan, gave an agreeable variety to the entertainment, and these were followed by several cups of magnificent tea, unanimously allowed to be the best they had ever tasted. It was an odoriferous young hyson gathered that very year, and presented to the Emperor of Russia by the famous rebel chief Yakub Kushbegi, and of which Alexander had expressed himself as very happy in being able to send a few boxes to his friend, the distinguished President of the Baltimore Gun Club. To crown the meal, Ardan unearthed an exquisite bottle of Chambertin, and, in glasses sparkling with the richest juice of the Cote d'or, the travellers drank to the speedy union of the Earth and her satellite.
Preserved vegetables of various kinds, "fresher than nature," as Ardan put it, added a nice variety to the feast, which was followed by several cups of amazing tea, universally agreed to be the best they had ever tasted. It was a fragrant young hyson picked that very year, given to the Emperor of Russia by the famous rebel leader Yakub Kushbegi, and Alexander had expressed his delight in being able to send a few boxes to his friend, the distinguished President of the Baltimore Gun Club. To top off the meal, Ardan dug up an exquisite bottle of Chambertin, and, in glasses sparkling with the finest juice from the Cote d'or, the travelers toasted to the swift reunion of Earth and her satellite.
And, as if his work among the generous vineyards of Burgundy had not been enough to show his interest in the matter, even the Sun wished to join the party. Precisely at this moment, the Projectile beginning to leave the conical shadow cast by the Earth, the rays of the glorious King of Day struck its lower surface, not obliquely, but perpendicularly, on account of the slight obliquity of the Moon's orbit with that of the Earth.
And, as if his work among the generous vineyards of Burgundy wasn't enough to show his interest, even the Sun wanted to join in. Right at that moment, as the Projectile started to emerge from the conical shadow cast by the Earth, the rays of the glorious Sun hit its lower surface straight on, not at an angle, due to the slight tilt of the Moon's orbit in relation to the Earth's.
"The Sun," cried Ardan.
"The Sun!" cried Ardan.
"Of course," said Barbican, looking at his watch, "he's exactly up to time."
"Of course," said Barbican, checking his watch, "he's right on time."
"How is it that we see him only through the bottom light of our Projectile?" asked Ardan.
"Why do we only see him through the bottom light of our Projectile?" asked Ardan.
"A moment's reflection must tell you," replied Barbican, "that when we started last night, the Sun was almost directly below us; therefore, as we continue to move in a straight line, he must still be in our rear."
"A moment's thought should make it clear to you," replied Barbican, "that when we set off last night, the Sun was almost directly beneath us; so, as we keep moving in a straight line, it must still be behind us."
"That's clear enough," said the Captain, "but another consideration, I'm free to say, rather perplexes me. Since our Earth lies between us and the Sun, why don't we see the sunlight forming a great ring around the globe, in other words, instead of the full Sun that we plainly see there below, why do we not witness an annular eclipse?"
"That's clear enough," said the Captain, "but there's another point, I have to admit, that's a bit confusing. Since our Earth is positioned between us and the Sun, why don’t we see the sunlight creating a large ring around the globe? In other words, instead of seeing the full Sun down below, why don’t we see an annular eclipse?"
"Your cool, clear head has not yet quite recovered from the shock, my dear Captain;" replied Barbican, with a smile. "For two reasons we can't see the ring eclipse: on account of the angle the Moon's orbit makes with the Earth, the three bodies are not at present in a direct line; we, therefore, see the Sun a little to the west of the earth; secondly, even if they were exactly in a straight line, we should still be far from the point whence an annular eclipse would be visible."
"Your calm, clear mind hasn’t fully recovered from the shock yet, my dear Captain," Barbican replied with a smile. "There are two reasons we can't see the ring eclipse: first, because of the angle of the Moon's orbit in relation to Earth, the three bodies aren’t currently in a direct line; as a result, we see the Sun slightly to the west of the Earth. Secondly, even if they were perfectly aligned, we would still be too far from the point where an annular eclipse would be visible."
"That's true," said Ardan; "the cone of the Earth's shadow must extend far beyond the Moon."
"That's true," Ardan said; "the cone of the Earth's shadow must reach far beyond the Moon."
"Nearly four times as far," said Barbican; "still, as the Moon's orbit and the Earth's do not lie in exactly the same plane, a Lunar eclipse can occur only when the nodes coincide with the period of the Full Moon, which is generally twice, never more than three times in a year. If we had started about four days before the occurrence of a Lunar eclipse, we should travel all the time in the dark. This would have been obnoxious for many reasons."
"Almost four times as far," Barbican said. "However, since the Moon's orbit and the Earth's orbit aren't exactly in the same plane, a lunar eclipse can only happen when the nodes align with the full moon, which usually occurs twice a year, but never more than three times. If we had left about four days before a lunar eclipse, we would have traveled constantly in the dark. That would have been a pain for a lot of reasons."
"One, for instance?"
"One, for example?"
"An evident one is that, though at the present moment we are moving through a vacuum, our Projectile, steeped in the solar rays, revels in their light and heat. Hence great saving in gas, an important point in our household economy."
"One clear point is that, even though we are currently traveling through a vacuum, our projectile, immersed in the sun's rays, enjoys their light and heat. This results in a significant saving on gas, which is a crucial aspect of our household budget."
In effect, the solar rays, tempered by no genial medium like our atmosphere, soon began to glare and glow with such intensity, that the Projectile under their influence, felt like suddenly passing from winter to summer. Between the Moon overhead and the Sun beneath it was actually inundated with fiery rays.
In reality, the sunlight, unfiltered by anything like our atmosphere, quickly started to shine and pulse with such intensity that the Projectile felt as if it had suddenly jumped from winter to summer. The area between the Moon above and the Sun below was completely flooded with scorching rays.
"One feels good here," cried the Captain, rubbing his hands.
"One feels great here," exclaimed the Captain, rubbing his hands.
"A little too good," cried Ardan. "It's already like a hot-house. With a little garden clay, I could raise you a splendid crop of peas in twenty-four hours. I hope in heaven the walls of our Projectile won't melt like wax!"
"A little too good," shouted Ardan. "It's already like a greenhouse. With some garden soil, I could grow you a fantastic crop of peas in just twenty-four hours. I pray that the walls of our Projectile won't melt like wax!"
"Don't be alarmed, dear friend," observed Barbican, quietly. "The Projectile has seen the worst as far as heat is concerned; when tearing through the atmosphere, she endured a temperature with which what she is liable to at present stands no comparison. In fact, I should not be astonished if, in the eyes of our friends at Stony Hill, it had resembled for a moment or two a red-hot meteor."
"Don't worry, my friend," Barbican said calmly. "The Projectile has already faced extreme heat; as it shot through the atmosphere, it experienced temperatures that are nothing compared to what it might face now. Honestly, I wouldn't be surprised if our friends at Stony Hill thought for a moment it looked like a red-hot meteor."
"Poor Marston must have looked on us as roasted alive!" observed Ardan.
"Poor Marston must have thought we were being cooked alive!" said Ardan.
"What could have saved us I'm sure I can't tell," replied Barbican. "I must acknowledge that against such a danger, I had made no provision whatever."
"What could have saved us, I really can’t say,” replied Barbican. “I have to admit, I didn’t prepare at all for such a danger."
"I knew all about it," said the Captain, "and on the strength of it, I had laid my fifth wager."
"I knew all about it," said the Captain, "and because of that, I placed my fifth bet."
"Probably," laughed Ardan, "there was not time enough to get grilled in: I have heard of men who dipped their fingers into molten iron with impunity."
"Probably," laughed Ardan, "there wasn't enough time to get grilled in: I've heard of guys who stuck their fingers in molten iron without getting hurt."
Whilst Ardan and the Captain were arguing the point, Barbican began busying himself in making everything as comfortable as if, instead of a four days' journey, one of four years was contemplated. The reader, no doubt, remembers that the floor of the Projectile contained about 50 square feet; that the chamber was nine feet high; that space was economized as much as possible, nothing but the most absolute necessities being admitted, of which each was kept strictly in its own place; therefore, the travellers had room enough to move around in with a certain liberty. The thick glass window in the floor was quite as solid as any other part of it; but the Sun, streaming in from below, lit up the Projectile strangely, producing some very singular and startling effects of light appearing to come in by the wrong way.
While Ardan and the Captain were arguing, Barbican got busy making everything as comfortable as possible, as if they were preparing for a four-year journey instead of just four days. The reader probably remembers that the floor of the Projectile was about 50 square feet; the chamber was nine feet high; and space was used as efficiently as possible, with only the most essential items allowed, each kept neatly in its place. This meant the travelers had enough room to move around with a bit of freedom. The thick glass window in the floor was just as solid as the rest of it, but sunlight pouring in from below lit up the Projectile in a strange way, creating some very unusual and startling light effects that seemed to come in from the wrong direction.
The first thing now to be done was to see after the water cask and the provision chest. They were not injured in the slightest respect, thanks to the means taken to counteract the shock. The provisions were in good condition, and abundant enough to supply the travellers for a whole year—Barbican having taken care to be on the safe side, in case the Projectile might land in a deserted region of the Moon. As for the water and the other liquors, the travellers had enough only for two months. Relying on the latest observations of astronomers, they had convinced themselves that the Moon's atmosphere, being heavy, dense and thick in the deep valleys, springs and streams of water could hardly fail to show themselves there. During the journey, therefore, and for the first year of their installation on the Lunar continent, the daring travellers would be pretty safe from all danger of hunger or thirst.
The first thing to do now was to check on the water cask and the supply chest. They were both perfectly fine, thanks to the precautions taken to absorb the impact. The provisions were in good shape and plentiful enough to last the travelers for an entire year—Barbican had ensured they were well-prepared, just in case the Projectile landed in a deserted area of the Moon. As for the water and other drinks, the travelers had enough to last only two months. Based on the latest observations from astronomers, they were confident that the Moon's atmosphere, being heavy and dense in the deep valleys, would likely have springs and streams of water present. Thus, during their journey and for the first year of their stay on the Lunar continent, the bold travelers would be fairly safe from any risk of hunger or thirst.
The air supply proved also to be quite satisfactory. The Reiset and Regnault apparatus for producing oxygen contained a supply of chlorate of potash sufficient for two months. As the productive material had to be maintained at a temperature of between 7 and 8 hundred degrees Fahr., a steady consumption of gas was required; but here too the supply far exceeded the demand. The whole arrangement worked charmingly, requiring only an odd glance now and then. The high temperature changing the chlorate into a chloride, the oxygen was disengaged gradually but abundantly, every eighteen pounds of chlorate of potash, furnishing the seven pounds of oxygen necessary for the daily consumption of the inmates of the Projectile.
The air supply turned out to be pretty good. The Reiset and Regnault systems for generating oxygen had enough potassium chlorate for two months. Since the material needed to be kept at a temperature between 700 and 800 degrees Fahrenheit, a consistent gas consumption was necessary; however, the supply easily outpaced the demand. The entire setup ran smoothly, needing just an occasional check. The high temperature converted the chlorate into chloride, gradually releasing oxygen abundantly, with every eighteen pounds of potassium chlorate providing seven pounds of oxygen needed for the daily use of the Projectile's occupants.
Still—as the reader need hardly be reminded—it was not sufficient to renew the exhausted oxygen; the complete purification of the air required the absorption of the carbonic acid, exhaled from the lungs. For nearly 12 hours the atmosphere had been gradually becoming more and more charged with this deleterious gas, produced from the combustion of the blood by the inspired oxygen. The Captain soon saw this, by noticing with what difficulty Diana was panting. She even appeared to be smothering, for the carbonic acid—as in the famous Grotto del Cane on the banks of Lake Agnano, near Naples—was collecting like water on the floor of the Projectile, on account of its great specific gravity. It already threatened the poor dog's life, though not yet endangering that of her masters. The Captain, seeing this state of things, hastily laid on the floor one or two cups containing caustic potash and water, and stirred the mixture gently: this substance, having a powerful affinity for carbonic acid, greedily absorbed it, and after a few moments the air was completely purified.
Still—as the reader hardly needs reminding—it wasn't enough to renew the depleted oxygen; fully purifying the air required removing the carbon dioxide exhaled from the lungs. For nearly 12 hours, the atmosphere had been increasingly filled with this harmful gas, produced from the combustion of blood by the inhaled oxygen. The Captain soon noticed this by observing how difficult it was for Diana to breathe. She seemed to be struggling, as the carbon dioxide—like in the famous Grotto del Cane on the banks of Lake Agnano, near Naples—was collecting like water on the floor of the Projectile, due to its high specific gravity. It was already threatening the poor dog's life, although her masters were not yet in danger. Seeing this situation, the Captain quickly placed one or two cups containing caustic potash and water on the floor, and stirred the mixture gently: this substance, with a strong affinity for carbon dioxide, eagerly absorbed it, and after a few moments, the air was completely purified.
The others had begun by this time to check off the state of the instruments. The thermometer and the barometer were all right, except one self-recorder of which the glass had got broken. An excellent aneroid barometer, taken safe and sound out of its wadded box, was carefully hung on a hook in the wall. It marked not only the pressure of the air in the Projectile, but also the quantity of the watery vapor that it contained. The needle, oscillating a little beyond thirty, pointed pretty steadily at "Fair."
The others had started by this time to check the condition of the instruments. The thermometer and barometer were fine, except for one self-recorder that had a broken glass. An excellent aneroid barometer, safely taken out of its padded box, was carefully hung on a hook on the wall. It measured not only the air pressure inside the Projectile but also the amount of water vapor it contained. The needle, swinging slightly beyond thirty, pointed fairly steadily at "Fair."
The mariner's compasses were also found to be quite free from injury. It is, of course, hardly necessary to say that the needles pointed in no particular direction, the magnetic pole of the Earth being unable at such a distance to exercise any appreciable influence on them. But when brought to the Moon, it was expected that these compasses, once more subjected to the influence of the current, would attest certain phenomena. In any case, it would be interesting to verify if the Earth and her satellite were similarly affected by the magnetic forces.
The mariner's compasses were also found to be in perfect condition. It’s hardly worth mentioning that the needles pointed in no specific direction, as the Earth's magnetic pole is too far away to have any noticeable effect on them. However, when taken to the Moon, it was anticipated that these compasses, once again influenced by the current, would demonstrate some interesting phenomena. In any case, it would be fascinating to see if the Earth and its satellite were similarly impacted by magnetic forces.
A hypsometer, or instrument for ascertaining the heights of the Lunar mountains by the barometric pressure under which water boils, a sextant to measure the altitude of the Sun, a theodolite for taking horizontal or vertical angles, telescopes, of indispensable necessity when the travellers should approach the Moon,—all these instruments, carefully examined, were found to be still in perfect working order, notwithstanding the violence of the terrible shock at the start.
A hypsometer, or device for determining the heights of the lunar mountains based on the barometric pressure at which water boils, a sextant to measure the Sun's altitude, a theodolite for capturing horizontal or vertical angles, and telescopes—absolutely essential when the travelers get closer to the Moon—all these instruments were thoroughly checked and found to be in perfect working condition, despite the violent shock at the beginning.
As to the picks, spades, and other tools that had been carefully selected by the Captain; also the bags of various kinds of grain and the bundles of various kinds of shrubs, which Ardan expected to transplant to the Lunar plains—they were all still safe in their places around the upper corners of the Projectile.
As for the picks, shovels, and other tools that the Captain had carefully chosen; along with the bags of different types of grain and the bundles of various shrubs that Ardan planned to transplant to the Lunar plains—they were all still safely stored in their spots around the upper corners of the Projectile.
Some other articles were also up there which evidently possessed great interest for the Frenchman. What they were nobody else seemed to know, and he seemed to be in no hurry to tell. Every now and then, he would climb up, by means of iron pins fixed in the wall, to inspect his treasures; whatever they were, he arranged them and rearranged them with evident pleasure, and as he rapidly passed a careful hand through certain mysterious boxes, he joyfully sang in the falsest possible of false voices the lively piece from Nicolo:
Some other articles were up there that clearly intrigued the Frenchman. What they were, nobody else seemed to know, and he didn't seem in a rush to share. From time to time, he would climb up using iron pins fixed in the wall to check on his treasures; whatever they were, he organized and reorganized them with obvious delight, and as he quickly ran a careful hand through some mysterious boxes, he happily sang in the most off-key voice possible the lively tune from Nicolo:
![]() |
The day is bright, our hearts are light. How sweet to rove through wood and dell. |
![]() |
or the well known air in Mignon:
or the famous song in Mignon:
![]() |
Farewell, happy Swallows, farewell! With summer for ever to dwell Ye leave our northern strand For the genial southern land Balmy with breezes bland. Return? Ah, who can tell? Farewell, happy Swallows, farewell! |
![]() |
Barbican was much gratified to find that his rockets and other fireworks had not received the least injury. He relied upon them for the performance of a very important service as soon as the Projectile, having passed the point of neutral attraction between the Earth and the Moon, would begin to fall with accelerated velocity towards the Lunar surface. This descent, though—thanks to the respective volumes of the attracting bodies—six times less rapid than it would have been on the surface of the Earth, would still be violent enough to dash the Projectile into a thousand pieces. But Barbican confidently expected by means of his powerful rockets to offer very considerable obstruction to the violence of this fall, if not to counteract its terrible effects altogether.
Barbican was really pleased to see that his rockets and other fireworks had come through without any damage. He was counting on them for a crucial task as soon as the Projectile, after crossing the neutral attraction point between the Earth and the Moon, started to fall faster towards the Lunar surface. This descent, although—thanks to the sizes of the attracting bodies—six times slower than it would have been on Earth, would still be fast enough to break the Projectile into a thousand pieces. However, Barbican was confident that with his powerful rockets, he could significantly reduce the force of this fall, if not completely eliminate its dangerous effects.
The inspection having thus given general satisfaction, the travellers once more set themselves to watching external space through the lights in the sides and the floor of the Projectile.
The inspection had satisfied everyone, so the travelers went back to looking out at the space around them through the windows in the sides and floor of the Projectile.
Everything still appeared to be in the same state as before. Nothing was changed. The vast arch of the celestial dome glittered with stars, and constellations blazed with a light clear and pure enough to throw an astronomer into an ecstasy of admiration. Below them shone the Sun, like the mouth of a white-hot furnace, his dazzling disc defined sharply on the pitch-black back-ground of the sky. Above them the Moon, reflecting back his rays from her glowing surface, appeared to stand motionless in the midst of the starry host.
Everything still looked the same as before. Nothing had changed. The vast expanse of the sky sparkled with stars, and the constellations shone with a light so clear and pure that it could fill an astronomer with pure admiration. Below, the Sun shone like the opening of a white-hot furnace, its dazzling disc clearly outlined against the deep black backdrop of the sky. Above, the Moon, reflecting his rays off her glowing surface, seemed to hang still among the countless stars.
A little to the east of the Sun, they could see a pretty large dark spot, like a hole in the sky, the broad silver fringe on one edge fading off into a faint glimmering mist on the other—it was the Earth. Here and there in all directions, nebulous masses gleamed like large flakes of star dust, in which, from nadir to zenith, the eye could trace without a break that vast ring of impalpable star powder, the famous Milky Way, through the midst of which the beams of our glorious Sun struggle with the dusky pallor of a star of only the fourth magnitude.
A little to the east of the Sun, they could see a pretty large dark spot, like a hole in the sky, with a broad silver fringe on one edge fading into a faint shimmering mist on the other—it was the Earth. Here and there in all directions, fuzzy masses sparkled like large flakes of stardust, in which, from bottom to top, the eye could trace without interruption that vast ring of fine star dust, the famous Milky Way, through which the rays of our glorious Sun compete with the dim glow of a star that’s only the fourth magnitude.
Our observers were never weary of gazing on this magnificent and novel spectacle, of the grandeur of which, it is hardly necessary to say, no description can give an adequate idea. What profound reflections it suggested to their understandings! What vivid emotions it enkindled in their imaginations! Barbican, desirous of commenting the story of the journey while still influenced by these inspiring impressions, noted carefully hour by hour every fact that signalized the beginning of his enterprise. He wrote out his notes very carefully and systematically, his round full hand, as business-like as ever, never betraying the slightest emotion.
Our observers never tired of looking at this amazing and unique sight, the grandeur of which, it’s hardly necessary to mention, no description can fully capture. What deep thoughts it inspired in them! What strong feelings it sparked in their imaginations! Barbican, eager to comment on the journey's story while still feeling these inspiring impressions, noted every detail that marked the start of his venture, hour by hour. He wrote his notes very carefully and methodically, his rounded, neat handwriting, as business-like as ever, showing not a hint of emotion.
The Captain was quite as busy, but in a different way. Pulling out his tablets, he reviewed his calculations regarding the motion of projectiles, their velocities, ranges and paths, their retardations and their accelerations, jotting down the figures with a rapidity wonderful to behold. Ardan neither wrote nor calculated, but kept up an incessant fire of small talk, now with Barbican, who hardly ever answered him, now with M'Nicholl, who never heard him, occasionally with Diana, who never understood him, but oftenest with himself, because, as he said, he liked not only to talk to a sensible man but also to hear what a sensible man had to say. He never stood still for a moment, but kept "bobbing around" with the effervescent briskness of a bee, at one time roosting at the top of the ladder, at another peering through the floor light, now to the right, then to the left, always humming scraps from the Opera Bouffe, but never changing the air. In the small space which was then a whole world to the travellers, he represented to the life the animation and loquacity of the French, and I need hardly say he played his part to perfection.
The Captain was just as busy, but in a different way. Pulling out his tablets, he reviewed his calculations on the motion of projectiles, their speeds, ranges, and paths, along with their decelerations and accelerations, quickly jotting down the figures in a way that was impressive to watch. Ardan didn’t write or calculate but kept up a constant stream of small talk, first with Barbican, who hardly ever responded, then with M'Nicholl, who never heard him, occasionally with Diana, who never understood him, but most often with himself, because, as he said, he liked not only to talk to a sensible person but also to hear what a sensible person had to say. He never stayed still for a moment but kept "bobbing around" with the lively energy of a bee, sometimes perching at the top of the ladder, other times peering through the floor light, now to the right, then to the left, always humming bits from the Opera Bouffe, but never changing the tune. In the small space that was their entire world, he vividly embodied the excitement and chatter of the French, and I hardly need to say he played his part perfectly.
The eventful day, or, to speak more correctly, the space of twelve hours which with us forms a day, ended for our travellers with an abundant supper, exquisitely cooked. It was highly enjoyed.
The eventful day, or, to put it more accurately, the twelve-hour period that makes up a day for us, ended for our travelers with a plentiful supper, cooked to perfection. They thoroughly enjoyed it.
No incident had yet occurred of a nature calculated to shake their confidence. Apprehending none therefore, full of hope rather and already certain of success, they were soon lost in a peaceful slumber, whilst the Projectile, moving rapidly, though with a velocity uniformly retarding, still cleaved its way through the pathless regions of the empyrean.
No incident had yet occurred that could shake their confidence. Not expecting any trouble, and full of hope and already certain of success, they quickly fell into a peaceful sleep while the Projectile, moving quickly but at a steadily decreasing speed, continued its way through the endless regions of the sky.
CHAPTER IV.
A CHAPTER FOR THE CORNELL GIRLS.
No incident worth recording occurred during the night, if night indeed it could be called. In reality there was now no night or even day in the Projectile, or rather, strictly speaking, it was always night on the upper end of the bullet, and always day on the lower. Whenever, therefore, the words night and day occur in our story, the reader will readily understand them as referring to those spaces of time that are so called in our Earthly almanacs, and were so measured by the travellers' chronometers.
No significant events happened during the night—or whatever you want to call it. In truth, there was no real night or day inside the Projectile; it was always night at the top of the bullet and always day at the bottom. So, whenever the terms night and day come up in our story, the reader will easily understand that they refer to the time periods defined in our Earthly calendars, as tracked by the travelers' watches.
The repose of our friends must indeed have been undisturbed, if absolute freedom from sound or jar of any kind could secure tranquillity. In spite of its immense velocity, the Projectile still seemed to be perfectly motionless. Not the slightest sign of movement could be detected. Change of locality, though ever so rapid, can never reveal itself to our senses when it takes place in a vacuum, or when the enveloping atmosphere travels at the same rate as the moving body. Though we are incessantly whirled around the Sun at the rate of about seventy thousand miles an hour, which of us is conscious of the slightest motion? In such a case, as far as sensation is concerned, motion and repose are absolutely identical. Neither has any effect one way or another on a material body. Is such a body in motion? It remains in motion until some obstacle stops it. Is it at rest? It remains at rest until some superior force compels it to change its position. This indifference of bodies to motion or rest is what physicists call inertia.
The peace of our friends must have truly been undisturbed if complete silence and absence of any kind of disturbance could guarantee tranquility. Despite its incredible speed, the Projectile still appeared to be completely motionless. There was no detectable sign of movement. A change of location, no matter how fast, can never be sensed when it happens in a vacuum, or when the surrounding atmosphere moves at the same speed as the object. Though we are constantly spinning around the Sun at about seventy thousand miles per hour, how many of us feel even the slightest movement? In such situations, in terms of sensation, motion and stillness are completely the same. Neither has any effect on a material object. Is an object in motion? It stays in motion until something stops it. Is it at rest? It stays at rest until a greater force makes it change its position. This indifference of objects to movement or stillness is what physicists refer to as inertia.
Barbican and his companions, therefore, shut up in the Projectile, could readily imagine themselves to be completely motionless. Had they been outside, the effect would have been precisely the same. No rush of air, no jarring sensation would betray the slightest movement. But for the sight of the Moon gradually growing larger above them, and of the Earth gradually growing smaller beneath them, they could safely swear that they were fast anchored in an ocean of deathlike immobility.
Barbican and his companions, trapped inside the Projectile, could easily convince themselves that they were completely still. If they had been outside, the experience would have felt the same. There was no rush of air, no jarring sensation to indicate any movement. But for the sight of the Moon getting larger above them and the Earth getting smaller below them, they could confidently say that they were firmly anchored in an ocean of lifeless stillness.
Towards the morning of next day (December 3), they were awakened by a joyful, but quite unexpected sound.
Towards the morning of the next day (December 3), they were awakened by a joyful, but completely unexpected sound.
"Cock-a-doodle! doo!" accompanied by a decided flapping of wings.
"Cock-a-doodle! doo!" followed by a definite flapping of wings.
The Frenchman, on his feet in one instant and on the top of the ladder in another, attempted to shut the lid of a half open box, speaking in an angry but suppressed voice:
The Frenchman, standing up one moment and on top of the ladder the next, tried to close the lid of a half-open box, speaking in a frustrated but quiet tone:
"Stop this hullabaloo, won't you? Do you want me to fail in my great combination!"
"Stop this noise, will you? Do you want me to mess up my big plan!"
"Hello?" cried Barbican and M'Nicholl, starting up and rubbing their eyes.
"Hello?" shouted Barbican and M'Nicholl, springing up and rubbing their eyes.
"What noise was that?" asked Barbican.
"What was that noise?" asked Barbican.
"Seems to me I heard the crowing of a cock," observed the Captain.
"Seems to me I heard a rooster crow," said the Captain.
"I never thought your ears could be so easily deceived, Captain," cried Ardan, quickly, "Let us try it again," and, flapping his ribs with his arms, he gave vent to a crow so loud and natural that the lustiest chanticleer that ever saluted the orb of day might be proud of it.
"I never thought your ears could be fooled so easily, Captain," Ardan exclaimed quickly. "Let's try it again," and, flapping his arms against his sides, he let out a crow so loud and real that the strongest rooster who ever announced the dawn would be proud of it.
The Captain roared right out, and even Barbican snickered, but as they saw that their companion evidently wanted to conceal something, they immediately assumed straight faces and pretended to think no more about the matter.
The Captain shouted out, and even Barbican chuckled, but when they noticed that their friend clearly wanted to hide something, they quickly put on serious faces and pretended to forget about it.
"Barbican," said Ardan, coming down the ladder and evidently anxious to change the conversation, "have you any idea of what I was thinking about all night?"
"Barbican," Ardan said, coming down the ladder and clearly eager to change the subject, "do you have any idea what I was thinking about all night?"
"Not the slightest."
"Not at all."
"I was thinking of the promptness of the reply you received last year from the authorities of Cambridge University, when you asked them about the feasibility of sending a bullet to the Moon. You know very well by this time what a perfect ignoramus I am in Mathematics. I own I have been often puzzled when thinking on what grounds they could form such a positive opinion, in a case where I am certain that the calculation must be an exceedingly delicate matter."
"I was thinking about how quickly you got a response last year from the authorities at Cambridge University when you asked them if it was possible to send a bullet to the Moon. You know by now just how clueless I am when it comes to Mathematics. I admit I've often been confused about how they could reach such a definite conclusion in a situation where I’m sure the calculations must be really complicated."
"The feasibility, you mean to say," replied Barbican, "not exactly of sending a bullet to the Moon, but of sending it to the neutral point between the Earth and the Moon, which lies at about nine-tenths of the journey, where the two attractions counteract each other. Because that point once passed, the Projectile would reach the Moon's surface by virtue of its own weight."
"The feasibility, you're saying," replied Barbican, "not exactly of sending a bullet to the Moon, but of sending it to the neutral point between the Earth and the Moon, which is about nine-tenths of the way there, where the gravitational pulls balance each other out. Once that point is passed, the Projectile would hit the Moon's surface due to its own weight."
"Well, reaching that neutral point be it;" replied Ardan, "but, once more, I should like to know how they have been able to come at the necessary initial velocity of 12,000 yards a second?"
"Well, getting to that neutral point is one thing," replied Ardan, "but once again, I’d like to know how they managed to achieve the required initial speed of 12,000 yards per second?"
"Nothing simpler," answered Barbican.
"Nothing simpler," Barbican replied.
"Could you have done it yourself?" asked the Frenchman.
"Could you have done it yourself?" the Frenchman asked.
"Without the slightest difficulty. The Captain and myself could have readily solved the problem, only the reply from the University saved us the trouble."
"Without any difficulty. The Captain and I could have easily solved the problem, but the response from the University spared us the hassle."
"Well, Barbican, dear boy," observed Ardan, "all I've got to say is, you might chop the head off my body, beginning with my feet, before you could make me go through such a calculation."
"Well, Barbican, my friend," Ardan said, "all I can say is you could chop my head off starting from my feet before I’d ever do that calculation."
"Simply because you don't understand Algebra," replied Barbican, quietly.
"Just because you don't get Algebra," replied Barbican, quietly.
"Oh! that's all very well!" cried Ardan, with an ironical smile. "You great x+y men think you settle everything by uttering the word Algebra!"
"Oh! that's all very well!" exclaimed Ardan with a sarcastic smile. "You big x+y guys think you solve everything just by saying the word Algebra!"
"Ardan," asked Barbican, "do you think people could beat iron without a hammer, or turn up furrows without a plough?"
"Ardan," Barbican asked, "do you think people could shape iron without a hammer, or break ground without a plow?"
"Hardly."
"Not really."
"Well, Algebra is an instrument or utensil just as much as a hammer or a plough, and a very good instrument too if you know how to make use of it."
"Well, algebra is a tool just like a hammer or a plow, and it’s a really good tool if you know how to use it."
"You're in earnest?"
"Are you serious?"
"Quite so."
"Exactly."
"And you can handle the instrument right before my eyes?"
"And you can play the instrument right in front of me?"
"Certainly, if it interests you so much."
"Sure, if you're that into it."
"You can show me how they got at the initial velocity of our Projectile?"
"You can show me how they calculated the starting speed of our projectile?"
"With the greatest pleasure. By taking into proper consideration all the elements of the problem, viz.: (1) the distance between the centres of the Earth and the Moon, (2) the Earth's radius, (3) its volume, and (4) the Moon's volume, I can easily calculate what must be the initial velocity, and that too by a very simple formula."
"Absolutely! By carefully looking at all the relevant factors, including: (1) the distance from the Earth to the Moon, (2) the radius of the Earth, (3) its volume, and (4) the volume of the Moon, I can easily figure out what the initial velocity should be, and I can do it using a really simple formula."
"Let us have the formula."
"Give us the formula."
"In one moment; only I can't give you the curve really described by the Projectile as it moves between the Earth and the Moon; this is to be obtained by allowing for their combined movement around the Sun. I will consider the Earth and the Sun to be motionless, that being sufficient for our present purpose."
"In one moment; I just can't provide the exact path of the projectile as it travels between the Earth and the Moon; this can be figured out by taking into account their joint movement around the Sun. For now, I will assume that the Earth and the Sun are stationary, which is enough for our current purpose."
"Why so?"
"Why's that?"
"Because to give you that exact curve would be to solve a point in the 'Problem of the Three Bodies,' which Integral Calculus has not yet reached."
"Because giving you that exact curve would involve solving a point in the 'Problem of the Three Bodies,' which Integral Calculus hasn't achieved yet."
"What!" cried Ardan, in a mocking tone, "is there really anything that Mathematics can't do?"
"What!" shouted Ardan, in a teasing tone, "is there actually anything that Mathematics can't do?"
"Yes," said Barbican, "there is still a great deal that Mathematics can't even attempt."
"Yes," Barbican said, "there's still a lot that Mathematics can't even tackle."
"So far, so good;" resumed Ardan. "Now then what is this Integral Calculus of yours?"
"So far, so good," Ardan said again. "Now, what is this Integral Calculus of yours?"
"It is a branch of Mathematics that has for its object the summation of a certain infinite series of indefinitely small terms: but for the solution of which, we must generally know the function of which a given function is the differential coefficient. In other words," continued Barbican, "in it we return from the differential coefficient, to the function from which it was deduced."
"It’s a part of Mathematics focused on adding up a specific infinite series of infinitely small terms. However, to solve it, we usually need to know the function for which a given function is the derivative. In other words," Barbican continued, "we go back from the derivative to the function from which it came."
"Clear as mud!" cried Ardan, with a hearty laugh.
"Clear as mud!" exclaimed Ardan, with a hearty laugh.
"Now then, let me have a bit of paper and a pencil," added Barbican, "and in half an hour you shall have your formula; meantime you can easily find something interesting to do."
"Alright, let me grab a piece of paper and a pencil," Barbican said, "and in half an hour, you'll have your formula; in the meantime, you can easily find something interesting to keep yourself occupied."
In a few seconds Barbican was profoundly absorbed in his problem, while M'Nicholl was watching out of the window, and Ardan was busily employed in preparing breakfast.
In a few seconds, Barbican was deeply focused on his problem, while M'Nicholl was looking out the window, and Ardan was busy making breakfast.
The morning meal was not quite ready, when Barbican, raising his head, showed Ardan a page covered with algebraic signs at the end of which stood the following formula:—
The breakfast wasn't quite ready when Barbican, lifting his head, showed Ardan a page filled with algebraic symbols, at the bottom of which was the following formula:—
"Which means?" asked Ardan.
"What's that mean?" asked Ardan.
"It means," said the Captain, now taking part in the discussion, "that the half of v prime squared minus v squared equals gr multiplied by r over x minus one plus m prime over m multiplied by r over d minus x minus r over d minus r ... that is—"
"It means," said the Captain, now joining the conversation, "that half of v prime squared minus v squared equals gr multiplied by r over x minus one plus m prime over m multiplied by r over d minus x minus r over d minus r ... that is—"
"That is," interrupted Ardan, in a roar of laughter, "x stradlegs on y, making for z and jumping over p! Do you mean to say you understand the terrible jargon, Captain?"
"That is," interrupted Ardan with a loud laugh, "x stradlegs on y, heading for z and jumping over p! Are you really saying you understand that awful jargon, Captain?"
"Nothing is clearer, Ardan."
"Nothing is clearer, Ardan."
"You too, Captain! Then of course I must give in gracefully, and declare that the sun at noon-day is not more palpably evident than the sense of Barbican's formula."
"You too, Captain! Then I guess I have to give in gracefully and admit that the sun at noon is just as obvious as Barbican's formula."
"You asked for Algebra, you know," observed Barbican.
"You asked for Algebra, you know," Barbican noted.
"Rock crystal is nothing to it!"
"Rock crystal can't compete!"
"The fact is, Barbican," said the Captain, who had been looking over the paper, "you have worked the thing out very well. You have the integral equation of the living forces, and I have no doubt it will give us the result sought for."
"The truth is, Barbican," said the Captain, who had been reviewing the paper, "you've figured this out really well. You have the complete equation of the living forces, and I’m sure it will lead us to the desired result."
"Yes, but I should like to understand it, you know," cried Ardan: "I would give ten years of the Captain's life to understand it!"
"Yeah, but I really want to understand it, you know," shouted Ardan. "I’d give ten years of the Captain's life to get it!"
"Listen then," said Barbican. "Half of v prime squared less v squared, is the formula giving us the half variation of the living force."
"Listen up," said Barbican. "Half of v prime squared minus v squared is the formula that gives us the half variation of the living force."
"Mac pretends he understands all that!"
"Mac acts like he gets all of that!"
"You need not be a Solomon to do it," said the Captain. "All these signs that you appear to consider so cabalistic form a language the clearest, the shortest, and the most logical, for all those who can read it."
"You don't have to be a Solomon to figure it out," said the Captain. "All these signs that you seem to think are so mysterious actually create a language that's the clearest, the shortest, and the most logical for anyone who can understand it."
"You pretend, Captain, that, by means of these hieroglyphics, far more incomprehensible than the sacred Ibis of the Egyptians, you can discover the velocity at which the Projectile should start?"
"You're pretending, Captain, that with these hieroglyphics, which are way more confusing than the sacred Ibis of the Egyptians, you can figure out the speed at which the Projectile should launch?"
"Most undoubtedly," replied the Captain, "and, by the same formula I can even tell you the rate of our velocity at any particular point of our journey."
"Definitely," replied the Captain, "and with the same method, I can even tell you our speed at any specific point in our journey."
"You can?"
"Is that possible?"
"I can."
"I got this."
"Then you're just as deep a one as our President."
"Then you're just as deep as our President."
"No, Ardan; not at all. The really difficult part of the question Barbican has done. That is, to make out such an equation as takes into account all the conditions of the problem. After that, it's a simple affair of Arithmetic, requiring only a knowledge of the four rules to work it out."
"No, Ardan; not at all. The hardest part of the question is what Barbican has done. That is, creating an equation that considers all the conditions of the problem. After that, it's a straightforward math problem, needing just a grasp of the four basic rules to solve it."
"Very simple," observed Ardan, who always got muddled at any kind of a difficult sum in addition.
"Very simple," said Ardan, who always got confused with any kind of a tricky addition problem.
"Captain," said Barbican, "you could have found the formulas too, if you tried."
"Captain," Barbican said, "you could have figured out the formulas too if you had tried."
"I don't know about that," was the Captain's reply, "but I do know that this formula is wonderfully come at."
"I’m not sure about that," the Captain replied, "but I do know that this formula is remarkably well thought out."
"Now, Ardan, listen a moment," said Barbican, "and you will see what sense there is in all these letters."
"Now, Ardan, just listen for a moment," Barbican said, "and you’ll understand the meaning behind all these letters."
"I listen," sighed Ardan with the resignation of a martyr.
"I’m listening," sighed Ardan, with the resignation of a martyr.
"d is the distance from the centre of the Earth to the centre of the Moon, for it is from the centres that we must calculate the attractions."
"d is the distance from the center of the Earth to the center of the Moon because we need to calculate the attractions based on their centers."
"That I comprehend."
"I get it."
"r is the radius of the Earth."
"r is the radius of the Earth."
"That I comprehend."
"I get it."
"m is the mass or volume of the Earth; m prime that of the Moon. We must take the mass of the two attracting bodies into consideration, since attraction is in direct proportion to their masses."
"m is the mass or volume of the Earth; m prime is that of the Moon. We need to consider the masses of the two attracting bodies, as attraction is directly proportional to their masses."
"That I comprehend."
"I get it."
"g is the gravity or the velocity acquired at the end of a second by a body falling towards the centre of the Earth. Clear?"
"g is the acceleration due to gravity or the speed a body reaches after one second of falling toward the center of the Earth. Got it?"
"That I comprehend."
"I get it."
"Now I represent by x the varying distance that separates the Projectile from the centre of the Earth, and by v prime its velocity at that distance."
"Now I use x to represent the changing distance between the Projectile and the center of the Earth, and v prime for its velocity at that distance."
"That I comprehend."
"I get it."
"Finally, v is its velocity when quitting our atmosphere."
"Finally, v is its speed when leaving our atmosphere."
"Yes," chimed in the Captain, "it is for this point, you see, that the velocity had to be calculated, because we know already that the initial velocity is exactly the three halves of the velocity when the Projectile quits the atmosphere."
"Yes," the Captain added, "it's for this reason that we had to calculate the speed, because we already know that the initial speed is exactly one and a half times the speed when the Projectile leaves the atmosphere."
"That I don't comprehend," cried the Frenchman, energetically.
"That's what I don't understand," shouted the Frenchman, excitedly.
"It's simple enough, however," said Barbican.
"It's pretty straightforward, though," said Barbican.
"Not so simple as a simpleton," replied the Frenchman.
"Not as easy as it looks," replied the Frenchman.
"The Captain merely means," said Barbican, "that at the instant the Projectile quitted the terrestrial atmosphere it had already lost a third of its initial velocity."
"The Captain just means," said Barbican, "that the moment the Projectile left the Earth's atmosphere, it had already lost a third of its starting speed."
"So much as a third?"
"Even a third?"
"Yes, by friction against the atmospheric layers: the quicker its motion, the greater resistance it encountered."
"Yes, by rubbing against the layers of the atmosphere: the faster it moved, the more resistance it faced."
"That of course I admit, but your v squared and your v prime squared rattle in my head like nails in a box!"
"Of course I admit that, but your v squared and your v prime squared rattle in my head like nails in a box!"
"The usual effect of Algebra on one who is a stranger to it; to finish you, our next step is to express numerically the value of these several symbols. Now some of them are already known, and some are to be calculated."
"The typical impact of Algebra on someone unfamiliar with it is to confuse you. Our next step is to assign numerical values to these different symbols. Some of them are already known, while others need to be calculated."
"Hand the latter over to me," said the Captain.
"Give that to me," said the Captain.
"First," continued Barbican: "r, the Earth's radius is, in the latitude of Florida, about 3,921 miles. d, the distance from the centre of the Earth to the centre of the Moon is 56 terrestrial radii, which the Captain calculates to be...?"
"First," continued Barbican: "r, the Earth's radius is, at the latitude of Florida, about 3,921 miles. d, the distance from the center of the Earth to the center of the Moon is 56 Earth radii, which the Captain calculates to be...?"
"To be," cried M'Nicholl working rapidly with his pencil, "219,572 miles, the moment the Moon is in her perigee, or nearest point to the Earth."
"To be," shouted M'Nicholl as he quickly scribbled with his pencil, "219,572 miles, when the Moon is at her perigee, or closest point to the Earth."
"Very well," continued Barbican. "Now m prime over m, that is the ratio of the Moon's mass to that of the Earth is about the 1/81. g gravity being at Florida about 32-1/4 feet, of course g x r must be—how much, Captain?"
"Alright," Barbican continued. "Now m prime over m, which is the ratio of the Moon's mass to that of the Earth, is about 1/81. g gravity being around 32-1/4 feet in Florida, so of course g x r must be—how much, Captain?"
"38,465 miles," replied M'Nicholl.
"38,465 miles," M'Nicholl replied.
"Now then?" asked Ardan.
"What's up?" asked Ardan.
"Now then," replied Barbican, "the expression having numerical values, I am trying to find v, that is to say, the initial velocity which the Projectile must possess in order to reach the point where the two attractions neutralize each other. Here the velocity being null, v prime becomes zero, and x the required distance of this neutral point must be represented by the nine-tenths of d, the distance between the two centres."
"Alright," replied Barbican, "since we're using numerical values, I'm trying to determine v, which is the initial velocity the Projectile needs to reach the point where the two forces balance each other out. Here, with no velocity, v prime is zero, and x, the distance to this balance point, should be represented as nine-tenths of d, the distance between the two centers."
"I have a vague kind of idea that it must be so," said Ardan.
"I have a loose sense that it has to be true," said Ardan.
"I shall, therefore, have the following result;" continued Barbican, figuring up; "x being nine-tenths of d, and v prime being zero, my formula becomes:—
"I will, therefore, have the following result," continued Barbican, calculating; "x is nine-tenths of d, and v prime is zero, so my formula becomes:"
The Captain read it off rapidly.
The Captain quickly read it out loud.
"Right! that's correct!" he cried.
"Yes! That's right!" he exclaimed.
"You think so?" asked Barbican.
"You think so?" Barbican asked.
"As true as Euclid!" exclaimed M'Nicholl.
"As true as Euclid!" M'Nicholl exclaimed.
"Wonderful fellows," murmured the Frenchman, smiling with admiration.
"Great guys," the Frenchman said quietly, smiling with admiration.
"You understand now, Ardan, don't you?" asked Barbican.
"You get it now, Ardan, right?" asked Barbican.
"Don't I though?" exclaimed Ardan, "why my head is splitting with it!"
"Don't I?" exclaimed Ardan. "My head is splitting from it!"
"Therefore," continued Barbican,
"Therefore," Barbican continued,
"And now," exclaimed M'Nicholl, sharpening his pencil; "in order to obtain the velocity of the Projectile when leaving the atmosphere, we have only to make a slight calculation."
"And now," M'Nicholl said, sharpening his pencil, "to find the speed of the projectile when it exits the atmosphere, we just need to do a quick calculation."
The Captain, who before clerking on a Mississippi steamboat had been professor of Mathematics in an Indiana university, felt quite at home at the work. He rained figures from his pencil with a velocity that would have made Marston stare. Page after page was filled with his multiplications and divisions, while Barbican looked quietly on, and Ardan impatiently stroked his head and ears to keep down a rising head-ache.
The Captain, who had worked as a professor of Mathematics at an Indiana university before becoming a clerk on a Mississippi steamboat, was completely comfortable with the task. He churned out calculations from his pencil at a speed that would have surprised Marston. Page after page was filled with his multiplications and divisions, while Barbican watched calmly, and Ardan, feeling a headache coming on, impatiently rubbed his head and ears.
"Well?" at last asked Barbican, seeing the Captain stop and throw a somewhat hasty glance over his work.
"Well?" Barbican finally asked, noticing the Captain stop and quickly glance over his work.
"Well," answered M'Nicholl slowly but confidently, "the calculation is made, I think correctly; and v, that is, the velocity of the Projectile when quitting the atmosphere, sufficient to carry it to the neutral point, should be at least ..."
"Well," answered M'Nicholl slowly but confidently, "I believe the calculation is done correctly; and v, which is the velocity of the projectile when it exits the atmosphere, needs to be at least ..."
"How much?" asked Barbican, eagerly.
"How much?" asked Barbican, excitedly.
"Should be at least 11,972 yards the first second."
"Should be at least 11,972 yards the first second."
"What!" cried Barbican, jumping off his seat. "How much did you say?"
"What!" shouted Barbican, jumping out of his seat. "How much did you say?"
"11,972 yards the first second it quits the atmosphere."
"11,972 yards the moment it exits the atmosphere."
"Oh, malediction!" cried Barbican, with a gesture of terrible despair.
"Oh, curse it!" shouted Barbican, with a gesture of extreme despair.
"What's the matter?" asked Ardan, very much surprised.
"What's going on?" asked Ardan, clearly surprised.
"Enough is the matter!" answered Barbican excitedly. "This velocity having been diminished by a third, our initial velocity should have been at least ..."
"That's enough!" Barbican replied excitedly. "Since this speed has been reduced by a third, our original speed should have been at least ..."
"17,958 yards the first second!" cried M'Nicholl, rapidly flourishing his pencil.
"17,958 yards in the first second!" shouted M'Nicholl, quickly waving his pencil.
"But the Cambridge Observatory having declared that 12,000 yards the first second were sufficient, our Projectile started with no greater velocity!"
"But the Cambridge Observatory declared that 12,000 yards per second was enough, so our Projectile started with no greater speed!"
"Well?" asked M'Nicholl.
"Well?" asked M'Nicholl.
"Well, such a velocity will never do!"
"Well, that kind of speed just won't work!"
"How??" "How!!" |
![]() |
cried the Captain and Ardan in one voice. |
"We can never reach the neutral point!"
"We can never get to the neutral point!"
"Thunder and lightning"
"Thunder and lightning"
"Fire and Fury!"
"Fire and Fury!"
"We can't get even halfway!"
"We can't even get halfway!"
"Heaven and Earth!"
"Oh my gosh!"
"Mille noms d'un boulet!" cried Ardan, wildly gesticulating.
"Thousand names of a cannonball!" shouted Ardan, waving his arms wildly.
"And we shall fall back to the Earth!"
"And we will fall back to the Earth!"
"Oh!"
"Oh!"
"Ah!"
"Wow!"
They could say no more. This fearful revelation took them like a stroke of apoplexy.
They had nothing more to say. This shocking realization hit them like a sudden stroke.
CHAPTER V.
THE COLDS OF SPACE.
How could they imagine that the Observatory men had committed such a blunder? Barbican would not believe it possible. He made the Captain go over his calculation again and again; but no flaw was to be found in it. He himself carefully examined it, figure after figure, but he could find nothing wrong. They both took up the formula and subjected it to the strongest tests; but it was invulnerable. There was no denying the fact. The Cambridge professors had undoubtedly blundered in saying that an initial velocity of 12,000 yards a second would be enough to carry them to the neutral point. A velocity of nearly 18,000 yards would be the very lowest required for such a purpose. They had simply forgotten to allow a third for friction.
How could they think that the Observatory team had made such a mistake? Barbican couldn't believe it was possible. He had the Captain go over his calculations repeatedly, but there was no error to be found. He meticulously checked it, number by number, but saw nothing wrong. They both reviewed the formula and subjected it to the toughest tests; yet it held up perfectly. There was no disputing the fact. The Cambridge professors had clearly messed up by saying that an initial speed of 12,000 yards per second would be enough to reach the neutral point. A speed of nearly 18,000 yards would be the absolute minimum needed for that. They had simply overlooked factoring in a third for friction.
The three friends kept profound silence for some time. Breakfast now was the last thing thought of. Barbican, with teeth grating, fingers clutching, and eye-brows closely contracting, gazed grimly through the window. The Captain, as a last resource, once more examined his calculations, earnestly hoping to find a figure wrong. Ardan could neither sit, stand nor lie still for a second, though he tried all three. His silence, of course, did not last long.
The three friends sat in deep silence for a while. Breakfast was the last thing on their minds. Barbican, grinding his teeth, clenching his fingers, and furrowing his brows, stared grimly out the window. The Captain, as a last resort, once again checked his calculations, desperately hoping to find an error. Ardan couldn’t sit, stand, or lie still for even a second, despite trying all three. Unsurprisingly, his silence didn’t last long.
"Ha! ha! ha!" he laughed bitterly. "Precious scientific men! Villainous old hombogues! The whole set not worth a straw! I hope to gracious, since we must fall, that we shall drop down plumb on Cambridge Observatory, and not leave a single one of the miserable old women, called professors, alive in the premises!"
"Ha! ha! ha!" he laughed cynically. "Wonderful scientists! Despicable frauds! The entire lot isn't worth anything! I sincerely hope that if we're going to crash, we land right on Cambridge Observatory and take out every last one of those pathetic so-called professors!"
A certain expression in Ardan's angry exclamation had struck the Captain like a shot, and set his temples throbbing violently.
A particular expression in Ardan's furious shout hit the Captain like a bullet and made his temples pulse intensely.
"Must fall!" he exclaimed, starting up suddenly. "Let us see about that! It is now seven o'clock in the morning. We must have, therefore, been at least thirty-two hours on the road, and more than half of our passage is already made. If we are going to fall at all, we must be falling now! I'm certain we're not, but, Barbican, you have to find it out!"
"Must fall!" he shouted, jumping up suddenly. "Let's check that out! It's seven o'clock in the morning now. We must have been on the road for at least thirty-two hours, and more than half of our journey is already behind us. If we're going to fall at all, it has to be happening now! I'm sure we're not, but, Barbican, you need to figure it out!"
Barbican caught the idea like lightning, and, seizing a compass, he began through the floor window to measure the visual angle of the distant Earth. The apparent immobility of the Projectile allowed him to do this with great exactness. Then laying aside the instrument, and wiping off the thick drops of sweat that bedewed his forehead, he began jotting down some figures on a piece of paper. The Captain looked on with keen interest; he knew very well that Barbican was calculating their distance from the Earth by the apparent measure of the terrestrial diameter, and he eyed him anxiously.
Barbican got the idea instantly, and grabbing a compass, he started measuring the visual angle of the distant Earth through the floor window. The Projectile's seeming stillness made it easy for him to do this precisely. After setting aside the instrument and wiping the sweat from his forehead, he began jotting down some figures on a piece of paper. The Captain watched with great interest; he knew Barbican was calculating their distance from Earth based on the apparent size of the Earth's diameter, and he observed him nervously.
Pretty soon his friends saw a color stealing into Barbican's pale face, and a triumphant light glittering in his eye.
Pretty soon his friends noticed a flush of color spreading across Barbican's pale face and a triumphant spark shining in his eye.
"No, my brave boys!" he exclaimed at last throwing down his pencil, "we're not falling! Far from it, we are at present more than 150 thousand miles from the Earth!"
"No, my brave boys!" he shouted finally dropping his pencil, "we're not falling! Not at all, we're currently more than 150 thousand miles from Earth!"
"Hurrah!" "Bravo!" |
![]() |
cried M'Nicholl and Ardan, in a breath. |
"We have passed the point where we should have stopped if we had had no more initial velocity than the Cambridge men allowed us!"
"We've gone beyond the point where we should have stopped if we hadn't had any more initial speed than what the Cambridge guys gave us!"
"Hurrah! hurrah!"
"Hooray! hooray!"
"Bravo, Bravissimo!"
"Awesome, Amazing!"
"And we're still going up!"
"And we're still going higher!"
"Glory, glory, hallelujah!" sang M'Nicholl, in the highest excitement.
"Glory, glory, hallelujah!" sang M'Nicholl, full of excitement.
"Vive ce cher Barbican!" cried Ardan, bursting into French as usual whenever his feelings had the better of him.
"Long live that dear Barbican!" cried Ardan, slipping into French as he always did when his emotions got the best of him.
"Of course we're marching on!" continued M'Nicholl, "and I know the reason why, too. Those 400,000 pounds of gun-cotton gave us greater initial velocity than we had expected!"
"Of course we're moving forward!" M'Nicholl continued, "and I know why too. Those 400,000 pounds of gun-cotton gave us a higher initial speed than we expected!"
"You're right, Captain!" added Barbican; "besides, you must not forget that, by getting rid of the water, the Projectile was relieved of considerable weight!"
"You're right, Captain!" Barbican added. "Besides, you shouldn't forget that by getting rid of the water, the Projectile lost a significant amount of weight!"
"Correct again!" cried the Captain. "I had not thought of that!"
"That's right again!" shouted the Captain. "I hadn't considered that!"
"Therefore, my brave boys," continued Barbican, with some excitement; "away with melancholy! We're all right!"
"So, my brave guys," Barbican said excitedly, "let's ditch the sadness! We're all good!"
"Yes; everything is lovely and the goose hangs high!" cried the Captain, who on grand occasions was not above a little slang.
"Yeah, everything is great and the goose is hanging high!" shouted the Captain, who on special occasions wasn't shy about using a bit of slang.
"Talking of goose reminds me of breakfast," cried Ardan; "I assure you, my fright has not taken away my appetite!"
"Speaking of goose makes me think of breakfast," Ardan exclaimed; "I promise you, my scare hasn't affected my hunger!"
"Yes," continued Barbican. "Captain, you're quite right. Our initial velocity very fortunately was much greater than what our Cambridge friends had calculated for us!"
"Yes," Barbican continued. "Captain, you’re absolutely right. Our initial speed turned out to be much higher than what our friends in Cambridge had predicted!"
"Hang our Cambridge friends and their calculations!" cried Ardan, with some asperity; "as usual with your scientific men they've more brass than brains! If we're not now bed-fellows with the oysters in the Gulf of Mexico, no thanks to our kind Cambridge friends. But talking of oysters, let me remind you again that breakfast is ready."
"Forget our Cambridge friends and their calculations!" shouted Ardan, a bit frustrated; "just like with most scientists, they have more confidence than common sense! If we're not currently sharing a bed with the oysters in the Gulf of Mexico, it's certainly not because of our helpful friends from Cambridge. But speaking of oysters, let me remind you once more that breakfast is ready."
The meal was a most joyous one. They ate much, they talked more, but they laughed most. The little incident of Algebra had certainly very much enlivened the situation.
The meal was a truly joyful one. They ate a lot, talked even more, but laughed the most. The little incident with Algebra had definitely made things much more lively.
"Now, my boys," Ardan went on, "all things thus turning out quite comfortable, I would just ask you why we should not succeed? We are fairly started. No breakers ahead that I can see. No rock on our road. It is freer than the ships on the raging ocean, aye, freer than the balloons in the blustering air. But the ship arrives at her destination; the balloon, borne on the wings of the wind, rises to as high an altitude as can be endured; why then should not our Projectile reach the Moon?"
"Now, guys," Ardan continued, "everything seems to be going pretty well, so I'm going to ask you, why shouldn't we succeed? We're off to a good start. I don't see any obstacles ahead. There’s nothing blocking our way. It's smoother than ships on a stormy sea, yeah, smoother than balloons in strong winds. But the ship gets to its destination; the balloon, carried by the wind, soars to as high as it can handle; so why shouldn't our Projectile make it to the Moon?"
"It will reach the Moon!" nodded Barbican.
"It's going to reach the Moon!" nodded Barbican.
"We shall reach the Moon or know for what!" cried M'Nicholl, enthusiastically.
"We will reach the Moon or find out why not!" shouted M'Nicholl, excitedly.
"The great American nation must not be disappointed!" continued Ardan. "They are the only people on Earth capable of originating such an enterprise! They are the only people capable of producing a Barbican!"
"The great American nation must not be let down!" Ardan continued. "They are the only people on Earth who can come up with such an endeavor! They are the only ones capable of creating a Barbican!"
"Hurrah!" cried M'Nicholl.
"Yay!" cried M'Nicholl.
"That point settled," continued the Frenchman, "another question comes up to which I have not yet called your attention. When we get to the Moon, what shall we do there? How are we going to amuse ourselves? I'm afraid our life there will be awfully slow!"
"Now that that's sorted," the Frenchman said, "another question arises that I haven't mentioned yet. When we reach the Moon, what are we going to do there? How are we going to keep ourselves entertained? I'm worried our time there will be really dull!"
His companions emphatically disclaimed the possibility of such a thing.
His friends strongly denied that such a thing could happen.
"You may deny it, but I know better, and knowing better, I have laid in my stores accordingly. You have but to choose. I possess a varied assortment. Chess, draughts, cards, dominoes—everything in fact, but a billiard table?"
"You might deny it, but I know the truth, and because I know the truth, I've stocked up accordingly. You just have to choose. I have a wide variety. Chess, checkers, cards, dominoes—everything, in fact, except a billiard table?"
"What!" exclaimed Barbican; "cumbered yourself with such gimcracks?"
"What!" exclaimed Barbican; "burdened yourself with such junk?"
"Such gimcracks are not only good to amuse ourselves with, but are eminently calculated also to win us the friendship of the Selenites."
"Such trinkets are not only fun for us to play with, but are also perfect for winning the friendship of the Selenites."
"Friend Michael," said Barbican, "if the Moon is inhabited at all, her inhabitants must have appeared several thousand years before the advent of Man on our Earth, for there seems to be very little doubt that Luna is considerably older than Terra in her present state. Therefore, Selenites, if their brain is organized like our own, must have by this time invented all that we are possessed of, and even much which we are still to invent in the course of ages. The probability is that, instead of their learning from us, we shall have much to learn from them."
"Friend Michael," said Barbican, "if the Moon is inhabited at all, its inhabitants must have appeared thousands of years before humans came along on Earth, because it's pretty clear that Luna is actually much older than Terra as it is now. So, if Selenites have brains structured like ours, they must have already invented everything we have, and even a lot of things we haven't invented yet over the years. The likely scenario is that instead of them learning from us, we’ll have a lot to learn from them."
"What!" asked Ardan, "you think they have artists like Phidias, Michael Angelo and Raphael?"
"What!" asked Ardan, "you really think they have artists like Phidias, Michelangelo, and Raphael?"
"Certainly."
"Of course."
"And poets like Homer, Virgil, Dante, Shakspeare, Göthe and Hugo?"
"And poets like Homer, Virgil, Dante, Shakespeare, Goethe, and Hugo?"
"Not a doubt of it."
"There's no doubt about it."
"And philosophers like Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, Bacon, Kant?"
"And philosophers like Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, Bacon, and Kant?"
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"And scientists like Euclid, Archimedes, Copernicus, Newton, Pascal?"
"And what about scientists like Euclid, Archimedes, Copernicus, Newton, and Pascal?"
"I should think so."
"I guess so."
"And famous actors, and singers, and composers, and—and photographers?"
"And famous actors, singers, composers, and—even photographers?"
"I could almost swear to it."
"I could almost bet on it."
"Then, dear boy, since they have gone ahead as far as we and even farther, why have not those great Selenites tried to start a communication with the Earth? Why have they not fired a projectile from the regions lunar to the regions terrestrial?"
"Then, dear boy, since they’ve gone as far as we have and even farther, why haven’t those great Selenites tried to communicate with Earth? Why haven’t they launched a projectile from the lunar regions to the terrestrial ones?"
"Who says they have not done so?" asked Barbican, coolly.
"Who says they haven't done that?" asked Barbican, coolly.
"Attempting such a communication," observed the Captain, "would certainly be much easier for them than for us, principally for two reasons. First, attraction on the Moon's surface being six times less than on the Earth's, a projectile could be sent off more rapidly; second, because, as this projectile need be sent only 24 instead of 240 thousand miles, they could do it with a quantity of powder ten times less than what we should require for the same purpose."
"Trying to make such communication," the Captain noted, "would definitely be a lot easier for them than for us, mainly for two reasons. First, gravity on the Moon is six times weaker than on Earth, so a projectile could be launched much faster; second, since this projectile only needs to travel 24 instead of 240 thousand miles, they could do it with ten times less powder than we would need for the same task."
"Then I ask again," said the Frenchman; "why haven't they made such an attempt?"
"Then I ask again," said the Frenchman; "why haven't they made that kind of attempt?"
"And I reply again," answered Barbican. "How do you know that they have not made such an attempt?"
"And I answer again," Barbican said. "How do you know they haven't tried that?"
"Made it? When?"
"Did you make it? When?"
"Thousands of years ago, before the invention of writing, before even the appearance of Man on the Earth."
"Thousands of years ago, before writing was invented, even before humans appeared on Earth."
"But the bullet?" asked Ardan, triumphantly; "Where's the bullet? Produce the bullet!"
"But the bullet?" Ardan asked triumphantly. "Where's the bullet? Show me the bullet!"
"Friend Michael," answered Barbican, with a quiet smile, "you appear to forget that the 5/6 of the surface of our Earth is water. 5 to 1, therefore, that the bullet is more likely to be lying this moment at the bottom of the Atlantic or the Pacific than anywhere else on the surface of our globe. Besides, it may have sunk into some weak point of the surface, at the early epoch when the crust of the Earth had not acquired sufficient solidity."
"Friend Michael," replied Barbican with a slight smile, "you seem to forget that 5/6 of our Earth's surface is covered by water. So it's 5 to 1 that the bullet is more likely resting at the bottom of the Atlantic or Pacific Ocean than anywhere else on the surface of our planet. Also, it could have sunk into a weak spot in the surface back when the Earth's crust hadn't hardened enough."
"Captain," said Ardan, turning with a smile to M'Nicholl; "no use in trying to catch Barby; slippery as an eel, he has an answer for everything. Still I have a theory on the subject myself, which I think it no harm to ventilate. It is this: The Selenites have never sent us any projectile at all, simply because they had no gunpowder: being older and wiser than we, they were never such fools as to invent any.—But, what's that? Diana howling for her breakfast! Good! Like genuine scientific men, while squabbling over nonsense, we let the poor animals die of hunger. Excuse us, Diana; it is not the first time the little suffer from the senseless disputes of the great."
"Captain," Ardan said, turning to M'Nicholl with a smile, "there's no point in trying to catch Barby; he's as slippery as an eel and always has an answer for everything. Still, I have my own theory on the matter that I think is worth sharing. Here it is: The Selenites have never sent us any projectiles at all simply because they didn’t have gunpowder. Being older and wiser than us, they were never foolish enough to invent it. —But, what's that? Diana is howling for her breakfast! Great! Like true scientists, while we're arguing about nonsense, we’re letting the poor animals go hungry. Sorry, Diana; this isn’t the first time that those in power have caused suffering for the little ones."
So saying he laid before the animal a very toothsome pie, and contemplated with evident pleasure her very successful efforts towards its hasty and complete disappearance.
So saying, he set down a delicious pie in front of the animal and watched with obvious pleasure as she quickly and thoroughly enjoyed it.
"Looking at Diana," he went on, "makes me almost wish we had made a Noah's Ark of our Projectile by introducing into it a pair of all the domestic animals!"
"Looking at Diana," he continued, "almost makes me wish we had created a Noah's Ark of our Projectile by including a pair of every domestic animal!"
"Not room enough," observed Barbican.
"Not enough room," observed Barbican.
"No doubt," remarked the Captain, "the ox, the cow, the horse, the goat, all the ruminating animals would be very useful in the Lunar continent. But we couldn't turn our Projectile into a stable, you know."
"No doubt," said the Captain, "the ox, the cow, the horse, the goat, all the grazing animals would be really useful on the Lunar continent. But we can't exactly turn our Projectile into a stable, you know."
"Still, we might have made room for a pair of poor little donkeys!" observed Ardan; "how I love the poor beasts. Fellow feeling, you will say. No doubt, but there really is no animal I pity more. They are the most ill-treated brutes in all creation. They are not only banged during life; they are banged worse after death!"
"Still, we could have made space for a couple of poor little donkeys!" Ardan remarked; "I really feel for those poor animals. You might say it's just sympathy. No doubt, but honestly, there's no animal I feel more sorry for. They are the most mistreated creatures in existence. They are not only abused during their lives; they are mistreated even more after they die!"
"Hey! How do you make that out?" asked his companions, surprised.
"Hey! How do you figure that out?" asked his friends, surprised.
"Because we make their skins into drum heads!" replied Ardan, with an air, as if answering a conundrum.
"Because we turn their skins into drum heads!" replied Ardan, with a flair, as if responding to a riddle.
Barbican and M'Nicholl could hardly help laughing at the absurd reply of their lively companion, but their hilarity was soon stopped by the expression his face assumed as he bent over Satellite's body, where it lay stretched on the sofa.
Barbican and M'Nicholl could barely hold back their laughter at the ridiculous response from their animated friend, but their amusement quickly faded when they saw the serious look on his face as he leaned over Satellite's body, which lay stretched out on the sofa.
"What's the matter now?" asked Barbican.
"What's going on now?" asked Barbican.
"Satellite's attack is over," replied Ardan.
"Satellite's attack is over," Ardan said.
"Good!" said M'Nicholl, misunderstanding him.
"Awesome!" said M'Nicholl, misunderstanding him.
"Yes, I suppose it is good for the poor fellow," observed Ardan, in melancholy accents. "Life with one's skull broken is hardly an enviable possession. Our grand acclimatization project is knocked sky high, in more senses than one!"
"Yeah, I guess it’s good for the poor guy," said Ardan, with a sad tone. "Living with a broken skull isn’t exactly something to aspire to. Our big acclimatization project is totally messed up, in more ways than one!"
There was no doubt of the poor dog's death. The expression of Ardan's countenance, as he looked at his friends, was of a very rueful order.
There was no doubt about the poor dog's death. The look on Ardan's face, as he glanced at his friends, was one of deep sorrow.
"Well," said the practical Barbican, "there's no help for that now; the next thing to be done is to get rid of the body. We can't keep it here with us forty-eight hours longer."
"Well," said the practical Barbican, "there's no way around it now; the next thing we need to do is get rid of the body. We can't keep it here with us for another forty-eight hours."
"Of course not," replied the Captain, "nor need we; our lights, being provided with hinges, can be lifted back. What is to prevent us from opening one of them, and flinging the body out through it!"
"Of course not," replied the Captain, "nor do we need to; our lights, which have hinges, can be lifted back. What’s stopping us from opening one and throwing the body out through it!"
The President of the Gun Club reflected a few minutes; then he spoke:
The President of the Gun Club paused for a few minutes; then he said:
"Yes, it can be done; but we must take the most careful precautions."
"Yes, it can be done, but we need to take the utmost precautions."
"Why so?" asked Ardan.
"Why?" asked Ardan.
"For two simple reasons;" replied Barbican; "the first refers to the air enclosed in the Projectile, and of which we must be very careful to lose only the least possible quantity."
"For two straightforward reasons," replied Barbican. "The first concerns the air contained in the Projectile, and we need to be very careful not to lose more than the smallest amount possible."
"But as we manufacture air ourselves!" objected Ardan.
"But we produce our own air!" argued Ardan.
"We manufacture air only partly, friend Michael," replied Barbican. "We manufacture only oxygen; we can't supply nitrogen—By the bye, Ardan, won't you watch the apparatus carefully every now and then to see that the oxygen is not generated too freely. Very serious consequences would attend an immoderate supply of oxygen—No, we can't manufacture nitrogen, which is so absolutely necessary for our air and which might escape readily through the open windows."
"We only produce air in part, my friend Michael," Barbican replied. "We only create oxygen; we can't provide nitrogen. By the way, Ardan, could you keep an eye on the equipment now and then to make sure the oxygen isn't being generated too freely? Too much oxygen could have really serious consequences. No, we can't produce nitrogen, which is essential for our air and could easily drift out through the open windows."
"What! the few seconds we should require for flinging out poor Satellite?"
"What! The few seconds we need to throw out poor Satellite?"
"A very few seconds indeed they should be," said Barbican, very gravely.
"A few seconds, for sure," said Barbican, very seriously.
"Your second reason?" asked Ardan.
"What's your second reason?" asked Ardan.
"The second reason is, that we must not allow the external cold, which must be exceedingly great, to penetrate into our Projectile and freeze us alive."
"The second reason is that we can't let the extreme cold from outside get into our Projectile and freeze us to death."
"But the Sun, you know—"
"But the sun, you know—"
"Yes, the Sun heats our Projectile, but it does not heat the vacuum through which we are now floating. Where there is no air there can neither be heat nor light; just as wherever the rays of the Sun do not arrive directly, it must be both cold and dark. The temperature around us, if there be anything that can be called temperature, is produced solely by stellar radiation. I need not say how low that is in the scale, or that it would be the temperature to which our Earth should fall, if the Sun were suddenly extinguished."
"Yes, the Sun warms our spacecraft, but it doesn’t warm the vacuum we’re floating through. Where there’s no air, there can’t be heat or light; just like in areas where the Sun’s rays don’t reach, it must be both cold and dark. The temperature around us, if we can even call it temperature, is created solely by starlight. I won’t mention how low that is on the scale, or that it's the temperature our Earth would reach if the Sun were suddenly turned off."
"Little fear of that for a few more million years," said M'Nicholl.
"Not worried about that for a few more million years," said M'Nicholl.
"Who can tell?" asked Ardan. "Besides, even admitting that the Sun will not soon be extinguished, what is to prevent the Earth from shooting away from him?"
"Who knows?" asked Ardan. "Besides, even if we accept that the Sun won't go out anytime soon, what’s stopping the Earth from drifting away from it?"
"Let friend Michael speak," said Barbican, with a smile, to the Captain; "we may learn something."
"Let our friend Michael speak," said Barbican, smiling at the Captain; "we might learn something."
"Certainly you may," continued the Frenchman, "if you have room for anything new. Were we not struck by a comet's tail in 1861?"
"Of course you can," the Frenchman continued, "if you have space for something new. Weren't we hit by a comet's tail in 1861?"
"So it was said, anyhow," observed the Captain. "I well remember what nonsense there was in the papers about the 'phosphorescent auroral glare.'"
"So that’s what they said, anyway," the Captain noted. "I clearly remember all the nonsense in the papers about the 'glowing aurora.'"
"Well," continued the Frenchman, "suppose the comet of 1861 influenced the Earth by an attraction superior to the Sun's. What would be the consequence? Would not the Earth follow the attracting body, become its satellite, and thus at last be dragged off to such a distance that the Sun's rays could no longer excite heat on her surface?"
"Well," continued the Frenchman, "let's say the comet of 1861 had a stronger attraction on the Earth than the Sun. What would happen then? Wouldn't the Earth end up following this attracting body, becoming its satellite, and eventually be pulled so far away that the Sun's rays could no longer warm its surface?"
"Well, that might possibly occur," said Barbican slowly, "but even then I question if the consequences would be so terrible as you seem to apprehend."
"Well, that could happen," Barbican said slowly, "but even then, I wonder if the consequences would be as terrible as you seem to think."
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"Because the cold and the heat might still manage to be nearly equalized on our globe. It has been calculated that, had the Earth been carried off by the comet of '61, when arrived at her greatest distance, she would have experienced a temperature hardly sixteen times greater than the heat we receive from the Moon, which, as everybody knows, produces no appreciable effect, even when concentrated to a focus by the most powerful lenses."
"Because the cold and heat might still be almost balanced on our planet. It has been calculated that if the Earth had been taken by the comet of '61, at its farthest point, it would have experienced a temperature only about sixteen times higher than the heat we get from the Moon, which, as everyone knows, has no significant effect, even when focused through the most powerful lenses."
"Well then," exclaimed Ardan, "at such a temperature—"
"Well then," exclaimed Ardan, "at that temperature—"
"Wait a moment," replied Barbican. "Have you never heard of the principle of compensation? Listen to another calculation. Had the Earth been dragged along with the comet, it has been calculated that at her perihelion, or nearest point to the Sun, she would have to endure a heat 28,000 times greater than our mean summer temperature. But this heat, fully capable of turning the rocks into glass and the oceans into vapor, before proceeding to such extremity, must have first formed a thick interposing ring of clouds, and thus considerably modified the excessive temperature. Therefore, between the extreme cold of the aphelion and the excessive heat of the perihelion, by the great law of compensation, it is probable that the mean temperature would be tolerably endurable."
"Wait a second," replied Barbican. "Have you never heard of the principle of compensation? Listen to another calculation. If the Earth had been pulled along with the comet, it's calculated that at her closest point to the Sun, she would have to withstand heat 28,000 times greater than our average summer temperature. But this heat, capable of turning rocks into glass and oceans into vapor, would first need to create a thick layer of clouds, which would significantly reduce that extreme temperature. So, between the extreme cold at aphelion and the intense heat at perihelion, according to the great law of compensation, it's likely that the average temperature would be somewhat bearable."
"At how many degrees is the temperature of the interplanetary space estimated?" asked M'Nicholl.
"At how many degrees is the temperature of interplanetary space estimated?" asked M'Nicholl.
"Some time ago," replied Barbican, "this temperature was considered to be very low indeed—millions and millions of degrees below zero. But Fourrier of Auxerre, a distinguished member of the Académie des Sciences, whose Mémoires on the temperature of the Planetary spaces appeared about 1827, reduced these figures to considerably diminished proportions. According to his careful estimation, the temperature of space is not much lower than 70 or 80 degrees Fahr. below zero."
"Some time ago," replied Barbican, "this temperature was thought to be extremely low—millions and millions of degrees below zero. But Fourrier of Auxerre, a prominent member of the Académie des Sciences, whose Mémoires on the temperature of space were published around 1827, significantly lowered those figures. According to his careful estimation, the temperature of space is only about 70 or 80 degrees Fahrenheit below zero."
"No more?" asked Ardan.
"Is that it?" asked Ardan.
"No more," answered Barbican, "though I must acknowledge we have only his word for it, as the Mémoire in which he had recorded all the elements of that important determination, has been lost somewhere, and is no longer to be found."
"No more," answered Barbican, "though I have to admit we only have his word for it, since the Mémoire where he wrote down all the details of that important decision has been lost somewhere and can’t be found anymore."
"I don't attach the slightest importance to his, or to any man's words, unless they are sustained by reliable evidence," exclaimed M'Nicholl. "Besides, if I'm not very much mistaken, Pouillet—another countryman of yours, Ardan, and an Academician as well as Fourrier—esteems the temperature of interplanetary spaces to be at least 256° Fahr. below zero. This we can easily verify for ourselves this moment by actual experiment."
"I don’t pay any attention to what he or anyone else says unless there’s solid proof to back it up," M'Nicholl exclaimed. "Besides, if I'm not mistaken, Pouillet—another fellow countryman of yours, Ardan, and an Academician along with Fourrier—believes that the temperature of interplanetary space is at least 256° Fahrenheit below zero. We can easily check this for ourselves right now with a real experiment."
"Not just now exactly," observed Barbican, "for the solar rays, striking our Projectile directly, would give us a very elevated instead of a very low temperature. But once arrived at the Moon, during those nights fifteen days long, which each of her faces experiences alternately, we shall have plenty of time to make an experiment with every condition in our favor. To be sure, our Satellite is at present moving in a vacuum."
"Not right now," Barbican pointed out, "because the sun's rays hitting our Projectile directly would make it very hot instead of very cold. But once we get to the Moon, during those fifteen-day-long nights that each of its sides experiences alternately, we'll have plenty of time to conduct an experiment with all conditions in our favor. Of course, our Moon is currently moving through a vacuum."
"A vacuum?" asked Ardan; "a perfect vacuum?"
"A vacuum?" Ardan asked. "A perfect vacuum?"
"Well, a perfect vacuum as far as air is concerned."
"Well, a perfect vacuum when it comes to air."
"But is the air replaced by nothing?"
"But is the air replaced by nothing?"
"Oh yes," replied Barbican. "By ether."
"Oh yeah," replied Barbican. "Using ether."
"Ah, ether! and what, pray, is ether?"
"Ah, ether! And what exactly is ether?"
"Ether, friend Michael, is an elastic gas consisting of imponderable atoms, which, as we are told by works on molecular physics, are, in proportion to their size, as far apart as the celestial bodies are from each other in space. This distance is less than the 1/3000000 x 1/1000', or the one trillionth of a foot. The vibrations of the molecules of this ether produce the sensations of light and heat, by making 430 trillions of undulations per second, each undulation being hardly more than the one ten-millionth of an inch in width."
"Ether, my friend Michael, is a flexible gas made up of weightless atoms, which, as explained in molecular physics, are spaced apart in proportion to their size, just like celestial bodies are in space. This distance is less than 1/3000000 x 1/1000', or one trillionth of a foot. The vibrations of the molecules in this ether create the sensations of light and heat by making 430 trillion undulations per second, with each undulation being barely more than one ten-millionth of an inch wide."
"Trillions per second! ten-millionths of an inch in width!" cried Ardan. "These oscillations have been very neatly counted and ticketed, and checked off! Ah, friend Barbican," continued the Frenchman, shaking his head, "these numbers are just tremendous guesses, frightening the ear but revealing nothing to the intelligence."
"Trillions per second! Ten millionths of an inch in width!" shouted Ardan. "These oscillations have been carefully counted, labeled, and checked off! Ah, my friend Barbican," continued the Frenchman, shaking his head, "these figures are just wild estimates, shocking to the ear but offering no real insight."
"To get ideas, however, we must calculate—"
"To come up with ideas, however, we need to think critically—"
"No, no!" interrupted Ardan: "not calculate, but compare. A trillion tells you nothing—Comparison, everything. For instance, you say, the volume of Uranus is 76 times greater than the Earth's; Saturn's 900 times greater; Jupiter's 1300 times greater; the Sun's 1300 thousand times greater—You may tell me all that till I'm tired hearing it, and I shall still be almost as ignorant as ever. For my part I prefer to be told one of those simple comparisons that I find in the old almanacs: The Sun is a globe two feet in diameter; Jupiter, a good sized orange; Saturn, a smaller orange; Neptune, a plum; Uranus, a good sized cherry; the Earth, a pea; Venus, also a pea but somewhat smaller; Mars, a large pin's head; Mercury, a mustard seed; Juno, Ceres, Vesta, Pallas, and the other asteroids so many grains of sand. Be told something like that, and you have got at least the tail of an idea!"
“No, no!” interrupted Ardan. “It’s not about calculating, it’s about comparing. A trillion doesn’t mean anything—comparison gives you everything. For example, you say the volume of Uranus is 76 times greater than the Earth’s; Saturn is 900 times greater; Jupiter is 1300 times greater; the Sun is 1,300,000 times greater—You can tell me all that until I’m bored to tears, and I’ll still be just as clueless as ever. Personally, I’d rather hear one of those simple comparisons you find in old almanacs: The Sun is a globe two feet in diameter; Jupiter is like a good-sized orange; Saturn is a smaller orange; Neptune is a plum; Uranus is a good-sized cherry; the Earth is a pea; Venus is also a pea but a bit smaller; Mars is a large pin’s head; Mercury is a mustard seed; Juno, Ceres, Vesta, Pallas, and the other asteroids are just grains of sand. If you get told something like that, at least you have a basic idea!”
This learned burst of Ardan's had the natural effect of making his hearers forget what they had been arguing about, and they therefore proceeded at once to dispose of Satellite's body. It was a simple matter enough—no more than to fling it out of the Projectile into space, just as the sailors get rid of a dead body by throwing it into the sea. Only in this operation they had to act, as Barbican recommended, with the utmost care and dispatch, so as to lose as little as possible of the internal air, which, by its great elasticity, would violently strive to escape. The bolts of the floor-light, which was more than a foot in diameter, were carefully unscrewed, while Ardan, a good deal affected, prepared to launch his dog's body into space. The glass, worked by a powerful lever which enabled it to overcome the pressure of the enclosed air, turned quickly on its hinges, and poor Satellite was dropped out. The whole operation was so well managed that very little air escaped, and ever afterwards Barbican employed the same means to rid the Projectile of all the litter and other useless matter by which it was occasionally encumbered.
This insightful outburst from Ardan made everyone forget what they had been arguing about, so they quickly set to work on disposing of Satellite's body. It was straightforward—just like sailors throw a dead body overboard, they would fling it out of the Projectile into space. However, they had to be really careful and quick, as Barbican advised, to minimize the loss of internal air, which wanted to escape due to its elasticity. They carefully unscrewed the bolts of the floor-light, which was more than a foot across, while Ardan, visibly upset, readied to launch his dog's body into space. The glass, operated by a powerful lever that could overcome the pressure of the enclosed air, swung open quickly, and poor Satellite was dropped out. The whole process went so smoothly that very little air escaped, and from then on, Barbican used the same method to clear the Projectile of any debris or unnecessary items it had occasionally accumulated.
The evening of this third of December wore away without further incident. As soon as Barbican had announced that the Projectile was still winging its way, though with retarded velocity, towards the lunar disc, the travellers quietly retired to rest.
The evening of this third of December passed without any more events. As soon as Barbican announced that the Projectile was still flying towards the moon, though at a slower speed, the travelers quietly went to bed.
CHAPTER VI.
INSTRUCTIVE CONVERSATION.
On the fourth of December, the Projectile chronometers marked five o'clock in the morning, just as the travellers woke up from a pleasant slumber. They had now been 54 hours on their journey. As to lapse of time, they had passed not much more than half of the number of hours during which their trip was to last; but, as to lapse of space, they had already accomplished very nearly the seven-tenths of their passage. This difference between time and distance was due to the regular retardation of their velocity.
On December fourth, the Projectile clocks showed five o'clock in the morning, just as the travelers woke up from a nice sleep. They had been on their journey for 54 hours now. In terms of time, they had completed just a little over half of the hours their trip was supposed to take; however, in terms of distance, they had already covered nearly seven-tenths of their journey. This gap between time and distance was caused by the consistent slowing of their speed.
They looked at the earth through the floor-light, but it was little more than visible—a black spot drowned in the solar rays. No longer any sign of a crescent, no longer any sign of ashy light. Next day, towards midnight, the Earth was to be new, at the precise moment when the Moon was to be full. Overhead, they could see the Queen of Night coming nearer and nearer to the line followed by the Projectile, and evidently approaching the point where both should meet at the appointed moment. All around, the black vault of heaven was dotted with luminous points which seemed to move somewhat, though, of course, in their extreme distance their relative size underwent no change. The Sun and the stars looked exactly as they had appeared when observed from the Earth. The Moon indeed had become considerably enlarged in size, but the travellers' telescopes were still too weak to enable them to make any important observation regarding the nature of her surface, or that might determine her topographical or geological features.
They looked down at the Earth through the floor-light, but it was barely visible—a dark spot lost in the sunlight. There was no sign of a crescent anymore, no sign of a faint glow. The next day, around midnight, the Earth was set to be new, just as the Moon would be full. Above them, they could see the Queen of Night getting closer and closer to the path taken by the Projectile, clearly nearing the point where the two would meet at the scheduled time. All around, the dark sky was dotted with shining points that seemed to shift a bit, although, of course, from their great distance, their relative size didn’t change. The Sun and the stars looked exactly the same as they had from Earth. The Moon had indeed gotten much larger, but the travelers' telescopes were still too weak to allow them to make any significant observations about her surface or determine her topographical or geological features.
Naturally, therefore, the time slipped away in endless conversation. The Moon, of course, was the chief topic. Each one contributed his share of peculiar information, or peculiar ignorance, as the case might be. Barbican and M'Nicholl always treated the subject gravely, as became learned scientists, but Ardan preferred to look on things with the eye of fancy. The Projectile, its situation, its direction, the incidents possible to occur, the precautions necessary to take in order to break the fall on the Moon's surface—these and many other subjects furnished endless food for constant debate and inexhaustible conjectures.
Naturally, the time passed quickly as they engaged in endless conversation. The Moon, of course, was the main topic. Each person shared their own unique insights or peculiar gaps in knowledge, depending on the situation. Barbican and M'Nicholl always approached the subject seriously, as befits knowledgeable scientists, while Ardan preferred to look at things with a more imaginative perspective. The Projectile, its location, its trajectory, the events that could happen, the precautions needed to ensure a safe landing on the Moon's surface—these and many other topics provided endless material for ongoing debates and infinite speculations.
For instance, at breakfast that morning, a question of Ardan's regarding the Projectile drew from Barbican an answer curious enough to be reported.
For example, at breakfast that morning, Ardan asked a question about the Projectile that prompted Barbican to give an answer interesting enough to be shared.
"Suppose, on the night that we were shot up from Stony Hill," said Ardan, "suppose the Projectile had encountered some obstacle powerful enough to stop it—what would be the consequence of the sudden halt?"
"Imagine if, on the night we were launched from Stony Hill," said Ardan, "imagine the Projectile had hit some obstacle strong enough to stop it—what would happen if it suddenly came to a halt?"
"But," replied Barbican, "I don't understand what obstacle it could have met powerful enough to stop it."
"But," Barbican replied, "I don't get what kind of obstacle it could have faced that was strong enough to stop it."
"Suppose some obstacle, for the sake of argument," said Ardan.
"Let's say there's some obstacle, just for the sake of discussion," said Ardan.
"Suppose what can't be supposed," replied the matter-of-fact Barbican, "what cannot possibly be supposed, unless indeed the original impulse proved too weak. In that case, the velocity would have decreased by degrees, but the Projectile itself would not have suddenly stopped."
"Imagine what can't be imagined," replied the practical Barbican, "what simply can't be imagined, unless the initial force was too weak. In that situation, the speed would have gradually decreased, but the Projectile wouldn't have just halted abruptly."
"Suppose it had struck against some body in space."
"Imagine if it had collided with something in space."
"What body, for instance?"
"What body are you talking about?"
"Well, that enormous bolide which we met."
"Well, that huge meteor we encountered."
"Oh!" hastily observed the Captain, "the Projectile would have been dashed into a thousand pieces and we along with it."
"Oh!" the Captain quickly noted, "the projectile would have been smashed into a thousand pieces, and we would have gone with it."
"Better than that," observed Barbican; "we should have been burned alive."
"Even better than that," Barbican pointed out; "we could have been burned alive."
"Burned alive!" laughed Ardan. "What a pity we missed so interesting an experiment! How I should have liked to find out how it felt!"
"Burned alive!" laughed Ardan. "What a shame we missed such an interesting experiment! I would have loved to find out how it felt!"
"You would not have much time to record your observations, friend Michael, I assure you," observed Barbican. "The case is plain enough. Heat and motion are convertible terms. What do we mean by heating water? Simply giving increased, in fact, violent motion to its molecules."
"You won’t have much time to jot down your thoughts, my friend Michael, I promise you," said Barbican. "The situation is quite clear. Heat and motion are really the same thing. What do we mean when we heat water? We’re just giving its molecules faster, even violent, movement."
"Well!" exclaimed the Frenchman, "that's an ingenious theory any how!"
"Well!" the Frenchman exclaimed, "that's a clever theory anyway!"
"Not only ingenious but correct, my dear friend, for it completely explains all the phenomena of caloric. Heat is nothing but molecular movement, the violent oscillation of the particles of a body. When you apply the brakes to the train, the train stops. But what has become of its motion? It turns into heat and makes the brakes hot. Why do people grease the axles? To hinder them from getting too hot, which they assuredly would become if friction was allowed to obstruct the motion. You understand, don't you?"
"Not only clever but accurate, my dear friend, because it completely explains all the behavior of heat. Heat is simply molecular movement, the rapid vibration of a body's particles. When you apply the brakes to the train, the train stops. But what happens to its motion? It turns into heat, causing the brakes to heat up. Why do people grease the axles? To prevent them from getting too hot, which they definitely would if friction was allowed to slow down the movement. You get it, right?"
"Don't I though?" replied Ardan, apparently in earnest. "Let me show you how thoroughly. When I have been running hard and long, I feel myself perspiring like a bull and hot as a furnace. Why am I then forced to stop? Simply because my motion has been transformed into heat! Of course, I understand all about it!"
"Don't I?" replied Ardan, seemingly sincere. "Let me show you just how much. When I’ve been running hard and for a long time, I feel like I’m sweating like crazy and burning up. So why do I have to stop? Simply because all that energy has turned into heat! Of course, I get it!"
Barbican smiled a moment at this comical illustration of his theory and then went on:
Barbican smiled for a moment at this funny example of his theory and then continued:
"Accordingly, in case of a collision it would have been all over instantly with our Projectile. You have seen what becomes of the bullet that strikes the iron target. It is flattened out of all shape; sometimes it is even melted into a thin film. Its motion has been turned into heat. Therefore, I maintain that if our Projectile had struck that bolide, its velocity, suddenly checked, would have given rise to a heat capable of completely volatilizing it in less than a second."
"Therefore, if there had been a collision, it would have been over immediately for our Projectile. You've seen what happens to a bullet that hits an iron target. It gets flattened and sometimes even melted down into a thin layer. Its movement gets converted into heat. So, I argue that if our Projectile had hit that celestial body, its speed, abruptly halted, would have generated enough heat to completely vaporize it in less than a second."
"Not a doubt of it!" said the Captain. "President," he added after a moment, "haven't they calculated what would be the result, if the Earth were suddenly brought to a stand-still in her journey, through her orbit?"
"Absolutely!" said the Captain. "President," he added after a moment, "haven't they figured out what would happen if the Earth suddenly stopped moving in its orbit?"
"It has been calculated," answered Barbican, "that in such a case so much heat would be developed as would instantly reduce her to vapor."
"It has been calculated," Barbican replied, "that in that situation, the amount of heat generated would instantly turn her into vapor."
"Hm!" exclaimed Ardan; "a remarkably simple way for putting an end to the world!"
"Hm!" Ardan exclaimed, "that's a surprisingly simple way to end the world!"
"And supposing the Earth to fall into the Sun?" asked the Captain.
"And what if the Earth fell into the Sun?" asked the Captain.
"Such a fall," answered Barbican, "according to the calculations of Tyndall and Thomson, would develop an amount of heat equal to that produced by sixteen hundred globes of burning coal, each globe equal in size to the earth itself. Furthermore such a fall would supply the Sun with at least as much heat as he expends in a hundred years!"
"Such a fall," replied Barbican, "based on the calculations of Tyndall and Thomson, would generate a level of heat equivalent to that produced by sixteen hundred burning coal spheres, each sphere the size of the Earth. Additionally, such a fall would provide the Sun with at least as much heat as it uses in a hundred years!"
"A hundred years! Good! Nothing like accuracy!" cried Ardan. "Such infallible calculators as Messrs. Tyndall and Thomson I can easily excuse for any airs they may give themselves. They must be of an order much higher than that of ordinary mortals like us!"
"A hundred years! Awesome! Nothing beats being exact!" yelled Ardan. "I can totally understand why guys like Tyndall and Thomson might act a little superior. They must be on a level way above ordinary people like us!"
"I would not answer myself for the accuracy of such intricate problems," quietly observed Barbican; "but there is no doubt whatever regarding one fact: motion suddenly interrupted always develops heat. And this has given rise to another theory regarding the maintenance of the Sun's temperature at a constant point. An incessant rain of bolides falling on his surface compensates sufficiently for the heat that he is continually giving forth. It has been calculated—"
"I can’t guarantee the accuracy of such complex issues," Barbican said quietly. "But there’s no doubt about one thing: when motion is suddenly stopped, it always generates heat. This has led to another theory about how the Sun's temperature stays constant. A continuous shower of meteors hitting its surface makes up for the heat that it constantly releases. It has been calculated—"
"Good Lord deliver us!" cried Ardan, putting his hands to his ears: "here comes Tyndall and Thomson again!"
"Good Lord, help us!" shouted Ardan, covering his ears. "Here come Tyndall and Thomson again!"
—"It has been calculated," continued Barbican, not heeding the interruption, "that the shock of every bolide drawn to the Sun's surface by gravity, must produce there an amount of heat equal to that of the combustion of four thousand blocks of coal, each the same size as the falling bolide."
—"It's been calculated," continued Barbican, ignoring the interruption, "that the impact of every meteorite pulled toward the Sun by gravity must generate an amount of heat equal to that produced by burning four thousand blocks of coal, each the same size as the meteorite."
"I'll wager another cent that our bold savants calculated the heat of the Sun himself," cried Ardan, with an incredulous laugh.
"I'll bet another cent that our daring scientists figured out the heat of the Sun itself," Ardan exclaimed with a skeptical laugh.
"That is precisely what they have done," answered Barbican referring to his memorandum book; "the heat emitted by the Sun," he continued, "is exactly that which would be produced by the combustion of a layer of coal enveloping the Sun's surface, like an atmosphere, 17 miles in thickness."
"That's exactly what they've done," Barbican replied, pointing to his notebook. "The heat released by the Sun," he continued, "is exactly what you would get from burning a layer of coal around the Sun's surface, like an atmosphere, 17 miles thick."
"Well done! and such heat would be capable of—?"
"Well done! And such heat would be capable of—?"
"Of melting in an hour a stratum of ice 2400 feet thick, or, according to another calculation, of raising a globe of ice-cold water, 3 times the size of our Earth, to the boiling point in an hour."
"Of melting a layer of ice 2400 feet thick in an hour, or, according to another estimate, of bringing a globe of ice-cold water three times the size of our Earth to the boiling point in an hour."
"Why not calculate the exact fraction of a second it would take to cook a couple of eggs?" laughed Ardan. "I should as soon believe in one calculation as in the other.—But—by the by—why does not such extreme heat cook us all up like so many beefsteaks?"
"Why not figure out the exact fraction of a second it would take to cook a couple of eggs?" laughed Ardan. "I’d be just as likely to believe one calculation as the other. —But—by the way—why doesn’t this extreme heat cook us all up like a bunch of beefsteaks?"
"For two very good and sufficient reasons," answered Barbican. "In the first place, the terrestrial atmosphere absorbs the 4/10 of the solar heat. In the second, the quantity of solar heat intercepted by the Earth is only about the two billionth part of all that is radiated."
"For two very good reasons," answered Barbican. "First, the Earth's atmosphere absorbs 40% of the solar heat. Second, the amount of solar heat that the Earth intercepts is only about one two-billionth of all that is radiated."
"How fortunate to have such a handy thing as an atmosphere around us," cried the Frenchman; "it not only enables us to breathe, but it actually keeps us from sizzling up like griskins."
"How lucky we are to have something as useful as an atmosphere surrounding us," exclaimed the Frenchman; "it not only lets us breathe, but it actually prevents us from frying like bacon."
"Yes," said the Captain, "but unfortunately we can't say so much for the Moon."
"Yes," said the Captain, "but sadly, we can't say the same about the Moon."
"Oh pshaw!" cried Ardan, always full of confidence. "It's all right there too! The Moon is either inhabited or she is not. If she is, the inhabitants must breathe. If she is not, there must be oxygen enough left for we, us and co., even if we should have to go after it to the bottom of the ravines, where, by its gravity, it must have accumulated! So much the better! we shall not have to climb those thundering mountains!"
"Oh, come on!" shouted Ardan, always full of confidence. "It's right there too! The Moon is either inhabited or it's not. If it is, the inhabitants need to breathe. If it's not, there has to be enough oxygen left for us, even if we have to go to the bottom of the canyons, where, because of its weight, it must have gathered! That's even better! We won't have to climb those huge mountains!"
So saying, he jumped up and began to gaze with considerable interest on the lunar disc, which just then was glittering with dazzling brightness.
So saying, he jumped up and started to look at the moon, which was shining brilliantly at that moment.
"By Jove!" he exclaimed at length; "it must be pretty hot up there!"
"Wow!" he finally said; "it must be really hot up there!"
"I should think so," observed the Captain; "especially when you remember that the day up there lasts 360 hours!"
"I would think so," said the Captain; "especially when you consider that a day up there lasts 360 hours!"
"Yes," observed Barbican, "but remember on the other hand that the nights are just as long, and, as the heat escapes by radiation, the mean temperature cannot be much greater than that of interplanetary space."
"Yeah," said Barbican, "but keep in mind that the nights are just as long, and since the heat escapes through radiation, the average temperature can't be much higher than that of interplanetary space."
"A high old place for living in!" cried Ardan. "No matter! I wish we were there now! Wouldn't it be jolly, dear boys, to have old Mother Earth for our Moon, to see her always on our sky, never rising, never setting, never undergoing any change except from New Earth to Last Quarter! Would not it be fun to trace the shape of our great Oceans and Continents, and to say: 'there is the Mediterranean! there is China! there is the gulf of Mexico! there is the white line of the Rocky Mountains where old Marston is watching for us with his big telescope!' Then we should see every line, and brightness, and shadow fade away by degrees, as she came nearer and nearer to the Sun, until at last she sat completely lost in his dazzling rays! But—by the way—Barbican, are there any eclipses in the Moon?"
"A fantastic place to live!" shouted Ardan. "But I wish we were there right now! Wouldn't it be amazing, guys, to have good old Mother Earth as our Moon, always in our sky, never rising, never setting, never changing except from New Earth to Last Quarter! Wouldn’t it be fun to trace the shapes of our vast oceans and continents, and say: 'there's the Mediterranean! there's China! there's the Gulf of Mexico! there's the white line of the Rocky Mountains where old Marston is keeping an eye on us with his big telescope!' We would see every outline, and brightness, and shadow gradually fade away as she got closer and closer to the Sun until she was completely lost in his dazzling rays! But—by the way—Barbican, are there any eclipses on the Moon?"
"O yes; solar eclipses" replied Barbican, "must always occur whenever the centres of the three heavenly bodies are in the same line, the Earth occupying the middle place. However, such eclipses must always be annular, as the Earth, projected like a screen on the solar disc, allows more than half of the Sun to be still visible."
"O yes; solar eclipses," replied Barbican, "always happen when the centers of the three celestial bodies line up, with the Earth in the middle. However, these eclipses are always annular because the Earth, acting like a screen on the solar disc, lets more than half of the Sun remain visible."
"How is that?" asked M'Nicholl, "no total eclipses in the Moon? Surely the cone of the Earth's shadow must extend far enough to envelop her surface?"
"How is that?" M'Nicholl asked. "No total eclipses on the Moon? Surely the Earth's shadow cone must reach far enough to cover its surface?"
"It does reach her, in one sense," replied Barbican, "but it does not in another. Remember the great refraction of the solar rays that must be produced by the Earth's atmosphere. It is easy to show that this refraction prevents the Sun from ever being totally invisible. See here!" he continued, pulling out his tablets, "Let a represent the horizontal parallax, and b the half of the Sun's apparent diameter—"
"It reaches her in one way," Barbican replied, "but not in another. Keep in mind the significant refraction of the solar rays caused by the Earth's atmosphere. It's simple to demonstrate that this refraction stops the Sun from ever being completely invisible. Look at this!" he continued, pulling out his tablets, "Let a be the horizontal parallax, and b the half of the Sun's apparent diameter—"
"Ouch!" cried the Frenchman, making a wry face, "here comes Mr. x square riding to the mischief on a pair of double zeros again! Talk English, or Yankee, or Dutch, or Greek, and I'm your man! Even a little Arabic I can digest! But hang me, if I can endure your Algebra!"
"Ouch!" exclaimed the Frenchman, grimacing, "here comes Mr. x square causing trouble on a pair of double zeros again! Speak English, or Yankee, or Dutch, or Greek, and I'm your guy! I can even handle a bit of Arabic! But I swear, I can't stand your Algebra!"
"Well then, talking Yankee," replied Barbican with a smile, "the mean distance of the Moon from the Earth being sixty terrestrial radii, the length of the conic shadow, in consequence of atmospheric refraction, is reduced to less than forty-two radii. Consequently, at the moment of an eclipse, the Moon is far beyond the reach of the real shadow, so that she can see not only the border rays of the Sun, but even those proceeding from his very centre."
"Well then, speaking like an American," Barbican replied with a smile, "the average distance of the Moon from the Earth is sixty Earth radii, so the length of the cone-shaped shadow, due to atmospheric refraction, is less than forty-two radii. Therefore, at the time of an eclipse, the Moon is well beyond the actual shadow, meaning it can see not just the edge rays of the Sun, but even those coming directly from its center."
"Oh then," cried Ardan with a loud laugh, "we have an eclipse of the Sun at the moment when the Sun is quite visible! Isn't that very like a bull, Mr. Philosopher Barbican?"
"Oh then," laughed Ardan loudly, "we have a solar eclipse right now while the Sun is completely visible! Isn't that just like a bull, Mr. Philosopher Barbican?"
"Yet it is perfectly true notwithstanding," answered Barbican. "At such a moment the Sun is not eclipsed, because we can see him: and then again he is eclipsed because we see him only by means of a few of his rays, and even these have lost nearly all their brightness in their passage through the terrestrial atmosphere!"
"Yet that's completely true," replied Barbican. "In that moment, the Sun isn't eclipsed because we can see it; but at the same time, it is eclipsed since we only see it through a few of its rays, and those have almost lost all their brightness while passing through the Earth's atmosphere!"
"Barbican is right, friend Michael," observed the Captain slowly: "the same phenomenon occurs on earth every morning at sunrise, when refraction shows us
"Barbican is right, friend Michael," the Captain said slowly. "We see the same thing happen on earth every morning at sunrise when refraction shows us
"He must be right," said Ardan, who, to do him justice, though quick at seeing a reason, was quicker to acknowledge its justice: "yes, he must be right, because I begin to understand at last very clearly what he really meant. However, we can judge for ourselves when we get there.—But, apropos of nothing, tell me, Barbican, what do you think of the Moon being an ancient comet, which had come so far within the sphere of the Earth's attraction as to be kept there and turned into a satellite?"
"He has to be right," said Ardan, who, to be fair, was quick to see a reason, but even quicker to acknowledge its validity: "yes, he has to be right, because I'm starting to understand very clearly what he really meant. But we can judge for ourselves when we get there.—By the way, out of nowhere, tell me, Barbican, what do you think about the idea that the Moon could be an ancient comet that came close enough to Earth's gravitational pull to be captured and become a satellite?"
"Well, that is an original idea!" said Barbican with a smile.
"Wow, that is a unique idea!" said Barbican with a grin.
"My ideas generally are of that category," observed Ardan with an affectation of dry pomposity.
"My thoughts usually fall into that category," Ardan remarked with a touch of exaggerated seriousness.
"Not this time, however, friend Michael," observed M'Nicholl.
"Not this time, though, my friend Michael," M'Nicholl noted.
"Oh! I'm a plagiarist, am I?" asked the Frenchman, pretending to be irritated.
"Oh! So I'm a plagiarist, huh?" the Frenchman said, feigning annoyance.
"Well, something very like it," observed M'Nicholl quietly. "Apollonius Rhodius, as I read one evening in the Philadelphia Library, speaks of the Arcadians of Greece having a tradition that their ancestors were so ancient that they inhabited the Earth long before the Moon had ever become our satellite. They therefore called them Προσεληνοι or Ante-lunarians. Now starting with some such wild notion as this, certain scientists have looked on the Moon as an ancient comet brought close enough to the Earth to be retained in its orbit by terrestrial attraction."
"Well, something very similar," M'Nicholl quietly noted. "Apollonius Rhodius, as I read one evening in the Philadelphia Library, mentions that the Arcadians of Greece had a belief that their ancestors were so ancient that they lived on Earth long before the Moon even became our satellite. They called them Προσεληνοι or Ante-lunarians. With ideas like this, some scientists have viewed the Moon as an ancient comet that got close enough to Earth to be captured in its orbit by gravitational pull."
"Why may not there be something plausible in such a hypothesis?" asked Ardan with some curiosity.
"Why couldn't there be something reasonable in this hypothesis?" Ardan asked, a bit curious.
"There is nothing whatever in it," replied Barbican decidedly: "a simple proof is the fact that the Moon does not retain the slightest trace of the vaporous envelope by which comets are always surrounded."
"There’s absolutely nothing to it," Barbican replied firmly. "A simple proof is the fact that the Moon doesn’t hold even the slightest trace of the vaporous atmosphere that always surrounds comets."
"Lost her tail you mean," said Ardan. "Pooh! Easy to account for that! It might have got cut off by coming too close to the Sun!"
"Lost her tail, you mean," said Ardan. "Oh, come on! That's easy to explain! It could have been cut off from getting too close to the Sun!"
"It might, friend Michael, but an amputation by such means is not very likely."
"It might, friend Michael, but an amputation in that way is not very likely."
"No? Why not?"
"No? Why's that?"
"Because—because—By Jove, I can't say, because I don't know," cried Barbican with a quiet smile on his countenance.
"Because—because—Wow, I can't explain it, because I don't know," Barbican said with a calm smile on his face.
"Oh what a lot of volumes," cried Ardan, "could be made out of what we don't know!"
"Oh, what a ton of books," exclaimed Ardan, "could be created from all the things we don't know!"
"At present, for instance," observed M'Nicholl, "I don't know what o'clock it is."
"Right now," M'Nicholl noted, "I have no idea what time it is."
"Three o'clock!" said Barbican, glancing at his chronometer.
"Three o'clock!" Barbican said, looking at his watch.
"No!" cried Ardan in surprise. "Bless us! How rapidly the time passes when we are engaged in scientific conversation! Ouf! I'm getting decidedly too learned! I feel as if I had swallowed a library!"
"No!" shouted Ardan in shock. "Wow! Time really flies when we're deep in scientific discussion! Phew! I'm definitely becoming too knowledgeable! I feel like I've consumed a whole library!"
"I feel," observed M'Nicholl, "as if I had been listening to a lecture on Astronomy in the Star course."
"I feel," M'Nicholl remarked, "like I've been sitting through a lecture on Astronomy in the Star course."
"Better stir around a little more," said the Frenchman; "fatigue of body is the best antidote to such severe mental labor as ours. I'll run up the ladder a bit." So saying, he paid another visit to the upper portion of the Projectile and remained there awhile whistling Malbrouk, whilst his companions amused themselves in looking through the floor window.
"Better move around a bit more," said the Frenchman; "physical fatigue is the best cure for the intense mental work we’re doing. I'll head up the ladder for a bit." With that, he made another trip to the upper part of the Projectile and stayed there for a while, whistling Malbrouk, while his companions entertained themselves by looking through the floor window.
Ardan was coming down the ladder, when his whistling was cut short by a sudden exclamation of surprise.
Ardan was coming down the ladder when his whistling was abruptly stopped by a sudden shout of surprise.
"What's the matter?" asked Barbican quickly, as he looked up and saw the Frenchman pointing to something outside the Projectile.
"What's wrong?" Barbican asked quickly, looking up and seeing the Frenchman pointing to something outside the Projectile.
Approaching the window, Barbican saw with much surprise a sort of flattened bag floating in space and only a few yards off. It seemed perfectly motionless, and, consequently, the travellers knew that it must be animated by the same ascensional movement as themselves.
Approaching the window, Barbican saw with great surprise a kind of flattened bag floating in space just a few yards away. It appeared completely still, and as a result, the travelers realized it must be moving upward along with them.
"What on earth can such a consarn be, Barbican?" asked Ardan, who every now and then liked to ventilate his stock of American slang. "Is it one of those particles of meteoric matter you were speaking of just now, caught within the sphere of our Projectile's attraction and accompanying us to the Moon?"
"What on earth can that be, Barbican?" asked Ardan, who every now and then liked to use his American slang. "Is it one of those bits of meteor material you were just talking about, caught in the gravitational pull of our Projectile and coming along with us to the Moon?"
"What I am surprised at," observed the Captain, "is that though the specific gravity of that body is far inferior to that of our Projectile, it moves with exactly the same velocity."
"What surprises me," the Captain noted, "is that even though the specific gravity of that object is much lower than that of our Projectile, it moves at the same speed."
"Captain," said Barbican, after a moment's reflection, "I know no more what that object is than you do, but I can understand very well why it keeps abreast with the Projectile."
"Captain," Barbican said after a moment of thought, "I have no idea what that object is any more than you do, but I can completely understand why it's keeping up with the Projectile."
"Very well then, why?"
"Okay, why?"
"Because, my dear Captain, we are moving through a vacuum, and because all bodies fall or move—the same thing—with equal velocity through a vacuum, no matter what may be their shape or their specific gravity. It is the air alone that makes a difference of weight. Produce an artificial vacuum in a glass tube and you will see that all objects whatever falling through, whether bits of feather or grains of shot, move with precisely the same rapidity. Up here, in space, like cause and like effect."
"Because, my dear Captain, we're traveling through a vacuum, and all objects fall or move—the same thing—at the same speed in a vacuum, regardless of their shape or weight. It's only the air that creates a difference in weight. Create an artificial vacuum in a glass tube, and you'll see that all objects, whether feathers or shot pellets, fall at exactly the same speed. Up here in space, similar causes lead to similar effects."
"Correct," assented M'Nicholl. "Everything therefore that we shall throw out of the Projectile is bound to accompany us to the Moon."
"Right," agreed M'Nicholl. "So, everything we throw out of the Projectile will go with us to the Moon."
"Well, we were smart!" cried Ardan suddenly.
"Well, we were smart!" cried Ardan suddenly.
"How so, friend Michael?" asked Barbican.
"How so, friend Michael?" Barbican asked.
"Why not have packed the Projectile with ever so many useful objects, books, instruments, tools, et cetera, and fling them out into space once we were fairly started! They would have all followed us safely! Nothing would have been lost! And—now I think on it—why not fling ourselves out through the window? Shouldn't we be as safe out there as that bolide? What fun it would be to feel ourselves sustained and upborne in the ether, more highly favored even than the birds, who must keep on flapping their wings continually to prevent themselves from falling!"
"Why didn’t we pack the Projectile with a ton of useful stuff, like books, instruments, tools, and more, and toss them out into space once we got going? They all would have followed us safely! Nothing would have been lost! And now that I think about it, why not just jump out through the window? Wouldn’t we be just as safe out there as that meteor? How fun would it be to feel ourselves floating in the ether, even more privileged than the birds, who have to keep flapping their wings non-stop to avoid falling!"
"Very true, my dear boy," observed Barbican; "but how could we breathe?"
"Very true, my dear boy," Barbican said; "but how would we breathe?"
"It's a fact," exclaimed the Frenchman. "Hang the air for spoiling our fun! So we must remain shut up in our Projectile?"
"It's a fact," the Frenchman exclaimed. "Forget the air for ruining our fun! So we have to stay cooped up in our Projectile?"
"Not a doubt of it!"
"Absolutely no doubt!"
—"Oh Thunder!" roared Ardan, suddenly striking his forehead.
—"Oh Thunder!" shouted Ardan, suddenly hitting his forehead.
"What ails you?" asked the Captain, somewhat surprised.
"What’s wrong with you?" asked the Captain, a bit surprised.
"Now I know what that bolide of ours is! Why didn't we think of it before? It is no asteroid! It is no particle of meteoric matter! Nor is it a piece of a shattered planet!"
"Now I know what that thing in the sky is! Why didn't we think of it earlier? It's not an asteroid! It's not a piece of meteoric debris! And it's not a fragment of a destroyed planet!"
"What is it then?" asked both of his companions in one voice.
"What is it then?" asked both of his companions in unison.
"It is nothing more or less than the body of the dog that we threw out yesterday!"
"It’s nothing more or less than the body of the dog we tossed out yesterday!"
So in fact it was. That shapeless, unrecognizable mass, melted, expunged, flat as a bladder under an unexhausted receiver, drained of its air, was poor Satellite's body, flying like a rocket through space, and rising higher and higher in close company with the rapidly ascending Projectile!
So it really was. That formless, unidentifiable mass, melted, wiped out, flat like a deflated balloon under a never-ending receiver, drained of its air, was poor Satellite's body, soaring like a rocket through space, and climbing higher and higher alongside the rapidly rising Projectile!
CHAPTER VII.
A HIGH OLD TIME.
A new phenomenon, therefore, strange but logical, startling but admitting of easy explanation, was now presented to their view, affording a fresh subject for lively discussion. Not that they disputed much about it. They soon agreed on a principle from which they readily deducted the following general law: Every object thrown out of the Projectile should partake of the Projectile's motion: it should therefore follow the same path, and never cease to move until the Projectile itself came to a stand-still.
A new phenomenon, which was strange yet made sense, surprising but easily explained, was now in front of them, providing a new topic for vibrant discussion. They didn’t argue about it much. They quickly reached an agreement on a principle and easily derived the following general law: Every object thrown from the Projectile should share the Projectile's motion: it should therefore follow the same path and continue moving until the Projectile itself stops.
But, in sober truth, they were at anything but a loss of subjects of warm discussion. As the end of their journey began to approach, their senses became keener and their sensations vivider. Steeled against surprise, they looked for the unexpected, the strange, the startling; and the only thing at which they would have wondered would be to be five minutes without having something new to wonder at. Their excited imaginations flew far ahead of the Projectile, whose velocity, by the way, began to be retarded very decidedly by this time, though, of course, the travellers had as yet no means to become aware of it. The Moon's size on the sky was meantime getting larger and larger; her apparent distance was growing shorter and shorter, until at last they could almost imagine that by putting their hands out they could nearly touch her.
But, in all honesty, they were far from lacking in topics for lively discussion. As their journey neared its end, their senses sharpened and their feelings intensified. Prepared for surprises, they anticipated the unexpected, the unusual, the shocking; and the only thing that would have surprised them would have been to go five minutes without encountering something new to marvel at. Their eager imaginations raced ahead of the Projectile, which, by the way, had begun to noticeably slow down, although the travelers had no way of knowing this yet. Meanwhile, the Moon was appearing larger and larger in the sky; her apparent distance was getting shorter and shorter, until they could almost imagine reaching out their hands to touch her.
Next morning, December 5th, all were up and dressed at a very early hour. This was to be the last day of their journey, if all calculations were correct. That very night, at 12 o'clock, within nineteen hours at furthest, at the very moment of Full Moon, they were to reach her resplendent surface. At that hour was to be completed the most extraordinary journey ever undertaken by man in ancient or modern times. Naturally enough, therefore, they found themselves unable to sleep after four o'clock in the morning; peering upwards through the windows now visibly glittering under the rays of the Moon, they spent some very exciting hours in gazing at her slowly enlarging disc, and shouting at her with confident and joyful hurrahs.
Next morning, December 5th, everyone was up and dressed early. This was supposed to be the last day of their journey if all the calculations were right. That very night, at midnight, within nineteen hours at the most, they were set to reach the brilliant surface of the Moon. At that moment, the most incredible journey ever taken by humans, whether in ancient or modern times, would be complete. Unsurprisingly, they couldn't sleep after four in the morning; peering out through the windows that were now shining under the Moon's rays, they spent some thrilling hours watching her disc growing larger and cheering at her with confident and joyful shouts.
The majestic Queen of the Stars had now risen so high in the spangled heavens that she could hardly rise higher. In a few degrees more she would reach the exact point of space where her junction with the Projectile was to be effected. According to his own observations, Barbican calculated that they should strike her in the northern hemisphere, where her plains, or seas as they are called, are immense, and her mountains are comparatively rare. This, of course, would be so much the more favorable, if, as was to be apprehended, the lunar atmosphere was confined exclusively to the low lands.
The magnificent Queen of the Stars had now risen so high in the starry sky that there was hardly any higher she could go. In just a few more degrees, she would reach the exact point in space where she was supposed to connect with the Projectile. According to his own observations, Barbican figured that they would hit her in the northern hemisphere, where her plains, or seas as they're called, are vast, and her mountains are quite rare. This would naturally be more beneficial, especially if, as feared, the lunar atmosphere was limited to the lowlands.
"Besides," as Ardan observed, "a plain is a more suitable landing place than a mountain. A Selenite deposited on the top of Mount Everest or even on Mont Blanc, could hardly be considered, in strict language, to have arrived on Earth."
"Besides," as Ardan pointed out, "a plain is a better landing spot than a mountain. A Selenite dropped on the top of Mount Everest or even Mont Blanc could hardly be seen, in strict terms, as having arrived on Earth."
"Not to talk," added M'Nicholl, "of the comfort of the thing! When you land on a plain, there you are. When you land on a peak or on a steep mountain side, where are you? Tumbling over an embankment with the train going forty miles an hour, would be nothing to it."
"Not to mention," added M'Nicholl, "the comfort of it! When you land on a flat area, you're set. But when you land on a peak or a steep mountainside, where does that leave you? Falling over an embankment while the train is going forty miles an hour would be nothing compared to that."
"Therefore, Captain Barbican," cried the Frenchman, "as we should like to appear before the Selenites in full skins, please land us in the snug though unromantic North. We shall have time enough to break our necks in the South."
"Therefore, Captain Barbican," shouted the Frenchman, "since we want to show up before the Selenites in complete gear, please drop us off in the cozy yet unexciting North. We’ll have plenty of time to take risks in the South."
Barbican made no reply to his companions, because a new reflection had begun to trouble him, to talk about which would have done no good. There was certainly something wrong. The Projectile was evidently heading towards the northern hemisphere of the Moon. What did this prove? Clearly, a deviation resulting from some cause. The bullet, lodged, aimed, and fired with the most careful mathematical precision, had been calculated to reach the very centre of the Moon's disc. Clearly it was not going to the centre now. What could have produced the deviation? This Barbican could not tell; nor could he even determine its extent, having no points of sight by which to make his observations. For the present he tried to console himself with the hope that the deviation of the Projectile would be followed by no worse consequence than carrying them towards the northern border of the Moon, where for several reasons it would be comparatively easier to alight. Carefully avoiding, therefore, the use of any expression which might needlessly alarm his companions, he continued to observe the Moon as carefully as he could, hoping every moment to find some grounds for believing that the deviation from the centre was only a slight one. He almost shuddered at the thought of what would be their situation, if the bullet, missing its aim, should pass the Moon, and plunge into the interplanetary space beyond it.
Barbican didn't respond to his companions because a new worry was bothering him, and discussing it wouldn't help. Something was definitely off. The Projectile was clearly heading toward the northern part of the Moon. What did this mean? It obviously indicated a deviation caused by something. The bullet, carefully aimed and fired with precise calculations, was supposed to hit the exact center of the Moon's surface. It was clearly not on that path anymore. What could have caused this deviation? Barbican couldn't figure that out; he also couldn't measure how far off course it was since he had no reference points to base his observations. For now, he tried to reassure himself with the hope that the Projectile's deviation wouldn't lead to anything worse than landing them near the Moon's northern edge, where it would be relatively easier to land for several reasons. Therefore, he avoided using any language that might unnecessarily alarm his companions and continued to observe the Moon as closely as he could, hoping to find some reason to believe that the deviation from the center was only minor. He almost cringed at the thought of what their situation would be if the bullet missed its target, passed by the Moon, and fell into the vastness of space beyond.
As he continued to gaze, the Moon, instead of presenting the usual flatness of her disc, began decidedly to show a surface somewhat convex. Had the Sun been shining on her obliquely, the shadows would have certainly thrown the great mountains into strong relief. The eye could then bury itself deep in the yawning chasms of the craters, and easily follow the cracks, streaks, and ridges which stripe, flecker, and bar the immensity of her plains. But for the present all relief was lost in the dazzling glare. The Captain could hardly distinguish even those dark spots that impart to the full Moon some resemblance to the human face.
As he kept looking, the Moon, instead of showing the usual flatness of her disc, began to clearly reveal a somewhat curved surface. If the Sun had been shining on her at an angle, the shadows would have definitely highlighted the huge mountains. The eye could then dive deep into the gaping chasms of the craters and easily trace the cracks, streaks, and ridges that pattern and mark the vastness of her plains. But right now, all detail was lost in the blinding brightness. The Captain could barely make out even those dark spots that give the full Moon some resemblance to a human face.
"Face!" cried Ardan: "well, a very fanciful eye may detect a face, though, for the sake of Apollo's beauteous sister, I regret to say, a terribly pockmarked one!"
"Face!" shouted Ardan. "Well, a very imaginative eye might spot a face, but, for the love of Apollo's beautiful sister, I regret to say, it’s a horribly pockmarked one!"
The travellers, now evidently approaching the end of their journey, observed the rapidly increasing world above them with newer and greater curiosity every moment. Their fancies enkindled at the sight of the new and strange scenes dimly presented to their view. In imagination they climbed to the summit of this lofty peak. They let themselves down to the abyss of that yawning crater. Here they imagined they saw vast seas hardly kept in their basins by a rarefied atmosphere; there they thought they could trace mighty rivers bearing to vast oceans the tribute of the snowy mountains. In the first promptings of their eager curiosity, they peered greedily into her cavernous depths, and almost expected, amidst the deathlike hush of inaudible nature, to surprise some sound from the mystic orb floating up there in eternal silence through a boundless ocean of never ending vacuum.
The travelers, clearly nearing the end of their journey, watched the rapidly changing world above them with growing curiosity every moment. Their imaginations sparked by the sight of new and strange scenes faintly visible to them. In their minds, they climbed to the top of this tall peak. They lowered themselves into the depths of that gaping crater. Here they imagined seeing vast seas barely contained in their basins by a thin atmosphere; there they thought they could trace powerful rivers flowing to huge oceans, carrying the contributions of the snowy mountains. In the first rush of their eager curiosity, they looked hungrily into her cavernous depths, almost expecting, amidst the deathlike silence of inaudible nature, to catch some sound from the mystical orb floating up there in eternal stillness through an endless ocean of infinite emptiness.
This last day of their journey left their memories stored with thrilling recollections. They took careful note of the slightest details. As they neared their destination, they felt themselves invaded by a vague, undefined restlessness. But this restlessness would have given way to decided uneasiness, if they had known at what a slow rate they were travelling. They would have surely concluded that their present velocity would never be able to take them as far as the neutral point, not to talk of passing it. The reason of such considerable retardation was, that by this time the Projectile had reached such a great distance from the Earth that it had hardly any weight. But even this weight, such as it was, was to be diminished still further, and finally, to vanish altogether as soon as the bullet reached the neutral point, where the two attractions, terrestrial and lunar, should counteract each other with new and surprising effects.
This last day of their journey was filled with exciting memories. They paid close attention to every little detail. As they got closer to their destination, they felt a vague, undefined restlessness. But this restlessness would have turned into real unease if they had known how slowly they were actually moving. They would have definitely thought that their current speed wouldn’t get them to the neutral point, let alone beyond it. The reason for this significant slowdown was that the Projectile had travelled so far from Earth that it barely had any weight. Even this small weight was going to decrease even more, and eventually disappear entirely when the bullet reached the neutral point, where the gravitational forces from Earth and the Moon would balance each other out in new and surprising ways.
Notwithstanding the absorbing nature of his observations, Ardan never forgot to prepare breakfast with his usual punctuality. It was eaten readily and relished heartily. Nothing could be more exquisite than his calf's foot jelly liquefied and prepared by gas heat, except perhaps his meat biscuits of preserved Texas beef and Southdown mutton. A bottle of Château Yquem and another of Clos de Vougeot, both of superlative excellence in quality and flavor, crowned the repast. Their vicinity to the Moon and their incessant glancing at her surface did not prevent the travellers from touching each other's glasses merrily and often. Ardan took occasion to remark that the lunar vineyards—if any existed—must be magnificent, considering the intense solar heat they continually experienced. Not that he counted on them too confidently, for he told his friends that to provide for the worst he had supplied himself with a few cases of the best vintages of Médoc and the Côte d'Or, of which the bottles, then under discussion, might be taken as very favorable specimens.
Despite how captivating his observations were, Ardan always made sure to prepare breakfast right on time. It was consumed eagerly and enjoyed thoroughly. Nothing was more delightful than his calf's foot jelly made with gas heat, except maybe his meat biscuits made from preserved Texas beef and Southdown mutton. The meal was topped off with a bottle of Château Yquem and another of Clos de Vougeot, both outstanding in quality and taste. Even with their closeness to the Moon and their constant gazing at its surface, the travelers happily clinked glasses with each other often. Ardan took the chance to say that the lunar vineyards—if they existed—must be amazing, given the intense solar heat they faced all the time. He didn't rely on that too confidently, though; he told his friends that to be prepared for the worst, he had brought along a few cases of the finest vintages from Médoc and Côte d'Or, of which the bottles being discussed could be considered great examples.
The Reiset and Regnault apparatus for purifying the air worked splendidly, and maintained the atmosphere in a perfectly sanitary condition. Not an atom of carbonic acid could resist the caustic potash; and as for the oxygen, according to M'Nicholl's expression, "it was A prime number one!"
The Reiset and Regnault apparatus for purifying the air worked incredibly well and kept the atmosphere perfectly clean. Not a trace of carbon dioxide could withstand the caustic potash; and as for the oxygen, in M'Nicholl's words, "it was A number one!"
The small quantity of watery vapor enclosed in the Projectile did no more harm than serving to temper the dryness of the air: many a splendid salon in New York, London, or Paris, and many an auditorium, even of theatre, opera house or Academy of Music, could be considered its inferior in what concerned its hygienic condition.
The small amount of moisture trapped in the Projectile did nothing more than help reduce the dryness of the air: many a beautiful salon in New York, London, or Paris, and many a theater, opera house, or concert hall could be seen as worse in terms of its hygiene.
To keep it in perfect working order, the apparatus should be carefully attended to. This, Ardan looked on as his own peculiar occupation. He was never tired regulating the tubes, trying the taps, and testing the heat of the gas by the pyrometer. So far everything had worked satisfactorily, and the travellers, following the example of their friend Marston on a previous occasion, began to get so stout that their own mothers would not know them in another month, should their imprisonment last so long. Ardan said they all looked so sleek and thriving that he was reminded forcibly of a nice lot of pigs fattening in a pen for a country fair. But how long was this good fortune of theirs going to last?
To keep it running smoothly, the equipment needed careful attention. Ardan saw this as his unique role. He never grew tired of adjusting the tubes, testing the taps, and checking the gas temperature with the pyrometer. So far, everything had been working well, and the travelers, following their friend Marston's example from a previous time, were starting to get so hefty that their own mothers wouldn't recognize them in another month if their confinement continued. Ardan joked that they all looked so healthy and prosperous that it reminded him of a group of pigs getting fattened up for a county fair. But how long would this good fortune last?
Whenever they took their eyes off the Moon, they could not help noticing that they were still attended outside by the spectre of Satellite's corpse and by the other refuse of the Projectile. An occasional melancholy howl also attested Diana's recognition of her companion's unhappy fate. The travellers saw with surprise that these waifs still seemed perfectly motionless in space, and kept their respective distances apart as mathematically as if they had been fastened with nails to a stone wall.
Whenever they looked away from the Moon, they couldn’t help but notice that they were still accompanied outside by the ghost of Satellite’s corpse and the other debris from the Projectile. An occasional sad howl also signaled Diana’s acknowledgment of her friend’s unfortunate fate. The travelers were surprised to see that these remnants still appeared completely still in space, maintaining their distances from each other as precisely as if they were nailed to a stone wall.
"I tell you what, dear boys;" observed Ardan, commenting on this curious phenomenon; "if the concussion had been a little too violent for one of us that night, his survivors would have been seriously embarrassed in trying to get rid of his remains. With no earth to cover him up, no sea to plunge him into, his corpse would never disappear from view, but would pursue us day and night, grim and ghastly like an avenging ghost!"
"I'll tell you something, guys," Ardan said, reflecting on this strange occurrence. "If the shock had been just a bit too much for one of us that night, the rest of us would have had a hard time dealing with his body. With no ground to bury him in and no ocean to drop him into, his corpse would never go away but would haunt us day and night, looking like a vengeful ghost!"
"Ugh!" said the Captain, shuddering at the idea.
"Ugh!" said the Captain, shivering at the thought.
"But, by the bye, Barbican!" cried the Frenchman, dropping the subject with his usual abruptness; "you have forgotten something else! Why didn't you bring a scaphander and an air pump? I could then venture out of the Projectile as readily and as safely as the diver leaves his boat and walks about on the bottom of the river! What fun to float in the midst of that mysterious ether! to steep myself, aye, actually to revel in the pure rays of the glorious sun! I should have ventured out on the very point of the Projectile, and there I should have danced and postured and kicked and bobbed and capered in a style that Taglioni never dreamed of!"
"But, by the way, Barbican!" the Frenchman exclaimed, abruptly changing the subject as usual. "You've forgotten something else! Why didn't you bring a spacesuit and an air pump? Then I could easily and safely step out of the Projectile, just like a diver leaves his boat and walks around on the riverbed! How fun it would be to float in that mysterious ether! To immerse myself, yes, really to enjoy the pure rays of the glorious sun! I would have stepped out right on the edge of the Projectile, and there I would have danced and posed and kicked and jumped around in a way that Taglioni never even imagined!"
"Shouldn't I like to see you!" cried the Captain grimly, smiling at the idea.
"Shouldn't I want to see you!" the Captain said with a serious tone, grinning at the thought.
"You would not see him long!" observed Barbican quietly. "The air confined in his body, freed from external pressure, would burst him like a shell, or like a balloon that suddenly rises to too great a height in the air! A scaphander would have been a fatal gift. Don't regret its absence, friend Michael; never forget this axiom: As long as we are floating in empty space, the only spot where safety is possible is inside the Projectile!"
"You won't see him for long!" Barbican noted calmly. "The air trapped in his body, released from external pressure, would cause him to burst like a shell or a balloon that suddenly rises too high in the sky! A space suit would have been a deadly present. Don’t regret not having one, my friend Michael; always remember this principle: As long as we’re floating in empty space, the only safe place is inside the Projectile!"
The words "possible" and "impossible" always grated on Ardan's ears. If he had been a lexicographer, he would have rigidly excluded them from his dictionary, both as meaningless and useless. He was preparing an answer for Barbican, when he was cut out by a sudden observation from M'Nicholl.
The words "possible" and "impossible" always annoyed Ardan. If he had been a dictionary editor, he would have strictly removed them from his dictionary, considering them both meaningless and pointless. He was getting ready to respond to Barbican when he was interrupted by a sudden comment from M'Nicholl.
"See here, friends!" cried the Captain; "this going to the Moon is all very well, but how shall we get back?"
"Listen up, everyone!" shouted the Captain; "traveling to the Moon is great and all, but how do we get back?"
His listeners looked at each other with a surprised and perplexed air. The question, though a very natural one, now appeared to have presented itself to their consideration absolutely for the first time.
His listeners exchanged surprised and confused glances. The question, while quite natural, now seemed to have come up for their consideration as if it was the first time they were hearing it.
"What do you mean by such a question, Captain?" asked Barbican in a grave judicial tone.
"What do you mean by that question, Captain?" Barbican asked in a serious, judge-like tone.
"Mac, my boy," said Ardan seriously, "don't it strike you as a little out of order to ask how you are to return when you have not got there yet?"
"Mac, my boy," Ardan said seriously, "doesn't it seem a bit out of place to ask how you're going to get back when you haven't even arrived yet?"
"I don't ask the question with any idea of backing out," observed the Captain quietly; "as a matter of purely scientific inquiry, I repeat my question: how are we to return?"
"I don't ask the question with any intention of backing out," the Captain commented calmly; "for the sake of pure scientific inquiry, I’ll repeat my question: how are we supposed to get back?"
"I don't know," replied Barbican promptly.
"I don't know," Barbican replied quickly.
"For my part," said Ardan; "if I had known how to get back, I should have never come at all!"
"For my part," said Ardan, "if I had known how to get back, I would have never come in the first place!"
"Well! of all the answers!" said the Captain, lifting his hands and shaking his head.
"Wow! What an answer!" said the Captain, raising his hands and shaking his head.
"The best under the circumstances;" observed Barbican; "and I shall further observe that such a question as yours at present is both useless and uncalled for. On some future occasion, when we shall consider it advisable to return, the question will be in order, and we shall discuss it with all the attention it deserves. Though the Columbiad is at Stony Hill, the Projectile will still be in the Moon."
"The best we can do right now," Barbican said, "and I’d also like to point out that your question is both pointless and unnecessary at this moment. At some later time, when we think it’s appropriate to go back, that question will make sense, and we’ll talk about it with the attention it deserves. Even though the Columbiad is at Stony Hill, the Projectile will still be on the Moon."
"Much we shall gain by that! A bullet without a gun!"
"That's going to be so useful! A bullet without a gun!"
"The gun we can make and the powder too!" replied Barbican confidently. "Metal and sulphur and charcoal and saltpetre are likely enough to be present in sufficient quantities beneath the Moon's surface. Besides, to return is a problem of comparatively easy solution: we should have to overcome the lunar attraction only—a slight matter—the rest of the business would be readily done by gravity."
"The gun we can make, and so can the powder!" Barbican replied confidently. "We’re likely to find enough metal, sulfur, charcoal, and saltpeter under the Moon's surface. Plus, getting back is relatively simple: we just need to overcome the Moon’s gravity—a minor issue—the rest will be easily handled by gravity."
"Enough said on the subject!" exclaimed Ardan curtly; "how to get back is indefinitely postponed! How to communicate with our friends on the Earth, is another matter, and, as it seems to me, an extremely easy one."
"That's enough about that!" Ardan said sharply; "figuring out how to get back is on hold for now! As for how to reach our friends on Earth, that's a completely different issue, and it seems to me, a really simple one."
"Let us hear the very easy means by which you propose to communicate with our friends on Earth," asked the Captain, with a sneer, for he was by this time a little out of humor.
"Let us hear the very simple way you plan to contact our friends on Earth," the Captain said with a sneer, as he was feeling a bit annoyed by this point.
"By means of bolides ejected from the lunar volcanoes," replied the Frenchman without an instant's hesitation.
"Using asteroids launched from the lunar volcanoes," replied the Frenchman without a moment's hesitation.
"Well said, friend Ardan," exclaimed Barbican. "I am quite disposed to acknowledge the feasibility of your plan. Laplace has calculated that a force five times greater than that of an ordinary cannon would be sufficient to send a bolide from the Moon to the Earth. Now there is no cannon that can vie in force with even the smallest volcano."
"Well said, friend Ardan," exclaimed Barbican. "I'm definitely open to the possibility of your plan. Laplace has calculated that a force five times greater than that of a regular cannon would be enough to send a meteoroid from the Moon to Earth. But there's no cannon that can compete in power with even the smallest volcano."
"Hurrah!" cried Ardan, delighted at his success; "just imagine the pleasure of sending our letters postage free! But—oh! what a splendid idea!—Dolts that we were for not thinking of it sooner!"
"Hooray!" shouted Ardan, thrilled with his success; "just think about the joy of sending our letters without paying for postage! But—oh! what an amazing idea!—How foolish we were for not thinking of it sooner!"
"Let us have the splendid idea!" cried the Captain, with some of his old acrimony.
"Let's go with the fantastic idea!" shouted the Captain, showing a bit of his old bitterness.
"Why didn't we fasten a wire to the Projectile?" asked Ardan, triumphantly, "It would have enabled us to exchange telegrams with the Earth!"
"Why didn’t we attach a wire to the Projectile?" Ardan asked triumphantly, "It would have let us send messages to Earth!"
"Ho! ho! ho!" roared the Captain, rapidly recovering his good humor; "decidedly the best joke of the season! Ha! ha! ha! Of course you have calculated the weight of a wire 240 thousand miles long?"
"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed the Captain, quickly getting back his good mood; "definitely the best joke of the season! Ha! ha! ha! So, have you calculated the weight of a wire that's 240 thousand miles long?"
"No matter about its weight!" cried the Frenchman impetuously; "we should have laughed at its weight! We could have tripled the charge of the Columbiad; we could have quadrupled it!—aye, quintupled it, if necessary!" he added in tones evidently increasing in loudness and violence.
"No worries about its weight!" the Frenchman exclaimed excitedly. "We would have laughed at its weight! We could have tripled the charge of the Columbiad; we could have quadrupled it!—yeah, we could even quintuple it if we needed to!" he added, his voice clearly growing louder and more intense.
"Yes, friend Michael," observed Barbican; "but there is a slight and unfortunately a fatal defect in your project. The Earth, by its rotation, would have wrapped our wire around herself, like thread around a spool, and dragged us back almost with the speed of lightning!"
"Yes, friend Michael," Barbican pointed out; "but there’s a small and sadly crucial flaw in your plan. The Earth, due to its rotation, would have wound our wire around itself like thread on a spool and pulled us back almost at lightning speed!"
"By the Nine gods of Porsena!" cried Ardan, "something is wrong with my head to-day! My brain is out of joint, and I am making as nice a mess of things as my friend Marston was ever capable of! By the bye—talking of Marston—if we never return to the Earth, what is to prevent him from following us to the Moon?"
"By the Nine gods of Porsena!" shouted Ardan, "something's off with my head today! My brain feels all out of whack, and I’m creating just as much of a mess as my friend Marston ever could! By the way—speaking of Marston—if we never make it back to Earth, what’s to stop him from coming after us to the Moon?"
"Nothing!" replied Barbican; "he is a faithful friend and a reliable comrade. Besides, what is easier? Is not the Columbiad still at Stony Hill? Cannot gun-cotton be readily manufactured on any occasion? Will not the Moon again pass through the zenith of Florida? Eighteen years from now, will she not occupy exactly the same spot that she does to-day?"
"Nothing!" replied Barbican; "he's a loyal friend and a dependable partner. Besides, what's easier? Isn't the Columbiad still at Stony Hill? Can't gun cotton be made easily whenever needed? Will the Moon not pass through the zenith of Florida again? Eighteen years from now, won't it be in the exact same spot it is today?"
"Certainly!" cried Ardan, with increasing enthusiasm, "Marston will come! and Elphinstone of the torpedo! and the gallant Bloomsbury, and Billsby the brave, and all our friends of the Baltimore Gun Club! And we shall receive them with all the honors! And then we shall establish projectile trains between the Earth and the Moon! Hurrah for J.T. Marston!"
"Absolutely!" shouted Ardan, getting more excited, "Marston will come! And Elphinstone with the torpedo! And the brave Bloomsbury, and the courageous Billsby, and all our friends from the Baltimore Gun Club! We’ll welcome them with all the honors! Then we’ll set up projectile trains between Earth and the Moon! Cheers for J.T. Marston!"
"Hurrah for Secretary Marston!" cried the Captain, with an enthusiasm almost equal to Ardan's.
"Hooray for Secretary Marston!" shouted the Captain, with enthusiasm nearly matching Ardan's.
"Hurrah for my dear friend Marston!" cried Barbican, hardly less excited than his comrades.
"Hooray for my dear friend Marston!" shouted Barbican, just as excited as his teammates.
Our old acquaintance, Marston, of course could not have heard the joyous acclamations that welcomed his name, but at that moment he certainly must have felt his ears most unaccountably tingling. What was he doing at the time? He was rattling along the banks of the Kansas River, as fast as an express train could take him, on the road to Long's Peak, where, by means of the great Telescope, he expected to find some traces of the Projectile that contained his friends. He never forgot them for a moment, but of course he little dreamed that his name at that very time was exciting their vividest recollections and their warmest applause.
Our old friend Marston, of course, couldn't have heard the joyful cheers that greeted his name, but at that moment, he definitely must have felt his ears tingling for some strange reason. What was he doing at that time? He was speeding along the banks of the Kansas River, as fast as an express train could take him, heading to Long's Peak, where, with the help of the great telescope, he hoped to find some clues about the projectile that contained his friends. He never forgot them for a second, but he definitely had no idea that his name at that very moment was stirring up their fondest memories and their warmest applause.
In fact, their recollections were rather too vivid, and their applause decidedly too warm. Was not the animation that prevailed among the guests of the Projectile of a very unusual character, and was it not becoming more and more violent every moment? Could the wine have caused it? No; though not teetotallers, they never drank to excess. Could the Moon's proximity, shedding her subtle, mysterious influence over their nervous systems, have stimulated them to a degree that was threatening to border on frenzy? Their faces were as red as if they were standing before a hot fire; their breathing was loud, and their lungs heaved like a smith's bellows; their eyes blazed like burning coals; their voices sounded as loud and harsh as that of a stump speaker trying to make himself heard by an inattentive or hostile crowd; their words popped from their lips like corks from Champagne bottles; their gesticulating became wilder and in fact more alarming—considering the little room left in the Projectile for muscular displays of any kind.
In fact, their memories were way too vivid, and their applause was definitely too enthusiastic. Wasn't the excitement among the guests of the Projectile pretty unusual, and wasn't it getting more intense by the moment? Could the wine have caused it? No; although they weren’t total abstainers, they never drank excessively. Could the Moon's closeness, casting her subtle, mysterious influence over their nervous systems, have stirred them to a point that was close to frenzy? Their faces were as red as if they were standing in front of a hot fire; their breathing was loud, and their chests heaved like a blacksmith’s bellows; their eyes sparkled like burning coals; their voices sounded loud and rough like a public speaker trying to get the attention of an uninterested or hostile crowd; their words flew from their mouths like corks popping from Champagne bottles; their gestures became more frantic and even more alarming—especially considering the limited space in the Projectile for any kind of physical movement.
But the most extraordinary part of the whole phenomenon was that neither of them, not even Barbican, had the slightest consciousness of any strange or unusual ebullition of spirits either on his own part or on that of the others.
But the most incredible part of the whole situation was that neither of them, not even Barbican, had the slightest awareness of any strange or unusual burst of excitement, either in themselves or in the others.
"See here, gentlemen!" said the Captain in a quick imperious manner—the roughness of his old life on the Mississippi would still break out—"See here, gentlemen! It seems I'm not to know if we are to return from the Moon. Well!—Pass that for the present! But there is one thing I must know!"
"Listen up, everyone!" said the Captain quickly, with an authoritative tone—the tough days he spent on the Mississippi still showed through—"Listen up, everyone! It seems I won’t know if we're coming back from the Moon. Anyway!—Let’s put that aside for now! But there’s one thing I have to know!"
"Hear! hear the Captain!" cried Barbican, stamping with his foot, like an excited fencing master. "There is one thing he must know!"
"Hear! Hear the Captain!" shouted Barbican, stamping his foot like an excited fencing instructor. "There’s one thing he must know!"
"I want to know what we're going to do when we get there!"
"I want to know what we're going to do when we arrive!"
"He wants to know what we're going to do when we get there! A sensible question! Answer it, Ardan!"
"He wants to know what we're going to do when we get there! That's a reasonable question! Answer it, Ardan!"
"Answer it yourself, Barbican! You know more about the Moon than I do! You know more about it than all the Nasmyths that ever lived!"
"Answer it yourself, Barbican! You know the Moon better than I do! You know more about it than all the Nasmyths who have ever lived!"
"I'm blessed if I know anything at all about it!" cried Barbican, with a joyous laugh. "Ha, ha, ha! The first eastern shore Marylander or any other simpleton you meet in Baltimore, knows as much about the Moon as I do! Why we're going there, I can't tell! What we're going to do when we get there, can't tell either! Ardan knows all about it! He can tell! He's taking us there!"
"I'm lucky if I know anything about it at all!" exclaimed Barbican with a cheerful laugh. "Ha, ha, ha! The first person from the eastern shore of Maryland or any other fool you meet in Baltimore knows as much about the Moon as I do! I can't say why we're going there! I can't say what we're going to do when we get there either! Ardan knows all about it! He can explain! He's the one taking us there!"
"Certainly I can tell! should I have offered to take you there without a good object in view?" cried Ardan, husky with continual roaring. "Answer me that!"
"Of course I can! Would I have offered to take you there without a good reason?" shouted Ardan, hoarse from all the shouting. "Answer me that!"
"No conundrums!" cried the Captain, in a voice sourer and rougher than ever; "tell us if you can in plain English, what the demon we have come here for!"
"No riddles!" shouted the Captain, in a voice more bitter and harsh than ever; "just tell us plainly in simple English what the demon we came here for is!"
"I'll tell you if I feel like it," cried Ardan, folding his arms with an aspect of great dignity; "and I'll not tell you if I don't feel like it!"
"I'll let you know if I want to," Ardan shouted, crossing his arms with a look of great dignity; "and I won't tell you if I don't want to!"
"What's that?" cried Barbican. "You'll not give us an answer when we ask you a reasonable question?"
"What's that?" shouted Barbican. "You won't give us an answer when we ask you a simple question?"
"Never!" cried Ardan, with great determination. "I'll never answer a question reasonable or unreasonable, unless it is asked in a proper manner!"
"Never!" shouted Ardan, with strong determination. "I won't answer any question, whether it's reasonable or unreasonable, unless it's asked the right way!"
"None of your French airs here!" exclaimed M'Nicholl, by this time almost completely out of himself between anger and excitement. "I don't know where I am; I don't know where I'm going; I don't know why I'm going; you know all about it, Ardan, or at least you think you do! Well then, give me a plain answer to a plain question, or by the Thirty-eight States of our glorious Union, I shall know what for!"
"None of your French nonsense here!" shouted M'Nicholl, now nearly beside himself with anger and excitement. "I don't know where I am; I don't know where I'm going; I don't know why I'm going; you know all about it, Ardan, or at least you think you do! Well then, just give me a straight answer to a simple question, or by the Thirty-eight States of our great Union, I'll find out what's what!"
"Listen, Ardan!" cried Barbican, grappling with the Frenchman, and with some difficulty restraining him from flying at M'Nicholl's throat; "You ought to tell him! It is only your duty! One day you found us both in St. Helena woods, where we had no more idea of going to the Moon than of sailing to the South Pole! There you twisted us both around your finger, and induced us to follow you blindly on the most formidable journey ever undertaken by man! And now you refuse to tell us what it was all for!"
"Hey, Ardan!" shouted Barbican, holding onto the Frenchman and struggling to keep him from lunging at M'Nicholl's throat. "You need to tell him! It's your responsibility! One day, you found us both in the St. Helena woods, where we didn't have any more idea of going to the Moon than we did of sailing to the South Pole! You had us both wrapped around your finger and convinced us to follow you blindly on the toughest journey ever taken by mankind! And now you won’t tell us what it was all about!"
"I don't refuse, dear old Barbican! To you, at least, I can't refuse anything!" cried Ardan, seizing his friend's hands and wringing them violently. Then letting them go and suddenly starting back, "you wish to know," he continued in resounding tones, "why we have followed out the grandest idea that ever set a human brain on fire! Why we have undertaken a journey that for length, danger, and novelty, for fascinating, soul-stirring and delirious sensations, for all that can attract man's burning heart, and satisfy the intensest cravings of his intellect, far surpasses the vividest realities of Dante's passionate dream! Well, I will tell you! It is to annex another World to the New One! It is to take possession of the Moon in the name of the United States of America! It is to add a thirty-ninth State to the glorious Union! It is to colonize the lunar regions, to cultivate them, to people them, to transport to them some of our wonders of art, science, and industry! It is to civilize the Selenites, unless they are more civilized already than we are ourselves! It is to make them all good Republicans, if they are not so already!"
"I can't say no, dear old Barbican! To you, at least, I can't turn down anything!" cried Ardan, grabbing his friend's hands and shaking them excitedly. Then he let go and suddenly stepped back, "You want to know," he continued in a booming voice, "why we've pursued the greatest idea that has ever ignited a human mind! Why we've taken on a journey that, in terms of length, danger, and novelty, offers captivating, heart-stirring, and exhilarating experiences that far exceed the vivid realities of Dante's passionate dreams! Well, let me explain! It’s to claim another World for the New One! It’s to take possession of the Moon on behalf of the United States of America! It’s to add a thirty-ninth State to our glorious Union! It’s to colonize the lunar lands, to cultivate them, to populate them, to transport some of our marvels of art, science, and industry there! It’s to civilize the Selenites, unless they’re already more civilized than we are ourselves! It’s to turn them all into good Republicans, if they aren’t already!"
"Provided, of course, that there are Selenites in existence!" sneered the Captain, now sourer than ever, and in his unaccountable excitement doubly irritating.
"Assuming, of course, that Selenites actually exist!" sneered the Captain, now more bitter than ever, and in his inexplicable excitement, even more annoying.
"Who says there are no Selenites?" cried Ardan fiercely, with fists clenched and brows contracted.
"Who says there are no Selenites?" shouted Ardan angrily, with his fists clenched and his eyebrows furrowed.
"I do!" cried M'Nicholl stoutly; "I deny the existence of anything of the kind, and I denounce every one that maintains any such whim as a visionary, if not a fool!"
"I do!" M'Nicholl shouted firmly; "I deny that anything like that exists, and I denounce anyone who believes such nonsense as a dreamer, if not a fool!"
Ardan's reply to this taunt was a desperate facer, which, however, Barbican managed to stop while on its way towards the Captain's nose. M'Nicholl, seeing himself struck at, immediately assumed such a posture of defence as showed him to be no novice at the business. A battle seemed unavoidable; but even at this trying moment Barbican showed himself equal to the emergency.
Ardan's response to this insult was a wild swing, which Barbican managed to block just before it hit the Captain's nose. M'Nicholl, realizing he was about to be hit, instantly took a defensive stance that indicated he was no beginner in fighting. A fight seemed inevitable; but even in this tense moment, Barbican proved himself capable of handling the situation.
"Stop, you crazy fellows! you ninnyhammers! you overgrown babies!" he exclaimed, seizing his companions by the collar, and violently swinging them around with his vast strength until they stood back to back; "what are you going to fight about? Suppose there are Lunarians in the Moon! Is that a reason why there should be Lunatics in the Projectile! But, Ardan, why do you insist on Lunarians? Are we so shiftless that we can't do without them when we get to the Moon?"
"Stop, you crazy guys! You fools! You grown-up babies!" he shouted, grabbing his friends by the collar and spinning them around with his immense strength until they stood back to back. "What are you even going to fight about? So what if there are Lunarians on the Moon! Does that mean we have to have idiots in the Projectile too? But, Ardan, why do you keep insisting on Lunarians? Are we really so useless that we can’t get by without them when we get to the Moon?"
"I don't insist on them!" cried Ardan, who submitted to Barbican like a child. "Hang the Lunarians! Certainly, we can do without them! What do I care for them? Down with them!"
"I don't care about them!" shouted Ardan, who obeyed Barbican like a child. "Forget the Lunarians! We can totally manage without them! What do I care about them? Forget them!"
"Yes, down with the Lunarians!" cried M'Nicholl as spitefully as if he had even the slightest belief in their existence.
"Yeah, down with the Lunarians!" shouted M'Nicholl, sounding as spiteful as if he actually believed they existed.
"We shall take possession of the Moon ourselves!" cried Ardan. "Lunarians or no Lunarians!"
"We're going to claim the Moon for ourselves!" shouted Ardan. "Lunarians or not!"
"We three shall constitute a Republic!" cried M'Nicholl.
"We three will make a Republic!" shouted M'Nicholl.
"I shall be the House!" cried Ardan.
"I will be the House!" shouted Ardan.
"And I the Senate!" answered the Captain.
"And I the Senate!" replied the Captain.
"And Barbican our first President!" shrieked the Frenchman.
"And Barbican our first President!" shouted the Frenchman.
"Our first and last!" roared M'Nicholl.
"Our first and last!" shouted M'Nicholl.
"No objections to a third term!" yelled Ardan.
"No objections to a third term!" shouted Ardan.
"He's welcome to any number of terms he pleases!" vociferated M'Nicholl.
"He's welcome to as many terms as he wants!" shouted M'Nicholl.
"Hurrah for President Barbican of the Lunatic—I mean of the Lunar Republic!" screamed Ardan.
"Hooray for President Barbican of the Lunatic—I mean the Lunar Republic!" yelled Ardan.
"Long may he wave, and may his shadow never grow less!" shouted Captain M'Nicholl, his eyes almost out of their sockets.
"Long may he wave, and may his shadow never shrink!" shouted Captain M'Nicholl, his eyes nearly popping out of his head.
Then with voices reminding you of sand fiercely blown against the window panes, the President and the Senate chanted the immortal Yankee Doodle, whilst the House delivered itself of the Marseillaise, in a style which even the wildest Jacobins in Robespierre's day could hardly have surpassed.
Then, with voices reminiscent of sand being harshly blown against the window panes, the President and the Senate sang the timeless Yankee Doodle, while the House performed the Marseillaise in a manner that even the most extreme Jacobins during Robespierre's time could hardly have matched.
But long before either song was ended, all three broke out into a dance, wild, insensate, furious, delirious, paroxysmatical. No Orphic festivals on Mount Cithaeron ever raged more wildly. No Bacchic revels on Mount Parnassus were ever more corybantic. Diana, demented by the maddening example, joined in the orgie, howling and barking frantically in her turn, and wildly jumping as high as the ceiling of the Projectile. Then came new accessions to the infernal din. Wings suddenly began to flutter, cocks to crow, hens to cluck; and five or six chickens, managing to escape out of their coop, flew backwards and forwards blindly, with frightened screams, dashing against each other and against the walls of the Projectile, and altogether getting up as demoniacal a hullabaloo as could be made by ten thousand bats that you suddenly disturbed in a cavern where they had slept through the winter.
But long before either song was over, all three burst into a wild, frenzied dance. No Orphic festivals on Mount Cithaeron ever raged more intensely. No Bacchic celebrations on Mount Parnassus were ever crazier. Diana, driven mad by the raucous display, joined the chaos, howling and barking frantically while leaping as high as the ceiling of the Projectile. Then came new additions to the hellish noise. Wings started fluttering, roosters began to crow, and hens clucked; five or six chickens, managing to escape their coop, flew back and forth blindly, screeching in panic, crashing into each other and the walls of the Projectile, creating a demonic ruckus like ten thousand bats suddenly disturbed in a cavern where they had slept through the winter.
Then the three companions, no longer able to withstand the overpowering influence of the mysterious force that mastered them, intoxicated, more than drunk, burned by the air that scorched their organs of respiration, dropped at last, and lay flat, motionless, senseless as dabs of clay, on the floor of the Projectile.
Then the three friends, no longer able to resist the overwhelming pull of the mysterious force that had taken control of them, intoxicated, more than just drunk, scorched by the air that burned their lungs, finally collapsed and lay flat, motionless, unresponsive like lumps of clay, on the floor of the Projectile.
CHAPTER VIII.
THE NEUTRAL POINT.
What had taken place? Whence proceeded this strange intoxication whose consequences might have proved so disastrous? A little forgetfulness on Ardan's part had done the whole mischief, but fortunately M'Nicholl was able to remedy it in time.
What had happened? Where did this strange intoxication come from, the effects of which could have been so disastrous? A small lapse in Ardan's judgment caused all the trouble, but thankfully M'Nicholl was able to fix it in time.
After a regular fainting spell several minutes long, the Captain was the first man to return to consciousness and the full recovery of his intellectual faculties. His first feelings were far from pleasant. His stomach gnawed him as if he had not eaten for a week, though he had taken breakfast only a few hours before; his eyes were dim, his brain throbbing, and his limbs shaking. In short, he presented every symptom usually seen in a man dying of starvation. Picking himself up with much care and difficulty, he roared out to Ardan for something to eat. Seeing that the Frenchman was unable or unwilling to respond, he concluded to help himself, by beginning first of all to prepare a little tea. To do this, fire was necessary; so, to light his lamp, he struck a match.
After a typical fainting spell that lasted several minutes, the Captain was the first to regain consciousness and fully restore his mental faculties. His initial feelings were anything but pleasant. His stomach ached as if he hadn’t eaten in a week, even though he had breakfast just a few hours earlier; his eyes were blurry, his head pounded, and his limbs trembled. In short, he exhibited every symptom usually associated with someone starving. Struggling to get up, he shouted at Ardan for something to eat. When he saw that the Frenchman was either unable or unwilling to respond, he decided to take matters into his own hands by starting to make some tea. To do that, he needed fire, so he struck a match to light his lamp.
But what was his surprise at seeing the sulphur tip of the match blazing with a light so bright and dazzling that his eyes could hardly bear it! Touching it to the gas burner, a stream of light flashed forth equal in its intensity to the flame of an electric lamp. Then he understood it all in an instant. The dazzling glare, his maddened brain, his gnawing stomach—all were now clear as the noon-day Sun.
But he was shocked to see the tip of the match burning with a bright, dazzling light that was almost too much for his eyes! When he touched it to the gas burner, a burst of light shot out, strong like the flame of an electric lamp. In that moment, everything clicked for him. The blinding brightness, his frenzied thoughts, his empty stomach—all became as clear as the midday sun.
"The oxygen!" he cried, and, suddenly stooping down and examining the tap of the air apparatus, he saw that it had been only half turned off. Consequently the air was gradually getting more and more impregnated with this powerful gas, colorless, odorless, tasteless, infinitely precious, but, unless when strongly diluted with nitrogen, capable of producing fatal disorders in the human system. Ardan, startled by M'Nicholl's question about the means of returning from the Moon, had turned the cock only half off.
"The oxygen!" he yelled, and, quickly bending down to check the air apparatus, he noticed that it had only been partially shut off. As a result, the air was slowly becoming increasingly filled with this potent gas—colorless, odorless, tasteless, incredibly valuable, but, unless mixed well with nitrogen, able to cause serious health issues in humans. Ardan, caught off guard by M'Nicholl's question about how to return from the Moon, had only half-closed the valve.
The Captain instantly stopped the escape of the oxygen, but not one moment too soon. It had completely saturated the atmosphere. A few minutes more and it would have killed the travellers, not like carbonic acid, by smothering them, but by burning them up, as a strong draught burns up the coals in a stove.
The Captain quickly shut off the oxygen flow, but just in time. It had fully filled the air. A few more minutes and it would have been fatal for the travelers, not by suffocating them like carbon dioxide, but by burning them up, like a strong breeze ignites the coals in a stove.
It took nearly an hour for the air to become pure enough to allow the lungs their natural play. Slowly and by degrees, the travellers recovered from their intoxication; they had actually to sleep off the fumes of the oxygen as a drunkard has to sleep off the effects of his brandy. When Ardan learned that he was responsible for the whole trouble, do you think the information disconcerted him? Not a bit of it. On the contrary, he was rather proud of having done something startling, to break the monotony of the journey; and to put a little life, as he said, into old Barbican and the grim Captain, so as to get a little fun out of such grave philosophers.
It took almost an hour for the air to clear enough for their lungs to breathe normally. Gradually, the travelers started to shake off their disorientation; they really had to sleep off the effects of the oxygen, just like a drunk needs to sleep off the effects of alcohol. When Ardan found out that he was the cause of all the chaos, do you think it bothered him? Not at all. In fact, he felt a sense of pride for doing something unexpected to break the monotony of the journey, and for bringing a little excitement, as he put it, to old Barbican and the serious Captain, hoping to have some fun with such deep thinkers.
After laughing heartily at the comical figure cut by his two friends capering like crazy students at the Closerie des Lilas, he went on moralizing on the incident:
After laughing loudly at the funny scene created by his two friends, dancing around like wild students at the Closerie des Lilas, he started reflecting on the incident:
"For my part, I'm not a bit sorry for having partaken of this fuddling gas. It gives me an idea, dear boys. Would it not be worth some enterprising fellow's while to establish a sanatorium provided with oxygen chambers, where people of a debilitated state of health could enjoy a few hours of intensely active existence! There's money in it, as you Americans say. Just suppose balls or parties given in halls where the air would be provided with an extra supply of this enrapturing gas! Or, theatres where the atmosphere would be maintained in a highly oxygenated condition. What passion, what fire in the actors! What enthusiasm in the spectators! And, carrying the idea a little further, if, instead of an assembly or an audience, we should oxygenize towns, cities, a whole country—what activity would be infused into the whole people! What new life would electrify a stagnant community! Out of an old used-up nation we could perhaps make a bran-new one, and, for my part, I know more than one state in old Europe where this oxygen experiment might be attended with a decided advantage, or where, at all events, it could do no harm!"
"For my part, I don’t feel at all sorry for having tried this intoxicating gas. It gives me an idea, guys. Wouldn’t it be worth it for some enterprising person to set up a sanatorium with oxygen chambers, where people in poor health could enjoy a few hours of intense activity? There’s money in it, as you Americans say. Just imagine balls or parties held in venues where the air would have an extra supply of this thrilling gas! Or theaters where the atmosphere would be kept highly oxygenated. What passion, what energy in the actors! What enthusiasm in the audience! And, taking it a step further, if we could oxygenate entire towns, cities, or even a whole country—imagine the energy it would bring to everyone! What new life would electrify a stagnant community! From an old, worn-out nation, we could potentially create a brand-new one, and, personally, I know more than one country in old Europe where this oxygen experiment could be really beneficial, or at least, could do no harm!"
The Frenchman spoke so glibly and gesticulated so earnestly that M'Nicholl once more gravely examined the stop-cock; but Barbican damped his enthusiasm by a single observation.
The Frenchman spoke so smoothly and waved his hands so passionately that M'Nicholl took another serious look at the stop-cock; but Barbican cooled his excitement with just one comment.
"Friend Michael," said he, "your new and interesting idea we shall discuss at a more favorable opportunity. At present we want to know where all these cocks and hens have come from."
"Friend Michael," he said, "we'll talk about your new and interesting idea at a better time. Right now, we need to figure out where all these roosters and hens came from."
"These cocks and hens?"
"These roosters and hens?"
"Yes."
Yes.
Ardan threw a glance of comical bewilderment on half a dozen or so of splendid barn-yard fowls that were now beginning to recover from the effects of the oxygen. For an instant he could not utter a word; then, shrugging his shoulders, he muttered in a low voice:
Ardan looked at the half a dozen magnificent barnyard chickens with a mix of confusion and humor as they started to regain their senses from the effects of the oxygen. For a moment, he was speechless; then, shrugging his shoulders, he muttered quietly:
"Catastrophe prematurely exploded!"
"Disaster unexpectedly erupted!"
"What are you going to do with these chickens?" persisted Barbican.
"What are you going to do with these chickens?" kept pressing Barbican.
"Acclimatize them in the Moon, by Jove! what else?" was the ready reply.
"Get them used to the Moon, for goodness' sake! What else?" was the quick response.
"Why conceal them then?"
"Why hide them then?"
"A hoax, a poor hoax, dear President, which proves a miserable failure! I intended to let them loose on the Lunar Continent at the first favorable opportunity. I often had a good laugh to myself, thinking of your astonishment and the Captain's at seeing a lot of American poultry scratching for worms on a Lunar dunghill!"
"A prank, a really bad prank, dear President, that shows a complete failure! I meant to set them loose on the Lunar Continent at the first good chance. I often had a good laugh imagining your surprise and the Captain's at seeing a bunch of American chickens pecking for worms on a Lunar dump!"
"Ah! wag, jester, incorrigible farceur!" cried Barbican with a smile; "you want no nitrous oxide to put a bee in your bonnet! He is always as bad as you and I were for a short time, M'Nicholl, under the laughing gas! He's never had a sensible moment in his life!"
"Ah! joker, trickster, impossible farceur!" exclaimed Barbican with a grin; "you don’t need any nitrous oxide to get a crazy idea in your head! He’s always as foolish as you and I were for a little while, M'Nicholl, under the laughing gas! He’s never had a rational moment in his life!"
"I can't say the same of you," replied Ardan; "you had at least one sensible moment in all your lives, and that was about an hour ago!"
"I can't say the same about you," Ardan replied. "You at least had one sensible moment in your entire lives, and that was about an hour ago!"
Their incessant chattering did not prevent the friends from at once repairing the disorder of the interior of the Projectile. Cocks and hens were put back in their cages. But while doing so, the friends were astonished to find that the birds, though good sized creatures, and now pretty fat and plump, hardly felt heavier in their hands than if they had been so many sparrows. This drew their interested attention to a new phenomenon.
Their nonstop chatter didn’t stop the friends from quickly tidying up the inside of the Projectile. The roosters and hens were returned to their cages. However, as they were doing this, the friends were surprised to find that the birds, although they were fairly large and now quite fat and plump, felt hardly any heavier in their hands than if they were just a bunch of sparrows. This caught their curious attention and led to a new discovery.
From the moment they had left the Earth, their own weight, and that of the Projectile and the objects therein contained, had been undergoing a progressive diminution. They might never be able to ascertain this fact with regard to the Projectile, but the moment was now rapidly approaching when the loss of weight would become perfectly sensible, both regarding themselves and the tools and instruments surrounding them. Of course, it is quite clear, that this decrease could not be indicated by an ordinary scales, as the weight to balance the object would have lost precisely as much as the object itself. But a spring balance, for instance, in which the tension of the coil is independent of attraction, would have readily given the exact equivalent of the loss.
From the moment they left Earth, their own weight, along with that of the Projectile and everything inside it, had been gradually decreasing. They might never be able to figure this out for the Projectile, but the time was quickly approaching when the loss of weight would be very noticeable for both themselves and the tools and instruments around them. Of course, it's clear that this decrease couldn't be measured using regular scales, since the weight needed to balance the object would have decreased by exactly the same amount as the object itself. However, a spring scale, for example, where the tension of the coil is independent of attraction, would easily provide the exact equivalent of the loss.
Attraction or weight, according to Newton's well known law, acting in direct proportion to the mass of the attracting body and in inverse proportion to the square of the distance, this consequence clearly follows: Had the Earth been alone in space, or had the other heavenly bodies been suddenly annihilated, the further from the Earth the Projectile would be, the less weight it would have. However, it would never entirely lose its weight, as the terrestrial attraction would have always made itself felt at no matter what distance. But as the Earth is not the only celestial body possessing attraction, it is evident that there may be a point in space where the respective attractions may be entirely annihilated by mutual counteraction. Of this phenomenon the present instance was a case in point. In a short time, the Projectile and its contents would for a few moments be absolutely and completely deprived of all weight whatsoever.
Attraction or weight, according to Newton's well-known law, acts in direct proportion to the mass of the attracting body and in inverse proportion to the square of the distance. From this, it follows that if the Earth were alone in space or if the other celestial bodies were suddenly wiped out, the farther the projectile was from the Earth, the less weight it would have. However, it would never completely lose its weight, as the Earth's attraction would always be felt at any distance. But since the Earth isn’t the only celestial body with attraction, it's clear there could be a point in space where the attractions cancel each other out completely. This phenomenon was exactly what was happening in this case. Soon, the projectile and its contents would for a brief moment be entirely and totally free of all weight.
The path described by the Projectile was evidently a line from the Earth to the Moon averaging somewhat less than 240,000 miles in length. According as the distance between the Projectile and the Earth was increasing, the terrestrial attraction was diminishing in the ratio of the square of the distance, and the lunar attraction was augmenting in the same proportion.
The route taken by the Projectile clearly traced a line from the Earth to the Moon, measuring just under 240,000 miles. As the distance between the Projectile and the Earth increased, the pull of Earth's gravity decreased in proportion to the square of the distance, while the Moon's gravitational pull increased in the same way.
As before observed, the point was not now far off where, the two attractions counteracting each other, the bullet would actually weigh nothing at all. If the masses of the Earth and the Moon had been equal, this should evidently be found half way between the two bodies. But by making allowance for the difference of the respective masses, it was easy to calculate that this point would be situated at the 9/10 of the total distance, or, in round numbers, at something less than 216,000 miles from the Earth.
As previously noted, the moment was now approaching where, with the two attractions canceling each other out, the bullet would effectively weigh nothing. If the masses of the Earth and Moon were equal, this would obviously be located halfway between the two bodies. However, taking into account their respective mass differences, it was simple to calculate that this point would be around 9/10 of the total distance, or, roughly speaking, a little less than 216,000 miles from the Earth.
At this point, a body that possessed no energy or principle of movement within itself, would remain forever, relatively motionless, suspended like Mahomet's coffin, being equally attracted by the two orbs and nothing impelling it in one direction rather than in the other.
At this point, a body that had no energy or ability to move on its own would stay forever, pretty much still, hanging like Mahomet's coffin, being equally pulled by the two orbs and having nothing to push it in one direction over the other.
Now the Projectile at this moment was nearing this point; if it reached it, what would be the consequence?
Now the projectile was getting close to this point; if it reached it, what would happen?
To this question three answers presented themselves, all possible under the circumstances, but very different in their results.
To this question, three answers came to mind, all feasible given the situation, but each leading to very different outcomes.
1. Suppose the Projectile to possess velocity enough to pass the neutral point. In such case, it would undoubtedly proceed onward to the Moon, being drawn thither by Lunar attraction.
1. Imagine the projectile has enough velocity to get past the neutral point. In that case, it would definitely continue on to the Moon, being pulled there by the Moon's gravity.
2. Suppose it lacked the requisite velocity for reaching the neutral point. In such a case it would just as certainly fall back to the Earth, in obedience to the law of Terrestrial attraction.
2. Suppose it didn’t have the necessary speed to reach the neutral point. In that case, it would definitely fall back to Earth, following the law of gravitational attraction.
3. Suppose it to be animated by just sufficient velocity to reach the neutral point, but not to pass it. In that case, the Projectile would remain forever in the same spot, perfectly motionless as far as regards the Earth and the Moon, though of course following them both in their annual orbits round the Sun.
3. Imagine it has just enough speed to get to the neutral point but not go beyond it. In that situation, the Projectile would stay in the same place, completely still relative to the Earth and the Moon, while still moving with both of them in their yearly paths around the Sun.
Such was now the state of things, which Barbican tried to explain to his friends, who, it need hardly be said, listened to his remarks with the most intense interest. How were they to know, they asked him, the precise instant at which the Projectile would reach the neutral point? That would be an easy matter, he assured them. It would be at the very moment when both themselves and all the other objects contained in the Projectile would be completely free from every operation of the law of gravity; in other words, when everything would cease to have weight.
Such was the state of things, which Barbican tried to explain to his friends, who, it’s safe to say, listened to him with great interest. How were they supposed to know, they asked him, the exact moment the Projectile would reach the neutral point? That would be simple, he assured them. It would be at the exact moment when both they and everything else in the Projectile would be completely free from the effects of gravity; in other words, when everything would stop weighing anything.
This gradual diminution of the action of gravity, the travellers had been for some time noticing, but they had not yet witnessed its total cessation. But that very morning, about an hour before noon, as the Captain was making some little experiment in Chemistry, he happened by accident to overturn a glass full of water. What was his surprise at seeing that neither the glass nor the water fell to the floor! Both remained suspended in the air almost completely motionless.
This slow decrease in the force of gravity was something the travelers had noticed for a while, but they hadn't seen it stop completely yet. But that morning, about an hour before noon, while the Captain was doing a little experiment in Chemistry, he accidentally knocked over a glass full of water. To his surprise, neither the glass nor the water fell to the floor! Both stayed suspended in the air, almost completely still.
"The prettiest experiment I ever saw!" cried Ardan; "let us have more of it!"
"The most amazing experiment I've ever seen!" shouted Ardan; "let's do more of it!"
And seizing the bottles, the arms, and the other objects in the Projectile, he arranged them around each other in the air with some regard to symmetry and proportion. The different articles, keeping strictly each in its own place, formed a very attractive group wonderful to behold. Diana, placed in the apex of the pyramid, would remind you of those marvellous suspensions in the air performed by Houdin, Herman, and a few other first class wizards. Only being kept in her place without being hampered by invisible strings, the animal rather seemed to enjoy the exhibition, though in all probability she was hardly conscious of any thing unusual in her appearance.
And grabbing the bottles, the arms, and the other items in the Projectile, he arranged them around each other in the air with some attention to symmetry and proportion. The various objects, each staying strictly in its own spot, created a very appealing group that was amazing to see. Diana, positioned at the top of the pyramid, would remind you of those incredible aerial displays done by Houdin, Herman, and a few other top-notch magicians. Instead of being held in place by invisible strings, the animal seemed to enjoy the display, even though she probably wasn't aware of anything unusual about her appearance.
Our travellers had been fully prepared for such a phenomenon, yet it struck them with as much surprise as if they had never uttered a scientific reason to account for it. They saw that, no longer subject to the ordinary laws of nature, they were now entering the realms of the marvellous. They felt that their bodies were absolutely without weight. Their arms, fully extended, no longer sought their sides. Their heads oscillated unsteadily on their shoulders. Their feet no longer rested on the floor. In their efforts to hold themselves straight, they looked like drunken men trying to maintain the perpendicular. We have all read stories of some men deprived of the power of reflecting light and of others who could not cast a shadow. But here reality, no fantastic story, showed you men who, through the counteraction of attractive forces, could tell no difference between light substances and heavy substances, and who absolutely had no weight whatever themselves!
Our travelers had fully prepared for such a phenomenon, yet it surprised them as much as if they had never come up with a scientific explanation for it. They realized that, no longer bound by the usual laws of nature, they were now entering the realms of the extraordinary. They could feel that their bodies were completely weightless. Their arms, fully extended, no longer rested at their sides. Their heads wobbled unsteadily on their shoulders. Their feet no longer touched the ground. In their attempts to stay upright, they looked like drunks trying to stand straight. We’ve all read stories about people who couldn’t reflect light or those who couldn’t cast a shadow. But here, reality—not some fanciful tale—was showing you people who, due to the counteraction of gravitational forces, couldn't tell the difference between light and heavy objects, and who were completely weightless themselves!
"Let us take graceful attitudes!" cried Ardan, "and imagine we are playing tableaux! Let us, for instance, form a grand historical group of the three great goddesses of the nineteenth century. Barbican will represent Minerva or Science; the Captain, Bellona or War; while I, as Madre Natura, the newly born goddess of Progress, floating gracefully over you both, extend my hands so, fondly patronizing the one, but grandly ordering off the other, to the regions of eternal night! More on your toe, Captain! Your right foot a little higher! Look at Barbican's admirable pose! Now then, prepare to receive orders for a new tableau! Form group à la Jardin Mabille! Presto! Change!"
"Let's strike some elegant poses!" shouted Ardan, "and pretend we're putting on tableaux! For instance, let's create a grand historical scene featuring the three great goddesses of the nineteenth century. Barbican will play Minerva or Science; the Captain will embody Bellona or War; while I, as Madre Natura, the newly born goddess of Progress, will float gracefully above you both, extending my hands like this, affectionately guiding one and dramatically sending the other off to the depths of eternal night! Stand on your toes more, Captain! Lift your right foot a bit higher! Check out Barbican's amazing pose! Now, get ready to receive instructions for a new tableau! Form group à la Jardin Mabille! Presto! Change!"
In an instant, our travellers, changing attitudes, formed the new group with tolerable success. Even Barbican, who had been to Paris in his youth, yielding for a moment to the humor of the thing, acted the naif Anglais to the life. The Captain was frisky enough to remind you of a middle-aged Frenchman from the provinces, on a hasty visit to the capital for a few days' fun. Ardan was in raptures.
In a flash, our travelers, adjusting their mindsets, created the new group with decent results. Even Barbican, who had visited Paris in his youth, momentarily embracing the humor of the situation, played the part of the naif Anglais perfectly. The Captain was lively enough to make you think of a middle-aged Frenchman from the provinces, on a quick trip to the capital for a few days of fun. Ardan was absolutely thrilled.
"Oh! if Raphael could only see us!" he exclaimed in a kind of ecstasy. "He would paint such a picture as would throw all his other masterpieces in the shade!"
"Oh! if Raphael could only see us!" he exclaimed with a sort of excitement. "He would create a painting that would make all his other masterpieces seem insignificant!"
"Knock spots out of the best of them by fifty per cent!" cried the Captain, gesticulating well enough à l'étudiant, but rather mixing his metaphors.
"Knock the spots off the best of them by fifty percent!" shouted the Captain, gesturing confidently like a student, but mixing up his metaphors a bit.
"He should be pretty quick in getting through the job," observed Barbican, the first as usual to recover tranquillity. "As soon as the Projectile will have passed the neutral point—in half an hour at longest—lunar attraction will draw us to the Moon."
"He should be pretty quick in getting through the job," Barbican remarked, the first as usual to regain his composure. "As soon as the Projectile passes the neutral point—in half an hour at most—lunar gravity will pull us to the Moon."
"We shall have to crawl on the ceiling then like flies," said Ardan.
"We'll have to crawl on the ceiling like flies then," Ardan said.
"Not at all," said the Captain; "the Projectile, having its centre of gravity very low, will turn upside down by degrees."
"Not at all," said the Captain; "the projectile, with its center of gravity very low, will gradually flip over."
"Upside down!" cried Ardan. "That will be a nice mess! everything higgledy-piggledy!"
"Upside down!" shouted Ardan. "That’s going to be a real mess! Everything’s all jumbled up!"
"No danger, friend Michael," said M'Nicholl; "there shall be no disorder whatever; nothing will quit its place; the movement of the Projectile will be effected by such slow degrees as to be imperceptible."
"No worries, friend Michael," said M'Nicholl; "there will be no chaos at all; nothing will move out of its place; the movement of the Projectile will happen so gradually that it will go unnoticed."
"Yes," added Barbican, "as soon as we shall have passed the neutral point, the base of the Projectile, its heaviest part, will swing around gradually until it faces the Moon. Before this phenomenon, however, can take place, we must of course cross the line."
"Yes," Barbican added, "once we pass the neutral point, the base of the Projectile, its heaviest part, will slowly turn until it faces the Moon. But before that can happen, we obviously need to cross the line."
"Cross the line!" cried the Frenchman; "then let us imitate the sailors when they do the same thing in the Atlantic Ocean! Splice the main brace!"
"Cross the line!" shouted the Frenchman; "then let's do what sailors do when they cross it in the Atlantic Ocean! Splice the main brace!"
A slight effort carried him sailing over to the side of the Projectile. Opening a cupboard and taking out a bottle and a few glasses, he placed them on a tray. Then setting the tray itself in the air as on a table in front of his companions, he filled the glasses, passed them around, and, in a lively speech interrupted with many a joyous hurrah, congratulated his companions on their glorious achievement in being the first that ever crossed the lunar line.
A little effort helped him glide over to the side of the Projectile. He opened a cupboard, took out a bottle and a few glasses, and placed them on a tray. Then, holding the tray in the air like it was a table in front of his friends, he filled the glasses, passed them around, and gave a lively speech filled with joyful cheers, congratulating his friends on their remarkable achievement of being the first to cross the lunar line.
This counteracting influence of the attractions lasted nearly an hour. By that time the travellers could keep themselves on the floor without much effort. Barbican also made his companions remark that the conical point of the Projectile diverged a little from the direct line to the Moon, while by an inverse movement, as they could notice through the window of the floor, the base was gradually turning away from the Earth. The Lunar attraction was evidently getting the better of the Terrestrial. The fall towards the Moon, though still almost insensible, was certainly beginning.
This opposing force of the attractions lasted for almost an hour. By then, the travelers could stay on the floor with little effort. Barbican also pointed out to his companions that the conical tip of the Projectile was slightly diverging from the straight line to the Moon, while in contrast, as they could see through the floor's window, the base was slowly turning away from the Earth. The pull of the Moon was clearly becoming stronger than that of the Earth. The fall toward the Moon, though still barely noticeable, was definitely starting.
It could not be more than the eightieth part of an inch in the first second. But by degrees, as the attractive force would increase, the fall would be more decided, and the Projectile, overbalanced by its base, and presenting its cone to the Earth, would descend with accelerated velocity to the Lunar surface. The object of their daring attempt would then be successfully attained. No further obstacle, therefore, being likely to stand in the way of the complete success of the enterprise, the Captain and the Frenchman cordially shook hands with Barbican, all kept congratulating each other on their good fortune as long as the bottle lasted.
It couldn’t be more than one-eighty of an inch in the first second. But gradually, as the pull grew stronger, the fall would become more pronounced, and the projectile, unsteady on its base and pointing its cone toward the Earth, would quickly descend to the lunar surface. The goal of their bold mission would then be achieved. With no further obstacles likely to hinder the total success of the project, the Captain and the Frenchman warmly shook hands with Barbican, and they all kept congratulating one another on their good luck for as long as the bottle lasted.
They could not talk enough about the wonderful phenomenon lately witnessed; the chief point, the neutralization of the law of gravity, particularly, supplied them with an inexhaustible subject. The Frenchman, as usual, as enthusiastic in his fancy, as he was fanciful in his enthusiasm, got off some characteristic remarks.
They couldn't stop talking about the amazing phenomenon they had recently seen; the main topic, the neutralization of gravity, particularly gave them endless things to discuss. The Frenchman, as always, was just as enthusiastic in his imagination as he was imaginative in his enthusiasm, making some typical comments.
"What a fine thing it would be, my boys," he exclaimed, "if on Earth we could be so fortunate as we have been here, and get rid of that weight that keeps us down like lead, that rivets us to it like an adamantine chain! Then should we prisoners become free! Adieu forever to all weariness of arms or feet! At present, in order to fly over the surface of the Earth by the simple exertion of our muscles or even to sustain ourselves in the air, we require a muscular force fifty times greater than we possess; but if attraction did not exist, the simplest act of the will, our slightest whim even, would be sufficient to transport us to whatever part of space we wished to visit."
"What a great thing it would be, my boys," he exclaimed, "if on Earth we could be as lucky as we are here, and shake off that burden that weighs us down like lead, that binds us to it like an unbreakable chain! Then we would be free! Goodbye forever to all the exhaustion in our arms or legs! Right now, to glide over the surface of the Earth with just our muscles or even to hold ourselves up in the air, we need a muscle power fifty times greater than we have; but if gravity didn't exist, just the simplest act of our will, even our slightest desire, would be enough to take us anywhere in space we wanted to go."
"Ardan, you had better invent something to kill attraction," observed M'Nicholl drily; "you can do it if you try. Jackson and Morton have killed pain by sulphuric ether. Suppose you try your hand on attraction!"
"Ardan, you should really come up with something to eliminate attraction," M'Nicholl said dryly. "You can do it if you put your mind to it. Jackson and Morton have managed to eliminate pain with sulfuric ether. Why don't you give attraction a shot?"
"It would be worth a trial!" cried Ardan, so full of his subject as not to notice the Captain's jeering tone; "attraction once destroyed, there is an end forever to all loads, packs and burdens! How the poor omnibus horses would rejoice! Adieu forever to all cranes, derricks, capstans, jack-screws, and even hotel-elevators! We could dispense with all ladders, door steps, and even stair-cases!"
"It would be worth a try!" exclaimed Ardan, so caught up in his topic that he didn't notice the Captain's mocking tone; "once attraction is gone, all loads, packs, and burdens will be done for good! Imagine how the poor omnibus horses would celebrate! Goodbye forever to all cranes, derricks, capstans, jack-screws, and even hotel elevators! We could do away with all ladders, doorsteps, and even staircases!"
"And with all houses too," interrupted Barbican; "or, at least, we should dispense with them because we could not have them. If there was no weight, you could neither make a wall of bricks nor cover your house with a roof. Even your hat would not stay on your head. The cars would not stay on the railway nor the boats on the water. What do I say? We could not have any water. Even the Ocean would leave its bed and float away into space. Nay, the atmosphere itself would leave us, being detained in its place by terrestrial attraction and by nothing else."
"And with all houses too," interrupted Barbican; "or at least, we should do without them because we couldn't have them. If there were no weight, you couldn't make a wall of bricks or put a roof on your house. Even your hat wouldn't stay on your head. The cars wouldn't stay on the tracks, nor would the boats stay in the water. What am I saying? We couldn't even have any water. The ocean would leave its bed and float away into space. No, the atmosphere itself would abandon us, held in place only by Earth's gravity and nothing else."
"Too true, Mr. President," replied Ardan after a pause. "It's a fact. I acknowledge the corn, as Marston says. But how you positive fellows do knock holes into our pretty little creations of fancy!"
"You're right, Mr. President," Ardan replied after a moment. "It's a fact. I admit the truth, just like Marston says. But you certain people really do tear apart our nice little creations of imagination!"
"Don't feel so bad about it, Ardan;" observed M'Nicholl; "though there may be no orb from which gravity is excluded altogether, we shall soon land in one, where it is much less powerful than on the Earth."
"Don't worry so much about it, Ardan," said M'Nicholl. "Even though there might not be a planet where gravity is completely absent, we’ll soon arrive at one where it’s much weaker than it is on Earth."
"You mean the Moon!"
"You mean the moon!"
"Yes, the Moon. Her mass being 1/89 of the Earth's, her attractive power should be in the same proportion; that is, a boy 10 years old, whose weight on Earth is about 90 lbs., would weigh on the Moon only about 1 pound, if nothing else were to be taken into consideration. But when standing on the surface of the Moon, he is relatively 4 times nearer to the centre than when he is standing on the surface of the Earth. His weight, therefore, having to be increased by the square of the distance, must be sixteen times greater. Now 16 times 1/89 being less than 1/5, it is clear that my weight of 150 pounds will be cut down to nearly 30 as soon as we reach the Moon's surface."
"Yes, the Moon. Its mass is 1/89 that of the Earth, so its gravitational pull should be in the same ratio. This means a 10-year-old boy who weighs about 90 lbs on Earth would weigh only about 1 pound on the Moon, assuming nothing else is considered. However, when standing on the Moon's surface, he's relatively 4 times closer to the center than when he's standing on Earth. Therefore, his weight would need to be adjusted by the square of the distance, making it sixteen times greater. Since 16 times 1/89 is less than 1/5, it’s clear that my weight of 150 pounds would be reduced to nearly 30 as soon as we step onto the Moon's surface."
"And mine?" asked Ardan.
"And mine?" Ardan asked.
"Yours will hardly reach 25 pounds, I should think," was the reply.
"Yours probably won't even reach 25 pounds, I think," was the response.
"Shall my muscular strength diminish in the same proportion?" was the next question.
"Will my muscle strength decrease at the same rate?" was the next question.
"On the contrary, it will be relatively so much the more increased that you can take a stride 15 feet in width as easily as you can now take one of ordinary length."
"On the contrary, it will be significantly increased to the point where you can easily take a 15-foot step just as effortlessly as you can now take a regular-length step."
"We shall be all Samsons, then, in the Moon!" cried Ardan.
"We'll all be Samsons up in the Moon!" exclaimed Ardan.
"Especially," replied M'Nicholl, "if the stature of the Selenites is in proportion to the mass of their globe."
"Especially," replied M'Nicholl, "if the height of the Selenites corresponds to the size of their planet."
"If so, what should be their height?"
"If that's the case, what should their height be?"
"A tall man would hardly be twelve inches in his boots!"
"A tall guy would barely be a foot in his boots!"
"They must be veritable Lilliputians then!" cried Ardan; "and we are all to be Gullivers! The old myth of the Giants realized! Perhaps the Titans that played such famous parts in the prehistoric period of our Earth, were adventurers like ourselves, casually arrived from some great planet!"
"They must really be Lilliputians then!" shouted Ardan; "and we're all going to be Gullivers! The old myth of the Giants is coming to life! Maybe the Titans who played such legendary roles during the prehistoric era of our Earth were adventurers like us, casually showing up from some huge planet!"
"Not from such planets as Mercury, Venus or Mars anyhow, friend Michael," observed Barbican. "But the inhabitants of Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, or Neptune, if they bear the same proportion to their planet that we do ours, must certainly be regular Brobdignagians."
"Not from planets like Mercury, Venus, or Mars at all, my friend Michael," Barbican pointed out. "But the inhabitants of Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, or Neptune, if they are proportionate to their planet like we are to ours, must definitely be regular Brobdingnagians."
"Let us keep severely away from all planets of the latter class then," said Ardan. "I never liked to play the part of Lilliputian myself. But how about the Sun, Barbican? I always had a hankering after the Sun!"
"Let's stay far away from all the planets of that kind," said Ardan. "I never liked being the small guy. But what about the Sun, Barbican? I've always wanted to go to the Sun!"
"The Sun's volume is about 1-1/3 million times greater than that of the Earth, but his density being only about 1/4, the attraction on his surface is hardly 30 times greater than that of our globe. Still, every proportion observed, the inhabitants of the Sun can't be much less than 150 or 160 feet in height."
"The Sun's volume is roughly 1.33 million times greater than that of the Earth, but its density is only about a quarter of ours, so the gravitational pull on its surface is barely 30 times stronger than that of our planet. Nevertheless, based on all observations, the beings living on the Sun can't be much shorter than 150 or 160 feet tall."
"Mille tonnerres!" cried Ardan, "I should be there like Ulysses among the Cyclops! I'll tell you what it is, Barbican; if we ever decide on going to the Sun, we must provide ourselves before hand with a few of your Rodman's Columbiads to frighten off the Solarians!"
"Thunder!" shouted Ardan, "I’d be there like Ulysses with the Cyclops! Let me tell you, Barbican; if we ever choose to go to the Sun, we need to prepare beforehand with some of your Rodman's Columbiads to scare off the Solarians!"
"Your Columbiads would not do great execution there," observed M'Nicholl; "your bullet would be hardly out of the barrel when it would drop to the surface like a heavy stone pushed off the wall of a house."
"Your Columbiads wouldn't be very effective there," M'Nicholl pointed out; "your bullet would barely leave the barrel before it would fall to the surface like a heavy stone pushed off the side of a house."
"Oh! I like that!" laughed the incredulous Ardan.
"Oh! I love that!" laughed the skeptical Ardan.
"A little calculation, however, shows the Captain's remark to be perfectly just," said Barbican. "Rodman's ordinary 15 inch Columbiad requires a charge of 100 pounds of mammoth powder to throw a ball of 500 pounds weight. What could such a charge do with a ball weighing 30 times as much or 15,000 pounds? Reflect on the enormous weight everything must have on the surface of the Sun! Your hat, for instance, would weigh 20 or 30 pounds. Your cigar nearly a pound. In short, your own weight on the Sun's surface would be so great, more than two tons, that if you ever fell you should never be able to pick yourself up again!"
"A little calculation shows that the Captain's remark is completely accurate," said Barbican. "Rodman's standard 15-inch Columbiad needs a charge of 100 pounds of mammoth powder to launch a 500-pound ball. What would such a charge do to a ball that weighs 30 times more, or 15,000 pounds? Just think about the incredible weight everything would have on the surface of the Sun! Your hat, for example, would weigh 20 or 30 pounds. Your cigar would weigh nearly a pound. In short, your own weight on the Sun’s surface would be so massive, over two tons, that if you ever fell, you'd never be able to get up again!"
"Yes," added the Captain, "and whenever you wanted to eat or drink you should rig up a set of powerful machinery to hoist the eatables and drinkables into your mouth."
"Yes," the Captain said, "and whenever you want to eat or drink, you should set up some strong machinery to lift the food and drinks into your mouth."
"Enough of the Sun to-day, boys!" cried Ardan, shrugging his shoulders; "I don't contemplate going there at present. Let us be satisfied with the Moon! There, at least, we shall be of some account!"
"That's enough about the Sun for today, guys!" shouted Ardan, shrugging his shoulders. "I don't intend to go there right now. Let's be happy with the Moon! At least there, we’ll be important!"
CHAPTER IX.
A LITTLE OFF THE TRACK.
Barbican's mind was now completely at rest at least on one subject. The original force of the discharge had been great enough to send the Projectile beyond the neutral line. Therefore, there was no longer any danger of its falling back to the Earth. Therefore, there was no longer any danger of its resting eternally motionless on the point of the counteracting attractions. The next subject to engage his attention was the question: would the Projectile, under the influence of lunar attraction, succeed in reaching its destination?
Barbican's mind was now totally at ease on at least one issue. The initial force of the discharge had been strong enough to send the Projectile past the neutral line. So, there was no longer any risk of it falling back to Earth. There was also no longer any concern about it being stuck forever just at the point of the opposing forces. The next thing on his mind was the question: would the Projectile, influenced by lunar attraction, manage to reach its destination?
The only way in which it could succeed was by falling through a space of nearly 24,000 miles and then striking the Moon's surface. A most terrific fall! Even taking the lunar attraction to be only the one-sixth of the Earth's, such a fall was simply bewildering to think of. The greatest height to which a balloon ever ascended was seven miles (Glaisher, 1862). Imagine a fall from even that distance! Then imagine a fall from a height of four thousand miles!
The only way it could succeed was by dropping through a space of nearly 24,000 miles and then hitting the Moon's surface. What a crazy fall! Even if we consider the Moon's gravity to be just one-sixth of Earth's, such a drop is mind-boggling to think about. The highest a balloon has ever gone is seven miles (Glaisher, 1862). Just think about falling from that height! Now picture a fall from four thousand miles!
Yet it was for a fall of this appalling kind on the surface of the Moon that the travellers had now to prepare themselves. Instead of avoiding it, however, they eagerly desired it and would be very much disappointed if they missed it. They had taken the best precautions they could devise to guard against the terrific shock. These were mainly of two kinds: one was intended to counteract as much as possible the fearful results to be expected the instant the Projectile touched the lunar surface; the other, to retard the velocity of the fall itself, and thereby to render it less violent.
Yet it was for a fall of this terrifying nature on the surface of the Moon that the travelers now had to prepare themselves. Instead of trying to avoid it, they actually looked forward to it and would be very disappointed if they missed it. They had taken all the best precautions they could think of to protect against the intense shock. These precautions mainly fell into two categories: one aimed to minimize the dreadful consequences expected the moment the Projectile made contact with the lunar surface; the other sought to slow down the fall itself, making it less severe.
The best arrangement of the first kind was certainly Barbican's water-contrivance for counteracting the shock at starting, which has been so fully described in our former volume. (See Baltimore Gun Club, page 353.) But unfortunately it could be no longer employed. Even if the partitions were in working order, the water—two thousand pounds in weight had been required—was no longer to be had. The little still left in the tanks was of no account for such a purpose. Besides, they had not a single drop of the precious liquid to spare, for they were as yet anything but sanguine regarding the facility of finding water on the Moon's surface.
The best setup of the first kind was definitely Barbican's water device for absorbing the shock at launch, which we've fully detailed in our previous volume. (See Baltimore Gun Club, page 353.) Unfortunately, it could no longer be used. Even if the partitions were functioning properly, the water—two thousand pounds was needed—was no longer available. The little that remained in the tanks wasn’t enough for this purpose. Plus, they didn’t have a single drop of the valuable liquid to spare, as they were still far from optimistic about finding water on the Moon's surface.
Fortunately, however, as the gentle reader may remember, Barbican, besides using water to break the concussion, had provided the movable disc with stout pillars containing a strong buffing apparatus, intended to protect it from striking the bottom too violently after the destruction of the different partitions. These buffers were still good, and, gravity being as yet almost imperceptible, to put them once more in order and adjust them to the disc was not a difficult task.
Fortunately, as the reader may recall, Barbican, in addition to using water to cushion the impact, had equipped the movable disc with sturdy pillars containing a robust buffering system, meant to prevent it from hitting the bottom too hard after the different partitions were destroyed. These buffers were still intact, and with gravity being barely noticeable, it was not a challenging task to get them back in place and adjust them to the disc.
The travellers set to work at once and soon accomplished it. The different pieces were put together readily—a mere matter of bolts and screws, with plenty of tools to manage them. In a short time the repaired disc rested on its steel buffers, like a table on its legs, or rather like a sofa seat on its springs. The new arrangement was attended with at least one disadvantage. The bottom light being covered up, a convenient view of the Moon's surface could not be had as soon as they should begin to fall in a perpendicular descent. This, however, was only a slight matter, as the side lights would permit the adventurers to enjoy quite as favorable a view of the vast regions of the Moon as is afforded to balloon travellers when looking down on the Earth over the sides of their car.
The travelers got to work right away and quickly finished it. The different pieces came together easily—just bolts and screws, with plenty of tools to handle them. Before long, the repaired disc was resting on its steel supports, like a table on its legs, or more like a sofa seat on its springs. However, the new setup had at least one drawback. With the bottom light covered, they wouldn’t have a good view of the Moon's surface as they started to descend straight down. Still, this was a minor issue since the side lights would let the adventurers enjoy a view of the Moon's vast regions, similar to what balloon travelers see when looking down at Earth from the sides of their basket.
The disc arrangement was completed in about an hour, but it was not till past twelve o'clock before things were restored to their usual order. Barbican then tried to make fresh observations regarding the inclination of the Projectile; but to his very decided chagrin he found that it had not yet turned over sufficiently to commence the perpendicular fall: on the contrary, it even seemed to be following a curve rather parallel with that of the lunar disc. The Queen of the Stars now glittered with a light more dazzling than ever, whilst from an opposite part of the sky the glorious King of Day flooded her with his fires.
The arrangement of the discs was finished in about an hour, but it wasn't until after midnight that everything was back to normal. Barbican then tried to make new observations about the angle of the Projectile; however, to his great disappointment, he found that it hadn't yet tilted enough to start its straight descent. Instead, it appeared to be following a curve that was more aligned with the path of the moon. The Queen of the Stars now shone with a brightness more stunning than ever, while from the opposite side of the sky, the magnificent Sun bathed her in his light.
The situation began to look a little serious.
The situation started to seem a bit serious.
"Shall we ever get there!" asked the Captain.
"Are we ever going to get there?" the Captain asked.
"Let us be prepared for getting there, any how," was Barbican's dubious reply.
"Let's get ready to go there, somehow," was Barbican's unsure reply.
"You're a pretty pair of suspenders," said Ardan cheerily (he meant of course doubting hesitators, but his fluent command of English sometimes led him into such solecisms). "Certainly we shall get there—and perhaps a little sooner than will be good for us."
"You're a nice pair of suspenders," Ardan said cheerfully (he actually meant uncertain delayers, but his fluent grasp of English sometimes got him into these slip-ups). "We will definitely get there—and maybe a bit sooner than what's good for us."
This reply sharply recalled Barbican to the task he had undertaken, and he now went to work seriously, trying to combine arrangements to break the fall. The reader may perhaps remember Ardan's reply to the Captain on the day of the famous meeting in Tampa.
This response quickly reminded Barbican of the duty he had taken on, and he got to work earnestly, trying to figure out how to soften the impact of the fall. The reader might recall Ardan's response to the Captain on the day of the well-known meeting in Tampa.
"Your fall would be violent enough," the Captain had urged, "to splinter you like glass into a thousand fragments."
"Your fall would be so violent," the Captain had insisted, "that it would shatter you like glass into a thousand pieces."
"And what shall prevent me," had been Ardan's ready reply, "from breaking my fall by means of counteracting rockets suitably disposed, and let off at the proper time?"
"And what’s stopping me," Ardan quickly replied, "from breaking my fall using counteracting rockets placed just right and fired at the right moment?"
The practical utility of this idea had at once impressed Barbican. It could hardly be doubted that powerful rockets, fastened on the outside to the bottom of the Projectile, could, when discharged, considerably retard the velocity of the fall by their sturdy recoil. They could burn in a vacuum by means of oxygen furnished by themselves, as powder burns in the chamber of a gun, or as the volcanoes of the Moon continue their action regardless of the absence of a lunar atmosphere.
The practical usefulness of this idea immediately struck Barbican. It was clear that powerful rockets, attached to the outside bottom of the Projectile, could significantly slow down the fall by their strong recoil when fired. They could burn in a vacuum using oxygen provided by themselves, just like gunpowder burns in a gun's chamber, or how the Moon's volcanoes keep erupting despite the lack of a lunar atmosphere.
Barbican had therefore provided himself with rockets enclosed in strong steel gun barrels, grooved on the outside so that they could be screwed into corresponding holes already made with much care in the bottom of the Projectile. They were just long enough, when flush with the floor inside, to project outside by about six inches. They were twenty in number, and formed two concentric circles around the dead light. Small holes in the disc gave admission to the wires by which each of the rockets was to be discharged externally by electricity. The whole effect was therefore to be confined to the outside. The mixtures having been already carefully deposited in each barrel, nothing further need be done than to take away the metallic plugs which had been screwed into the bottom of the Projectile, and replace them by the rockets, every one of which was found to fit its grooved chamber with rigid exactness.
Barbican had set himself up with rockets housed in strong steel gun barrels, which were grooved on the outside so they could be screwed into corresponding holes carefully made in the bottom of the Projectile. When flush with the floor inside, they extended out about six inches. There were twenty of them, arranged in two concentric circles around the dead light. Small holes in the disc allowed wires to connect so each rocket could be triggered externally by electricity. The entire setup was designed to keep the effect confined to the outside. With the mixtures already carefully placed in each barrel, all that needed to be done was to remove the metal plugs that had been screwed into the bottom of the Projectile and replace them with the rockets, each of which fit its grooved chamber perfectly.
This evidently should have been all done before the disc had been finally laid on its springs. But as this had to be lifted up again in order to reach the bottom of the Projectile, more work was to be done than was strictly necessary. Though the labor was not very hard, considering that gravity had as yet scarcely made itself felt, M'Nicholl and Ardan were not sorry to have their little joke at Barbican's expense. The Frenchman began humming
This clearly should have all been done before the disc was finally placed on its springs. But since it had to be lifted again to access the bottom of the Projectile, there was more work to do than absolutely necessary. Although the task wasn't too difficult, given that gravity had hardly made an impact yet, M'Nicholl and Ardan were happy to have a little laugh at Barbican's expense. The Frenchman started humming
to a tune from Orphée aux Enfers, and the Captain said something about the Philadelphia Highway Commissioners who pave a street one day, and tear it up the next to lay the gas pipes. But his friends' humor was all lost on Barbican, who was so wrapped up in his work that he probably never heard a word they said.
to a tune from Orphée aux Enfers, and the Captain mentioned the Philadelphia Highway Commissioners who pave a street one day and tear it up the next to install gas pipes. But his friends' jokes were completely lost on Barbican, who was so focused on his work that he probably didn’t hear anything they said.
Towards three o'clock every preparation was made, every possible precaution taken, and now our bold adventurers had nothing more to do than watch and wait.
Towards three o'clock, everything was ready, all possible precautions were taken, and now our daring adventurers had nothing left to do but watch and wait.
The Projectile was certainly approaching the Moon. It had by this time turned over considerably under the influence of attraction, but its own original motion still followed a decidedly oblique direction. The consequence of these two forces might possibly be a tangent, line approaching the edge of the Moon's disc. One thing was certain: the Projectile had not yet commenced to fall directly towards her surface; its base, in which its centre of gravity lay, was still turned away considerably from the perpendicular.
The Projectile was definitely getting closer to the Moon. By this point, it had tilted quite a bit due to gravitational pull, but its initial motion still followed a notably angled path. The outcome of these two forces could potentially be a tangent line moving towards the edge of the Moon's disc. One thing was clear: the Projectile hadn’t started to fall straight towards the surface yet; its base, where its center of gravity was located, was still turned away significantly from the vertical.
Barbican's countenance soon showed perplexity and even alarm. His Projectile was proving intractable to the laws of gravitation. The unknown was opening out dimly before him, the great boundless unknown of the starry plains. In his pride and confidence as a scientist, he had flattered himself with having sounded the consequence of every possible hypothesis regarding the Projectile's ultimate fate: the return to the Earth; the arrival at the Moon; and the motionless dead stop at the neutral point. But here, a new and incomprehensible fourth hypothesis, big with the terrors of the mystic infinite, rose up before his disturbed mind, like a grim and hollow ghost. After a few seconds, however, he looked at it straight in the face without wincing. His companions showed themselves just as firm. Whether it was science that emboldened Barbican, his phlegmatic stoicism that propped up the Captain, or his enthusiastic vivacity that cheered the irrepressible Ardan, I cannot exactly say. But certainly they were all soon talking over the matter as calmly as you or I would discuss the advisability of taking a sail on the lake some beautiful evening in July.
Barbican's expression quickly shifted to one of confusion and even concern. His Projectile was defying the laws of gravity. The unknown was slowly revealing itself to him, the vast, boundless unknown of the starry expanse. In his pride and confidence as a scientist, he had convinced himself he explored every possible outcome regarding the Projectile's ultimate destiny: returning to Earth, reaching the Moon, or stopping dead at the neutral point. But now, a new and baffling fourth possibility, filled with the fears of the mystic infinite, loomed in his troubled mind like a haunting specter. After a few seconds, though, he faced it directly without flinching. His companions remained just as composed. Whether it was science that gave Barbican courage, his calm demeanor that steadied the Captain, or his spirited enthusiasm that uplifted the unstoppable Ardan, I can't say for sure. But they were all soon discussing the situation as calmly as you or I would talk about going for a sail on the lake on a beautiful July evening.
Their first remarks were decidedly peculiar and quite characteristic. Other men would have asked themselves where the Projectile was taking them to. Do you think such a question ever occurred to them? Not a bit of it. They simply began asking each other what could have been the cause of this new and strange state of things.
Their first comments were definitely weird and very typical. Other guys might have wondered where the Projectile was taking them. Do you think anyone actually thought to ask that? Not at all. They just started asking each other what could have caused this new and bizarre situation.
"Off the track, it appears," observed Ardan. "How's that?"
"Looks like it's off the track," Ardan commented. "What do you mean?"
"My opinion is," answered the Captain, "that the Projectile was not aimed true. Every possible precaution had been taken, I am well aware, but we all know that an inch, a line, even the tenth part of a hair's breadth wrong at the start would have sent us thousands of miles off our course by this time."
"My opinion is," replied the Captain, "that the Projectile wasn't aimed accurately. I know that every possible precaution was taken, but we all understand that being off by an inch, a line, or even a tenth of a hair's breadth at the beginning could have thrown us thousands of miles off course by now."
"What have you to say to that, Barbican?" asked Ardan.
"What do you have to say about that, Barbican?" asked Ardan.
"I don't think there was any error at the start," was the confident reply; "not even so much as a line! We took too many tests proving the absolute perpendicularity of the Columbiad, to entertain the slightest doubt on that subject. Its direction towards the zenith being incontestable, I don't see why we should not reach the Moon when she comes to the zenith."
"I don't think there was any mistake at the beginning," was the confident response; "not even a single line! We conducted too many tests proving the absolute vertical alignment of the Columbiad to have the slightest doubt about it. Its direction toward the zenith is undeniable, so I don't see why we shouldn't reach the Moon when it is at the zenith."
"Perhaps we're behind time," suggested Ardan.
"Maybe we're running late," suggested Ardan.
"What have you to say to that, Barbican?" asked the Captain. "You know the Cambridge men said the journey had to be done in 97 hours 13 minutes and 20 seconds. That's as much as to say that if we're not up to time we shall miss the Moon."
"What do you have to say about that, Barbican?" asked the Captain. "You know the Cambridge guys said the journey had to be completed in 97 hours, 13 minutes, and 20 seconds. That basically means if we're not on schedule, we'll miss the Moon."
"Correct," said Barbican. "But we can't be behind time. We started, you know, on December 1st, at 13 minutes and 20 seconds before 11 o'clock, and we were to arrive four days later at midnight precisely. To-day is December 5th Gentlemen, please examine your watches. It is now half past three in the afternoon. Eight hours and a half are sufficient to take us to our journey's end. Why should we not arrive there?"
"That's right," said Barbican. "But we can't be running late. We started, you know, on December 1st, at 13 minutes and 20 seconds before 11 o'clock, and we were supposed to arrive four days later at exactly midnight. Today is December 5th. Gentlemen, please check your watches. It's now half past three in the afternoon. Eight and a half hours are enough for us to reach our destination. Why shouldn't we get there?"
"How about being ahead of time?" asked the Captain.
"How about being early?" asked the Captain.
"Just so!" said Ardan. "You know we have discovered the initial velocity to have been greater than was expected."
"Exactly!" said Ardan. "You know we found that the initial velocity was greater than we expected."
"Not at all! not at all!" cried Barbican "A slight excess of velocity would have done no harm whatever had the direction of the Projectile been perfectly true. No. There must have been a digression. We must have been switched off!"
"Not at all! Not at all!" shouted Barbican. "A little extra speed wouldn't have caused any problems if the Projectile's path had been perfectly straight. No. There must have been a diversion. We must have been redirected!"
"Switched off? By what?" asked both his listeners in one breath.
"Turned off? By what?" asked both of his listeners at the same time.
"I can't tell," said Barbican curtly.
"I can't say," Barbican replied shortly.
"Well!" said Ardan; "if Barbican can't tell, there is an end to all further talk on the subject. We're switched off—that's enough for me. What has done it? I don't care. Where are we going to? I don't care. What is the use of pestering our brains about it? We shall soon find out. We are floating around in space, and we shall end by hauling up somewhere or other."
"Well!" said Ardan; "if Barbican can't figure it out, then that's the end of any more discussion. We're done—that's enough for me. What caused it? I don’t care. Where are we headed? I don’t care. What's the point of stressing over it? We’ll find out soon enough. We're drifting through space, and we’ll end up somewhere eventually."
But in this indifference Barbican was far from participating. Not that he was not prepared to meet the future with a bold and manly heart. It was his inability to answer his own question that rendered him uneasy. What had switched them off? He would have given worlds for an answer, but his brain sorely puzzled sought one in vain.
But in this indifference, Barbican was nowhere near sharing the feeling. He was ready to face the future with courage and strength. It was his inability to answer his own question that made him uneasy. What had caused them to shut down? He would have given anything for an answer, but his mind was deeply troubled and found no clarity.
In the mean time, the Projectile continued to turn its side rather than its base towards the Moon; that is, to assume a lateral rather than a direct movement, and this movement was fully participated in by the multitude of the objects that had been thrown outside. Barbican could even convince himself by sighting several points on the lunar surface, by this time hardly more than fifteen or eighteen thousand miles distant, that the velocity of the Projectile instead of accelerating was becoming more and more uniform. This was another proof that there was no perpendicular fall. However, though the original impulsive force was still superior to the Moon's attraction, the travellers were evidently approaching the lunar disc, and there was every reason to hope that they would at last reach a point where, the lunar attraction at last having the best of it, a decided fall should be the result.
In the meantime, the Projectile continued to turn its side instead of its base toward the Moon; that is, it was moving sideways rather than directly. This side movement was also seen in the many objects that had been launched outside. Barbican could even reassure himself by looking at several points on the lunar surface, which were now barely fifteen or eighteen thousand miles away, that the Projectile's speed, instead of increasing, was becoming more consistent. This was further proof that there was no straight fall. However, although the original force was still stronger than the Moon's pull, the travelers were clearly getting closer to the lunar surface, and there was every reason to believe they would eventually reach a point where the Moon's attraction would overcome them, resulting in a definite fall.
The three friends, it need hardly be said, continued to make their observations with redoubled interest, if redoubled interest were possible. But with all their care they could as yet determine nothing regarding the topographical details of our radiant satellite. Her surface still reflected the solar rays too dazzlingly to show the relief necessary for satisfactory observation.
The three friends, it's hardly worth mentioning, kept making their observations with even more interest, if that's possible. But despite all their efforts, they still couldn’t figure out anything about the surface details of our bright satellite. Its surface still reflected sunlight so intensely that it was difficult to see the features needed for a clear observation.
Our travellers kept steadily on the watch looking out of the side lights, till eight o'clock in the evening, by which time the Moon had grown so large in their eyes that she covered up fully half the sky. At this time the Projectile itself must have looked like a streak of light, reflecting, as it did, the Sun's brilliancy on the one side and the Moon's splendor on the other.
Our travelers stayed alert, gazing out of the side windows, until eight o'clock in the evening, by which time the Moon appeared so large to them that it blocked out almost half the sky. At that moment, the Projectile must have looked like a streak of light, reflecting the Sun's brightness on one side and the Moon's glow on the other.
Barbican now took a careful observation and calculated that they could not be much more than 2,000 miles from the object of their journey. The velocity of the Projectile he calculated to be about 650 feet per second or 450 miles an hour. They had therefore still plenty of time to reach the Moon in about four hours. But though the bottom of the Projectile continued to turn towards the lunar surface in obedience to the law of centripetal force, the centrifugal force was still evidently strong enough to change the path which it followed into some kind of curve, the exact nature of which would be exceedingly difficult to calculate.
Barbican carefully observed and figured out that they were probably just around 2,000 miles from their destination. He calculated the speed of the Projectile to be about 650 feet per second, or 450 miles per hour. They still had plenty of time to reach the Moon in about four hours. However, even though the bottom of the Projectile kept facing the lunar surface due to centripetal force, the centrifugal force was clearly strong enough to bend its path into some sort of curve, making it really difficult to determine its exact trajectory.
The careful observations that Barbican continued to take did not however prevent him from endeavoring to solve his difficult problem. What had switched them off? The hours passed on, but brought no result. That the adventurers were approaching the Moon was evident, but it was just as evident that they should never reach her. The nearest point the Projectile could ever possibly attain would only be the result of two opposite forces, the attractive and the repulsive, which, as was now clear, influenced its motion. Therefore, to land in the Moon was an utter impossibility, and any such idea was to be given up at once and for ever.
The careful observations that Barbican continued to make didn’t stop him from trying to solve his difficult problem. What had switched them off? Hours went by, but there was no answer. It was clear that the adventurers were getting closer to the Moon, but it was just as clear that they would never reach it. The closest point the Projectile could possibly get to would only be the result of two opposing forces, the attractive and the repulsive, which, as was now obvious, affected its motion. So, landing on the Moon was completely impossible, and any thought of it had to be abandoned immediately and forever.
"Quand même! What of it!" cried Ardan; after some moments' silence. "We're not to land in the Moon! Well! let us do the next best thing—pass close enough to discover her secrets!"
"Anyway! So what!" shouted Ardan after a brief silence. "We're not landing on the Moon! Well! Let's do the next best thing—get close enough to uncover her secrets!"
But M'Nicholl could not accept the situation so coolly. On the contrary, he decidedly lost his temper, as is occasionally the case with even phlegmatic men. He muttered an oath or two, but in a voice hardly loud enough to reach Barbican's ear. At last, impatient of further restraint, he burst out:
But M'Nicholl couldn't take the situation so calmly. On the contrary, he definitely lost his temper, which can happen even to laid-back people. He cursed a little, but his voice was so low it barely reached Barbican's ears. Finally, fed up with holding back, he exploded:
"Who the deuce cares for her secrets? To the hangman with her secrets! We started to land in the Moon! That's what's got to be done! That I want or nothing! Confound the darned thing, I say, whatever it was, whether on the Earth or off it, that shoved us off the track!"
"Who the heck cares about her secrets? To hell with her secrets! We’re about to land on the Moon! That’s what needs to happen! That’s what I want, or nothing at all! Damn the thing, I say, whatever it was, whether it was on Earth or not, that threw us off course!"
"On the Earth or off it!" cried Barbican, striking his head suddenly; "now I see it! You're right, Captain! Confound the bolide that we met the first night of our journey!"
"On Earth or beyond!" shouted Barbican, suddenly hitting his head; "now I get it! You're right, Captain! Damn the meteor we encountered on the first night of our journey!"
"Hey?" cried Ardan.
"Hey?" shouted Ardan.
"What do you mean?" asked M'Nicholl.
"What do you mean?" asked M'Nicholl.
"I mean," replied Barbican, with a voice now perfectly calm, and in a tone of quiet conviction, "that our deviation is due altogether to that wandering meteor."
"I mean," Barbican replied, his voice now perfectly calm and filled with quiet conviction, "that our detour is entirely because of that wandering meteor."
"Why, it did not even graze us!" cried Ardan.
"Wow, it didn't even touch us!" yelled Ardan.
"No matter for that," replied Barbican. "Its mass, compared to ours, was enormous, and its attraction was undoubtedly sufficiently great to influence our deviation."
"No matter about that," replied Barbican. "Its mass, compared to ours, was huge, and its attraction was definitely strong enough to affect our path."
"Hardly enough to be appreciable," urged M'Nicholl.
"Not nearly enough to be noticeable," urged M'Nicholl.
"Right again, Captain," observed Barbican. "But just remember an observation of your own made this very afternoon: an inch, a line, even the tenth part of a hair's breadth wrong at the beginning, in a journey of 240 thousand miles, would be sufficient to make us miss the Moon!"
"You're right again, Captain," Barbican said. "But just keep in mind something you pointed out earlier today: even a tiny mistake—an inch, a line, or even a tenth of a hair's width—at the start of a journey of 240 thousand miles could be enough for us to miss the Moon!"
CHAPTER X.
THE OBSERVERS OF THE MOON.
Barbican's happy conjecture had probably hit the nail on the head. The divergency even of a second may amount to millions of miles if you only have your lines long enough. The Projectile had certainly gone off its direct course; whatever the cause, the fact was undoubted. It was a great pity. The daring attempt must end in a failure due altogether to a fortuitous accident, against which no human foresight could have possibly taken precaution. Unless in case of the occurrence of some other most improbable accident, reaching the Moon was evidently now impossible. To failure, therefore, our travellers had to make up their minds.
Barbican's optimistic guess was probably spot on. Even a tiny divergence can add up to millions of miles if your lines are long enough. The Projectile had definitely strayed from its intended path; whatever the reason, that was a fact. It was a real shame. This bold attempt was bound to fail due to a random accident that no human could have predicted or prepared for. Unless another highly unlikely incident occurred, reaching the Moon was clearly out of the question now. So, our travelers had to come to terms with the fact that they were facing failure.
But was nothing to be gained by the trip? Though missing actual contact with the Moon, might they not pass near enough to solve several problems in physics and geology over which scientists had been for a long time puzzling their brains in vain? Even this would be some compensation for all their trouble, courage, and intelligence. As to what was to be their own fate, to what doom were themselves to be reserved—they never appeared to think of such a thing. They knew very well that in the midst of those infinite solitudes they should soon find themselves without air. The slight supply that kept them from smothering could not possibly last more than five or six days longer. Five or six days! What of that? Quand même! as Ardan often exclaimed. Five or six days were centuries to our bold adventurers! At present every second was a year in events, and infinitely too precious to be squandered away in mere preparations for possible contingencies. The Moon could never be reached, but was it not possible that her surface could be carefully observed? This they set themselves at once to find out.
But was there nothing to gain from the trip? Even without actually landing on the Moon, couldn't they get close enough to solve some of the physics and geology problems that scientists had been struggling with for ages? That alone would make all their effort, bravery, and intelligence worthwhile. As for their own fate—what doom awaited them—they never seemed to think about it. They knew full well that in those vast emptinesses, they would soon run out of air. The small supply keeping them from suffocating could only last five or six more days at most. Five or six days! So what? Quand même! as Ardan often said. For our daring adventurers, five or six days felt like centuries! Right now, every second dragged on like a year, and it was way too precious to waste on just preparing for possible outcomes. They might not reach the Moon, but couldn’t they carefully observe its surface? This is what they immediately set out to discover.
The distance now separating them from our Satellite they estimated at about 400 miles. Therefore relatively to their power of discovering the details of her disc, they were still farther off from the Moon than some of our modern astronomers are to-day, when provided with their powerful telescopes.
The distance now separating them from our Satellite was estimated to be about 400 miles. So, in terms of their ability to see the details of her disc, they were still farther away from the Moon than some of our modern astronomers are today with their powerful telescopes.
We know, for example, that Lord Rosse's great telescope at Parsonstown, possessing a power of magnifying 6000 times, brings the Moon to within 40 miles of us; not to speak of Barbican's great telescope on the summit of Long's Peak, by which the Moon, magnified 48,000 times, was brought within 5 miles of the Earth, where it therefore could reveal with sufficient distinctness every object above 40 feet in diameter.
We know, for instance, that Lord Rosse's large telescope at Parsonstown, which can magnify up to 6000 times, brings the Moon within 40 miles of us; not to mention Barbican's massive telescope atop Long's Peak, which magnifies the Moon 48,000 times, bringing it to just 5 miles from the Earth, allowing it to clearly show every object larger than 40 feet in diameter.
Therefore our adventurers, though at such a comparatively small distance, could not make out the topographical details of the Moon with any satisfaction by their unaided vision. The eye indeed could easily enough catch the rugged outline of these vast depressions improperly called "Seas," but it could do very little more. Its powers of adjustability seemed to fail before the strange and bewildering scene. The prominence of the mountains vanished, not only through the foreshortening, but also in the dazzling radiation produced by the direct reflection of the solar rays. After a short time therefore, completely foiled by the blinding glare, the eye turned itself unwillingly away, as if from a furnace of molten silver.
Therefore, our adventurers, despite being at a relatively short distance, couldn't make out the details of the Moon's surface with any clarity with just their eyes. While they could easily see the rough outline of the large depressions misleadingly called "Seas," that was about it. Their eyes struggled to adjust to the strange and confusing view. The mountains lost their prominence, not just because of the perspective but also due to the intense light from the direct reflection of the sun's rays. Eventually, completely overwhelmed by the blinding glare, their eyes turned away, as if from a furnace of molten silver.
The spherical surface, however, had long since begun to reveal its convexity. The Moon was gradually assuming the appearance of a gigantic egg with the smaller end turned towards the Earth. In the earlier days of her formation, while still in a state of mobility, she had been probably a perfect sphere in shape, but, under the influence of terrestrial gravity operating for uncounted ages, she was drawn at last so much towards the centre of attraction as to resemble somewhat a prolate spheriod. By becoming a satellite, she had lost the native perfect regularity of her outline; her centre of gravity had shifted from her real centre; and as a result of this arrangement, some scientists have drawn the conclusion that the Moon's air and water have been attracted to that portion of her surface which is always invisible to the inhabitants of the Earth.
The spherical surface, however, had long started to show its curve. The Moon was gradually looking like a huge egg with the smaller end facing the Earth. In the early days of its formation, while still somewhat fluid, it was likely a perfect sphere, but, under the influence of Earth's gravity acting for countless ages, it was eventually pulled towards the center of attraction enough to look like a stretched-out sphere. By becoming a satellite, it lost the original perfect shape of its outline; its center of gravity shifted from its actual center; and as a result of this, some scientists have concluded that the Moon's air and water have been drawn to the part of its surface that is always hidden from the people on Earth.
The convexity of her outline, this bulging prominence of her surface, however, did not last long. The travellers were getting too near to notice it. They were beginning to survey the Moon as balloonists survey the Earth. The Projectile was now moving with great rapidity—with nothing like its initial velocity, but still eight or nine times faster than an express train. Its line of movement, however, being oblique instead of direct, was so deceptive as to induce Ardan to flatter himself that they might still reach the lunar surface. He could never persuade himself to believe that they should get so near their aim and still miss it. No; nothing might, could, would or should induce him to believe it, he repeated again and again. But Barbican's pitiless logic left him no reply.
The curve of her shape, that noticeable bulge on her surface, didn't last long. The travelers were getting too close to see it. They were starting to look at the Moon like balloonists look at the Earth. The Projectile was now moving really fast—nowhere near its initial speed, but still eight or nine times faster than a high-speed train. Its path, however, was slanted instead of straight, which misled Ardan into thinking they might still reach the lunar surface. He could never convince himself that they could get so close to their goal and still miss it. No; nothing could make him believe it, he kept repeating. But Barbican's relentless logic left him with no response.
"No, dear friend, no. We can reach the Moon only by a fall, and we don't fall. Centripetal force keeps us at least for a while under the lunar influence, but centrifugal force drives us away irresistibly."
"No, dear friend, no. We can only reach the Moon by falling, and we don't fall. Centripetal force keeps us under the lunar influence for a while, but centrifugal force pushes us away uncontrollably."
These words were uttered in a tone that killed Ardan's last and fondest hope.
These words were spoken in a way that crushed Ardan's final and deepest hope.
The portion of the Moon they were now approaching was her northern hemisphere, found usually in the lower part of lunar maps. The lens of a telescope, as is well known, gives only the inverted image of the object; therefore, when an upright image is required, an additional glass must be used. But as every additional glass is an additional obstruction to the light, the object glass of a Lunar telescope is employed without a corrector; light is thereby saved, and in viewing the Moon, as in viewing a map, it evidently makes very little difference whether we see her inverted or not. Maps of the Moon therefore, being drawn from the image formed by the telescope, show the north in the lower part, and vice versa. Of this kind was the Mappa Selenographica, by Beer and Maedler, so often previously alluded to and now carefully consulted by Barbican. The northern hemisphere, towards which they were now rapidly approaching, presented a strong contrast with the southern, by its vast plains and great depressions, checkered here and there by very remarkable isolated mountains.[A]
The part of the Moon they were now getting close to was the northern hemisphere, which is usually found in the lower section of lunar maps. A telescope's lens, as is well known, only provides an inverted image of the object; so when a right-side-up image is needed, an extra lens must be used. However, since each additional lens blocks more light, the object lens of a lunar telescope is used without a corrector; this saves light, and when viewing the Moon, like when looking at a map, it doesn't really change much whether we see it inverted or not. Lunar maps, therefore, are created from the image produced by the telescope, showing the north at the bottom, and vice versa. Such was the case with the Mappa Selenographica, by Beer and Maedler, which Barbican frequently referred to and now carefully consulted. The northern hemisphere, which they were now quickly approaching, stood in stark contrast to the southern part, featuring vast plains and significant depressions, dotted here and there with very notable isolated mountains.[A]
At midnight the Moon was full. This was the precise moment at which the travellers would have landed had not that unlucky bolide drawn them off the track. The Moon was therefore strictly up to time, arriving at the instant rigidly determined by the Cambridge Observatory. She occupied the exact point, to a mathematical nicety, where our 28th parallel crossed the perigee. An observer posted in the bottom of the Columbiad at Stony Hill, would have found himself at this moment precisely under the Moon. The axis of the enormous gun, continued upwards vertically, would have struck the orb of night exactly in her centre.
At midnight, the Moon was full. This was the exact moment the travelers would have landed if that unfortunate meteor hadn’t thrown them off course. The Moon was right on schedule, arriving precisely at the moment calculated by the Cambridge Observatory. It was located exactly, down to the last detail, where our 28th parallel intersected the perigee. An observer positioned at the bottom of the Columbiad at Stony Hill would have found themselves directly beneath the Moon at this moment. The axis of the massive gun, extending straight up, would have hit the center of the night sky perfectly.
It is hardly necessary to tell our readers that, during this memorable night of the 5th and 6th of December, the travellers had no desire to close their eyes. Could they do so, even if they had desired? No! All their faculties, thoughts, and desires, were concentrated in one single word: "Look!" Representatives of the Earth, and of all humanity past and present, they felt that it was with their eyes that the race of man contemplated the lunar regions and penetrated the secrets of our satellite! A certain indescribable emotion therefore, combined with an undefined sense of responsibility, held possession of their hearts, as they moved silently from window to window.
It’s hardly necessary to tell our readers that, during the unforgettable night of December 5th and 6th, the travelers had no intention of closing their eyes. Could they even do so if they wanted? No! All their senses, thoughts, and desires were focused on one single word: "Look!" As representatives of Earth and all of humanity, past and present, they felt that it was through their eyes that mankind was gazing at the lunar landscape and uncovering the mysteries of our moon! An indescribable emotion, mixed with a vague sense of responsibility, filled their hearts as they silently moved from window to window.
Their observations, recorded by Barbican, were vigorously remade, revised, and re-determined, by the others. To make them, they had telescopes which they now began to employ with great advantage. To regulate and investigate them, they had the best maps of the day.
Their observations, recorded by Barbican, were actively reworked, updated, and confirmed by the others. To do this, they had telescopes that they now began to use very effectively. To manage and explore them, they had the best maps available at the time.
Whilst occupied in this silent work, they could not help throwing a short retrospective glance on the former Observers of the Moon.
While engaged in this quiet task, they couldn't help but take a brief look back at the previous Observers of the Moon.
The first of these was Galileo. His slight telescope magnified only thirty times, still, in the spots flecking the lunar surface, like the eyes checkering a peacock's tail, he was the first to discover mountains and even to measure their heights. These, considering the difficulties under which he labored, were wonderfully accurate, but unfortunately he made no map embodying his observations.
The first of these was Galileo. His small telescope magnified just thirty times, yet he was the first to spot mountains in the spots on the lunar surface, resembling the patterns on a peacock's tail, and even to measure their heights. Given the challenges he faced, these measurements were impressively accurate, but unfortunately, he didn't create a map to document his findings.
A few years afterwards, Hevel of Dantzic, (1611-1688) a Polish astronomer—more generally known as Hevelius, his works being all written in Latin—undertook to correct Galileo's measurements. But as his method could be strictly accurate only twice a month—the periods of the first and second quadratures—his rectifications could be hardly called successful.
A few years later, Hevel of Dantzic (1611-1688), a Polish astronomer better known as Hevelius, since all his works were written in Latin, set out to correct Galileo's measurements. However, since his method could only be strictly accurate twice a month—during the first and second quadratures—his corrections were hardly successful.
Still it is to the labors of this eminent astronomer, carried on uninterruptedly for fifty years in his own observatory, that we owe the first map of the Moon. It was published in 1647 under the name of Selenographia. He represented the circular mountains by open spots somewhat round in shape, and by shaded figures he indicated the vast plains, or, as he called them, the seas, that occupied so much of her surface. These he designated by names taken from our Earth. His map shows you a Mount Sinai the midst of an Arabia, an Ætna in the centre of a Sicily, Alps, Apennines, Carpathians, a Mediterranean, a Palus Mæolis, a Pontus Euxinus, and a Caspian Sea. But these names seem to have been given capriciously and at random, for they never recall any resemblance existing between themselves and their namesakes on our globe. In the wide open spot, for instance, connected on the south with vast continents and terminating in a point, it would be no easy matter to recognize the reversed image of the Indian Peninsula, the Bay of Bengal, and Cochin China. Naturally, therefore, these names were nearly all soon dropped; but another system of nomenclature, proposed by an astronomer better acquainted with the human heart, met with a success that has lasted to the present day.
Still, we owe the first map of the Moon to the work of this prominent astronomer, who tirelessly labored in his own observatory for fifty years. It was published in 1647 under the title Selenographia. He depicted the circular mountains as open spots that were somewhat round in shape, and he used shaded figures to represent the vast plains, which he referred to as the seas, covering much of its surface. He named these features after places on Earth. His map features a Mount Sinai in the middle of an Arabia, an Ætna at the center of a Sicily, Alps, Apennines, Carpathians, a Mediterranean, a Palus Mæolis, a Pontus Euxinus, and a Caspian Sea. However, these names seem to have been chosen randomly, as they do not resemble their Earthly counterparts at all. For example, in the large open area connected on the south to vast continents and ending in a point, it would be difficult to recognize the inverted image of the Indian Peninsula, the Bay of Bengal, and Cochin China. Naturally, most of these names were quickly discarded; however, a different naming system proposed by an astronomer more in tune with human feelings found enduring success that continues to this day.
This was Father Riccioli, a Jesuit, and (1598-1671) a contemporary of Hevelius. In his Astronomia Reformata, (1665), he published a rough and incorrect map of the Moon, compiled from observations made by Grimaldi of Ferrara; but in designating the mountains, he named them after eminent astronomers, and this idea of his has been carefully carried out by map makers of later times.
This was Father Riccioli, a Jesuit, and (1598-1671) a contemporary of Hevelius. In his Astronomia Reformata, (1665), he published a rough and inaccurate map of the Moon, based on observations made by Grimaldi from Ferrara; however, when naming the mountains, he honored prominent astronomers, and this concept of his has been carefully implemented by later map makers.
A third map of the Moon was published at Rome in 1666 by Dominico Cassini of Nice (1625-1712), the famous discoverer of Saturn's satellites. Though somewhat incorrect regarding measurements, it was superior to Riccioli's in execution, and for a long time it was considered a standard work. Copies of this map are still to be found, but Cassini's original copper-plate, preserved for a long time at the Imprimerie Royale in Paris, was at last sold to a brazier, by no less a personage than the Director of the establishment himself, who, according to Arago, wanted to get rid of what he considered useless lumber!
A third map of the Moon was published in Rome in 1666 by Domenico Cassini of Nice (1625-1712), the well-known discoverer of Saturn's moons. Although it had some inaccuracies in measurements, it was better in execution than Riccioli's map, and for a long time, it was regarded as a standard work. Copies of this map can still be found, but Cassini's original copper plate, which was preserved for a long time at the Imprimerie Royale in Paris, was eventually sold to a metalworker by none other than the Director of the establishment himself, who, according to Arago, wanted to dispose of what he saw as useless junk!
La Hire (1640-1718), professor of astronomy in the Collège de France, and an accomplished draughtsman, drew a map of the Moon which was thirteen feet in diameter. This map could be seen long afterwards in the library of St. Genevieve, Paris, but it was never engraved.
La Hire (1640-1718), a professor of astronomy at the Collège de France, and a skilled draftsman, created a map of the Moon that was thirteen feet in diameter. This map could be viewed long after in the library of St. Genevieve, Paris, but it was never engraved.
About 1760, Mayer, a famous German astronomer and the director of the observatory of Göttingen, began the publication of a magnificent map of the Moon, drawn after lunar measurements all rigorously verified by himself. Unfortunately his death in 1762 interrupted a work which would have surpassed in accuracy every previous effort of the kind.
About 1760, Mayer, a well-known German astronomer and the director of the Göttingen observatory, started publishing an amazing map of the Moon, created from lunar measurements that he personally verified. Sadly, his death in 1762 cut short a project that would have exceeded the accuracy of all previous attempts of its kind.
Next appears Schroeter of Erfurt (1745-1816), a fine observer (he first discovered the Lunar Rills), but a poor draughtsman: his maps are therefore of little value. Lohrman of Dresden published in 1838 an excellent map of the Moon, 15 inches in diameter, accompanied by descriptive text and several charts of particular portions on a larger scale.
Next comes Schroeter of Erfurt (1745-1816), a keen observer (he was the first to discover the Lunar Rills), but not a great draftsman: his maps are mostly of limited use. Lohrman of Dresden released an excellent map of the Moon in 1838, measuring 15 inches in diameter, along with descriptive text and several charts of specific areas at a larger scale.
But this and all other maps were thrown completely into the shade by Beer and Maedler's famous Mappa Selenographica, so often alluded to in the course of this work. This map, projected orthographically—that is, one in which all the rays proceeding from the surface to the eye are supposed to be parallel to each other—gives a reproduction of the lunar disc exactly as it appears. The representation of the mountains and plains is therefore correct only in the central portion; elsewhere, north, south, east, or west, the features, being foreshortened, are crowded together, and cannot be compared in measurement with those in the centre. It is more than three feet square; for convenient reference it is divided into four parts, each having a very full index; in short, this map is in all respects a master piece of lunar cartography.[B]
But this and all other maps were completely overshadowed by Beer and Maedler's famous Mappa Selenographica, which is often referenced throughout this work. This map, projected orthographically—which means that all the rays coming from the surface to the eye are assumed to be parallel—provides a reproduction of the lunar disc just as it appears. The depiction of the mountains and plains is therefore accurate only in the central area; elsewhere—north, south, east, or west—the features are compressed due to foreshortening and cannot be compared in size to those in the center. It measures more than three feet square, and for easy reference, it is divided into four sections, each with a very detailed index; in short, this map is a true masterpiece of lunar cartography.[B]
After Beer and Maedler, we should allude to Julius Schmitt's (of Athens) excellent selenographic reliefs: to Doctor Draper's, and to Father Secchi's successful application of photography to lunar representation; to De La Rue's (of London) magnificent stereographs of the Moon, to be had at every optician's; to the clear and correct map prepared by Lecouturier and Chapuis in 1860; to the many beautiful pictures of the Moon in various phases of illumination obtained by the Messrs. Bond of Harvard University; to Rutherford's (of New York) unparalleled lunar photographs; and finally to Nasmyth and Carpenter's wonderful work on the Moon, illustrated by photographs of her surface in detail, prepared from models at which they had been laboring for more than a quarter of the century.
After Beer and Maedler, we should mention Julius Schmitt's (from Athens) excellent lunar reliefs; Doctor Draper's and Father Secchi's successful use of photography for lunar representations; De La Rue's (from London) stunning stereographs of the Moon, available at every optician's; the clear and accurate map created by Lecouturier and Chapuis in 1860; the many beautiful images of the Moon captured by the Bond brothers at Harvard University during various phases of illumination; Rutherford's (from New York) unmatched lunar photographs; and lastly, Nasmyth and Carpenter's remarkable work on the Moon, featuring detailed photographs of its surface that were prepared from models they had been working on for over twenty-five years.
Of all these maps, pictures, and projections, Barbican had provided himself with only two—Beer and Maedler's in German, and Lecouturier and Chapuis' in French. These he considered quite sufficient for all purposes, and certainly they considerably simplified his labors as an observer.
Of all these maps, pictures, and projections, Barbican had gotten himself just two—Beer and Maedler's in German, and Lecouturier and Chapuis' in French. He thought these were more than enough for his needs, and they definitely made his work as an observer much easier.
His best optical instruments were several excellent marine telescopes, manufactured especially under his direction. Magnifying the object a hundred times, on the surface of the Earth they would have brought the Moon to within a distance of somewhat less than 2400 miles. But at the point to which our travellers had arrived towards three o'clock in the morning, and which could hardly be more than 12 or 1300 miles from the Moon, these telescopes, ranging through a medium disturbed by no atmosphere, easily brought the lunar surface to within less than 13 miles' distance from the eyes of our adventurers.
His best optical instruments were several excellent marine telescopes made specifically under his direction. Magnifying the object a hundred times, on the surface of the Earth they would have brought the Moon to within a distance of just under 2400 miles. But by the time our travelers arrived around three o'clock in the morning, and were likely no more than 1200 or 1300 miles from the Moon, these telescopes, operating in a medium free from any atmosphere, easily brought the lunar surface to within less than 13 miles of our adventurers' eyes.
Therefore they should now see objects in the Moon as clearly as people can see the opposite bank of a river that is about 12 miles wide.
Therefore, they should now see objects on the Moon as clearly as people can see the far side of a river that's about 12 miles wide.
CHAPTER XI.
FACT AND FANCY.
"Have you ever seen the Moon?" said a teacher ironically one day in class to one of his pupils.
"Have you ever seen the Moon?" a teacher said sarcastically one day in class to one of his students.
"No, sir;" was the pert reply; "but I think I can safely say I've heard it spoken about."
"No, sir," was the cheeky reply, "but I think I can confidently say I've heard people talk about it."
Though saying what he considered a smart thing, the pupil was probably perfectly right. Like the immense majority of his fellow beings, he had looked at the Moon, heard her talked of, written poetry about her, but, in the strict sense of the term, he had probably never seen her—that is—scanned her, examined her, surveyed her, inspected her, reconnoitred her—even with an opera glass! Not one in a thousand, not one in ten thousand, has ever examined even the map of our only Satellite. To guard our beloved and intelligent reader against this reproach, we have prepared an excellent reduction of Beer and Maedler's Mappa, on which, for the better understanding of what is to follow, we hope he will occasionally cast a gracious eye.
Though he thought he was being clever, the student was probably spot on. Like the vast majority of people, he had looked at the Moon, heard discussions about her, and even written poetry about her, but, in the strict sense, he probably had never truly seen her—that is—studied her, examined her, surveyed her, inspected her, even checked her out with binoculars! Not one in a thousand, not one in ten thousand, has ever even looked at a map of our only Satellite. To spare our dear and intelligent reader from this oversight, we have prepared a great reduction of Beer and Maedler's Mappa, which we hope he will occasionally glance at for a better understanding of what’s to come.
When you look at any map of the Moon, you are struck first of all with one peculiarity. Contrary to the arrangement prevailing in Mars and on our Earth, the continents occupy principally the southern hemisphere of the lunar orb. Then these continents are far from presenting such sharp and regular outlines as distinguish the Indian Peninsula, Africa, and South America. On the contrary, their coasts, angular, jagged, and deeply indented, abound in bays and peninsulas. They remind you of the coast of Norway, or of the islands in the Sound, where the land seems to be cut up into endless divisions. If navigation ever existed on the Moon's surface, it must have been of a singularly difficult and dangerous nature, and we can scarcely say which of the two should be more pitied—the sailors who had to steer through these dangerous and complicated passes, or the map-makers who had to designate them on their charts.
When you look at any map of the Moon, you’re immediately struck by one odd thing. Unlike Mars and Earth, the continents are mainly located in the southern hemisphere of the Moon. Plus, these continents don’t have the sharp, regular shapes that we see in places like the Indian Peninsula, Africa, and South America. Instead, their coasts are angular, jagged, and deeply indented, filled with bays and peninsulas. They remind you of Norway's coast or the islands in the Sound, where the land appears to be divided into countless sections. If navigation ever existed on the Moon's surface, it must have been incredibly tricky and dangerous, and it’s hard to say who should be more sympathized with—the sailors trying to navigate these perilous and complex waterways, or the map-makers who had to chart them.
You will also remark that the southern pole of the Moon is much more continental than the northern. Around the latter, there exists only a slight fringe of lands separated from the other continents by vast "seas." This word "seas"—a term employed by the first lunar map constructors—is still retained to designate those vast depressions on the Moon's surface, once perhaps covered with water, though they are now only enormous plains. In the south, the continents cover nearly the whole hemisphere. It is therefore possible that the Selenites have planted their flag on at least one of their poles, whereas the Parrys and Franklins of England, the Kanes and the Wilkeses of America, the Dumont d'Urvilles and the Lamberts of France, have so far met with obstacles completely insurmountable, while in search of those unknown points of our terrestrial globe.
You’ll also notice that the southern pole of the Moon is much more continental than the northern one. Around the north, there’s just a small area of land separated from the other continents by vast "seas." This word "seas"—a term used by the first lunar map makers—is still used to describe those large depressions on the Moon's surface, which were once possibly covered with water, though they are now just huge plains. In the south, the continents cover almost the entire hemisphere. It’s therefore possible that the Selenites have planted their flag on at least one of their poles, while explorers like the Parrys and Franklins from England, the Kanes and Wilkeses from America, and the Dumont d'Urvilles and Lamberts from France have so far encountered completely insurmountable obstacles in their search for those unknown points on our planet.
The islands—the next feature on the Moon's surface—are exceedingly numerous. Generally oblong or circular in shape and almost as regular in outline as if drawn with a compass, they form vast archipelagoes like the famous group lying between Greece and Asia Minor, which mythology has made the scene of her earliest and most charming legends. As we gaze at them, the names of Naxos, Tenedos, Milo, and Carpathos rise up before our mind's eye, and we begin looking around for the Trojan fleet and Jason's Argo. This, at least, was Ardan's idea, and at first his eyes would see nothing on the map but a Grecian archipelago. But his companions, sound practical men, and therefore totally devoid of sentiment, were reminded by these rugged coasts of the beetling cliffs of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia; so that, where the Frenchman saw the tracks of ancient heroes, the Americans saw only commodious shipping points and favorable sites for trading posts—all, of course, in the purest interest of lunar commerce and industry.
The islands—the next feature on the Moon's surface—are incredibly numerous. Typically oblong or circular in shape and almost as neatly outlined as if they were drawn with a compass, they create vast archipelagos similar to the well-known group between Greece and Asia Minor, which mythology has chosen as the backdrop for some of its earliest and most captivating legends. As we look at them, the names of Naxos, Tenedos, Milo, and Carpathos come to mind, and we start to search for the Trojan fleet and Jason's Argo. This, at least, was Ardan's perspective, and at first, all he could see on the map was a Greek archipelago. But his companions, practical men with no sentimental inclinations, were reminded by these rugged shores of the steep cliffs of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia; thus, where the Frenchman saw the paths of ancient heroes, the Americans only saw convenient shipping points and ideal spots for trading posts—all, of course, in the name of lunar commerce and industry.
To end our hasty sketch of the continental portion of the Moon, we must say a few words regarding her orthography or mountain systems. With a fair telescope you can distinguish very readily her mountain chains, her isolated mountains, her circuses or ring formations, and her rills, cracks and radiating streaks. The character of the whole lunar relief is comprised in these divisions. It is a surface prodigiously reticulated, upheaved and depressed, apparently without the slightest order or system. It is a vast Switzerland, an enormous Norway, where everything is the result of direct plutonic action. This surface, so rugged, craggy and wrinkled, seems to be the result of successive contractions of the crust, at an early period of the planet's existence. The examination of the lunar disc is therefore highly favorable for the study of the great geological phenomena of our own globe. As certain astronomers have remarked, the Moon's surface, though older than the Earth's, has remained younger. That is, it has undergone less change. No water has broken through its rugged elevations, filled up its scowling cavities, and by incessant action tended continuously to the production of a general level. No atmosphere, by its disintegrating, decomposing influence has softened off the rugged features of the plutonic mountains. Volcanic action alone, unaffected by either aqueous or atmospheric forces, can here be seen in all its glory. In other words the Moon looks now as our Earth did endless ages ago, when "she was void and empty and when darkness sat upon the face of the deep;" eons of ages ago, long before the tides of the ocean and the winds of the atmosphere had begun to strew her rough surface with sand and clay, rock and coal, forest and meadow, gradually preparing it, according to the laws of our beneficent Creator, to be at last the pleasant though the temporary abode of Man!
To wrap up our quick overview of the Moon's landmass, we need to mention her landscapes and mountain ranges. With a decent telescope, you can easily see her mountain chains, isolated peaks, circular formations, and various cracks and lines. The overall features of the Moon's surface can be divided into these categories. It appears to be an incredibly tangled, raised, and sunken landscape with no clear order or system. It’s like a gigantic Switzerland or Norway, where everything results from direct geological processes. This rough, jagged, and wrinkled terrain seems to have formed from the repeated contraction of the crust during the planet's early days. Therefore, examining the Moon's surface is very useful for studying the major geological events of our own planet. As some astronomers have pointed out, while the Moon's surface is older than Earth's, it seems younger because it has changed less. There's been no water to erode its harsh peaks or fill its deep valleys, and no atmosphere has softened the sharp features of the rocky mountains. Here, volcanic activity is visible in its purest form, free from the influence of water or air. In a way, the Moon looks as our Earth did eons ago, when "it was void and empty and darkness was upon the face of the deep;" long before ocean tides and winds began to cover its rough surface with sand, clay, rocks, and vegetation, gradually preparing it, according to the designs of our generous Creator, to eventually become a pleasant, though temporary, home for humanity!
Having wandered over vast continents, your eye is attracted by the "seas" of dimensions still vaster. Not only their shape, situation, and look, remind us of our own oceans, but, again like them, they occupy the greater part of the Moon's surface. The "seas," or, more correctly, plains, excited our travellers' curiosity to a very high degree, and they set themselves at once to examine their nature.
Having traveled across large continents, you notice the "seas" of even greater sizes. Their shape, location, and appearance not only remind us of our own oceans, but like them, they cover most of the Moon's surface. The "seas," or more accurately, plains, sparked a great interest in our travelers, and they immediately began to investigate their nature.
The astronomer who first gave names to those "seas" in all probability was a Frenchman. Hevelius, however, respected them, even Riccioli did not disturb them, and so they have come down to us. Ardan laughed heartily at the fancies which they called up, and said the whole thing reminded him of one of those "maps of matrimony" that he had once seen or read of in the works of Scudéry or Cyrano de Bergerac.
The astronomer who first named those "seas" was probably a Frenchman. Hevelius, however, honored those names, and even Riccioli didn't change them, so they have stayed with us. Ardan chuckled at the ideas they evoked and said the whole thing reminded him of one of those "maps of matrimony" he'd once seen or read about in the works of Scudéry or Cyrano de Bergerac.
"However," he added, "I must say that this map has much more reality in it than could be found in the sentimental maps of the 17th century. In fact, I have no difficulty whatever in calling it the Map of Life! very neatly divided into two parts, the east and the west, the masculine and the feminine. The women on the right, and the men on the left!"
"However," he said, "I have to mention that this map is way more realistic than the sentimental maps from the 17th century. Honestly, I have no problem at all referring to it as the Map of Life! It's nicely divided into two sections, the east and the west, the masculine and the feminine. The women are on the right, and the men are on the left!"
At such observations, Ardan's companions only shrugged their shoulders. A map of the Moon in their eyes was a map of the Moon, no more, no less; their romantic friend might view it as he pleased. Nevertheless, their romantic friend was not altogether wrong. Judge a little for yourselves.
At such observations, Ardan's companions just shrugged. A map of the Moon to them was just a map of the Moon; nothing more, nothing less. Their dreamy friend could see it however he wanted. Still, their dreamy friend wasn't completely off. Judge for yourselves.
What is the first "sea" you find in the hemisphere on the left? The Mare Imbrium or the Rainy Sea, a fit emblem of our human life, beaten by many a pitiless storm. In a corresponding part of the southern hemisphere you see Mare Nubium, the Cloudy Sea, in which our poor human reason so often gets befogged. Close to this lies Mare Humorum, the Sea of Humors, where we sail about, the sport of each fitful breeze, "everything by starts and nothing long." Around all, embracing all, lies Oceanus Procellarum, the Ocean of Tempests, where, engaged in one continuous struggle with the gusty whirlwinds, excited by our own passions or those of others, so few of us escape shipwreck. And, when disgusted by the difficulties of life, its deceptions, its treacheries and all the other miseries "that flesh is heir to," where do we too often fly to avoid them? To the Sinus Iridium or the Sinus Roris, that is Rainbow Gulf and Dewy Gulf whose glittering lights, alas! give forth no real illumination to guide our stumbling feet, whose sun-tipped pinnacles have less substance than a dream, whose enchanting waters all evaporate before we can lift a cup-full to our parched lips! Showers, storms, fogs, rainbows—is not the whole mortal life of man comprised in these four words?
What is the first "sea" you see in the left hemisphere? The Mare Imbrium or the Rainy Sea, a true symbol of our human experience, battered by countless merciless storms. In the southern hemisphere, you can spot the Mare Nubium, the Cloudy Sea, where our frail human reason often becomes muddled. Nearby is the Mare Humorum, the Sea of Humors, where we drift around, at the mercy of every changing breeze, "everything starts and nothing lasts." Encircling it all is the Oceanus Procellarum, the Ocean of Tempests, where, caught in a constant battle with the turbulent winds fueled by our own emotions or those of others, so few of us avoid disaster. And when we become disillusioned by life's challenges, its deceptions, its betrayals, and all the other sufferings "that flesh is heir to," where do we often escape to? To the Sinus Iridium or the Sinus Roris, the Rainbow Gulf and Dewy Gulf, whose shimmering lights, sadly, offer no true guidance for our unsteady steps, whose sunlit peaks have less substance than a dream, whose captivating waters vanish before we can bring even a cupful to our thirsty lips! Showers, storms, fogs, rainbows— isn't the entirety of human life wrapped up in these four words?
Now turn to the hemisphere on the right, the women's side, and you also discover "seas," more numerous indeed, but of smaller dimensions and with gentler names, as more befitting the feminine temperament. First comes Mare Serenitatis, the Sea of Serenity, so expressive of the calm, tranquil soul of an innocent maiden. Near it is Lacus Somniorum, the Lake of Dreams, in which she loves to gaze at her gilded and rosy future. In the southern division is seen Mare Nectaris, the Sea of Nectar, over whose soft heaving billows she is gently wafted by Love's caressing winds, "Youth on the prow and Pleasure at the helm." Not far off is Mare Fecunditatis, the Sea of Fertility, in which she becomes the happy mother of rejoicing children. A little north is Mare Crisium, the Sea of Crises where her life and happiness are sometimes exposed to sudden, and unexpected dangers which fortunately, however, seldom end fatally. Far to the left, near the men's side, is Mare Vaporum, the Sea of Vapors, into which, though it is rather small, and full of sunken rocks, she sometimes allows herself to wander, moody, and pouting, and not exactly knowing where she wants to go or what she wants to do. Between the two last expands the great Mare Tranquillitatis, the Sea of Tranquillity, into whose quiet depths are at last absorbed all her simulated passions, all her futile aspirations, all her unglutted desires, and whose unruffled waters are gliding on forever in noiseless current towards Lacus Mortis, the Lake of Death, whose misty shores
Now look at the hemisphere on the right, the women’s side, and you’ll notice "seas," which are indeed more numerous, but smaller and with gentler names, reflecting a more feminine temperament. First is Mare Serenitatis, the Sea of Serenity, perfectly capturing the calm, tranquil spirit of an innocent young woman. Close by is Lacus Somniorum, the Lake of Dreams, where she loves to envision her golden and rosy future. In the southern part, you’ll find Mare Nectaris, the Sea of Nectar, over whose gentle rolling waves she is softly carried by Love’s gentle winds, "Youth at the front and Pleasure at the helm." Not too far away is Mare Fecunditatis, the Sea of Fertility, where she happily becomes a mother to joyful children. A bit to the north is Mare Crisium, the Sea of Crises, where her life and happiness sometimes face sudden, unexpected challenges, which fortunately don’t often end badly. Far to the left, near the men's side, is Mare Vaporum, the Sea of Vapors, where, though it’s quite small and filled with hidden rocks, she occasionally drifts, feeling moody and uncertain about where she wants to go or what she wants to do. Between the last two expands the vast Mare Tranquillitatis, the Sea of Tranquility, where all her false passions, pointless aspirations, and unfulfilled desires finally dissolve into its calm depths, and its still waters glide on forever in a silent current toward Lacus Mortis, the Lake of Death, with its misty shores.
So at least Ardan mused as he stooped over Beer and Maedler's map. Did not these strange successive names somewhat justify his flights of fancy? Surely they had a wonderful variety of meaning. Was it by accident or by forethought deep that the two hemispheres of the Moon had been thus so strangely divided, yet, as man to woman, though divided still united, and thus forming even in the cold regions of space a perfect image of our terrestrial existence? Who can say that our romantic French friend was altogether wrong in thus explaining the astute fancies of the old astronomers?
So at least Ardan thought as he leaned over Beer and Maedler's map. Didn't these unusual names, one after another, somewhat validate his flights of imagination? They surely had an incredible range of meanings. Was it by chance or by some deep intention that the two sides of the Moon had been so oddly separated, yet, like man and woman, although divided still connected, creating a perfect reflection of our earthly existence, even in the cold expanse of space? Who can say that our romantic French friend was completely off the mark in interpreting the clever ideas of the old astronomers?
His companions, however, it need hardly be said, never saw the "seas" in that light. They looked on them not with sentimental but with geographical eyes. They studied this new world and tried to get it by heart, working at it like a school boy at his lessons. They began by measuring its angles and diameters.
His companions, however, it hardly needs saying, never saw the "seas" in that way. They viewed them not with sentimentality but with a geographic perspective. They explored this new world and tried to memorize it, studying it like a schoolboy tackling his lessons. They started by measuring its angles and diameters.
To their practical, common sense vision Mare Nubium, the Cloudy Sea, was an immense depression of the surface, sprinkled here and there with a few circular mountains. Covering a great portion of that part of the southern hemisphere which lies east of the centre, it occupied a space of about 270 thousand square miles, its central point lying in 15° south latitude and 20° east longitude. Northeast from this lay Oceanus Procellarum, the Ocean of Tempests, the most extensive of all the plains on the lunar disc, embracing a surface of about half a million of square miles, its centre being in 10° north and 45° east. From its bosom those wonderful mountains Kepler and Aristarchus lifted their vast ramparts glittering with innumerable streaks radiating in all directions.
To their practical, common-sense view, Mare Nubium, the Cloudy Sea, was a vast depression in the surface, dotted here and there with a few circular mountains. Covering a large part of the southern hemisphere east of the center, it spanned about 270,000 square miles, with its central point located at 15° south latitude and 20° east longitude. Northeast of this was Oceanus Procellarum, the Ocean of Tempests, the largest of all the plains on the lunar surface, covering about half a million square miles, with its center at 10° north and 45° east. From its expanse, the remarkable mountains Kepler and Aristarchus rose with their massive ramparts shimmering with countless streaks radiating in all directions.
To the north, in the direction of Mare Frigoris, extends Mare Imbrium, the Sea of Rains, its central point in 35° north and 20° east. It is somewhat circular in shape, and it covers a space of about 300 thousand square miles. South of Oceanus Procellarum and separated from Mare Nubium by a goodly number of ring mountains, lies the little basin of Mare Humorum, the Sea of Humors, containing only about 66 thousand square miles, its central point having a latitude of 25° south and a longitude of 40° east.
To the north, toward Mare Frigoris, lies Mare Imbrium, the Sea of Rains, with its central point at 35° north and 20° east. It has a somewhat circular shape and covers an area of about 300 thousand square miles. South of Oceanus Procellarum and separated from Mare Nubium by several ring mountains, is the small basin of Mare Humorum, the Sea of Humors, which is only about 66 thousand square miles in size, with its central point located at 25° south and 40° east.
On the shores of these great seas three "Gulfs" are easily found: Sinus Aestuum, the Gulf of the Tides, northeast of the centre; Sinus Iridium, the Gulf of the Rainbows, northeast of the Mare Imbrium; and Sinus Roris, the Dewy Gulf, a little further northeast. All seem to be small plains enclosed between chains of lofty mountains.
On the shores of these vast seas, you can easily find three "Gulfs": Sinus Aestuum, the Gulf of the Tides, located to the northeast of the center; Sinus Iridium, the Gulf of the Rainbows, northeast of the Mare Imbrium; and Sinus Roris, the Dewy Gulf, a bit further northeast. They all appear to be small plains surrounded by high mountain ranges.
The western hemisphere, dedicated to the ladies, according to Ardan, and therefore naturally more capricious, was remarkable for "seas" of smaller dimensions, but much more numerous. These were principally: Mare Serenitatis, the Sea of Serenity, 25° north and 20° west, comprising a surface of about 130 thousand square miles; Mare Crisium, the Sea of Crises, a round, well defined, dark depression towards the northwestern edge, 17° north 55° west, embracing a surface of 60 thousand square miles, a regular Caspian Sea in fact, only that the plateau in which it lies buried is surrounded by a girdle of much higher mountains. Then towards the equator, with a latitude of 5° north and a longitude of 25° west, appears Mare Tranquillitatis, the Sea of Tranquillity, occupying about 180 thousand square miles. This communicates on the south with Mare Nectaris, the Sea of Nectar, embracing an extent of about 42 thousand square miles, with a mean latitude of 15° south and a longitude of 35° west. Southwest from Mare Tranquillitatis, lies Mare Fecunditatis, the Sea of Fertility, the greatest in this hemisphere, as it occupies an extent of more than 300 thousand square miles, its latitude being 3° south and its longitude 50° west. For away to the north, on the borders of the Mare Frigoris, or Icy Sea, is seen the small Mare Humboldtianum, or Humboldt Sea, with a surface of about 10 thousand square miles. Corresponding to this in the southern hemisphere lies the Mare Australe, or South Sea, whose surface, as it extends along the western rim, is rather difficult to calculate. Finally, right in the centre of the lunar disc, where the equator intersects the first meridian, can be seen Sinus Medii, the Central Gulf, the common property therefore of all the hemispheres, the northern and southern, as well as of the eastern and western.
The western hemisphere, dedicated to women, as Ardan put it, and thus naturally more whimsical, was notable for its "seas," which were smaller in size but much more numerous. These included: Mare Serenitatis, the Sea of Serenity, located at 25° north and 20° west, covering an area of about 130,000 square miles; Mare Crisium, the Sea of Crises, a round, well-defined dark depression toward the northwestern edge, at 17° north, 55° west, with a surface area of 60,000 square miles, which is similar to the Caspian Sea, although the plateau it sits in is surrounded by much taller mountains. Then, closer to the equator, at a latitude of 5° north and longitude of 25° west, is Mare Tranquillitatis, the Sea of Tranquility, covering about 180,000 square miles. To the south of this lies Mare Nectaris, the Sea of Nectar, which covers about 42,000 square miles, situated at a mean latitude of 15° south and longitude of 35° west. Southwest of Mare Tranquillitatis is Mare Fecunditatis, the Sea of Fertility, the largest in this hemisphere, spanning over 300,000 square miles, with a latitude of 3° south and longitude of 50° west. Farther north, on the borders of the Mare Frigoris, or Icy Sea, is the small Mare Humboldtianum, or Humboldt Sea, covering about 10,000 square miles. In the southern hemisphere, corresponding to this is the Mare Australe, or South Sea, which covers a somewhat tricky-to-calculate area along the western edge. Lastly, right in the center of the lunar disk, where the equator meets the first meridian, lies Sinus Medii, the Central Gulf, which is shared by all hemispheres: northern and southern, as well as eastern and western.
Into these great divisions the surface of our satellite resolved itself before the eyes of Barbican and M'Nicholl. Adding up the various measurements, they found that the surface of her visible hemisphere was about 7-1/2 millions of square miles, of which about the two thirds comprised the volcanoes, the mountain chains, the rings, the islands—in short, the land portion of the lunar surface; the other third comprised the "seas," the "lakes," the "marshes," the "bays" or "gulfs," and the other divisions usually assigned to water.
Into these large areas, the surface of our satellite unfolded before the eyes of Barbican and M'Nicholl. After adding up the different measurements, they discovered that the surface of her visible hemisphere was about 7.5 million square miles, with roughly two-thirds made up of volcanoes, mountain ranges, rings, and islands—in other words, the land part of the lunar surface; the remaining third included the "seas," "lakes," "marshes," "bays," or "gulfs," along with other sections typically categorized as water.
To all this deeply interesting information, though the fruit of observation the closest, aided and confirmed by calculation the profoundest, Ardan listened with the utmost indifference. In fact, even his French politeness could not suppress two or three decided yawns, which of course the mathematicians were too absorbed to notice.
To all this really interesting information, though it came from close observation and was backed up by deep calculations, Ardan listened with total indifference. In fact, even his French politeness couldn't hide two or three obvious yawns, which the mathematicians were too focused to notice.
In their enthusiasm they tried to make him understand that though the Moon is 13-1/2 times smaller than our Earth, she can show more than 50 thousand craters, which astronomers have already counted and designated by specific names.
In their excitement, they tried to help him understand that even though the Moon is 13.5 times smaller than our Earth, it has over 50,000 craters that astronomers have already counted and named.
"To conclude this portion of our investigation therefore," cried Barbican, clearing his throat, and occupying Aldan's right ear,—"the Moon's surface is a honey combed, perforated, punctured—"
"To wrap up this part of our investigation," Barbican said, clearing his throat and speaking into Aldan's right ear, "the Moon's surface is a honeycombed, perforated, punctured—"
"A fistulous, a rugose, salebrous,—" cut in the Captain, close on the left.
"A hollow, wrinkled, rough—" cut in the Captain, close on the left.
—"And highly cribriform superficies—" cried Barbican.
—"And highly perforated surface—" cried Barbican.
—"A sieve, a riddle, a colander—" shouted the Captain.
—"A sieve, a riddle, a colander—" shouted the Captain.
—"A skimming dish, a buckwheat cake, a lump of green cheese—" went on Barbican—.
—"A shallow dish, a buckwheat cake, a piece of green cheese—" continued Barbican—.
—In fact, there is no knowing how far they would have proceeded with their designations, comparisons, and scientific expressions, had not Ardan, driven to extremities by Barbican's last profanity, suddenly jumped up, broken away from his companions, and clapped a forcible extinguisher on their eloquence by putting his hands on their lips and keeping them there awhile. Then striking a grand attitude, he looked towards the Moon and burst out in accents of thrilling indignation:
—In fact, there’s no telling how far they would have gone with their names, comparisons, and scientific terms, if Ardan hadn’t, pushed to his limits by Barbican’s last outburst, suddenly jumped up, broke away from his friends, and shut them up by covering their mouths with his hands and holding them there for a while. Then, striking a dramatic pose, he looked toward the Moon and shouted out in a voice full of passionate anger:
"Pardon, O beautiful Diana of the Ephesians! Pardon, O Phoebe, thou pearl-faced goddess of night beloved of Greece! O Isis, thou sympathetic queen of Nile-washed cities! O Astarte, thou favorite deity of the Syrian hills! O Artemis, thou symbolical daughter of Jupiter and Latona, that is of light and darkness! O brilliant sister of the radiant Apollo! enshrined in the enchanting strains of Virgil and Homer, which I only half learned at college, and therefore unfortunately forget just now! Otherwise what pleasure I should have had in hurling them at the heads of Barbican, M'Nicholl, and every other barbarous iconoclast of the nineteenth century!—"
"Pardon me, beautiful Diana of the Ephesians! Pardon me, Phoebe, you pearl-faced goddess of night loved by Greece! O Isis, you sympathetic queen of the cities by the Nile! O Astarte, you favored goddess of the Syrian hills! O Artemis, you symbolic daughter of Jupiter and Latona, representing both light and darkness! O brilliant sister of the radiant Apollo! Enshrined in the enchanting verses of Virgil and Homer, which I only partially learned in college and unfortunately forgot just now! Otherwise, how much pleasure I would have had in throwing them at Barbican, M'Nicholl, and every other barbaric iconoclast of the nineteenth century!—"
Here he stopped short, for two reasons: first he was out of breath; secondly, he saw that the irrepressible scientists had been too busy making observations of their own to hear a single word of what he had uttered, and were probably totally unconscious that he had spoken at all. In a few seconds his breath came back in full blast, but the idea of talking when only deaf men were listening was so disconcerting as to leave him actually unable to get off another syllable.
Here he suddenly stopped for two reasons: first, he was out of breath; second, he noticed that the eager scientists had been so caught up in their own observations that they hadn't heard a single word he said and were probably completely unaware that he had spoken at all. In a few seconds, he caught his breath fully, but the thought of speaking while only deaf people were listening was so unsettling that he found himself unable to say another word.
CHAPTER XII.
A BIRD'S EYE VIEW OF THE LUNAR MOUNTAINS.
I am rather inclined to believe myself that not one word of Ardan's rhapsody had been ever heard by Barbican or M'Nicholl. Long before he had spoken his last words, they had once more become mute as statues, and now were both eagerly watching, pencil in hand, spyglass to eye, the northern lunar hemisphere towards which they were rapidly but indirectly approaching. They had fully made up their minds by this time that they were leaving far behind them the central point which they would have probably reached half an hour ago if they had not been shunted off their course by that inopportune bolide.
I tend to think that neither Barbican nor M'Nicholl ever actually heard a word of Ardan's speech. Long before he finished speaking, they had fallen silent like statues again, and now both were intently focused, pencil in hand and spyglass to their eyes, on the northern lunar hemisphere they were quickly but indirectly approaching. By this point, they had completely decided that they were leaving far behind the central point they would have likely reached about thirty minutes ago if they hadn't been pushed off course by that unfortunate meteor.
About half past twelve o'clock, Barbican broke the dead silence by saying that after a careful calculation they were now only about 875 miles from the Moon's surface, a distance two hundred miles less in length than the lunar radius, and which was still to be diminished as they advanced further north. They were at that moment ten degrees north of the equator, almost directly over the ridge lying between the Mare Serenitatis and the Mare Tranquillitatis. From this latitude all the way up to the north pole the travellers enjoyed a most satisfactory view of the Moon in all directions and under the most favorable conditions. By means of their spyglasses, magnifying a hundred times, they cut down this distance of 875 miles to about 9. The great telescope of the Rocky Mountains, by its enormous magnifying power of 48,000, brought the Moon, it is true, within a distance of 5 miles, or nearly twice as near; but this advantage of nearness was considerably more than counterbalanced by a want of clearness, resulting from the haziness and refractiveness of the terrestrial atmosphere, not to mention those fatal defects in the reflector that the art of man has not yet succeeded in remedying. Accordingly, our travellers, armed with excellent telescopes—of just power enough to be no injury to clearness,—and posted on unequalled vantage ground, began already to distinguish certain details that had probably never been noticed before by terrestrial observers. Even Ardan, by this time quite recovered from his fit of sentiment and probably infected a little by the scientific enthusiasm of his companions, began to observe and note and observe and note, alternately, with all the sangfroid of a veteran astronomer.
Around 12:30, Barbican broke the silence by announcing that after careful calculation they were now only about 875 miles from the Moon's surface, which was 200 miles shorter than the lunar radius, and that distance would decrease as they moved further north. At that moment, they were ten degrees north of the equator, almost directly above the ridge between the Mare Serenitatis and the Mare Tranquillitatis. From this latitude all the way to the north pole, the travelers had an excellent view of the Moon in all directions and under the best conditions. Using their spyglasses, which magnified a hundred times, they reduced the distance of 875 miles to about 9. The great telescope of the Rocky Mountains, with its massive magnifying power of 48,000, brought the Moon within a distance of 5 miles, almost twice as close; however, this gain in proximity was greatly offset by a lack of clarity due to the haziness and refractive qualities of the Earth's atmosphere, not to mention the serious flaws in the reflector that human technology has yet to resolve. Thus, our travelers, equipped with top-quality telescopes—powerful enough to maintain clarity—and placed in an unbeatable viewing position, started to identify details that had likely never been seen by Earthly observers before. Even Ardan, now fully recovered from his earlier bout of sentimentality and probably a bit caught up in the scientific excitement of his friends, began to alternately observe and take notes with the calmness of an experienced astronomer.
"Friends," said Barbican, again interrupting a silence that had lasted perhaps ten minutes, "whither we are going I can't say; if we shall ever revisit the Earth, I can't tell. Still, it is our duty so to act in all respects as if these labors of ours were one day to be of service to our fellow-creatures. Let us keep our souls free from every distraction. We are now astronomers. We see now what no mortal eye has ever gazed on before. This Projectile is simply a work room of the great Cambridge Observatory lifted into space. Let us take observations!"
"Friends," Barbican said, breaking a silence that had lasted maybe ten minutes, "I can't say where we're going; I have no idea if we’ll ever get back to Earth. Still, we have to act as if our work will someday benefit humanity. Let's keep our minds focused. We are astronomers now. We’re seeing things that no other human has ever seen. This Projectile is just like a workshop from the great Cambridge Observatory, now up in space. Let’s start taking observations!"
With these words, he set to work with a renewed ardor, in which his companions fully participated. The consequence was that they soon had several of the outline maps covered with the best sketches they could make of the Moon's various aspects thus presented under such favorable circumstances. They could now remark not only that they were passing the tenth degree of north latitude, but that the Projectile followed almost directly the twentieth degree of east longitude.
With these words, he got back to work with a fresh energy, and his friends joined in completely. As a result, they quickly filled several of the outline maps with the best sketches they could create of the Moon's different features, which they saw under such great conditions. They could now observe that they were crossing the tenth degree of north latitude and that the Projectile was traveling almost directly along the twentieth degree of east longitude.
"One thing always puzzled me when examining maps of the Moon," observed Ardan, "and I can't say that I see it yet as clearly as if I had thought over the matter. It is this. I could understand, when looking through a lens at an object, why we get only its reversed image—a simple law of optics explains that. Therefore, in a map of the Moon, as the bottom means the north and the top the south, why does not the right mean the west and the left the east? I suppose I could have made this out by a little thought, but thinking, that is reflection, not being my forte, it is the last thing I ever care to do. Barbican, throw me a word or two on the subject."
"One thing has always puzzled me when looking at maps of the Moon," Ardan said, "and I can't say I understand it any better now than I did before. Here’s what I mean: I get why, when you look through a lens at an object, you only see a reversed image—a basic rule of optics explains that. So, in a map of the Moon, where the bottom is north and the top is south, why doesn’t the right represent west and the left represent east? I suppose I could have figured this out with a bit of thinking, but reflection isn’t really my strong suit, so it's the last thing I want to do. Barbican, can you shed some light on this?"
"I can see what troubles you," answered Barbican, "but I can also see that one moment's reflection would have put an end to your perplexity. On ordinary maps of the Earth's surface when the north is the top, the right hand must be the east, the left hand the west, and so on. That is simply because we look down from above. And such a map seen through a lens will appear reversed in all respects. But in looking at the Moon, that is up from down, we change our position so far that our right hand points west and our left east. Consequently, in our reversed map, though the north becomes south, the right remains east, and—"
"I understand what’s bothering you," replied Barbican, "but I can also see that a moment's thought would have cleared up your confusion. On regular maps of the Earth's surface where north is at the top, the right side is east, the left side is west, and so on. That's just because we view it down from above. And such a map seen through a lens will appear flipped in every way. However, when we observe the Moon, which is up from down, we change our perspective enough that our right hand points west and our left hand points east. So, in our flipped map, even though north becomes south, the right side remains east, and—"
"Enough said! I see it at a glance! Thank you, Barbican. Why did not they make you a professor of astronomy? Your hint will save me a world of trouble."[C]
"Got it! I understand immediately! Thanks, Barbican. Why didn't they make you a professor of astronomy? Your suggestion will save me a ton of hassle." [C]
Aided by the Mappa Selenographica, the travellers could easily recognize the different portions of the Moon over which they were now moving. An occasional glance at our reduction of this map, given as a frontispiece, will enable the gentle reader to follow the travellers on the line in which they moved and to understand the remarks and observations in which they occasionally indulged.
Aided by the Mappa Selenographica, the travelers could easily recognize the different areas of the Moon they were currently exploring. An occasional glance at our version of this map, presented as a frontispiece, will help the reader follow the travelers on their path and understand the comments and observations they occasionally made.
"Where are we now?" asked Ardan.
"Where are we now?" Ardan asked.
"Over the northern shores of the Mare Nubium," replied Barbican. "But we are still too far off to see with any certainty what they are like. What is the Mare itself? A sea, according to the early astronomers? a plain of solid sand, according to later authority? or an immense forest, according to De la Rue of London, so far the Moon's most successful photographer? This gentleman's authority, Ardan, would have given you decided support in your famous dispute with the Captain at the meeting near Tampa, for he says very decidedly that the Moon has an atmosphere, very low to be sure but very dense. This, however, we must find out for ourselves; and in the meantime let us affirm nothing until we have good grounds for positive assertion."
"Over the northern shores of the Mare Nubium," replied Barbican. "But we’re still too far away to know for sure what they’re like. What exactly is the Mare itself? A sea, according to early astronomers? A flat expanse of solid sand, according to later experts? Or an enormous forest, according to De la Rue of London, who is currently the Moon’s most successful photographer? This gentleman’s view, Ardan, would have strongly bolstered your famous argument with the Captain at the meeting near Tampa, as he clearly states that the Moon has an atmosphere, albeit a very thin one, but quite dense. However, we need to find this out for ourselves; in the meantime, let’s not assume anything until we have solid evidence."
Mare Nubium, though not very clearly outlined on the maps, is easily recognized by lying directly east of the regions about the centre. It would appear as if this vast plain were sprinkled with immense lava blocks shot forth from the great volcanoes on the right, Ptolemaeus, Alphonse, Alpetragius and Arzachel. But the Projectile advanced so rapidly that these mountains soon disappeared, and the travellers were not long before they could distinguish the great peaks that closed the "Sea" on its northern boundary. Here a radiating mountain showed a summit so dazzling with the reflection of the solar rays that Ardan could not help crying out:
Mare Nubium, although not very clearly marked on the maps, is easily recognized as it lies directly east of the areas around the center. It looks like this vast plain is scattered with massive lava blocks ejected from the major volcanoes on the right, Ptolemaeus, Alphonse, Alpetragius, and Arzachel. But the Projectile moved so quickly that these mountains soon vanished, and it wasn't long before the travelers could see the great peaks that bordered the "Sea" to the north. Here, a radiating mountain displayed a summit so brilliant with the sunlight's reflection that Ardan couldn't help but shout:
"It looks like one of the carbon points of an electric light projected on a screen! What do you call it, Barbican?"
"It looks like one of the carbon spots from an electric light shining on a screen! What do you call it, Barbican?"
"Copernicus," replied the President. "Let us examine old Copernicus!"
"Copernicus," replied the President. "Let's take a look at old Copernicus!"
This grand crater is deservedly considered one of the greatest of the lunar wonders. It lifts its giant ramparts to upwards of 12,000 feet above the level of the lunar surface. Being quite visible from the Earth and well situated for observation, it is a favorite object for astronomical study; this is particularly the case during the phase existing between Last Quarter and the New Moon, when its vast shadows, projected boldly from the east towards the west, allow its prodigious dimensions to be measured.
This huge crater is rightly seen as one of the greatest wonders of the moon. It raises its massive walls to over 12,000 feet above the lunar surface. Because it's easily visible from Earth and well-positioned for observation, it's a popular target for astronomical study; this is especially true during the time between the Last Quarter and the New Moon, when its vast shadows stretch boldly from east to west, making it easier to gauge its immense size.
After Tycho, which is situated in the southern hemisphere, Copernicus forms the most important radiating mountain in the lunar disc. It looms up, single and isolated, like a gigantic light-house, on the peninsula separating Mare Nubium from Oceanus Procellarum on one side and from Mare Imbrium on the other; thus illuminating with its splendid radiation three "Seas" at a time. The wonderful complexity of its bright streaks diverging on all sides from its centre presented a scene alike splendid and unique. These streaks, the travellers thought, could be traced further north than in any other direction: they fancied they could detect them even in the Mare Imbrium, but this of course might be owing to the point from which they made their observations. At one o'clock in the morning, the Projectile, flying through space, was exactly over this magnificent mountain.
After Tycho, which is in the southern hemisphere, Copernicus is the most significant radiating mountain on the lunar surface. It stands alone and distinct, like a massive lighthouse, on the peninsula that separates Mare Nubium from Oceanus Procellarum on one side and Mare Imbrium on the other, thus casting its brilliant rays over three "Seas" at once. The incredible array of bright streaks radiating outward from its center created a scene that was both stunning and one-of-a-kind. The travelers believed that these streaks could be traced further north than in any other direction; they thought they could even see them in the Mare Imbrium, although this might have been due to their observation point. At one o'clock in the morning, the Projectile, moving through space, was directly above this magnificent mountain.
In spite of the brilliant sunlight that was blazing around them, the travellers could easily recognize the peculiar features of Copernicus. It belongs to those ring mountains of the first class called Circuses. Like Kepler and Aristarchus, who rule over Oceanus Procellarum, Copernicus, when viewed through our telescopes, sometimes glistens so brightly through the ashy light of the Moon that it has been frequently taken for a volcano in full activity. Whatever it may have been once, however, it is certainly nothing more now than, like all the other mountains on the visible side of the Moon, an extinct volcano, only with a crater of such exceeding grandeur and sublimity as to throw utterly into the shade everything like it on our Earth. The crater of Etna is at most little more than a mile across. The crater of Copernicus has a diameter of at least 50 miles. Within it, the travellers could easily discover by their glasses an immense number of terraced ridges, probably landslips, alternating with stratifications resulting from successive eruptions. Here and there, but particularly in the southern side, they caught glimpses of shadows of such intense blackness, projected across the plateau and lying there like pitch spots, that they could not tell them from yawning chasms of incalculable depth. Outside the crater the shadows were almost as deep, whilst on the plains all around, particularly in the west, so many small craters could be detected that the eye in vain attempted to count them.
Despite the bright sunlight surrounding them, the travelers could easily identify the unique features of Copernicus. It's one of the first-class ring mountains known as Circuses. Like Kepler and Aristarchus, which dominate Oceanus Procellarum, Copernicus sometimes shines so brightly through the ashy light of the Moon that it’s often mistaken for an active volcano when viewed through our telescopes. Whatever it may have been in the past, it is certainly nothing more now than an extinct volcano, like all the other mountains on the Moon's visible side, but with a crater so grand and magnificent that it overshadows anything like it on Earth. The crater of Etna is at most just over a mile wide. The crater of Copernicus has a diameter of at least 50 miles. Inside, the travelers could easily spot through their lenses a vast number of terraced ridges, likely caused by landslips, alternating with layers formed from successive eruptions. Here and there, especially on the southern side, they saw shadows of such deep blackness, cast across the plateau and lying there like spots of pitch, that they couldn’t distinguish them from gaping chasms of unimaginable depth. Outside the crater, the shadows were nearly as dark, while on the surrounding plains, particularly to the west, so many small craters were visible that the eye struggled to count them.
"Many circular mountains of this kind," observed Barbican, "can be seen on the lunar surface, but Copernicus, though not one of the greatest, is one of the most remarkable on account of those diverging streaks of bright light that you see radiating from its summit. By looking steadily into its crater, you can see more cones than mortal eye ever lit on before. They are so numerous as to render the interior plateau quite rugged, and were formerly so many openings giving vent to fire and volcanic matter. A curious and very common arrangement of this internal plateau of lunar craters is its lying at a lower level than the external plains, quite the contrary to a terrestrial crater, which generally has its bottom much higher than the level of the surrounding country. It follows therefore that the deep lying curve of the bottom of these ring mountains would give a sphere with a diameter somewhat smaller than the Moon's."
"Many circular mountains like this," Barbican noted, "can be seen on the moon's surface, but Copernicus, while not the largest, is one of the most fascinating because of those bright streaks of light radiating from its peak. If you look closely into its crater, you'll see more cones than anyone has ever seen before. They are so many that the interior plateau is quite rough, and they were once openings that released fire and volcanic material. An interesting and common feature of this internal plateau of lunar craters is that it sits at a lower level than the surrounding plains, which is the opposite of a terrestrial crater, whose bottom is usually much higher than the surrounding land. This means that the deep curve of the bottom of these ring mountains would create a sphere with a diameter slightly smaller than that of the Moon."
"What can be the cause of this peculiarity?" asked M'Nicholl.
"What could be causing this oddity?" asked M'Nicholl.
"I can't tell;" answered Barbican, "but, as a conjecture, I should say that it is probably to the comparatively smaller area of the Moon and the more violent character of her volcanic action that the extremely rugged character of her surface is mainly due."
"I can't say," replied Barbican, "but I would guess that the very rough surface of the Moon is mainly due to its smaller size and the more intense volcanic activity."
"Why, it's the Campi Phlegraei or the Fire Fields of Naples over again!" cried Ardan suddenly. "There's Monte Barbaro, there's the Solfatara, there is the crater of Astroni, and there is the Monte Nuovo, as plain as the hand on my body!"
"Wow, it's the Campi Phlegraei or the Fire Fields of Naples all over again!" Ardan exclaimed suddenly. "There's Monte Barbaro, there's the Solfatara, there's the crater of Astroni, and there's Monte Nuovo, as obvious as my own hand!"
"The great resemblance between the region you speak of and the general surface of the Moon has been often remarked;" observed Barbican, "but it is even still more striking in the neighborhood of Theophilus on the borders of Mare Nectaris."
"The strong similarity between the area you’re talking about and the overall surface of the Moon has been noted many times," Barbican pointed out, "but it’s even more noticeable near Theophilus on the edge of Mare Nectaris."
"That's Mare Nectaris, the gray spot over there on the southwest, isn't it?" asked M'Nicholl; "is there any likelihood of our getting a better view of it?"
"That's Mare Nectaris, the gray spot over there in the southwest, right?" asked M'Nicholl. "Do you think we'll get a better view of it?"
"Not the slightest," answered Barbican, "unless we go round the Moon and return this way, like a satellite describing its orbit."
"Not at all," replied Barbican, "unless we go around the Moon and come back this way, like a satellite following its orbit."
By this time they had arrived at a point vertical to the mountain centre. Copernicus's vast ramparts formed a perfect circle or rather a pair of concentric circles. All around the mountain extended a dark grayish plain of savage aspect, on which the peak shadows projected themselves in sharp relief. In the gloomy bottom of the crater, whose dimensions are vast enough to swallow Mont Blanc body and bones, could be distinguished a magnificent group of cones, at least half a mile in height and glittering like piles of crystal. Towards the north several breaches could be seen in the ramparts, due probably to a caving in of immense masses accumulated on the summit of the precipitous walls.
By this time, they had reached a spot directly opposite the mountain’s center. Copernicus's massive walls formed a perfect circle or rather two concentric circles. Surrounding the mountain was a dark, grayish plain with a wild appearance, where the shadows of the peak stood out sharply. In the gloomy bottom of the crater, which is large enough to engulf Mont Blanc completely, a stunning group of cones could be seen, at least half a mile high and sparkling like stacks of crystal. To the north, several openings could be seen in the walls, likely caused by the collapse of huge masses that had built up on the top of the steep walls.
As already observed, the surrounding plains were dotted with numberless craters mostly of small dimensions, except Gay Lussac on the north, whose crater was about 12 miles in diameter. Towards the southwest and the immediate east, the plain appeared to be very flat, no protuberance, no prominence of any kind lifting itself above the general dead level. Towards the north, on the contrary, as far as where the peninsula jutted on Oceanus Procellarum, the plain looked like a sea of lava wildly lashed for a while by a furious hurricane and then, when its waves and breakers and driving ridges were at their wildest, suddenly frozen into solidity. Over this rugged, rumpled, wrinkled surface and in all directions, ran the wonderful streaks whose radiating point appeared to be the summit of Copernicus. Many of them appeared to be ten miles wide and hundreds of miles in length.
As noted before, the surrounding plains were filled with countless craters, mostly small, except for Gay Lussac to the north, which had a crater about 12 miles wide. To the southwest and directly east, the plain looked very flat, with no bumps or rises disrupting the overall level ground. In contrast, to the north, where the peninsula extended into Oceanus Procellarum, the plain resembled a turbulent sea of lava that had been violently whipped by a fierce storm, then suddenly solidified while its waves and ridges were at their most chaotic. Across this rough, uneven surface in all directions were the stunning streaks that seemed to radiate from the peak of Copernicus. Many of these streaks appeared to be ten miles wide and stretched for hundreds of miles.
The travellers disputed for some time on the origin of these strange radii, but could hardly be said to have arrived at any conclusion more satisfactory than that already reached by some terrestrial observers.
The travelers debated for a while about the source of these strange rays, but they couldn't really say they came to a conclusion any more satisfying than what some people on Earth had already figured out.
To M'Nicholl's question:
To M'Nicholl's question:
"Why can't these streaks be simply prolonged mountain crests reflecting the sun's rays more vividly by their superior altitude and comparative smoothness?"
"Why can't these streaks just be extended mountain peaks that reflect the sun's rays more brightly because of their higher elevation and relatively smooth surfaces?"
Barbican readily replied:
Barbican responded quickly:
"These streaks can't be mountain crests, because, if they were, under certain conditions of solar illumination they should project shadows—a thing which they have never been known to do under any circumstances whatever. In fact, it is only during the period of the full Moon that these streaks are seen at all; as soon as the sun's rays become oblique, they disappear altogether—a proof that their appearance is due altogether to peculiar advantages in their surface for the reflection of light."
"These streaks can't be mountain peaks because, if they were, under certain lighting conditions from the sun, they should cast shadows—something they have never been known to do under any circumstances. In fact, these streaks are only visible during the full Moon; as soon as the sun's rays become angled, they vanish completely—evidence that their visibility is solely due to specific features in their surface that reflect light."
"Dear boys, will you allow me to give my little guess on the subject?" asked Ardan.
"Hey guys, can I share my thoughts on the topic?" asked Ardan.
His companions were profuse in expressing their desire to hear it.
His friends were eager to express their desire to hear it.
"Well then," he resumed, "seeing that these bright streaks invariably start from a certain point to radiate in all directions, why not suppose them to be streams of lava issuing from the crater and flowing down the mountain side until they cooled?"
"Well then," he continued, "since these bright streaks always start from a specific point and spread out in all directions, why not think of them as streams of lava coming from the crater and flowing down the mountain until they cool?"
"Such a supposition or something like it has been put forth by Herschel," replied Barbican; "but your own sense will convince you that it is quite untenable when you consider that lava, however hot and liquid it may be at the commencement of its journey, cannot flow on for hundreds of miles, up hills, across ravines, and over plains, all the time in streams of almost exactly equal width."
"That idea, or something similar, has been suggested by Herschel," Barbican replied. "But your own reasoning will show you that it doesn't hold up when you think about how lava, no matter how hot and liquid it starts out, can't flow for hundreds of miles, uphill, across valleys, and over flat land, all while maintaining streams that are almost exactly the same width."
"That theory of yours holds no more water than mine, Ardan," observed M'Nicholl.
"That theory of yours is just as weak as mine, Ardan," M'Nicholl remarked.
"Correct, Captain," replied the Frenchman; "Barbican has a trick of knocking the bottom out of every weaker vessel. But let us hear what he has to say on the subject himself. What is your theory. Barbican?"
"That's right, Captain," said the Frenchman. "Barbican has a knack for bringing down every weaker ship. But let's see what he has to say about it himself. What's your theory, Barbican?"
"My theory," said Barbican, "is pretty much the same as that lately presented by an English astronomer, Nasmyth, who has devoted much study and reflection to lunar matters. Of course, I only formulate my theory, I don't affirm it. These streaks are cracks, made in the Moon's surface by cooling or by shrinkage, through which volcanic matter has been forced up by internal pressure. The sinking ice of a frozen lake, when meeting with some sharp pointed rock, cracks in a radiating manner: every one of its fissures then admits the water, which immediately spreads laterally over the ice pretty much as the lava spreads itself over the lunar surface. This theory accounts for the radiating nature of the streaks, their great and nearly equal thickness, their immense length, their inability to cast a shadow, and their invisibility at any time except at or near the Full Moon. Still it is nothing but a theory, and I don't deny that serious objections may be brought against it."
"My theory," said Barbican, "is basically the same as the one recently proposed by an English astronomer, Nasmyth, who has spent a lot of time studying the Moon. Of course, I'm just suggesting my theory; I’m not claiming it as fact. These streaks are cracks in the Moon’s surface caused by cooling or shrinking, through which volcanic material has been pushed up due to internal pressure. Just like the way the ice of a frozen lake cracks in a radiating pattern when it encounters a sharp rock: every crack lets in water, which quickly spreads laterally over the ice, similar to how lava flows across the lunar surface. This theory explains the radiating pattern of the streaks, their consistent thickness, their great length, their lack of shadow, and why they're only visible at or near the Full Moon. But it's still just a theory, and I acknowledge that there are valid objections that could be raised against it."
"Do you know, dear boys," cried Ardan, led off as usual by the slightest fancy, "do you know what I am thinking of when I look down on the great rugged plains spread out beneath us?"
"Do you know, dear boys," exclaimed Ardan, as he often did with the smallest whim, "do you know what I'm thinking about when I look down at the vast rugged plains stretched out below us?"
"I can't say, I'm sure," replied Barbican, somewhat piqued at the little attention he had secured for his theory.
"I can't say for sure," replied Barbican, a bit irritated by the lack of attention his theory had received.
"Well, what are you thinking of?" asked M'Nicholl.
"Well, what are you thinking?" M'Nicholl asked.
"Spillikins!" answered Ardan triumphantly.
"Pick-up sticks!" answered Ardan triumphantly.
"Spillikins?" cried his companions, somewhat surprised.
"Spillikins?" his friends exclaimed, a bit surprised.
"Yes, Spillikins! These rocks, these blocks, these peaks, these streaks, these cones, these cracks, these ramparts, these escarpments,—what are they but a set of spillikins, though I acknowledge on a grand scale? I wish I had a little hook to pull them one by one!"
"Yeah, Spillikins! These rocks, these blocks, these peaks, these streaks, these cones, these cracks, these walls, these cliffs—what are they but a giant set of spillikins? I wish I had a little hook to pick them up one by one!"
"Oh, do be serious, Ardan!" cried Barbican, a little impatiently.
"Oh, come on, Ardan!" Barbican exclaimed, a bit impatiently.
"Certainly," replied Ardan. "Let us be serious, Captain, since seriousness best befits the subject in hand. What do you think of another comparison? Does not this plain look like an immense battle field piled with the bleaching bones of myriads who had slaughtered each other to a man at the bidding of some mighty Caesar? What do you think of that lofty comparison, hey?"
"Sure," replied Ardan. "Let's be serious, Captain, since seriousness is more suitable for the topic at hand. What do you think about another comparison? Doesn't this landscape seem like a huge battlefield covered with the bleached bones of countless people who killed each other at the command of some powerful Caesar? What do you think of that striking comparison, huh?"
"It is quite on a par with the other," muttered Barbican.
"It’s definitely on the same level as the other," muttered Barbican.
"He's hard to please, Captain," continued Ardan, "but let us try him again! Does not this plain look like—?"
"He's hard to please, Captain," Ardan continued, "but let's give it another shot! Doesn't this plain look like—?"
"My worthy friend," interrupted Barbican, quietly, but in a tone to discourage further discussion, "what you think the plain looks like is of very slight import, as long as you know no more than a child what it really is!"
"My dear friend," interrupted Barbican calmly, but in a tone that signaled the end of the conversation, "what you think the plain looks like is of very little importance, as long as you know no more than a child what it really is!"
"Bravo, Barbican! well put!" cried the irrepressible Frenchman. "Shall I ever realize the absurdity of my entering into an argument with a scientist!"
"Bravo, Barbican! Well said!" shouted the unstoppable Frenchman. "Will I ever understand the ridiculousness of getting into a debate with a scientist!"
But this time the Projectile, though advancing northward with a pretty uniform velocity, had neither gained nor lost in its nearness to the lunar disc. Each moment altering the character of the fleeting landscape beneath them, the travellers, as may well be imagined, never thought of taking an instant's repose. At about half past one, looking to their right on the west, they saw the summits of another mountain; Barbican, consulting his map, recognized Eratosthenes.
But this time the Projectile, while moving north at a pretty consistent speed, hadn’t gotten any closer to or further away from the lunar disc. As the landscape below changed every moment, the travelers, as you can imagine, never considered taking a moment’s break. Around one-thirty, looking to their right in the west, they saw the peaks of another mountain; Barbican, checking his map, identified Eratosthenes.
This was a ring mountain, about 33 miles in diameter, having, like Copernicus, a crater of immense profundity containing central cones. Whilst they were directing their glasses towards its gloomy depths, Barbican mentioned to his friends Kepler's strange idea regarding the formation of these ring mountains. "They must have been constructed," he said, "by mortal hands."
This was a ring mountain, about 33 miles across, featuring, like Copernicus, a deep crater with central cones. As they pointed their binoculars towards its dark depths, Barbican brought up Kepler's unusual theory about how these ring mountains were formed. "They must have been made," he said, "by human hands."
"With what object?" asked the Captain.
"What's the purpose?" asked the Captain.
"A very natural one," answered Barbican. "The Selenites must have undertaken the immense labor of digging these enormous pits at places of refuge in which they could protect themselves against the fierce solar rays that beat against them for 15 days in succession!"
"A very natural one," replied Barbican. "The Selenites must have done the huge task of digging these massive pits in safe spots where they could shield themselves from the intense solar rays that hit them for 15 straight days!"
"Not a bad idea, that of the Selenites!" exclaimed Ardan.
"Not a bad idea, that of the Selenites!" Ardan exclaimed.
"An absurd idea!" cried M'Nicholl. "But probably Kepler never knew the real dimensions of these craters. Barbican knows the trouble and time required to dig a well in Stony Hill only nine hundred feet deep. To dig out a single lunar crater would take hundreds and hundreds of years, and even then they should be giants who would attempt it!"
"That's a ridiculous idea!" exclaimed M'Nicholl. "But Kepler probably never understood the true size of these craters. Barbican knows the effort and time it takes to dig a well in Stony Hill that's only nine hundred feet deep. Digging out just one lunar crater would take hundreds and hundreds of years, and even then, only giants would be able to try it!"
"Why so?" asked Ardan. "In the Moon, where gravity is six times less than on the Earth, the labor of the Selenites can't be compared with that of men like us."
"Why's that?" asked Ardan. "On the Moon, where gravity is six times weaker than on Earth, the work of the Selenites can't be compared to that of people like us."
"But suppose a Selenite to be six times smaller than a man like us!" urged M'Nicholl.
"But imagine if a Selenite were six times smaller than a person like us!" urged M'Nicholl.
"And suppose a Selenite never had an existence at all!" interposed Barbican with his usual success in putting an end to the argument. "But never mind the Selenites now. Observe Eratosthenes as long as you have the opportunity."
"And what if a Selenite never existed at all?" Barbican interrupted, successfully ending the argument as usual. "But forget about the Selenites for now. Take a look at Eratosthenes while you can."
"Which will not be very long," said M'Nicholl. "He is already sinking out of view too far to the right to be carefully observed."
"That won't take long," M'Nicholl said. "He's already sinking out of sight too far to the right to be seen clearly."
"What are those peaks beyond him?" asked Ardan.
"What are those peaks over there?" asked Ardan.
"The Apennines," answered Barbican; "and those on the left are the Carpathians."
"The Apennines," replied Barbican; "and the ones on the left are the Carpathians."
"I have seen very few mountain chains or ranges in the Moon," remarked Ardan, after some minutes' observation.
"I've seen very few mountain ranges on the Moon," Ardan said after a few minutes of looking around.
"Mountains chains are not numerous in the Moon," replied Barbican, "and in that respect her oreographic system presents a decided contrast with that of the Earth. With us the ranges are many, the craters few; in the Moon the ranges are few and the craters innumerable."
"Mountain ranges aren't common on the Moon," Barbican said, "and because of that, its mountain system is very different from Earth's. Here, we have many ranges and few craters; on the Moon, there are few ranges and countless craters."
Barbican might have spoken of another curious feature regarding the mountain ranges: namely, that they are chiefly confined to the northern hemisphere, where the craters are fewest and the "seas" the most extensive.
Barbican might have mentioned another interesting aspect about the mountain ranges: specifically, that they are mainly found in the northern hemisphere, where there are the fewest craters and the largest "seas."
For the benefit of those interested, and to be done at once with this part of the subject, we give in the following little table a list of the chief lunar mountain chains, with their latitude, and respective heights in English feet.
For those who are interested, and to wrap up this part of the topic quickly, we provide the following table with a list of the main lunar mountain ranges, including their latitude and heights in English feet.
Name | Degrees of Latitude | Height | ||
Southern Hemishpere. |
![]() |
Altai Mountains Cordilleras Pyrenees Riphean |
17° to 28 10 to 20 8 to 18 5 to 10 |
13,000ft. 12,000 12,000 2,600 |
Northern Hemishpere. |
![]() |
Haemus Carpathian Apennines Taurus Hercynian Caucasus Alps |
10 to 20 15 to 19 14 to 27 25 to 34 17 to 29 33 to 40 42 to 30 |
6,300 6,000 18,000 8,500 3,400 17,000 10,000 |
Of these different chains, the most important is that of the Apennines, about 450 miles long, a length, however, far inferior to that of many of the great mountain ranges of our globe. They skirt the western shores of the Mare Imbrium, over which they rise in immense cliffs, 18 or 20 thousand feet in height, steep as a wall and casting over the plain intensely black shadows at least 90 miles long. Of Mt. Huyghens, the highest in the group, the travellers were just barely able to distinguish the sharp angular summit in the far west. To the east, however, the Carpathians, extending from the 18th to 30th degrees of east longitude, lay directly under their eyes and could be examined in all the peculiarities of their distribution.
Of these different chains, the most important is that of the Apennines, approximately 450 miles long, which is significantly shorter than many of the major mountain ranges on our planet. They run along the western shores of the Mare Imbrium, rising in massive cliffs that reach heights of 18 to 20 thousand feet, steep like a wall, casting intensely black shadows over the plain that stretch at least 90 miles long. As for Mt. Huyghens, the tallest in the group, the travelers could barely make out its sharply angled peak in the far west. To the east, however, the Carpathians, stretching from the 18th to 30th degrees of east longitude, were right in front of them and could be closely observed for all their unique features.
Barbican proposed a hypothesis regarding the formation of those mountains, which his companions thought at least as good as any other. Looking carefully over the Carpathians and catching occasional glimpses of semi-circular formations and half domes, he concluded that the chain must have formerly been a succession of vast craters. Then had come some mighty internal discharge, or rather the subsidence to which Mare Imbrium is due, for it immediately broke off or swallowed up one half of those mountains, leaving the other half steep as a wall on one side and sloping gently on the other to the level of the surrounding plains. The Carpathians were therefore pretty nearly in the same condition as the crater mountains Ptolemy, Alpetragius and Arzachel would find themselves in, if some terrible cataclysm, by tearing away their eastern ramparts, had turned them into a chain of mountains whose towering cliffs would nod threateningly over the western shores of Mare Nubium. The mean height of the Carpathians is about 6,000 feet, the altitude of certain points in the Pyrenees such as the Port of Pineda, or Roland's Breach, in the shadow of Mont Perdu. The northern slopes of the Carpathians sink rapidly towards the shores of the vast Mare Imbrium.
Barbican suggested a theory about how those mountains were formed, which his friends thought was at least as good as any other. After examining the Carpathians and noticing some semi-circular shapes and half domes, he concluded that the range must have once been a series of huge craters. Then came a powerful internal expulsion, or rather the subsidence that created Mare Imbrium, which suddenly removed or engulfed one side of those mountains, leaving the other side steep like a wall on one side and gently sloping on the other to the level of the nearby plains. The Carpathians were therefore almost in the same state as the crater mountains Ptolemy, Alpetragius, and Arzachel, if some catastrophic event had stripped away their eastern cliffs, transforming them into a chain of mountains with towering cliffs that loom ominously over the western shores of Mare Nubium. The average height of the Carpathians is about 6,000 feet, similar to certain peaks in the Pyrenees like Port of Pineda or Roland's Breach, located in the shadow of Mont Perdu. The northern slopes of the Carpathians quickly drop down toward the vast Mare Imbrium.
Towards two o'clock in the morning, Barbican calculated the Projectile to be on the 20th northern parallel, and therefore almost immediately over the little ring mountain called Pytheas, about 4600 feet in height. The distance of the travellers from the Moon at this point could not be more than about 750 miles, reduced to about 7 by means of their excellent telescopes.
Towards two o'clock in the morning, Barbican figured that the Projectile was at the 20th northern parallel, and therefore almost directly above the small ring mountain named Pytheas, which is about 4,600 feet tall. The travelers' distance from the Moon at this point couldn't be more than around 750 miles, which was reduced to about 7 with the help of their excellent telescopes.
Mare Imbrium, the Sea of Rains here revealed itself in all its vastness to the eyes of the travellers, though it must be acknowledged that the immense depression so called, did not afford them a very clear idea regarding its exact boundaries. Right ahead of them rose Lambert about a mile in height; and further on, more to the left, in the direction of Oceanus Procellarum, Euler revealed itself by its glittering radiations. This mountain, of about the same height as Lambert, had been the object of very interesting calculations on the part of Schroeter of Erfurt. This keen observer, desirous of inquiring into the probable origin of the lunar mountains, had proposed to himself the following question: Does the volume of the crater appear to be equal to that of the surrounding ramparts? His calculations showing him that this was generally the case, he naturally concluded that these ramparts must therefore have been the product of a single eruption, for successive eruptions of volcanic matter would have disturbed this correlation. Euler alone, he found, to be an exception to this general law, as the volume of its crater appeared to be twice as great as that of the mass surrounding it. It must therefore have been formed by several eruptions in succession, but in that case what had become of the ejected matter?
Mare Imbrium, the Sea of Rains, stretched out before the travelers in all its vastness, though it's important to note that this immense depression didn't give them a very clear idea of its exact boundaries. Right in front of them rose Lambert, about a mile high; further to the left, toward Oceanus Procellarum, Euler emerged with its shining radiations. This mountain, roughly the same height as Lambert, had been the subject of intriguing calculations by Schroeter from Erfurt. This sharp observer, eager to explore the possible origin of the lunar mountains, posed the following question: Does the volume of the crater seem equal to that of the surrounding ramparts? His calculations indicated that this was generally true, leading him to conclude that these ramparts must have resulted from a single eruption, as multiple eruptions would have disturbed this correlation. He found that Euler was the only exception to this rule, as the volume of its crater appeared to be twice as large as that of the mass around it. Therefore, it must have been formed by several eruptions in succession, but if that's the case, where did the ejected material go?
Theories of this nature and all manner of scientific questions were, of course, perfectly permissible to terrestrial astronomers laboring under the disadvantage of imperfect instruments. But Barbican could not think of wasting his time in any speculation of the kind, and now, seeing that his Projectile perceptibly approached the lunar disc, though he despaired of ever reaching it, he was more sanguine than ever of being soon able to discover positively and unquestionably some of the secrets of its formation.
Theories like this and all sorts of scientific questions were definitely acceptable for astronomers on Earth dealing with the limitations of faulty instruments. But Barbican didn’t want to waste his time on any kind of speculation. Now, as he saw his Projectile getting closer to the moon’s surface, even though he doubted he would ever actually reach it, he felt more optimistic than ever about soon discovering some of the undeniable secrets of its formation.
CHAPTER XIII.
LUNAR LANDSCAPES
At half past two in the morning of December 6th, the travellers crossed the 30th northern parallel, at a distance from the lunar surface of 625 miles, reduced to about 6 by their spy-glasses. Barbican could not yet see the least probability of their landing at any point of the disc. The velocity of the Projectile was decidedly slow, but for that reason extremely puzzling. Barbican could not account for it. At such a proximity to the Moon, the velocity, one would think, should be very great indeed to be able to counteract the lunar attraction. Why did it not fall? Barbican could not tell; his companions were equally in the dark. Ardan said he gave it up. Besides they had no time to spend in investigating it. The lunar panorama was unrolling all its splendors beneath them, and they could not bear to lose one of its slightest details.
At 2:30 AM on December 6th, the travelers crossed the 30th northern parallel, 625 miles from the lunar surface, reduced to about 6 miles through their telescopes. Barbican couldn’t see any chance of landing on any part of the Moon’s surface. The Projectile was moving slowly, which was both confusing and concerning. Barbican couldn’t understand why. At such a close distance to the Moon, one would expect a high velocity to counteract its gravitational pull. So why weren’t they falling? Barbican had no answer, and neither did his companions. Ardan said he’d given up on figuring it out. Besides, they didn’t have time to investigate. The stunning lunar view was unfolding beneath them, and they didn’t want to miss a single detail.
The lunar disc being brought within a distance of about six miles by the spy-glasses, it is a fair question to ask, what could an aeronaut at such an elevation from our Earth discover on its surface? At present that question can hardly be answered, the most remarkable balloon ascensions never having passed an altitude of five miles under circumstances favorable for observers. Here, however, is an account, carefully transcribed from notes taken on the spot, of what Barbican and his companions did see from their peculiar post of observation.
The lunar disc, brought within about six miles by the telescopes, raises an interesting question: what could an aeronaut at that height discover on its surface? Right now, that question is difficult to answer since the most remarkable balloon flights have never reached higher than five miles under ideal conditions for observers. However, here is an account, carefully written down from notes taken on site, of what Barbican and his companions did see from their unique vantage point.
Varieties of color, in the first place, appeared here and there upon the disc. Selenographers are not quite agreed as to the nature of these colors. Not that such colors are without variety or too faint to be easily distinguished. Schmidt of Athens even says that if our oceans on earth were all evaporated, an observer in the Moon would hardly find the seas and continents of our globe even so well outlined as those of the Moon are to the eye of a terrestrial observer. According to him, the shade of color distinguishing those vast plains known as "seas" is a dark gray dashed with green and brown,—a color presented also by a few of the great craters.
Varieties of color appeared here and there on the disc. Selenographers don't really agree on what these colors are. It's not that the colors lack variety or are too faint to be easily seen. Schmidt from Athens even states that if all of Earth's oceans evaporated, a person on the Moon would hardly see the seas and continents of our planet as clearly as the Moon appears to someone on Earth. According to him, the color of those vast areas called "seas" is a dark gray mixed with green and brown—similar to the colors found in some of the large craters.
This opinion of Schmidt's, shared by Beer and Maedler, Barbican's observations now convinced him to be far better founded than that of certain astronomers who admit of no color at all being visible on the Moon's surface but gray. In certain spots the greenish tint was quite decided, particularly in Mare Serenitatis and Mare Humorum, the very localities where Schmidt had most noticed it. Barbican also remarked that several large craters, of the class that had no interior cones, reflected a kind of bluish tinge, somewhat like that given forth by a freshly polished steel plate. These tints, he now saw enough to convince him, proceeded really from the lunar surface, and were not due, as certain astronomers asserted, either to the imperfections of the spy-glasses, or to the interference of the terrestrial atmosphere. His singular opportunity for correct observation allowed him to entertain no doubt whatever on the subject. Hampered by no atmosphere, he was free from all liability to optical illusion. Satisfied therefore as to the reality of these tints, he considered such knowledge a positive gain to science. But that greenish tint—to what was it due? To a dense tropical vegetation maintained by a low atmosphere, a mile or so in thickness? Possibly. But this was another question that could not be answered at present.
This opinion of Schmidt's, shared by Beer and Maedler, along with Barbican's observations, now convinced him that it was much better grounded than the views of some astronomers who claimed that only gray was visible on the Moon's surface. In some areas, the greenish tint was quite noticeable, especially in Mare Serenitatis and Mare Humorum, the exact locations where Schmidt had observed it the most. Barbican also noted that several large craters, which lacked interior cones, showed a bluish hue, similar to what you would see on a freshly polished steel plate. He was now convinced that these tints really came from the lunar surface and were not caused, as some astronomers had argued, by flaws in the telescopes or the Earth's atmosphere. His unique opportunity for accurate observation left him with no doubt about it. Free from any atmospheric interference, he was not susceptible to optical illusions. Therefore, satisfied with the reality of these tints, he considered this knowledge a real advancement for science. But what was the cause of that greenish tint? Could it be due to thick tropical vegetation supported by a low atmosphere, about a mile thick? Possibly. But that was another question that couldn't be answered right now.
Further on he could detect here and there traces of a decidedly ruddy tint. Such a shade he knew had been already detected in the Palus Somnii, near Mare Crisium, and in the circular area of Lichtenberg, near the Hercynian Mountains, on the eastern edge of the Moon. To what cause was this tint to be attributed? To the actual color of the surface itself? Or to that of the lava covering it here and there? Or to the color resulting from the mixture of other colors seen at a distance too great to allow of their being distinguished separately? Impossible to tell.
Further ahead, he could spot hints of a distinctly reddish hue here and there. He knew that this shade had already been noticed in the Palus Somnii, near Mare Crisium, and in the circular area of Lichtenberg, close to the Hercynian Mountains, on the eastern edge of the Moon. What could this tint be attributed to? Was it the actual color of the surface itself? Or the lava covering it in patches? Or perhaps the result of mixing other colors seen from too great a distance to be distinguished separately? It was impossible to tell.
Barbican and his companions succeeded no better at a new problem that soon engaged their undivided attention. It deserves some detail.
Barbican and his friends had no more luck with a new problem that quickly grabbed their full attention. This one needs some details.
Having passed Lambert, being just over Timocharis, all were attentively gazing at the magnificent crater of Archimedes with a diameter of 52 miles across and ramparts more than 5000 feet in height, when Ardan startled his companions by suddenly exclaiming:
Having passed Lambert, just over Timocharis, everyone was intently gazing at the stunning crater of Archimedes, which is 52 miles wide and has walls more than 5000 feet high, when Ardan surprised his friends by suddenly shouting:
"Hello! Cultivated fields as I am a living man!"
"Hello! Cultivated fields, just like I'm a living person!"
"What do you mean by your cultivated fields?" asked M'Nicholl sourly, wiping his glasses and shrugging his shoulders.
"What do you mean by your cultivated fields?" M'Nicholl asked sourly, wiping his glasses and shrugging his shoulders.
"Certainly cultivated fields!" replied Ardan. "Don't you see the furrows? They're certainly plain enough. They are white too from glistening in the sun, but they are quite different from the radiating streaks of Copernicus. Why, their sides are perfectly parallel!"
"Definitely cultivated fields!" replied Ardan. "Don't you see the furrows? They're pretty clear. They're also white from shining in the sun, but they're totally different from the radiating lines of Copernicus. Their sides are perfectly parallel!"
"Where are those furrows?" asked M'Nicholl, putting his glasses to his eye and adjusting the focus.
"Where are those furrows?" asked M'Nicholl, putting his glasses to his eyes and adjusting the focus.
"You can see them in all directions," answered Ardan; "but two are particularly visible: one running north from Archimedes, the other south towards the Apennines."
"You can see them in every direction," Ardan replied, "but two stand out: one heading north from Archimedes, and the other going south towards the Apennines."
M'Nicholl's face, as he gazed, gradually assumed a grin which soon developed into a snicker, if not a positive laugh, as he observed to Ardan:
M'Nicholl's face, as he stared, gradually broke into a grin that quickly turned into a chuckle, if not an outright laugh, as he remarked to Ardan:
"Your Selenites must be Brobdignagians, their oxen Leviathans, and their ploughs bigger than Marston's famous cannon, if these are furrows!"
"Your Selenites must be giants, their oxen enormous sea monsters, and their plows bigger than Marston's famous cannon, if those are really furrows!"
"How's that, Barbican?" asked Ardan doubtfully, but unwilling to submit to M'Nicholl.
"How's that, Barbican?" asked Ardan skeptically, but he didn't want to give in to M'Nicholl.
"They're not furrows, dear friend," said Barbican, "and can't be, either, simply on account of their immense size. They are what the German astronomers called Rillen; the French, rainures, and the English, grooves, canals, clefts, cracks, chasms, or fissures."
"They're not furrows, my friend," said Barbican, "and they can't be, because of how huge they are. They are what the German astronomers referred to as Rillen; the French, rainures, and the English, grooves, canals, clefts, cracks, chasms, or fissures."
"You have a good stock of names for them anyhow," observed Ardan, "if that does any good."
"You have a solid list of names for them anyway," Ardan pointed out, "if that helps at all."
"The number of names given them," answered Barbican, "shows how little is really known about them. They have been observed in all the level portion of the Moon's surface. Small as they appear to us, a little calculation must convince you that they are in some places hundreds of miles in length, a mile in width and probably in many points several miles in depth. Their width and depth, however, vary, though their sides, so far as observed, are always rigorously parallel. Let us take a good look at them."
"The number of names given to them," Barbican replied, "shows just how little is actually known about them. They've been spotted all over the flat areas of the Moon’s surface. Though they seem small to us, a quick calculation should convince you that in some places, they are hundreds of miles long, a mile wide, and likely several miles deep in many spots. Their width and depth do change, but their sides, as far as we've seen, are always perfectly parallel. Let’s take a close look at them."
Putting the glass to his eye, Barbican examined the clefts for some time with close attention. He saw that their banks were sharp edged and extremely steep. In many places they were of such geometrical regularity that he readily excused Gruithuysen's idea of deeming them to be gigantic earthworks thrown up by the Selenite engineers. Some of them were as straight as if laid out with a line, others were curved a little here and there, though still maintaining the strict parallelism of their sides. These crossed each other; those entered craters and came out at the other side. Here, they furrowed annular plateaus, such as Posidonius or Petavius. There, they wrinkled whole seas, for instance, Mare Serenitatis.
Putting the glass to his eye, Barbican closely examined the clefts for some time. He noticed that their banks were sharp-edged and extremely steep. In many places, they were so geometrically regular that he easily understood Gruithuysen's notion of considering them to be gigantic earthworks created by Selenite engineers. Some of them were as straight as if drawn with a line, while others had slight curves here and there, yet still maintained strict parallelism in their sides. These crossed each other; some entered craters and emerged on the other side. Here, they furrowed circular plateaus, like Posidonius or Petavius. There, they wrinkled entire seas, for example, Mare Serenitatis.
These curious peculiarities of the lunar surface had interested the astronomic mind to a very high degree at their first discovery, and have proved to be very perplexing problems ever since. The first observers do not seem to have noticed them. Neither Hevelius, nor Cassini, nor La Hire, nor Herschel, makes a single remark regarding their nature.
These strange features of the moon’s surface really caught the attention of astronomers when they were first discovered, and they’ve been puzzling problems ever since. The first observers didn’t seem to notice them. Neither Hevelius, nor Cassini, nor La Hire, nor Herschel made any remarks about their nature.
It was Schroeter, in 1789, who called the attention of scientists to them for the first time. He had only 11 to show, but Lohrmann soon recorded 75 more. Pastorff, Gruithuysen, and particularly Beer and Maedler were still more successful, but Julius Schmidt, the famous astronomer of Athens, has raised their number up to 425, and has even published their names in a catalogue. But counting them is one thing, determining their nature is another. They are not fortifications, certainly: and cannot be ancient beds of dried up rivers, for two very good and sufficient reasons: first, water, even under the most favorable circumstances on the Moon's surface, could have never ploughed up such vast channels; secondly, these chasms often traverse lofty craters through and through, like an immense railroad cutting.
It was Schroeter, in 1789, who first brought these to the attention of scientists. He had only 11 to show, but Lohrmann quickly added 75 more. Pastorff, Gruithuysen, and especially Beer and Maedler had even more success, but Julius Schmidt, the renowned astronomer from Athens, increased their count to 425 and even published their names in a catalog. However, counting them is one thing, and figuring out what they are is another. They are definitely not fortifications, nor can they be ancient riverbeds, for two very good reasons: first, water, even under the best conditions on the Moon's surface, could never have carved such extensive channels; second, these chasms often cut through tall craters completely, like a huge railroad.
At these details, Ardan's imagination became unusually excited and of course it was not without some result. It even happened that he hit on an idea that had already suggested itself to Schmidt of Athens.
At these details, Ardan's imagination became unusually excited and, of course, it had some impact. He even came up with an idea that had already been suggested to Schmidt of Athens.
"Why not consider them," he asked, "to be the simple phenomena of vegetation?"
"Why not think of them," he asked, "as just basic examples of plant life?"
"What do you mean?" asked Barbican.
"What do you mean?" Barbican asked.
"Rows of sugar cane?" suggested M'Nicholl with a snicker.
"Rows of sugar cane?" M'Nicholl suggested with a chuckle.
"Not exactly, my worthy Captain," answered Ardan quietly, "though you were perhaps nearer to the mark than you expected. I don't mean exactly rows of sugar cane, but I do mean vast avenues of trees—poplars, for instance—planted regularly on each side of a great high road."
"Not exactly, my esteemed Captain," Ardan replied softly, "though you were probably closer to the truth than you thought. I don’t mean literal rows of sugar cane, but I do mean wide stretches of trees—like poplars, for example—planted neatly on either side of a major highway."
"Still harping on vegetation!" said the Captain. "Ardan, what a splendid historian was spoiled in you! The less you know about your facts, the readier you are to account for them."
"Still going on about plants!" said the Captain. "Ardan, what an amazing historian you could have been! The less you know about your facts, the more eager you are to explain them."
"Ma foi," said Ardan simply, "I do only what the greatest of your scientific men do—that is, guess. There is this difference however between us—I call my guesses, guesses, mere conjecture;—they dignify theirs as profound theories or as astounding discoveries!"
"My faith," said Ardan casually, "I do nothing different from what the top scientists among you do—that is, I guess. The difference is this—I label my guesses as guesses, mere conjectures; they elevate theirs to profound theories or remarkable discoveries!"
"Often the case, friend Ardan, too often the case," said Barbican.
"Often the case, my friend Ardan, way too often," said Barbican.
"In the question under consideration, however," continued the Frenchman, "my conjecture has this advantage over some others: it explains why these rills appear and seem to disappear at regular intervals."
"In the question we are discussing, though," the Frenchman continued, "my theory has this edge over a few others: it clarifies why these small streams appear and seem to vanish at consistent intervals."
"Let us hear the explanation," said the Captain.
"Let's hear the explanation," said the Captain.
"They become invisible when the trees lose their leaves, and they reappear when they resume them."
"They become invisible when the trees drop their leaves, and they reappear when the trees grow them back."
"His explanation is not without ingenuity," observed Barbican to M'Nicholl, "but, my dear friend," turning to Ardan, "it is hardly admissible."
"His explanation is clever," Barbican said to M'Nicholl, "but, my dear friend," he continued, turning to Ardan, "it's not really acceptable."
"Probably not," said Ardan, "but why not?"
"Probably not," said Ardan, "but why not?"
"Because as the Sun is nearly always vertical to the lunar equator, the Moon can have no change of seasons worth mentioning; therefore her vegetation can present none of the phenomena that you speak of."
"Since the Sun is almost always directly above the lunar equator, the Moon doesn't experience any significant changes in seasons. As a result, its vegetation can't show any of the phenomena you're talking about."
This was perfectly true. The slight obliquity of the Moon's axis, only 1-1/2°, keeps the Sun in the same altitude the whole year around. In the equatorial regions he is always vertical, and in the polar he is never higher than the horizon. Therefore, there can be no change of seasons; according to the latitude, it is a perpetual winter, spring, summer, or autumn the whole year round. This state of things is almost precisely similar to that which prevails in Jupiter, who also stands nearly upright in his orbit, the inclination of his axis being only about 3°.
This is completely true. The slight tilt of the Moon's axis, only 1.5°, keeps the Sun at the same height all year long. In the equatorial regions, the Sun is always overhead, and in the polar regions, it never rises above the horizon. As a result, there are no seasons; depending on the latitude, it’s a constant winter, spring, summer, or autumn throughout the entire year. This situation is almost exactly like what's found on Jupiter, which also has a nearly upright orbit, with its axis tilted only about 3°.
But how to account for the grooves? A very hard nut to crack. They must certainly be a later formation than the craters and the rings, for they are often found breaking right through the circular ramparts. Probably the latest of all lunar features, the results of the last geological epochs, they are due altogether to expansion or shrinkage acting on a large scale and brought about by the great forces of nature, operating after a manner altogether unknown on our earth. Such at least was Barbican's idea.
But how do we explain the grooves? That's a tough question. They must definitely be formed later than the craters and rings since they often cut through the circular walls. Probably the most recent lunar features, resulting from the last geological periods, they are entirely due to large-scale expansion or shrinkage caused by immense natural forces that work in ways completely unknown to us on Earth. That was Barbican's belief, anyway.
"My friends," he quietly observed, "without meaning to put forward any pretentious claims to originality, but by simply turning to account some advantages that have never before befallen contemplative mortal eye, why not construct a little hypothesis of our own regarding the nature of these grooves and the causes that gave them birth? Look at that great chasm just below us, somewhat to the right. It is at least fifty or sixty miles long and runs along the base of the Apennines in a line almost perfectly straight. Does not its parallelism with the mountain chain suggest a causative relation? See that other mighty rill, at least a hundred and fifty miles long, starting directly north of it and pursuing so true a course that it cleaves Archimedes almost cleanly into two. The nearer it lies to the mountain, as you perceive, the greater its width; as it recedes in either direction it grows narrower. Does not everything point out to one great cause of their origin? They are simple crevasses, like those so often noticed on Alpine glaciers, only that these tremendous cracks in the surface are produced by the shrinkage of the crust consequent on cooling. Can we point out some analogies to this on the Earth? Certainly. The defile of the Jordan, terminating in the awful depression of the Dead Sea, no doubt occurs to you on the moment. But the Yosemite Valley, as I saw it ten years ago, is an apter comparison. There I stood on the brink of a tremendous chasm with perpendicular walls, a mile in width, a mile in depth and eight miles in length. Judge if I was astounded! But how should we feel it, when travelling on the lunar surface, we should suddenly find ourselves on the brink of a yawning chasm two miles wide, fifty miles long, and so fathomless in sheer vertical depth as to leave its black profundities absolutely invisible in spite of the dazzling sunlight!"
"My friends," he quietly remarked, "without trying to claim any unique ideas, but simply making use of some advantages that have never been seen by reflective human eyes, why not come up with our own little theory about the nature of these grooves and what created them? Look at that huge chasm just below us, a bit to the right. It's at least fifty or sixty miles long and runs almost perfectly straight along the base of the Apennines. Doesn't its alignment with the mountain range suggest a connection? Check out that other massive rill, at least a hundred and fifty miles long, starting directly north of it and cutting Archimedes almost cleanly in two. The closer it is to the mountains, as you can see, the wider it gets; as it moves away in either direction, it becomes narrower. Doesn't everything indicate a single major reason for their formation? They are simple cracks, like those often seen on Alpine glaciers, except these huge fissures on the surface are caused by the crust shrinking due to cooling. Can we find similar examples on Earth? Certainly. The Jordan Valley, ending in the terrifying drop of the Dead Sea, probably comes to mind right away. But the Yosemite Valley, as I saw it ten years ago, makes a better comparison. I stood at the edge of an enormous chasm with vertical walls, a mile wide, a mile deep, and eight miles long. Imagine my astonishment! But how would we feel if, while traveling on the moon's surface, we suddenly found ourselves at the edge of a gaping chasm two miles wide, fifty miles long, and so deep that its dark depths were completely hidden despite the brilliant sunlight!"
"I feel my flesh already crawling even in the anticipation!" cried Ardan.
"I can already feel my skin crawling just thinking about it!" cried Ardan.
"I shan't regret it much if we never get to the Moon," growled M'Nicholl; "I never hankered after it anyhow!"
"I won't regret it too much if we never make it to the Moon," grumbled M'Nicholl; "I never really wanted to go there anyway!"
By this time the Projectile had reached the fortieth degree of lunar latitude, and could hardly be further than five hundred miles from the surface, a distance reduced to about 5 miles by the travellers' glasses. Away to their left appeared Helicon, a ring mountain about 1600 feet high; and still further to the left the eye could catch a glimpse of the cliffs enclosing a semi-elliptical portion of Mare Imbrium, called the Sinus Iridium, or Bay of the Rainbows.
By now, the Projectile had reached the fortieth degree of lunar latitude and was hardly more than five hundred miles from the surface, a distance that looked more like just 5 miles through the travelers' glasses. To their left, they could see Helicon, a ring mountain about 1,600 feet high, and even further left, they could catch a glimpse of the cliffs surrounding a semi-elliptical section of Mare Imbrium, known as the Sinus Iridium, or Bay of the Rainbows.
In order to allow astronomers to make complete observations on the lunar surface, the terrestrial atmosphere should possess a transparency seventy times greater than its present power of transmission. But in the void through which the Projectile was now floating, no fluid whatever interposed between the eye of the observer and the object observed. Besides, the travellers now found themselves at a distance that had never before been reached by the most powerful telescopes, including even Lord Rosse's and the great instrument on the Rocky Mountains. Barbican was therefore in a condition singularly favorable to resolve the great question concerning the Moon's inhabitableness. Nevertheless, the solution still escaped him. He could discover nothing around him but a dreary waste of immense plains, and towards the north, beneath him, bare mountains of the aridest character.
To let astronomers fully observe the lunar surface, Earth's atmosphere would need to be seventy times clearer than it is now. But in the emptiness the Projectile was floating through, nothing stood between the observer's eye and the object being observed. Additionally, the travelers were now farther away than anyone had ever been, even those using the most powerful telescopes like Lord Rosse's and the impressive one in the Rocky Mountains. So, Barbican was in a uniquely advantageous position to resolve the big question about whether the Moon could be inhabited. Still, the answer eluded him. All he could see around him was a bleak expanse of vast plains, and to the north, below him, there were dry, barren mountains.
Not the slightest vestige of man's work could be detected over the vast expanse. Not the slightest sign of a ruin spoke of his ever having been there. Nothing betrayed the slightest trace of the development of animal life, even in an inferior degree. No movement. Not the least glimpse of vegetation. Of the three great kingdoms that hold dominion on the surface of the globe, the mineral, the vegetable and the animal, one alone was represented on the lunar sphere: the mineral, the whole mineral, and nothing but the mineral.
Not a single trace of human activity could be seen across the vast stretch. Not the faintest sign of ruins indicated that he had ever been there. Nothing revealed any hint of animal life, even at a basic level. No movement. Not the slightest hint of plant life. Of the three great kingdoms that dominate the surface of the Earth—mineral, plant, and animal—only one was present on the moon: the mineral, entirely the mineral, and nothing but the mineral.
"Why!" exclaimed Ardan, with a disconcerted look, after a long and searching examination, "I can't find anybody. Everything is as motionless as a street in Pompeii at 4 o'clock in the morning!"
"Why!" Ardan exclaimed, looking puzzled after a long and thorough search, "I can't find anyone. Everything is as still as a street in Pompeii at 4 a.m.!"
"Good comparison, friend Ardan;" observed M'Nicholl. "Lava, slag, volcanic eminences, vitreous matter glistening like ice, piles of scoria, pitch black shadows, dazzling streaks, like rivers of light breaking over jagged rocks—these are now beneath my eye—these alone I can detect—not a man—not an animal—not a tree. The great American Desert is a land of milk and honey in comparison with the joyless orb over which we are now moving. However, even yet we can predicate nothing positive. The atmosphere may have taken refuge in the depths of the chasms, in the interior of the craters, or even on the opposite side of the Moon, for all we know!"
"That's a good comparison, friend Ardan," M'Nicholl observed. "Lava, slag, volcanic peaks, glassy material shining like ice, heaps of volcanic rock, deep black shadows, brilliant streaks like rivers of light flowing over jagged stones—these are all I can see right now—not a single person—not an animal—not a tree. The great American Desert looks like a paradise compared to the bleak land we're currently navigating. Still, we can't assume anything for sure. The atmosphere might have hidden in the depths of the chasms, inside the craters, or even on the far side of the Moon, for all we know!"
"Still we must remember," observed Barbican, "that even the sharpest eye cannot detect a man at a distance greater than four miles and a-half, and our glasses have not yet brought us nearer than five."
"Still, we have to remember," Barbican noted, "that even the keenest eye can't spot a person from more than four and a half miles away, and our binoculars haven't gotten us any closer than five."
"Which means to say," observed Ardan, "that though we can't see the Selenites, they can see our Projectile!"
"Which means," Ardan pointed out, "that even though we can't see the Selenites, they can see our Projectile!"
But matters had not improved much when, towards four o'clock in the morning, the travellers found themselves on the 50th parallel, and at a distance of only about 375 miles from the lunar surface. Still no trace of the least movement, or even of the lowest form of life.
But things hadn’t gotten much better when, around four in the morning, the travelers found themselves on the 50th parallel and just about 375 miles from the lunar surface. Still no sign of any movement, or even the simplest form of life.
"What peaked mountain is that which we have just passed on our right?" asked Ardan. "It is quite remarkable, standing as it does in almost solitary grandeur in the barren plain."
"What peak is that which we just passed on our right?" asked Ardan. "It's quite remarkable, standing in almost solitary grandeur in the barren plain."
"That is Pico," answered Barbican. "It is at least 8000 feet high and is well known to terrestrial astronomers as well by its peculiar shadow as on account of its comparative isolation. See the collection of perfectly formed little craters nestling around its base."
"That is Pico," Barbican replied. "It's at least 8,000 feet high and is recognized by land astronomers both for its unique shadow and its relative isolation. Look at the perfectly shaped little craters surrounding its base."
"Barbican," asked M'Nicholl suddenly, "what peak is that which lies almost directly south of Pico? I see it plainly, but I can't find it on my map."
"Barbican," M'Nicholl asked suddenly, "what peak is that which lies almost directly south of Pico? I can see it clearly, but I can't find it on my map."
"I have remarked that pyramidal peak myself," replied Barbican; "but I can assure you that so far it has received no name as yet, although it is likely enough to have been distinguished by the terrestrial astronomers. It can't be less than 4000 feet in height."
"I've seen that pyramidal peak myself," Barbican replied, "but I can assure you that it hasn't been named yet, although it's likely that earthbound astronomers have noted it. It's at least 4,000 feet high."
"I propose we called it Barbican!" cried Ardan enthusiastically.
"I suggest we call it Barbican!" shouted Ardan excitedly.
"Agreed!" answered M'Nicholl, "unless we can find a higher one."
"Agreed!" replied M'Nicholl, "unless we can find a better one."
"We must be before-hand with Schmidt of Athens!" exclaimed Ardan. "He will leave nothing unnamed that his telescope can catch a glimpse of."
"We need to get ahead of Schmidt from Athens!" exclaimed Ardan. "He won't let anything go unmentioned that his telescope can spot."
"Passed unanimously!" cried M'Nicholl.
"Passed unanimously!" yelled M'Nicholl.
"And officially recorded!" added the Frenchman, making the proper entry on his map.
"And officially recorded!" added the Frenchman, making the correct entry on his map.
"Salve, Mt. Barbican!" then cried both gentlemen, rising and taking off their hats respectfully to the distant peak.
"Hello, Mt. Barbican!" both gentlemen exclaimed, standing up and respectfully taking off their hats to the distant peak.
"Look to the west!" interrupted Barbican, watching, as usual, while his companions were talking, and probably perfectly unconscious of what they were saying; "directly to the west! Now tell me what you see!"
"Look to the west!" interrupted Barbican, watching as usual while his companions were talking, probably completely unaware of what they were saying; "directly to the west! Now tell me what you see!"
"I see a vast valley!" answered M'Nicholl.
"I see a huge valley!" replied M'Nicholl.
"Straight as an arrow!" added Ardan.
"Straight as an arrow!" Ardan added.
"Running through lofty mountains!" cried M'Nicholl.
"Running through tall mountains!" shouted M'Nicholl.
"Cut through with a pair of saws and scooped out with a chisel!" cried Ardan.
"Cut through with a couple of saws and dug out with a chisel!" shouted Ardan.
"See the shadows of those peaks!" cried M'Nicholl catching fire at the sight. "Black, long, and sharp as if cast by cathedral spires!"
"Look at the shadows of those peaks!" shouted M'Nicholl, getting excited by the view. "They're dark, long, and sharp like they're made by cathedral spires!"
"Oh! ye crags and peaks!" burst forth Ardan; "how I should like to catch even a faint echo of the chorus you could chant, if a wild storm roared over your beetling summits! The pine forests of Norwegian mountains howling in midwinter would not be an accordeon in comparison!"
"Oh! you crags and peaks!" Ardan exclaimed; "how I would love to hear even a faint echo of the chorus you could sing if a wild storm raged over your towering summits! The pine forests of the Norwegian mountains howling in midwinter wouldn't even compare!"
"Wonderful instance of subsidence on a grand scale!" exclaimed the Captain, hastily relapsing into science.
"Awesome example of large-scale subsidence!" exclaimed the Captain, quickly slipping back into scientific talk.
"Not at all!" cried the Frenchman, still true to his colors; "no subsidence there! A comet simply came too close and left its mark as it flew past."
"Not at all!" shouted the Frenchman, remaining loyal to his beliefs; "there's no sinking here! A comet just passed too close and left its mark as it zoomed by."
"Fanciful exclamations, dear friends," observed Barbican; "but I'm not surprised at your excitement. Yonder is the famous Valley of the Alps, a standing enigma to all selenographers. How it could have been formed, no one can tell. Even wilder guesses than yours, Ardan, have been hazarded on the subject. All we can state positively at present regarding this wonderful formation, is what I have just recorded in my note-book: the Valley of the Alps is about 5 mile wide and 70 or 80 long: it is remarkably flat and free from debris, though the mountains on each side rise like walls to the height of at least 10,000 feet.—Over the whole surface of our Earth I know of no natural phenomenon that can be at all compared with it."
"Exciting thoughts, my friends," said Barbican. "But I'm not surprised by your enthusiasm. There’s the famous Valley of the Alps, a mystery to all moon researchers. No one really knows how it was formed. Even crazier theories than yours, Ardan, have been suggested about it. All we can definitely say right now about this amazing feature is what I've just noted in my notebook: the Valley of the Alps is about 5 miles wide and 70 or 80 miles long. It's very flat and has no debris, even though the mountains on either side rise like walls to at least 10,000 feet. —I know of no natural phenomenon on Earth that can compare to it."
"Another wonder almost in front of us!" cried Ardan. "I see a vast lake black as pitch and round as a crater; it is surrounded by such lofty mountains that their shadows reach clear across, rendering the interior quite invisible!"
"Another amazing sight right in front of us!" shouted Ardan. "I can see a huge lake, pitch black and circular like a crater; it's surrounded by such tall mountains that their shadows stretch all the way across, making the inside completely invisible!"
"That's Plato;" said M'Nicholl; "I know it well; it's the darkest spot on the Moon: many a night I gazed at it from my little observatory in Broad Street, Philadelphia."
"That's Plato;" said M'Nicholl; "I know it well; it's the darkest spot on the Moon: many nights I stared at it from my small observatory on Broad Street, Philadelphia."
"Right, Captain," said Barbican; "the crater Plato, is, indeed, generally considered the blackest spot on the Moon, but I am inclined to consider the spots Grimaldi and Riccioli on the extreme eastern edge to be somewhat darker. If you take my glass, Ardan, which is of somewhat greater power than yours, you will distinctly see the bottom of the crater. The reflective power of its plateau probably proceeds from the exceedingly great number of small craters that you can detect there."
"Right, Captain," said Barbican; "the crater Plato is generally seen as the darkest spot on the Moon, but I believe the craters Grimaldi and Riccioli on the far eastern edge are a bit darker. If you use my telescope, Ardan, which has a bit more power than yours, you’ll clearly see the bottom of the crater. The bright area of its plateau likely comes from the huge number of small craters that you can spot there."
"I think I see something like them now," said Ardan. "But I am sorry the Projectile's course will not give us a vertical view."
"I think I can see something like them now," said Ardan. "But I’m sorry that the Projectile's path won’t give us a straight-down view."
"Can't be helped!" said Barbican; "we must go where it takes us. The day may come when man can steer the projectile or the balloon in which he is shut up, in any way he pleases, but that day has not come yet!"
"Can't be helped!" said Barbican; "we have to go wherever it takes us. That day may come when a person can control the projectile or balloon they're in however they want, but that day isn’t here yet!"
Towards five in the morning, the northern limit of Mare Imbrium was finally passed, and Mare Frigoris spread its frost-colored plains far to the right and left. On the east the travellers could easily see the ring-mountain Condamine, about 4000 feet high, while a little ahead on the right they could plainly distinguish Fontenelle with an altitude nearly twice as great. Mare Frigoris was soon passed, and the whole lunar surface beneath the travellers, as far as they could see in all directions, now bristled with mountains, crags, and peaks. Indeed, at the 70th parallel the "Seas" or plains seem to have come to an end. The spy-glasses now brought the surface to within about three miles, a distance less than that between the hotel at Chamouni and the summit of Mont Blanc. To the left, they had no difficulty in distinguishing the ramparts of Philolaus, about 12,000 feet high, but though the crater had a diameter of nearly thirty miles, the black shadows prevented the slightest sign of its interior from being seen. The Sun was now sinking very low, and the illuminated surface of the Moon was reduced to a narrow rim.
By around five in the morning, they finally crossed the northern edge of Mare Imbrium, and Mare Frigoris stretched out its frost-colored plains on both sides. To the east, the travelers could easily spot the ring-mountain Condamine, which stood about 4,000 feet high, while a bit ahead on the right, they could clearly see Fontenelle, reaching nearly double that height. They quickly moved past Mare Frigoris, and the entire lunar landscape below them, as far as their eyes could see, was now filled with mountains, cliffs, and peaks. In fact, at the 70th parallel, the "Seas" or plains seemed to have come to an end. The telescopes brought the surface into view at about three miles away, which was a shorter distance than that between the hotel in Chamouni and the peak of Mont Blanc. To the left, they had no trouble identifying the walls of Philolaus, around 12,000 feet high, but despite the crater’s almost thirty-mile diameter, the dark shadows obscured any details of its interior. The sun was setting low, and the illuminated area of the Moon had shrunk to a narrow strip.
By this time, too, the bird's eye view to which the observations had so far principally confined, decidedly altered its character. They could now look back at the lunar mountains that they had been just sailing over—a view somewhat like that enjoyed by a tourist standing on the summit of Mt. St. Gothard as he sees the sun setting behind the peaks of the Bernese Oberland. The lunar landscapes however, though seen under these new and ever varying conditions, "hardly gained much by the change," according to Ardan's expression. On the contrary, they looked, if possible, more dreary and inhospitable than before.
By this time, the bird's eye view that their observations had mostly focused on had definitely changed. They could now look back at the lunar mountains they had just flown over—a view somewhat like that enjoyed by a tourist standing on the peak of Mt. St. Gothard as they watch the sun set behind the Bernese Oberland peaks. However, the lunar landscapes, though seen under these new and constantly changing conditions, "hardly gained much from the change," as Ardan put it. On the contrary, they looked even more bleak and unwelcoming than before.
The Moon having no atmosphere, the benefit of this gaseous envelope in softening off and nicely shading the approaches of light and darkness, heat and cold, is never felt on her surface. There, no twilight ever softly ushers in the brilliant sun, or sweetly heralds the near approach of night's dark shadow. Night follows day, and day night, with the startling suddenness of a match struck or a lamp extinguished in a cavern. Nor can it present any gradual transition from either extreme of temperature. Hot jumps to cold, and cold jumps to hot. A moment after a glacial midnight, it is a roasting noon. Without an instant's warning the temperature falls from 212° Fahrenheit to the icy winter of interstellar space. The surface is all dazzling glare, or pitchy gloom. Wherever the direct rays of the sun do not fall, darkness reigns supreme. What we call diffused light on Earth, the grateful result of refraction, the luminous matter held in suspension by the air, the mother of our dawns and our dusks, of our blushing mornings and our dewy eyes, of our shades, our penumbras, our tints and all the other magical effects of chiaro-oscuro—this diffused light has absolutely no existence on the surface of the Moon. Nothing is there to break the inexorable contrast between intense white and intense black. At mid-day, let a Selenite shade his eyes and look at the sky: it will appear to him as black as pitch, while the stars still sparkle before him as vividly as they do to us on the coldest and darkest night in winter.
The Moon has no atmosphere, so it doesn’t benefit from a gaseous layer that softens and shades the transitions between light and darkness, heat and cold. On its surface, there’s no twilight to gently introduce the bright sun or sweetly announce the arrival of night’s shadow. Night follows day, and day follows night, with the shocking abruptness of a match being struck or a lamp being turned off in a cave. There’s no gradual change in temperature either. Hot jumps straight to cold, and cold jumps straight to hot. Just a moment after a freezing midnight, it’s a scorching noon. Without any warning, the temperature can drop from 212°F to the icy chill of interstellar space. The surface is either blindingly bright or completely dark. Wherever the sun’s direct rays don’t reach, darkness takes over. What we call diffused light on Earth—the pleasant result of refraction, the glowing particles suspended in the air, the source of our dawns and dusks, of our rosy mornings and dewy landscapes, of our shades, penumbras, tints, and all the other magical effects of chiaro-oscuro—does not exist at all on the Moon’s surface. There’s nothing to break the unyielding contrast between pure white and pure black. At midday, if a Selenite covers his eyes and looks at the sky, it will appear as black as coal, while the stars still shine before him just as brightly as they do on the coldest, darkest winter night.
From this you can judge of the impression made on our travellers by those strange lunar landscapes. Even their decided novelty and very strange character produced any thing but a pleasing effect on the organs of sight. With all their enthusiasm, the travellers felt their eyes "get out of gear," as Ardan said, like those of a man blind from his birth and suddenly restored to sight. They could not adjust them so as to be able to realize the different plains of vision. All things seemed in a heap. Foreground and background were indistinguishably commingled. No painter could ever transfer a lunar landscape to his canvas.
From this, you can see the impression those strange lunar landscapes left on our travelers. Even their clear novelty and unusual nature didn’t create a pleasant effect on their eyes. Despite their excitement, the travelers felt their eyes "go out of whack," as Ardan put it, like a person who was blind since birth suddenly gaining sight. They couldn't get their vision adjusted to recognize the different planes of sight. Everything seemed jumbled together. The foreground and background blended into one. No artist could ever capture a lunar landscape on canvas.
"Landscape," Ardan said; "what do you mean by a landscape? Can you call a bottle of ink intensely black, spilled over a sheet of paper intensely white, a landscape?"
"Landscape," Ardan said; "what do you mean by a landscape? Can you really call a bottle of ink that's deeply black, spilled over a sheet of paper that's stark white, a landscape?"
At the eightieth degree, when the Projectile was hardly 100 miles distant from the Moon, the aspect of things underwent no improvement. On the contrary, the nearer the travellers approached the lunar surface, the drearier, the more inhospitable, and the more unearthly, everything seem to look. Still when five o'clock in the morning brought our travellers to within 50 miles of Mount Gioja—which their spy-glasses rendered as visible as if it was only about half a mile off, Ardan could not control himself.
At the eightieth degree, when the Projectile was barely 100 miles away from the Moon, the situation didn’t get any better. In fact, the closer the travelers got to the lunar surface, the more bleak, inhospitable, and unearthly everything appeared. Yet, when five o'clock in the morning brought our travelers within 50 miles of Mount Gioja—which their telescopes made look as if it were just about half a mile away, Ardan couldn’t hold back.
"Why, we're there" he exclaimed; "we can touch her with our hands! Open the windows and let me out! Don't mind letting me go by myself. It is not very inviting quarters I admit. But as we are come to the jumping off place, I want to see the whole thing through. Open the lower window and let me out. I can take care of myself!"
"Why, we're here!" he exclaimed. "We can touch her with our hands! Open the windows and let me out! You don't need to worry about me going alone. I know it’s not the nicest place, but since we’ve come this far, I want to see it all the way to the end. Open the bottom window and let me out. I can handle it!"
"That's what's more than any other man can do," said M'Nicholl drily, "who wants to take a jump of 50 miles!"
"That's more than any other guy can do," M'Nicholl said dryly, "who wants to jump 50 miles!"
"Better not try it, friend Ardan," said Barbican grimly: "think of Satellite! The Moon is no more attainable by your body than by our Projectile. You are far more comfortable in here than when floating about in empty space like a bolide."
"Better not try it, friend Ardan," Barbican said sternly. "Think of Satellite! You can't reach the Moon with your body any more than our Projectile can. You're much safer in here than drifting around in empty space like a shooting star."
Ardan, unwilling to quarrel with his companions, appeared to give in; but he secretly consoled himself by a hope which he had been entertaining for some time, and which now looked like assuming the appearance of a certainty. The Projectile had been lately approaching the Moon's surface so rapidly that it at last seemed actually impossible not to finally touch it somewhere in the neighborhood of the north pole, whose dazzling ridges now presented themselves in sharp and strong relief against the black sky. Therefore he kept silent, but quietly bided his time.
Ardan, not wanting to argue with his friends, seemed to give in; but he secretly comforted himself with a hope he had been holding onto for a while, which now seemed to be becoming a reality. The Projectile had been getting closer to the Moon's surface so quickly that it finally appeared impossible not to land somewhere near the north pole, whose bright ridges were now clearly visible against the dark sky. So he stayed quiet and patiently waited for his moment.
The Projectile moved on, evidently getting nearer and nearer to the lunar surface. The Moon now appeared to the travellers as she does to us towards the beginning of her Second Quarter, that is as a bright crescent instead of a hemisphere. On one side, glaring dazzling light; on the other, cavernous pitchy darkness. The line separating both was broken into a thousand bits of protuberances and concavities, dented, notched, and jagged.
The projectile continued moving, clearly getting closer and closer to the lunar surface. To the travelers, the Moon now looked like it does for us at the start of her Second Quarter, appearing as a bright crescent instead of a full half. On one side, there was blinding, dazzling light; on the other, deep, dark shadows. The boundary between both was fractured into countless bumps and dips, uneven, notched, and jagged.
At six o'clock the travellers found themselves exactly over the north pole. They were quietly gazing at the rapidly shifting features of the wondrous view unrolling itself beneath them, and were silently wondering what was to come next, when, suddenly, the Projectile passed the dividing line. The Sun and Moon instantly vanished from view. The next moment, without the slightest warning the travellers found themselves plunged in an ocean of the most appalling darkness!
At six o'clock, the travelers found themselves directly over the North Pole. They were quietly observing the quickly changing scenery beneath them, silently wondering what would happen next, when suddenly, the Projectile crossed the dividing line. The Sun and Moon instantly disappeared from sight. In the next moment, without any warning, the travelers found themselves plunged into an abyss of utter darkness!
CHAPTER XIV.
A NIGHT OF FIFTEEN DAYS.
The Projectile being not quite 30 miles from the Moon's north pole when the startling phenomenon, recorded in our last chapter, took place, a few seconds were quite sufficient to launch it at once from the brightest day into the unknown realms of night. The transition was so abrupt, so unexpected, without the slightest shading off, from dazzling effulgence to Cimmerian gloom, that the Moon seemed to have been suddenly extinguished like a lamp when the gas is turned off.
The Projectile was less than 30 miles from the Moon's north pole when the surprising event we talked about in our last chapter happened. Just a few seconds were enough to send it from bright daylight into the mysterious darkness of night. The shift was so sudden and unexpected, with no gradual fading, that it felt like the Moon had been instantly turned off like a lamp when you cut the gas.
"Where's the Moon?" cried Ardan in amazement.
"Where's the Moon?" shouted Ardan in disbelief.
"It appears as if she had been wiped out of creation!" cried M'Nicholl.
"It seems like she had been erased from existence!" exclaimed M'Nicholl.
Barbican said nothing, but observed carefully. Not a particle, however, could he see of the disc that had glittered so resplendently before his eyes a few moments ago. Not a shadow, not a gleam, not the slightest vestige could he trace of its existence. The darkness being profound, the dazzling splendor of the stars only gave a deeper blackness to the pitchy sky. No wonder. The travellers found themselves now in a night that had plenty of time not only to become black itself, but to steep everything connected with it in palpable blackness. This was the night 354-1/4 hours long, during which the invisible face of the Moon is turned away from the Sun. In this black darkness the Projectile now fully participated. Having plunged into the Moon's shadow, it was as effectually cut off from the action of the solar rays as was every point on the invisible lunar surface itself.
Barbican said nothing but watched intently. However, he couldn't see even a hint of the disc that had shone so brightly just moments before. No shadow, no sparkle, not the faintest trace of its existence. The darkness was deep, and the brilliant stars only made the pitch-black sky feel even darker. It was no surprise. The travelers were now enveloped in a night that had enough time to become not just dark, but to drench everything in a tangible blackness. This was the night lasting 354-1/4 hours, during which the hidden side of the Moon is turned away from the Sun. In this thick darkness, the Projectile was completely immersed. After dropping into the Moon's shadow, it was just as effectively isolated from the sunlight as every point on the unseen lunar surface.
The travellers being no longer able to see each other, it was proposed to light the gas, though such an unexpected demand on a commodity at once so scarce and so valuable was certainly disquieting. The gas, it will be remembered, had been intended for heating alone, not illumination, of which both Sun and Moon had promised a never ending supply. But here both Sun and Moon, in a single instant vanished from before their eyes and left them in Stygian darkness.
The travelers could no longer see each other, so it was suggested to turn on the gas, even though this sudden demand for something so scarce and valuable was definitely unsettling. The gas, as a reminder, was meant only for heating, not for lighting, since both the Sun and the Moon had promised an endless supply of illumination. However, in an instant, both the Sun and the Moon disappeared from sight, leaving them in complete darkness.
"It's all the Sun's fault!" cried Ardan, angrily trying to throw the blame on something, and, like every angry man in such circumstances, bound to be rather nonsensical.
"It's all the Sun's fault!" Ardan shouted, angrily trying to blame something, and, like every angry person in such situations, bound to sound a bit ridiculous.
"Put the saddle on the right horse, Ardan," said M'Nicholl patronizingly, always delighted at an opportunity of counting a point off the Frenchman. "You mean it's all the Moon's fault, don't you, in setting herself like a screen between us and the Sun?"
"Put the saddle on the right horse, Ardan," M'Nicholl said condescendingly, always happy to take a jab at the Frenchman. "You mean it's all the Moon's fault, right, for putting herself like a barrier between us and the Sun?"
"No, I don't!" cried Ardan, not at all soothed by his friend's patronizing tone, and sticking like a man to his first assertion right or wrong. "I know what I say! It will be all the Sun's fault if we use up our gas!"
"No, I don't!" shouted Ardan, completely annoyed by his friend's condescending tone, stubbornly holding on to his initial claim, regardless of whether it was right or wrong. "I know what I'm talking about! It'll be the Sun's fault if we run out of gas!"
"Nonsense!" said M'Nicholl. "It's the Moon, who by her interposition has cut off the Sun's light."
"Nonsense!" said M'Nicholl. "It's the Moon, which has blocked the Sun's light."
"The Sun had no business to allow it to be cut off," said Ardan, still angry and therefore decidedly loose in his assertions.
"The Sun shouldn’t have allowed it to be cut off," said Ardan, still angry and definitely not holding back his thoughts.
Before M'Nicholl could reply, Barbican interposed, and his even voice was soon heard pouring balm on the troubled waters.
Before M'Nicholl could respond, Barbican stepped in, and his calm voice was soon heard soothing the tense situation.
"Dear friends," he observed, "a little reflection on either side would convince you that our present situation is neither the Moon's fault nor the Sun's fault. If anything is to be blamed for it, it is our Projectile which, instead of rigidly following its allotted course, has awkwardly contrived to deviate from it. However, strict justice must acquit even the Projectile. It only obeyed a great law of nature in shifting its course as soon as it came within the sphere of that inopportune bolide's influence."
"Dear friends," he noted, "a bit of thought from both sides would show you that our current situation isn’t the Moon’s fault or the Sun’s fault. If there's anyone to blame, it’s our Projectile, which, instead of sticking to its designated path, has clumsily managed to stray from it. However, we must acknowledge that even the Projectile isn’t at fault. It simply followed a fundamental law of nature by changing its direction as soon as it entered the influence of that unfortunate asteroid."
"All right!" said Ardan, as usual in the best of humor after Barbican had laid down the law. "I have no doubt it is exactly as you say; and, now that all is settled, suppose we take breakfast. After such a hard night spent in work, a little refreshment would not be out of place!"
"All right!" said Ardan, as usual in great spirits after Barbican had made his points. "I don’t doubt it’s exactly how you say; and now that everything is settled, why don’t we grab some breakfast? After such a long night of work, a little refreshment would be just right!"
Such a proposition being too reasonable even for M'Nicholl to oppose, Ardan turned on the gas, and had everything ready for the meal in a few minutes. But, this time, breakfast was consumed in absolute silence. No toasts were offered, no hurrahs were uttered. A painful uneasiness had seized the hearts of the daring travellers. The darkness into which they were so suddenly plunged, told decidedly on their spirits. They felt almost as if they had been suddenly deprived of their sight. That thick, dismal savage blackness, which Victor Hugo's pen is so fond of occasionally revelling in, surrounded them on all sides and crushed them like an iron shroud.
Such a reasonable suggestion was too much for M'Nicholl to argue against, so Ardan turned on the gas and got everything ready for the meal in just a few minutes. However, this time, breakfast was eaten in complete silence. No toasts were raised, no cheers were shouted. An uncomfortable tension had taken hold of the brave travelers. The sudden plunge into darkness weighed heavily on their spirits. They felt almost as if they had lost their sight. That thick, gloomy, pitch-black environment, which Victor Hugo often delights in describing, enveloped them entirely and felt like an iron shroud pressing down on them.
It was felt worse than ever when, breakfast being over, Ardan carefully turned off the gas, and everything within the Projectile was as dark as without. However, though they could not see each other's faces, they could hear each other's voices, and therefore they soon began to talk. The most natural subject of conversation was this terrible night 354 hours long, which the laws of nature have imposed on the Lunar inhabitants. Barbican undertook to give his friends some explanation regarding the cause of the startling phenomenon, and the consequences resulting from it.
It felt worse than ever when breakfast was over, and Ardan carefully turned off the gas, leaving everything inside the Projectile as dark as outside. However, even though they couldn't see each other's faces, they could hear each other's voices, so they soon started talking. The most natural topic of conversation was this terrible night lasting 354 hours, which the laws of nature have imposed on the Lunar inhabitants. Barbican took it upon himself to explain to his friends the reason behind this shocking phenomenon and the consequences that come with it.
"Yes, startling is the word for it," observed Barbican, replying to a remark of Ardan's; "and still more so when we reflect that not only are both lunar hemispheres deprived, by turns, of sun light for nearly 15 days, but that also the particular hemisphere over which we are at this moment floating is all that long night completely deprived of earth-light. In other words, it is only one side of the Moon's disc that ever receives any light from the Earth. From nearly every portion of one side of the Moon, the Earth is always as completely absent as the Sun is from us at midnight. Suppose an analogous case existed on the Earth; suppose, for instance, that neither in Europe, Asia or North America was the Moon ever visible—that, in fact, it was to be seen only at our antipodes. With what astonishment should we contemplate her for the first time on our arrival in Australia or New Zealand!"
"Yes, 'startling' is the right word," Barbican said, responding to Ardan's comment. "It's even more surprising when you think about the fact that both sides of the Moon are without sunlight for nearly 15 days at a time, and right now, the side we’re floating over is completely without light from Earth during that long night. In other words, only one side of the Moon ever gets light from the Earth. From almost every spot on one side of the Moon, the Earth is just as completely absent as the Sun is from us at midnight. Imagine if something similar happened on Earth; what if, for example, the Moon was never visible in Europe, Asia, or North America—what if it could only be seen from the opposite side of the world? How amazed we would be to see it for the first time when we arrived in Australia or New Zealand!"
"Every man of us would pack off to Australia to see her!" cried Ardan.
"Every one of us would head off to Australia to see her!" shouted Ardan.
"Yes," said M'Nicholl sententiously; "for a visit to the South Sea a Turk would willingly forego Mecca; and a Bostonian would prefer Sidney even to Paris."
"Yes," said M'Nicholl in a serious tone; "for a trip to the South Sea, a Turk would gladly give up Mecca; and a Bostonian would choose Sydney over Paris any day."
"Well," resumed Barbican, "this interesting marvel is reserved for the Selenite that inhabits the side of the Moon which is always turned away from our globe."
"Well," continued Barbican, "this fascinating wonder is meant for the Selenite that lives on the side of the Moon that always faces away from our planet."
"And which," added the Captain, "we should have had the unspeakable satisfaction of contemplating if we had only arrived at the period when the Sun and the Earth are not at the same side of the Moon—that is, 15 days sooner or later than now."
"And which," the Captain added, "we would have had the incredible pleasure of seeing if we had only arrived at the time when the Sun and the Earth are not on the same side of the Moon—that is, 15 days earlier or later than now."
"For my part, however," continued Barbican, not heeding these interruptions, "I must confess that, notwithstanding the magnificent splendor of the spectacle when viewed for the first time by the Selenite who inhabits the dark side of the Moon, I should prefer to be a resident on the illuminated side. The former, when his long, blazing, roasting, dazzling day is over, has a night 354 hours long, whose darkness, like that, just now surrounding us, is ever unrelieved save by the cold cheerless rays of the stars. But the latter has hardly seen his fiery sun sinking on one horizon when he beholds rising on the opposite one an orb, milder, paler, and colder indeed than the Sun, but fully as large as thirteen of our full Moons, and therefore shedding thirteen times as much light. This would be our Earth. It would pass through all its phases too, exactly like our Satellite. The Selenites would have their New Earth, Full Earth, and Last Quarter. At midnight, grandly illuminated, it would shine with the greatest glory. But that is almost as much as can be said for it. Its futile heat would but poorly compensate for its superior radiance. All the calorie accumulated in the lunar soil during the 354 hours day would have by this time radiated completely into space. An intensity of cold would prevail, in comparison to which a Greenland winter is tropical. The temperature of interstellar space, 250° below zero, would be reached. Our Selenite, heartily tired of the cold pale Earth, would gladly see her sink towards the horizon, waning as she sank, till at last she appeared no more than half full. Then suddenly a faint rim of the solar orb reveals itself on the edge of the opposite sky. Slowly, more than 14 times more slowly than with us, does the Sun lift himself above the lunar horizon. In half an hour, only half his disc is revealed, but that is more than enough to flood the lunar landscape with a dazzling intensity of light, of which we have no counterpart on Earth. No atmosphere refracts it, no hazy screen softens it, no enveloping vapor absorbs it, no obstructing medium colors it. It breaks on the eye, harsh, white, dazzling, blinding, like the electric light seen a few yards off. As the hours wear away, the more blasting becomes the glare; and the higher he rises in the black sky, but slowly, slowly. It takes him seven of our days to reach the meridian. By that time the heat has increased from an arctic temperature to double the boiling water point, from 250° below zero to 500° above it, or the point at which tin melts. Subjected to these extremes, the glassy rocks crack, shiver and crumble away; enormous land slides occur; peaks topple over; and tons of debris, crashing down the mountains, are swallowed up forever in the yawing chasms of the bottomless craters."
"For my part, however," continued Barbican, ignoring these interruptions, "I have to admit that, despite the amazing spectacle when seen for the first time by the Selenite who lives on the dark side of the Moon, I would rather live on the bright side. The former, when his long, blazing, roasting, dazzling day is over, has a night that lasts 354 hours, and its darkness, like the one surrounding us now, is never lifted except by the cold, cheerless light of the stars. But on the bright side, as soon as he sees his fiery sun set on one horizon, he watches something else rise on the opposite side—an orb that, while milder, paler, and colder than the Sun, is still as large as thirteen of our full Moons, giving off thirteen times as much light. This would be our Earth. It would go through all its phases too, just like our Moon. The Selenites would have their New Earth, Full Earth, and Last Quarter. At midnight, brightly lit, it would shine in its greatest glory. But that's about all there is to say for it. Its useless heat would hardly make up for its bright light. All the warmth accumulated in the lunar soil during the 354-hour day would have totally radiated into space by then. A level of cold would dominate that makes a Greenland winter feel tropical. The temperature of interstellar space, 250° below zero, would be reached. Our Selenite, really tired of the cold, pale Earth, would be glad to see her sink below the horizon, fading as she goes, until she looks no more than half full. Then suddenly, a faint edge of the solar orb appears on the opposite horizon. Slowly, more than 14 times more slowly than on Earth, the Sun rises above the lunar horizon. In half an hour, only half of its disc is visible, but that is more than enough to flood the lunar landscape with an intense light that we don’t experience on Earth. No atmosphere refracts it, no hazy screen softens it, no enveloping vapor absorbs it, and no obstructing medium colors it. It strikes the eye, harsh, white, dazzling, blinding, like an electric light seen a few yards away. As hours pass, the glare becomes more intense; and the higher He rises in the black sky, but slowly, slowly. It takes him seven of our days to reach the zenith. By that time, the heat has increased from an arctic temperature to double the boiling point of water, from 250° below zero to 500° above it, or the point at which tin melts. Under these extreme conditions, the glassy rocks crack, shatter, and crumble; huge landslides occur; peaks fall over; and tons of debris, crashing down the mountains, disappear forever in the yawning chasms of the bottomless craters."
"Bravo!" cried Ardan, clapping his hands softly: "our President is sublime! He reminds me of the overture of Guillaume Tell!"
"Bravo!" Ardan exclaimed, gently clapping his hands. "Our President is amazing! He reminds me of the overture of Guillaume Tell!"
"Souvenir de Marston!" growled M'Nicholl.
"Souvenir from Marston!" growled M'Nicholl.
"These phenomena," continued Barbican, heedless of interruption and his voice betraying a slight glow of excitement, "these phenomena going on without interruption from month to month, from year to year, from age to age, from eon to eon, have finally convinced me that—what?" he asked his hearers, interrupting himself suddenly.
"These phenomena," continued Barbican, ignoring the interruption and his voice showing a hint of excitement, "these phenomena happening continuously from month to month, from year to year, from age to age, from eon to eon, have finally convinced me that—what?" he asked his audience, suddenly stopping mid-sentence.
—"That the existence at the present time—" answered M'Nicholl.
—"That the existence right now—" answered M'Nicholl.
—"Of either animal or vegetable life—" interrupted Ardan.
—"Of either animal or plant life—" interrupted Ardan.
—"In the Moon is hardly possible!" cried both in one voice.
—"It's hardly possible on the Moon!" cried both in unison.
"Besides?" asked Barbican: "even if there is any life—?"
"Besides?" asked Barbican. "Even if there is any life—?"
—"That to live on the dark side would be much more inconvenient than on the light side!" cried M'Nicholl promptly.
—"Living on the dark side would be way more inconvenient than living on the light side!" shouted M'Nicholl immediately.
—"That there is no choice between them!" cried Ardan just as ready. "For my part, I should think a residence on Mt. Erebus or in Grinnell Land a terrestrial paradise in comparison to either. The Earth shine might illuminate the light side of the Moon a little during the long night, but for any practical advantage towards heat or life, it would be perfectly useless!"
—"There’s no choice between them!" shouted Ardan, just as eager. "Honestly, I’d consider living on Mt. Erebus or in Grinnell Land a total paradise compared to either. The Earth shine might light up the day side of the Moon a bit during the long night, but for any real benefit in terms of heat or life, it would be completely pointless!"
"But there is another serious difference between the two sides," said Barbican, "in addition to those enumerated. The dark side is actually more troubled with excessive variations of temperature than the light one."
"But there's another big difference between the two sides," said Barbican, "besides the ones we've mentioned. The dark side actually experiences more extreme temperature fluctuations than the light side."
"That assertion of our worthy President," interrupted Ardan, "with all possible respect for his superior knowledge, I am disposed to question."
"That claim from our respected President," interrupted Ardan, "with all due respect for his greater knowledge, I’m inclined to challenge."
"It's as clear as day!" said Barbican.
"It's as clear as day!" said Barbican.
"As clear as mud, you mean, Mr. President;" interrupted Ardan, "the temperature of the light side is excited by two objects at the same time, the Earth and the Sun, whereas—"
"As clear as mud, you mean, Mr. President," interrupted Ardan, "the temperature of the light side is influenced by two objects simultaneously, the Earth and the Sun, whereas—"
—"I beg your pardon, Ardan—" said Barbican.
"I'm sorry, Ardan," said Barbican.
—"Granted, dear boy—granted with the utmost pleasure!" interrupted the Frenchman.
—"Of course, dear boy—of course with the greatest pleasure!" interrupted the Frenchman.
"I shall probably have to direct my observations altogether to you, Captain," continued Barbican; "friend Michael interrupts me so often that I'm afraid he can hardly understand my remarks."
"I'll probably have to focus all my attention on you, Captain," Barbican continued, "because my friend Michael keeps interrupting me so much that I'm worried he can barely grasp what I'm saying."
"I always admired your candor, Barbican," said Ardan; "it's a noble quality, a grand quality!"
"I've always admired your honesty, Barbican," said Ardan; "it's an admirable trait, a great trait!"
"Don't mention it," replied Barbican, turning towards M'Nicholl, still in the dark, and addressing him exclusively; "You see, my dear Captain, the period at which the Moon's invisible side receives at once its light and heat is exactly the period of her conjunction, that is to say, when she is lying between the Earth and the Sun. In comparison therefore with the place which she had occupied at her opposition, or when her visible side was fully illuminated, she is nearer to the Sun by double her distance from the Earth, or nearly 480 thousand miles. Therefore, my dear Captain, you can see how when the invisible side of the Moon is turned towards the Sun, she is nearly half a million of miles nearer to him than she had been before. Therefore, her heat should be so much the greater."
"Don't mention it," Barbican replied, turning to M'Nicholl, who was still in the dark, and speaking only to him. "You see, my dear Captain, the time when the Moon's dark side receives light and heat is exactly during her conjunction, which means she’s positioned between the Earth and the Sun. Compared to where she was at her opposition, when her visible side was fully lit, she is now about twice as close to the Sun as she is to the Earth, which is nearly 480 thousand miles. So, my dear Captain, you can see that when the Moon's dark side is facing the Sun, it's almost half a million miles closer to him than before. Therefore, it should be much hotter."
"I see it at a glance," said the Captain.
"I can see it right away," said the Captain.
"Whereas—" continued Barbican.
"Whereas—" continued Barbican.
"One moment!" cried Ardan.
"Wait a second!" cried Ardan.
"Another interruption!" exclaimed Barbican; "What is the meaning of it, Sir?"
"Another interruption!" shouted Barbican. "What does it mean, sir?"
"I ask my honorable friend the privilege of the floor for one moment," cried Ardan.
"I request the honor of a moment on the floor," shouted Ardan.
"What for?"
"Why?"
"To continue the explanation."
"To keep explaining."
"Why so?"
"Why's that?"
"To show that I can understand as well as interrupt!"
"To prove that I can understand as well as interrupt!"
"You have the floor!" exclaimed Barbican, in a voice no longer showing any traces of ill humor.
"You have the floor!" Barbican exclaimed, his voice no longer carrying any hint of bad mood.
"I expected no less from the honorable gentleman's well known courtesy," replied Ardan. Then changing his manner and imitating to the life Barbican's voice, articulation, and gestures, he continued: "Whereas, you see, my dear Captain, the period at which the Moon's visible side receives at once its light and heat, is exactly the period of her opposition, that is to say, when she is lying on one side of the Earth and the Sun at the other. In comparison therefore with the point which she had occupied in conjunction, or when her invisible side was fully illuminated, she is farther from the Sun by double her distance from the Earth, or nearly 480,000 miles. Therefore, my dear Captain, you can readily see how when the Moon's invisible side is turned from the Sun, she is nearly half a million miles further from him than she had been before. Therefore her heat should be so much the less."
"I expected nothing less from the honorable gentleman's well-known courtesy," replied Ardan. Then, shifting his tone and perfectly mimicking Barbican's voice, speech, and gestures, he continued: "Now, you see, my dear Captain, the time when the Moon's visible side receives both light and heat is precisely during her opposition, meaning she sits on one side of the Earth while the Sun is on the other. In contrast to the position she held in conjunction, when her dark side was fully lit up, she is twice as far from the Sun as her distance from the Earth, or almost 480,000 miles. So, my dear Captain, you can easily understand that when the Moon's dark side is turned away from the Sun, she is almost half a million miles further from him than before. Thus, her heat should be significantly less."
"Well done, friend Ardan!" cried Barbican, clapping his hands with pleasure. "Yes, Captain, he understood it as well as either of us the whole time. Intelligence, not indifference, caused him to interrupt. Wonderful fellow!"
"Great job, friend Ardan!" shouted Barbican, clapping his hands with joy. "Yes, Captain, he grasped it just as well as either of us the entire time. It was intelligence, not indifference, that made him interrupt. Fantastic guy!"
"That's the kind of a man I am!" replied Ardan, not without some degree of complacency. Then he added simply: "Barbican, my friend, if I understand your explanations so readily, attribute it all to their astonishing lucidity. If I have any faculity, it is that of being able to scent common sense at the first glimmer. Your sentences are so steeped in it that I catch their full meaning long before you end them—hence my apparent inattention. But we're not yet done with the visible face of the Moon: it seems to me you have not yet enumerated all the advantages in which it surpasses the other side."
"That's the kind of guy I am!" replied Ardan, not without a bit of pride. Then he added simply: "Barbican, my friend, if I grasp your explanations so easily, it's entirely because they are incredibly clear. If I have any talent, it's being able to pick up on common sense right away. Your sentences are so full of it that I understand their full meaning long before you finish them—hence my seeming distraction. But we're not done with the visible side of the Moon yet: it seems to me you haven't listed all the ways it surpasses the other side."
"Another of these advantages," continued Barbican, "is that it is from the visible side alone that eclipses of the Sun can be seen. This is self-evident, the interposition of the Earth being possible only between this visible face and the Sun. Furthermore, such eclipses of the Sun would be of a far more imposing character than anything of the kind to be witnessed from our Earth. This is chiefly for two reasons: first, when we, terrestrians, see the Sun eclipsed, we notice that, the discs of the two orbs being of about the same apparent size, one cannot hide the other except for a short time; second, as the two bodies are moving in opposite directions, the total duration of the eclipse, even under the most favorable circumstances, can't last longer than 7 minutes. Whereas to a Selenite who sees the Earth eclipse the Sun, not only does the Earth's disc appear four times larger than the Sun's, but also, as his day is 14 times longer than ours, the two heavenly bodies must remain several hours in contact. Besides, notwithstanding the apparent superiority of the Earth's disc, the refracting power of the atmosphere will never allow the Sun to be eclipsed altogether. Even when completely screened by the Earth, he would form a beautiful circle around her of yellow, red, and crimson light, in which she would appear to float like a vast sphere of jet in a glowing sea of gold, rubies, sparkling carbuncles and garnets."
"Another advantage," Barbican continued, "is that you can only see solar eclipses from the visible side. This is obvious since the Earth can only block the Sun when it's directly between them. Additionally, these solar eclipses would be much more impressive than anything we can see from Earth. This is mainly for two reasons: first, when we see the Sun being eclipsed, the two discs are about the same size, so one can only cover the other for a short time; second, because the two bodies are moving in opposite directions, the total duration of the eclipse can’t exceed 7 minutes, even under the best conditions. In contrast, for a Selenite watching the Earth eclipse the Sun, the Earth's disc is four times larger than the Sun's. Plus, since their day is 14 times longer than ours, the two celestial bodies would overlap for several hours. Moreover, despite the Earth's larger disc, the atmosphere will never let the Sun be completely obscured. Even when fully blocked by the Earth, it would create a beautiful halo of yellow, red, and crimson light around it, making the Earth look like a massive jet sphere floating in a radiant sea of gold, rubies, sparkling gems, and garnets."
"It seems to me," said M'Nicholl, "that, taking everything into consideration, the invisible side has been rather shabbily treated."
"It seems to me," M'Nicholl said, "that, considering everything, the invisible side has been treated pretty unfairly."
"I know I should not stay there very long," said Ardan; "the desire of seeing such a splendid sight as that eclipse would be enough to bring me to the visible side as soon as possible."
"I know I shouldn’t stay here too long," said Ardan; "the urge to see such a spectacular event like that eclipse would definitely pull me to the visible side as soon as I can."
"Yes, I have no doubt of that, friend Michael," pursued Barbican; "but to see the eclipse it would not be necessary to quit the dark hemisphere altogether. You are, of course, aware that in consequence of her librations, or noddings, or wobblings, the Moon presents to the eyes of the Earth a little more than the exact half of her disc. She has two motions, one on her path around the Earth, and the other a shifting around on her own axis by which she endeavors to keep the same side always turned towards our sphere. This she cannot always do, as while one motion, the latter, is strictly uniform, the other being eccentric, sometimes accelerating her and sometimes retarding, she has not time to shift herself around completely and with perfect correspondence of movement. At her perigee, for instance, she moves forward quicker than she can shift, so that we detect a portion of her western border before she has time to conceal it. Similarly, at her apogee, when her rate of motion is comparatively slow, she shifts a little too quickly for her velocity, and therefore cannot help revealing a certain portion of her eastern border. She shows altogether about 8 degrees of the dark side, about 4 at the east and 4 at the west, so that, out of her 360 degrees, about 188, in other words, a little more than 57 per cent., about 4/7 of the entire surface, becomes visible to human eyes. Consequently a Selenite could catch an occasional glimpse of our Earth, without altogether quitting the dark side."
"Yes, I have no doubt about that, my friend Michael," Barbican continued. "But to see the eclipse, you wouldn't have to completely leave the dark side of the Moon. As you know, because of its librations, or nodding, the Moon shows us a little more than half of its face. It has two motions: one as it orbits the Earth and another as it rotates on its own axis, trying to keep the same side facing us. However, it can't always do this perfectly. While one motion is steady, the other is irregular, sometimes speeding it up and other times slowing it down, which means it doesn’t always have enough time to turn completely in sync. For example, at its closest point to us, the Moon moves forward faster than it can rotate, so we see a bit of its western edge before it can hide it. Likewise, at its farthest point, its motion is slower, but it rotates slightly faster than it moves, revealing some of its eastern edge. Overall, it shows about 8 degrees of its dark side—4 degrees on the east and 4 on the west—so that out of its full 360 degrees, about 188 degrees, or a little more than 57 percent, which is about 4/7 of the entire surface, is visible to us. Therefore, a Selenite could catch a brief glimpse of our Earth without completely leaving the dark side."
"No matter for that!" cried Ardan; "if we ever become Selenites we must inhabit the visible side. My weak point is light, and that I must have when it can be got."
"No worries about that!" shouted Ardan; "if we ever become Selenites, we have to live on the side that faces Earth. I have a weakness for light, and I need it whenever I can get it."
"Unless, as perhaps in this case, you might be paying too dear for it," observed M'Nicholl. "How would you like to pay for your light by the loss of the atmosphere, which, according to some philosophers, is piled away on the dark side?"
"Unless, like in this case, you might be paying too much for it," M'Nicholl remarked. "How would you feel about paying for your light by sacrificing the atmosphere, which, according to some philosophers, is stored up on the dark side?"
"Ah! In that case I should consider a little before committing myself," replied Ardan, "I should like to hear your opinion regarding such a notion, Barbican. Hey! Do your hear? Have astronomers any valid reasons for supposing the atmosphere to have fled to the dark side of the Moon?"
"Ah! In that case, I should think a bit before making a commitment," replied Ardan. "I’d like to hear your thoughts on that idea, Barbican. Hey! Do you hear me? Do astronomers have any solid reasons to believe the atmosphere has escaped to the dark side of the Moon?"
"Defer that question till some other time, Ardan," whispered M'Nicholl; "Barbican is just now thinking out something that interests him far more deeply than any empty speculation of astronomers. If you are near the window, look out through it towards the Moon. Can you see anything?"
"Let's put that question on hold for now, Ardan," whispered M'Nicholl; "Barbican is currently focused on something that matters to him way more than any pointless theories from astronomers. If you're by the window, take a look outside towards the Moon. Do you see anything?"
"I can feel the window with my hand; but for all I can see, I might as well be over head and ears in a hogshead of ink."
"I can feel the window with my hand; but for all I can see, I might as well be completely submerged in a barrel of ink."
The two friends kept up a desultory conversation, but Barbican did not hear them. One fact, in particular, troubled him, and he sought in vain to account for it. Having come so near the Moon—about 30 miles—why had not the Projectile gone all the way? Had its velocity been very great, the tendency to fall could certainly be counteracted. But the velocity being undeniably very moderate, how explain such a decided resistance to Lunar attraction? Had the Projectile come within the sphere of some strange unknown influence? Did the neighborhood of some mysterious body retain it firmly imbedded in ether? That it would never reach the Moon, was now beyond all doubt; but where was it going? Nearer to her or further off? Or was it rushing resistlessly into infinity on the wings of that pitchy night? Who could tell, know, calculate—who could even guess, amid the horror of this gloomy blackness? Questions, like these, left Barbican no rest; in vain he tried to grapple with them; he felt like a child before them, baffled and almost despairing.
The two friends had a scattered conversation, but Barbican wasn’t paying attention. One thing, in particular, bothered him, and he couldn’t make sense of it. Having come so close to the Moon—about 30 miles—why hadn’t the Projectile gone all the way? If its speed had been extremely high, it could have fought against the pull of gravity. But since its speed was clearly quite moderate, how could it resist the Moon's attraction so strongly? Had the Projectile come under some strange, unknown influence? Was it being held tightly in the ether by some mysterious object nearby? It was now clear that it would never reach the Moon; but where was it headed? Closer to it or further away? Or was it careening endlessly into the vastness of that dark night? Who could say, know, or figure it out—who could even guess, in the midst of this overwhelming darkness? Questions like these wouldn’t let Barbican find any peace; he tried in vain to tackle them; he felt like a child facing them, confused and nearly hopeless.
In fact, what could be more tantalizing? Just outside their windows, only a few leagues off, perhaps only a few miles, lay the radiant planet of the night, but in every respect as far off from the eyes of himself and his companions as if she was hiding at the other side of Jupiter! And to their ears she was no nearer. Earthquakes of the old Titanic type might at that very moment be upheaving her surface with resistless force, crashing mountain against mountain as fiercely as wave meets wave around the storm-lashed cliffs of Cape Horn. But not the faintest far off murmur even of such a mighty tumult could break the dead brooding silence that surrounded the travellers. Nay, the Moon, realizing the weird fancy of the Arabian poet, who calls her a "giant stiffening into granite, but struggling madly against his doom," might shriek, in a spasm of agony, loudly enough to be heard in Sirius. But our travellers could not hear it. Their ears no sound could now reach. They could no more detect the rending of a continent than the falling of a feather. Air, the propagator and transmitter of sound, was absent from her surface. Her cries, her struggles, her groans, were all smothered beneath the impenetrable tomb of eternal silence!
In fact, what could be more tempting? Just outside their windows, a few leagues away, maybe only a few miles, was the shining planet of the night, but in every way as distant from him and his companions as if it were on the other side of Jupiter! And to their ears, it was no closer. Earthquakes of the old Titanic type could be shaking its surface with unstoppable force right at that moment, crashing mountain against mountain just as fiercely as waves clash against the stormy cliffs of Cape Horn. But not even the faintest distant sound of such a massive upheaval could break the heavy silence surrounding the travelers. Indeed, the Moon, embodying the bizarre idea of the Arabian poet who calls her a "giant turning into granite, but fighting desperately against his fate," might scream in agony loudly enough to be heard on Sirius. But our travelers couldn’t hear it. Not a single sound could reach their ears. They couldn’t detect the tearing of a continent any more than they could hear a feather fall. Air, the medium that carries and transmits sound, was absent from its surface. Her cries, her struggles, her groans were all buried beneath the unbreakable tomb of eternal silence!
These were some of the fanciful ideas by which Ardan tried to amuse his companions in the present unsatisfactory state of affairs. His efforts, however well meant, were not successful. M'Nicholl's growls were more savage than usual, and even Barbican's patience was decidedly giving way. The loss of the other face they could have easily borne—with most of its details they had been already familiar. But, no, it must be the dark face that now escaped their observation! The very one that for numberless reasons they were actually dying to see! They looked out of the windows once more at the black Moon beneath them.
These were some of the fanciful ideas Ardan used to entertain his friends in the current frustrating situation. However, despite his good intentions, he wasn’t successful. M'Nicholl was grumbling more harshly than usual, and even Barbican’s patience was clearly wearing thin. They could have handled losing the other face easily since they were already familiar with most of its details. But no, it had to be the dark face that was now eluding them! The very one they were desperate to see for so many reasons! They looked out the windows again at the black Moon below them.
There it lay below them, a round black spot, hiding the sweet faces of the stars, but otherwise no more distinguishable by the travellers than if they were lying in the depths of the Mammoth Cave of Kentucky. And just think. Only fifteen days before, that dark face had been splendidly illuminated by the solar beams, every crater lustrous, every peak sparkling, every streak glistening under the vertical ray. In fifteen days later, a day light the most brilliant would have replaced a midnight the most Cimmerian. But in fifteen days later, where would the Projectile be? In what direction would it have been drawn by the forces innumerable of attractions incalculable? To such a question as this, even Ardan would reply only by an ominous shake of the head.
There it was below them, a round black spot, obscuring the beautiful faces of the stars, but otherwise no more recognizable to the travelers than if they were lying in the depths of Kentucky's Mammoth Cave. And just think—only fifteen days earlier, that dark surface had been brilliantly illuminated by the sunlight, every crater shining, every peak sparkling, every streak glistening under the direct rays. In another fifteen days, a day as bright as could be would have replaced a midnight as dark as could be. But in another fifteen days, where would the Projectile be? In what direction would it have been pulled by countless unknown forces? To such a question, even Ardan would only respond with a foreboding shake of his head.
We know already that our travellers, as well as astronomers generally, judging from that portion of the dark side occasionally revealed by the Moon's librations, were pretty certain that there is no great difference between her two sides, as far as regards their physical constitutions. This portion, about the seventh part, shows plains and mountains, circles and craters, all of precisely the same nature as those already laid down on the chart. Judging therefore from analogy, the other three-sevenths are, in all probability a world in every respect exactly like the visible face—that is, arid, desert, dead. But our travellers also knew that pretty certain is far from quite certain, and that arguing merely from analogy may enable you to give a good guess, but can never lead you to an undoubted conclusion. What if the atmosphere had really withdrawn to this dark face? And if air, why not water? Would not this be enough to infuse life into the whole continent? Why should not vegetation flourish on its plains, fish in its seas, animals in its forests, and man in every one of its zones that were capable of sustaining life? To these interesting questions, what a satisfaction it would be to be able to answer positively one way or another! For thousands of difficult problems a mere glimpse at this hemisphere would be enough to furnish a satisfactory reply. How glorious it would be to contemplate a realm on which the eye of man has never yet rested!
We already know that our travelers, like most astronomers, based on the part of the dark side occasionally shown by the Moon's wobbling, were pretty sure that there isn't much difference between her two sides in terms of their physical make-up. This part, about one-seventh, features plains and mountains, circles and craters, all exactly like those already shown on the chart. So, judging by analogy, the other three-sevenths are probably a world that is just like the visible side—that is, dry, barren, and lifeless. However, our travelers also understood that pretty sure is not the same as completely sure, and that just using analogy might help you make a good guess, but it can't lead to a definite conclusion. What if the atmosphere had actually retreated to this dark side? And if there's air, why not water? Wouldn't that be enough to bring life to the entire continent? Why couldn't plants thrive on its plains, fish swim in its seas, animals roam its forests, and humans inhabit all its areas where life could exist? How satisfying it would be to definitively answer these intriguing questions one way or the other! For thousands of challenging problems, just a glimpse at this hemisphere would provide a complete answer. How amazing it would be to gaze upon a realm that the human eye has never seen!
Great, therefore, as you may readily conceive, was the depression of our travellers' spirits, as they pursued their way, enveloped in a veil of darkness the most profound. Still even then Ardan, as usual, formed somewhat of an exception. Finding it impossible to see a particle of the Lunar surface, he gave it up for good, and tried to console himself by gazing at the stars, which now fairly blazed in the spangled heavens. And certainly never before had astronomer enjoyed an opportunity for gazing at the heavenly bodies under such peculiar advantages. How Fraye of Paris, Chacornac of Lyons, and Father Secchi of Rome would have envied him!
Great, as you can easily imagine, was the gloom that weighed on our travelers' spirits as they continued on their journey, surrounded by the deepest darkness. Still, even then, Ardan, as usual, was somewhat of an exception. Finding it impossible to see even a sliver of the Lunar surface, he gave up on that idea and tried to cheer himself up by staring at the stars, which now shone brightly in the glittering sky. And certainly, never before had an astronomer had such a unique chance to observe the celestial bodies under such remarkable conditions. How Fraye of Paris, Chacornac of Lyons, and Father Secchi of Rome would have envied him!
For, candidly and truly speaking, never before had mortal eye revelled on such a scene of starry splendor. The black sky sparkled with lustrous fires, like the ceiling of a vast hall of ebony encrusted with flashing diamonds. Ardan's eye could take in the whole extent in an easy sweep from the Southern Cross to the Little Bear, thus embracing within one glance not only the two polar stars of the present day, but also Campus and Vega, which, by reason of the precession of the Equinoxes, are to be our polar stars 12,000 years hence. His imagination, as if intoxicated, reeled wildly through these sublime infinitudes and got lost in them. He forgot all about himself and all about his companions. He forgot even the strangeness of the fate that had sent them wandering through these forbidden regions, like a bewildered comet that had lost its way. With what a soft sweet light every star glowed! No matter what its magnitude, the stream that flowed from it looked calm and holy. No twinkling, no scintillation, no nictitation, disturbed their pure and lambent gleam. No atmosphere here interposed its layers of humidity or of unequal density to interrupt the stately majesty of their effulgence. The longer he gazed upon them, the more absorbing became their attraction. He felt that they were great kindly eyes looking down even yet with benevolence and protection on himself and his companions now driving wildly through space, and lost in the pathless depths of the black ocean of infinity!
For, honestly speaking, never had a human eye seen such a scene of starry beauty. The black sky sparkled with bright lights, like the ceiling of a vast hall made of ebony decorated with flashing diamonds. Ardan's gaze swept effortlessly from the Southern Cross to the Little Bear, capturing not only today's two polar stars but also Campus and Vega, which, due to the precession of the Equinoxes, will be our polar stars 12,000 years from now. His imagination, as if drunk, spun wildly through these magnificent infinities and got lost in them. He forgot about himself and his companions. He even forgot the odd fate that had led them wandering through these forbidden territories, like a confused comet that had lost its way. Every star glowed with such a soft, sweet light! Regardless of its size, the light it emitted appeared calm and sacred. There was no twinkling, no scintillation, no flickering to disrupt their pure and steady glow. No atmosphere here disturbed their glorious brightness. The longer he stared at them, the more deeply their pull fascinated him. He sensed they were great, kind eyes looking down with warmth and protection on him and his companions as they sped wildly through space, lost in the endless depths of the dark ocean of infinity!
He soon became aware that his friends, following his example, had interested themselves in gazing at the stars, and were now just as absorbed as himself in the contemplation of the transcendent spectacle. For a long time all three continued to feast their eyes on all the glories of the starry firmament; but, strange to say, the part that seemed to possess the strangest and weirdest fascination for their wandering glances was the spot where the vast disc of the Moon showed like an enormous round hole, black and soundless, and apparently deep enough to permit a glance into the darkest mysteries of the infinite.
He soon realized that his friends, inspired by him, had also started looking at the stars and were now just as captivated as he was by the incredible sight. The three of them spent a long time marveling at all the wonders of the starry sky; however, strangely enough, the part that seemed to draw their wandering eyes the most was the area where the vast disk of the Moon appeared like a huge round void—black and silent—and seemingly deep enough to offer a glimpse into the darkest mysteries of the universe.
A disagreeable sensation, however, against which they had been for some time struggling, at last put an end to their contemplations, and compelled them to think of themselves. This was nothing less than a pretty sharp cold, at first somewhat endurable, but which soon covered the inside surface of the window panes with a thick coating of ice. The fact was that, the Sun's direct rays having no longer an opportunity of warming up the Projectile, the latter began to lose rapidly by radiation whatever heat it had stored away within its walls. The consequence was a very decided falling of the thermometer, and so thick a condensation of the internal moisture on the window glasses as to soon render all external observations extremely difficult, if not actually impossible.
A disagreeable feeling, however, which they had been struggling against for a while, finally interrupted their thoughts and forced them to focus on themselves. It was nothing less than a pretty sharp cold, initially somewhat bearable, but soon it covered the inside surface of the window panes with a thick layer of ice. The problem was that, with the Sun's direct rays no longer able to warm up the Projectile, it began to rapidly lose any heat it had stored within its walls. As a result, the thermometer dropped significantly, and the moisture inside condensed on the window glasses so much that it quickly made any external observations extremely difficult, if not impossible.
The Captain, as the oldest man in the party, claimed the privilege of saying he could stand it no longer. Striking a light, he consulted the thermometer and cried out:
The Captain, being the eldest in the group, asserted his right to say he could endure it no longer. Lighting a match, he checked the thermometer and exclaimed:
"Seventeen degrees below zero, centigrade! that is certainly low enough to make an old fellow like me feel rather chilly!"
"Seventeen degrees below zero Celsius! That’s definitely cold enough to make someone like me feel pretty chilly!"
"Just one degree and a half above zero, Fahrenheit!" observed Barbican; "I really had no idea that it was so cold."
"Just one and a half degrees above freezing, Fahrenheit!" Barbican remarked; "I honestly had no idea it was this cold."
His teeth actually chattered so much that he could hardly articulate; still he, as well as the others, disliked to entrench on their short supply of gas.
His teeth actually chattered so much that he could barely speak; still, he, like the others, didn’t want to use up their limited supply of gas.
"One feature of our journey that I particularly admire," said Ardan, trying to laugh with freezing lips, "is that we can't complain of monotony. At one time we are frying with the heat and blinded with the light, like Indians caught on a burning prairie; at another, we are freezing in the pitchy darkness of a hyperborean winter, like Sir John Franklin's merry men in the Bay of Boothia. Madame La Nature, you don't forget your devotees; on the contrary, you overwhelm us with your attentions!"
"One thing about our journey that I really appreciate," said Ardan, trying to laugh with chattering teeth, "is that we can't complain about boredom. At one moment we're sweating in the heat and blinded by the light, like Native Americans caught on a blazing prairie; at another, we're freezing in the pitch-black cold of a harsh winter, like Sir John Franklin’s cheerful crew in the Bay of Boothia. Madame La Nature, you don’t forget your followers; on the contrary, you shower us with your attention!"
"Our external temperature may be reckoned at how much?" asked the Captain, making a desperate effort to keep up the conversation.
"Our external temperature can be measured at how much?" asked the Captain, making a determined effort to keep the conversation going.
"The temperature outside our Projectile must be precisely the same as that of interstellar space in general," answered Barbican.
"The temperature outside our Projectile has to be exactly the same as that of interstellar space in general," Barbican replied.
"Is not this precisely the moment then," interposed Ardan, quickly, "for making an experiment which we could never have made as long as we were in the sunshine?"
"Isn't this exactly the moment," Ardan interjected quickly, "for trying out something we could never have done while we were in the sunshine?"
"That's so!" exclaimed Barbican; "now or never! I'm glad you thought of it, Ardan. We are just now in the position to find out the temperature of space by actual experiment, and so see whose calculations are right, Fourier's or Pouillet's."
"That's right!" shouted Barbican. "It's now or never! I'm glad you came up with it, Ardan. We're in the perfect position to actually measure the temperature of space and see whose calculations are correct, Fourier's or Pouillet's."
"Let's see," asked Ardan, "who was Fourier, and who was Pouillet?"
"Let's see," Ardan asked, "who was Fourier, and who was Pouillet?"
"Baron Fourier, of the French Academy, wrote a famous treatise on Heat, which I remember reading twenty years ago in Penington's book store," promptly responded the Captain; "Pouillet was an eminent professor of Physics at the Sorbonne, where he died, last year, I think."
"Baron Fourier, from the French Academy, wrote a well-known paper on Heat, which I remember reading twenty years ago in Penington's bookstore," the Captain replied quickly; "Pouillet was a distinguished professor of Physics at the Sorbonne, where he passed away last year, I believe."
"Thank you, Captain," said Ardan; "the cold does not injure your memory, though it is decidedly on the advance. See how thick the ice is already on the window panes! Let it only keep on and we shall soon have our breaths falling around us in flakes of snow."
"Thanks, Captain," said Ardan; "the cold isn't affecting your memory, even though it's definitely getting worse. Look how thick the ice is already on the window panes! If this keeps up, we'll soon see our breath floating around us like snowflakes."
"Let us prepare a thermometer," said Barbican, who had already set himself to work in a business-like manner.
"Let’s get a thermometer ready," said Barbican, who had already started working in a focused way.
A thermometer of the usual kind, as may be readily supposed, would be of no use whatever in the experiment that was now about to be made. In an ordinary thermometer Mercury freezes hard when exposed to a temperature of 40° below zero. But Barbican had provided himself with a Minimum, self-recording thermometer, of a peculiar nature, invented by Wolferdin, a friend of Arago's, which could correctly register exceedingly low degrees of temperature. Before beginning the experiment, this instrument was tested by comparison with one of the usual kind, and then Barbican hesitated a few moments regarding the best means of employing it.
A regular thermometer, as you might expect, would be completely useless for the experiment about to take place. In a standard thermometer, mercury freezes solid at 40° below zero. However, Barbican had equipped himself with a Minimum, self-recording thermometer, a special device invented by Wolferdin, a friend of Arago's, that could accurately measure extremely low temperatures. Before starting the experiment, this instrument was compared with a standard thermometer, and then Barbican took a moment to consider the best way to use it.
"How shall we start this experiment?" asked the Captain.
"How should we begin this experiment?" asked the Captain.
"Nothing simpler," answered Ardan, always ready to reply; "you just open your windows, and fling out your thermometer. It follows your Projectile, as a calf follows her mother. In a quarter of an hour you put out your hand—"
"Nothing easier," Ardan replied, always quick with an answer; "you just open your windows and throw out your thermometer. It follows your projectile like a calf follows her mother. In fifteen minutes, you put out your hand—"
"Put out your hand!" interrupted Barbican.
"Put out your hand!" interrupted Barbican.
"Put out your hand—" continued Ardan, quietly.
"Put out your hand—" continued Ardan, quietly.
"You do nothing of the kind," again interrupted Barbican; "that is, unless you prefer, instead of a hand, to pull back a frozen stump, shapeless, colorless and lifeless!"
"You don’t mean that at all," Barbican interrupted again; "unless you’d rather pull back a frozen stump instead of a hand—one that’s shapeless, colorless, and lifeless!"
"I prefer a hand," said Ardan, surprised and interested.
"I prefer a hand," said Ardan, surprised and intrigued.
"Yes," continued Barbican, "the instant your hand left the Projectile, it would experience the same terrible sensations as is produced by cauterizing it with an iron bar white hot. For heat, whether rushing rapidly out of our bodies or rapidly entering them, is identically the same force and does the same amount of damage. Besides I am by no means certain that we are still followed by the objects that we flung out of the Projectile."
"Yes," Barbican went on, "the moment your hand left the Projectile, it would feel the same horrifying sensations as if it were being burned with a white-hot iron bar. Because heat, whether it's flowing quickly out of our bodies or flooding in, is exactly the same force and causes the same level of harm. Plus, I’m not at all sure that the things we threw out of the Projectile are still following us."
"Why not?" asked M'Nicholl; "we saw them all outside not long ago."
"Why not?" M'Nicholl asked. "We saw them all outside a little while ago."
"But we can't see them outside now," answered Barbican; "that may be accounted for, I know, by the darkness, but it may be also by the fact of their not being there at all. In a case like this, we can't rely on uncertainties. Therefore, to make sure of not losing our thermometer, we shall fasten it with a string and easily pull it in whenever we like."
"But we can't see them outside now," Barbican replied. "That could be because it's dark, but it might also be that they're just not there at all. In a situation like this, we can't depend on uncertainties. So, to make sure we don't lose our thermometer, we'll tie it with a string and pull it in whenever we want."
This advice being adopted, the window was opened quickly, and the instrument was thrown out at once by M'Nicholl, who held it fastened by a short stout cord so that it could be pulled in immediately. The window had hardly been open for longer than a second, yet that second had been enough to admit a terrible icy chill into the interior of the Projectile.
This advice was taken, and the window was opened quickly. M'Nicholl immediately threw the instrument out, securing it with a short, sturdy cord so it could be pulled back in right away. The window had barely been open for a second, but that second was enough to let a terrible icy chill into the interior of the Projectile.
"Ten thousand ice-bergs!" cried Ardan, shivering all over; "it's cold enough to freeze a white bear!"
"Ten thousand icebergs!" shouted Ardan, shaking all over; "it's cold enough to freeze a polar bear!"
Barbican waited quietly for half an hour; that time he considered quite long enough to enable the instrument to acquire the temperature of the interstellar space. Then he gave the signal, and it was instantly pulled in.
Barbican waited silently for half an hour; he thought that was more than enough time for the instrument to adjust to the temperature of interstellar space. Then he gave the signal, and it was immediately retracted.
It took him a few moments to calculate the quantity of mercury that had escaped into the little diaphragm attached to the lower part of the instrument; then he said:
It took him a moment to figure out how much mercury had leaked into the small diaphragm connected to the bottom of the instrument; then he said:
"A hundred and forty degrees, centigrade, below zero!"
"A hundred and forty degrees Celsius below zero!"
"Two hundred and twenty degrees, Fahrenheit, below zero!" cried M'Nicholl; "no wonder that we should feel a little chilly!"
"Two hundred and twenty degrees Fahrenheit below zero!" shouted M'Nicholl; "no wonder we feel a bit cold!"
"Pouillet is right, then," said Barbican, "and Fourier wrong."
"Pouillet is right, then," Barbican said, "and Fourier is wrong."
"Another victory for Sorbonne over the Academy!" cried Ardan. "Vive la Sorbonne! Not that I'm a bit proud of finding myself in the midst of a temperature so very distingué—though it is more than three times colder than Hayes ever felt it at Humboldt Glacier or Nevenoff at Yakoutsk. If Madame the Moon becomes as cold as this every time that her surface is withdrawn from the sunlight for fourteen days, I don't think, boys, that her hospitality is much to hanker after!"
"Another win for Sorbonne over the Academy!" shouted Ardan. "Cheers to Sorbonne! Not that I'm the slightest bit proud to find myself in such a fancy setting—although it’s more than three times colder than Hayes ever experienced at Humboldt Glacier or Nevenoff at Yakoutsk. If Madame the Moon gets this cold every time her surface is cut off from sunlight for fourteen days, I don't think, guys, that her hospitality is worth wanting!"
CHAPTER XV.
GLIMPSES AT THE INVISIBLE.
In spite of the dreadful condition in which the three friends now found themselves, and the still more dreadful future that awaited them, it must be acknowledged that Ardan bravely kept up his spirits. And his companions were just as cheerful. Their philosophy was quite simple and perfectly intelligible. What they could bear, they bore without murmuring. When it became unbearable, they only complained, if complaining would do any good. Imprisoned in an iron shroud, flying through profound darkness into the infinite abysses of space, nearly a quarter million of miles distant from all human aid, freezing with the icy cold, their little stock not only of gas but of air rapidly running lower and lower, a near future of the most impenetrable obscurity looming up before them, they never once thought of wasting time in asking such useless questions as where they were going, or what fate was about to befall them. Knowing that no good could possibly result from inaction or despair, they carefully kept their wits about them, making their experiments and recording their observations as calmly and as deliberately as if they were working at home in the quiet retirement of their own cabinets.
In spite of the terrible situation the three friends found themselves in, and the even worse future ahead of them, it has to be said that Ardan kept his spirits up bravely. His companions were just as upbeat. Their philosophy was simple and easy to understand. They endured what they could without complaining. When things got unbearable, they only voiced their concerns if it would actually help. Stuck in a metal coffin, hurtling through deep darkness into the endless void of space, nearly a quarter million miles away from any human help, freezing from the extreme cold, and with their supplies of gas and air quickly running out, they faced an uncertain future that was completely unclear. Yet, they never wasted time asking pointless questions like where they were headed or what would happen to them. Knowing that inaction or despair wouldn’t lead to any good, they kept their wits about them, conducting their experiments and recording their observations as calmly and deliberately as if they were working in the comfort of their own homes.
Any other course of action, however, would have been perfectly absurd on their part, and this no one knew better than themselves. Even if desirous to act otherwise, what could they have done? As powerless over the Projectile as a baby over a locomotive, they could neither clap brakes to its movement nor switch off its direction. A sailor can turn his ship's head at pleasure; an aeronaut has little trouble, by means of his ballast and his throttle-valve, in giving a vertical movement to his balloon. But nothing of this kind could our travellers attempt. No helm, or ballast, or throttle-valve could avail them now. Nothing in the world could be done to prevent things from following their own course to the bitter end.
Any other decision would have been completely ridiculous on their part, and no one understood this better than they did. Even if they wanted to do something different, what could they have done? Just as powerless over the Projectile as a baby is over a train, they couldn't stop its movement or change its direction. A sailor can steer his ship whenever he wants; an air balloonist can easily control the height of his balloon using ballast and a throttle valve. But none of these options were available to our travelers. There was no steering wheel, ballast, or throttle valve that could help them now. Nothing could stop the situation from unfolding to its grim conclusion.
If these three men would permit themselves to hazard an expression at all on the subject, which they didn't, each could have done it by his own favorite motto, so admirably expressive of his individual nature. "Donnez tête baissée!" (Go it baldheaded!) showed Ardan's uncalculating impetuosity and his Celtic blood. "Fata quocunque vocant!" (To its logical consequence!) revealed Barbican's imperturbable stoicism, culture hardening rather than loosening the original British phlegm. Whilst M'Nicholl's "Screw down the valve and let her rip!" betrayed at once his unconquerable Yankee coolness and his old experiences as a Western steamboat captain.
If these three men were to share their thoughts on the matter, which they didn’t, each could have expressed it using his own favorite motto, perfectly reflecting his unique character. "Donnez tête baissée!" (Go for it wholeheartedly!) captured Ardan's impulsive nature and his Celtic roots. "Fata quocunque vocant!" (Follow it to the end!) showcased Barbican's unshakeable stoicism, with his culture toughening rather than softening the inherent British calmness. Meanwhile, M'Nicholl's "Screw down the valve and let her rip!" immediately revealed his unbeatable Yankee coolness and his past as a Western steamboat captain.
Where were they now, at eight o'clock in the morning of the day called in America the sixth of December? Near the Moon, very certainly; near enough, in fact, for them to perceive easily in the dark the great round screen which she formed between themselves and the Projectile on one side, and the Earth, Sun, and stars on the other. But as to the exact distance at which she lay from them—they had no possible means of calculating it. The Projectile, impelled and maintained by forces inexplicable and even incomprehensible, had come within less than thirty miles from the Moon's north pole. But during those two hours of immersion in the dark shadow, had this distance been increased or diminished? There was evidently no stand-point whereby to estimate either the Projectile's direction or its velocity. Perhaps, moving rapidly away from the Moon, it would be soon out of her shadow altogether. Perhaps, on the contrary, gradually approaching her surface, it might come into contact at any moment with some sharp invisible peak of the Lunar mountains—a catastrophe sure to put a sudden end to the trip, and the travellers too.
Where were they now, at eight o'clock in the morning on what was referred to in America as December 6th? Definitely near the Moon; in fact, close enough that they could easily see the large round screen it created between them and the Projectile on one side, and the Earth, Sun, and stars on the other. But they had no way to figure out the exact distance between them and the Moon. The Projectile, pushed and held in place by forces that were mysterious and hard to understand, had come within less than thirty miles of the Moon's north pole. But during those two hours in the dark shadow, had that distance increased or decreased? There was clearly no reference point to determine either the Projectile's direction or speed. Maybe, moving quickly away from the Moon, it would soon be completely out of her shadow. Or perhaps, on the other hand, it was gradually getting closer to her surface, and might hit some sharp, unseen peak of the Lunar mountains at any moment—a disaster sure to abruptly end the journey, and the travelers as well.
An excited discussion on this subject soon sprang up, in which all naturally took part. Ardan's imagination as usual getting the better of his reason, he maintained very warmly that the Projectile, caught and retained by the Moon's attraction, could not help falling on her surface, just as an aerolite cannot help falling on our Earth.
An enthusiastic discussion on this topic quickly started, and everyone naturally joined in. As usual, Ardan's imagination overshadowed his reasoning, and he strongly argued that the Projectile, being pulled in by the Moon's gravity, had no choice but to land on its surface, just like a meteorite can’t help but fall to Earth.
"Softly, dear boy, softly," replied Barbican; "aerolites can help falling on the Earth, and the proof is, that few of them do fall—most of them don't. Therefore, even granting that we had already assumed the nature of an aerolite, it does not necessarily follow that we should fall on the Moon."
"Easy there, kid," replied Barbican; "aerolites can drop onto Earth, but the fact is, very few actually do—most of them don’t. So, even if we assume that we’ve taken on the properties of an aerolite, it doesn't mean we'll end up falling on the Moon."
"But," objected Ardan, "if we approach only near enough, I don't see how we can help—"
"But," Ardan said, "if we get close enough, I don't see how we can help—"
"You don't see, it may be," said Barbican, "but you can see, if you only reflect a moment. Have you not often seen the November meteors, for instance, streaking the skies, thousands at a time?"
"You might not notice it," said Barbican, "but you can if you just take a moment to think. Haven't you often seen the November meteors, for example, streaking across the sky, thousands at a time?"
"Yes; on several occasions I was so fortunate."
"Yes, I was fortunate on several occasions."
"Well, did you ever see any of them strike the Earth's surface?" asked Barbican.
"Well, have you ever seen any of them hit the Earth's surface?" asked Barbican.
"I can't say I ever did," was the candid reply, "but—"
"I can't say I ever did," was the honest reply, "but—"
"Well, these shooting stars," continued Barbican, "or rather these wandering particles of matter, shine only from being inflamed by the friction of the atmosphere. Therefore they can never be at a greater distance from the Earth than 30 or 40 miles at furthest, and yet they seldom fall on it. So with our Projectile. It may go very close to the Moon without falling into it."
"Well, these shooting stars," Barbican continued, "or rather these wandering bits of matter, only shine because they're heated by friction with the atmosphere. So they can never be more than 30 or 40 miles away from the Earth at most, and yet they rarely hit the ground. The same goes for our Projectile. It can come very close to the Moon without crashing into it."
"But our roving Projectile must pull up somewhere in the long run," replied Ardan, "and I should like to know where that somewhere can be, if not in the Moon."
"But our traveling Projectile has to land somewhere eventually," replied Ardan, "and I'd really like to know where that somewhere could be, if not on the Moon."
"Softly again, dear boy," said Barbican; "how do you know that our Projectile must pull up somewhere?"
"Softly again, dear boy," said Barbican; "how do you know that our Projectile has to stop somewhere?"
"It's self-evident," replied Ardan; "it can't keep moving for ever."
"It's obvious," Ardan responded; "it can't keep moving forever."
"Whether it can or it can't depends altogether on which one of two mathematical curves it has followed in describing its course. According to the velocity with which it was endowed at a certain moment, it must follow either the one or the other; but this velocity I do not consider myself just now able to calculate."
"Whether it can or can't depends entirely on which of two mathematical curves it has followed in its path. Based on the speed it had at a certain moment, it has to follow one or the other; but I don't think I can calculate this speed right now."
"Exactly so," chimed in M'Nicholl; "it must describe and keep on describing either a parabola or a hyperbola."
"Exactly," M'Nicholl added; "it has to describe and continue describing either a parabola or a hyperbola."
"Precisely," said Barbican; "at a certain velocity it would take a parabolic curve; with a velocity considerably greater it should describe a hyperbolic curve."
"Exactly," said Barbican; "at a certain speed it would follow a parabolic path; with a much greater speed, it would trace a hyperbolic path."
"I always did like nice corpulent words," said Ardan, trying to laugh; "bloated and unwieldy, they express in a neat handy way exactly what you mean. Of course, I know all about the high—high—those high curves, and those low curves. No matter. Explain them to me all the same. Consider me most deplorably ignorant on the nature of these curves."
"I've always liked fancy, chunky words," Ardan said, trying to laugh. "They're big and clumsy, but they clearly convey exactly what you mean. Sure, I'm aware of the high—high—those high curves, and those low curves. But it doesn't matter. Go ahead and explain them to me anyway. Think of me as totally clueless about these curves."
"Well," said the Captain, a little bumptiously, "a parabola is a curve of the second order, formed by the intersection of a cone by a plane parallel to one of its sides."
"Well," said the Captain, a bit smugly, "a parabola is a curve of the second degree, created by the intersection of a cone and a plane that runs parallel to one of its sides."
"You don't say so!" cried Ardan, with mouth agape. "Do tell!"
"You don't say!" exclaimed Ardan, his mouth wide open. "Please, go on!"
"It is pretty nearly the path taken by a shell shot from a mortar."
"It’s almost the same path as a shell fired from a mortar."
"Well now!" observed Ardan, apparently much surprised; "who'd have thought it? Now for the high—high—bully old curve!"
"Well now!" Ardan exclaimed, seeming quite surprised; "who would have thought that? Now for the high—high—awesome old curve!"
"The hyperbola," continued the Captain, not minding Ardan's antics, "the hyperbola is a curve of the second order, formed from the intersection of a cone by a plane parallel to its axis, or rather parallel to its two generatrices, constituting two separate branches, extending indefinitely in both directions."
"The hyperbola," the Captain continued, ignoring Ardan's antics, "the hyperbola is a second-order curve created by the intersection of a cone and a plane that is parallel to its axis, or more precisely, parallel to its two generatrices, making up two distinct branches that extend indefinitely in both directions."
"Oh, what an accomplished scientist I'm going to turn out, if only left long enough at your feet, illustrious maestro!" cried Ardan, with effusion. "Only figure it to yourselves, boys; before the Captain's lucid explanations, I fully expected to hear something about the high curves and the low curves in the back of an Ancient Thomas! Oh, Michael, Michael, why didn't you know the Captain earlier?"
"Oh, what an amazing scientist I'm going to become if I just get enough time at your feet, esteemed maestro!" shouted Ardan with enthusiasm. "Just think about it, guys; before the Captain's clear explanations, I was totally ready to hear something about the high curves and low curves in the back of an Ancient Thomas! Oh, Michael, Michael, why didn't you meet the Captain sooner?"
But the Captain was now too deeply interested in a hot discussion with Barbican to notice that the Frenchman was only funning him. Which of the two curves had been the one most probably taken by the Projectile? Barbican maintained it was the parabolic; M'Nicholl insisted that it was the hyperbolic. Their tempers were not improved by the severe cold, and both became rather excited in the dispute. They drew so many lines on the table, and crossed them so often with others, that nothing was left at last but a great blot. They covered bits of paper with x's and y's, which they read out like so many classic passages, shouting them, declaiming them, drawing attention to the strong points by gesticulation so forcible and voice so loud that neither of the disputants could hear a word that the other said. Possibly the very great difference in temperature between the external air in contact with their skin and the blood coursing through their veins, had given rise to magnetic currents as potential in their effects as a superabundant supply of oxygen. At all events, the language they soon began to employ in the enforcement of their arguments fairly made the Frenchman's hair stand on end.
But the Captain was now too caught up in a heated debate with Barbican to notice that the Frenchman was just joking with him. Which of the two curves was most likely taken by the Projectile? Barbican argued it was the parabolic; M'Nicholl insisted it was the hyperbolic. Their tempers weren’t helped by the freezing cold, and both grew quite agitated during the argument. They drew so many lines on the table, crossing them so often that in the end, all that was left was a big blot. They filled pieces of paper with x's and y's, reading them out like classic passages, shouting them, passionately declaring them, emphasizing the strong points with such forceful gestures and loud voices that neither could hear a word the other said. Possibly, the big difference in temperature between the cold air touching their skin and the blood flowing through their veins had created magnetic currents as powerful as having an excess supply of oxygen. In any case, the language they started using to back up their points would have made the Frenchman’s hair stand on end.
"You probably forget the important difference between a directrix and an axis," hotly observed Barbican.
"You probably forget the important difference between a directrix and an axis," Barbican remarked heatedly.
"I know what an abscissa is, any how!" cried the Captain. "Can you say as much?"
"I know what an abscissa is, for sure!" shouted the Captain. "Can you say the same?"
"Did you ever understand what is meant by a double ordinate?" asked Barbican, trying to keep cool.
"Did you ever get what a double ordinate means?" Barbican asked, trying to stay calm.
"More than you ever did about a transverse and a conjugate!" replied the Captain, with much asperity.
"More than you ever did about a transverse and a conjugate!" replied the Captain, sharply.
"Any one not convinced at a glance that this eccentricity is equal to unity, must be blind as a bat!" exclaimed Barbican, fast losing his ordinary urbanity.
"Anyone who isn’t convinced right away that this eccentricity is the same as unity must be as blind as a bat!" Barbican exclaimed, rapidly losing his usual composure.
"Less than unity, you mean! If you want spectacles, here are mine!" shouted the Captain, angrily tearing them off and offering them to his adversary.
"Less than unity, you mean! If you want glasses, here are mine!" shouted the Captain, angrily ripping them off and handing them to his opponent.
"Dear boys!" interposed Ardan—
"Hey guys!" interposed Ardan—
—"The eccentricity is equal to unity!" cried Barbican.
"The oddity is one!" cried Barbican.
—"The eccentricity is less than unity!" screamed M'Nicholl.
"The weirdness is less than one!" screamed M'Nicholl.
"Talking of eccentricity—" put in Ardan.
"Speaking of quirks—" Ardan added.
—"Therefore it's a parabola, and must be!" cried Barbican, triumphantly.
—"So it's a parabola, and it has to be!" shouted Barbican, triumphantly.
—"Therefore it's hyperbola and nothing shorter!" was the Captain's quite as confident reply.
—"Therefore it's hyperbola and nothing less!" was the Captain's just as confident reply.
"For gracious sake!—" resumed Ardan.
"For goodness' sake!" resumed Ardan.
"Then produce your asymptote!" exclaimed Barbican, with an angry sneer.
"Then show your asymptote!" shouted Barbican, with an angry sneer.
"Let us see the symmetrical point!" roared the Captain, quite savagely.
"Let's see the symmetrical point!" yelled the Captain, quite angrily.
"Dear boys! old fellows!—" cried Ardan, as loud as his lungs would let him.
"Hey guys! old friends!—" shouted Ardan as loudly as he could.
"It's useless to argue with a Mississippi steamboat Captain," ejaculated Barbican; "he never gives in till he blows up!"
"It's pointless to argue with a Mississippi steamboat captain," exclaimed Barbican; "he never backs down until he explodes!"
"Never try to convince a Yankee schoolmaster," replied M'Nicholl; "he has one book by heart and don't believe in any other!"
"Don't even try to persuade a Northern schoolteacher," M'Nicholl replied; "he knows one book inside and out and doesn't trust any others!"
"Here, friend Michael, get me a cord, won't you? It's the only way to convince him!" cried Barbican, hastily turning to the Frenchman.
"Hey, buddy Michael, can you get me a rope? It's the only way to convince him!" shouted Barbican, quickly turning to the Frenchman.
"Hand me over that ruler, Ardan!" yelled the Captain. "The heavy one! It's the only way now left to bring him to reason!"
"Give me that ruler, Ardan!" shouted the Captain. "The heavy one! It's the only way left to get him to see reason!"
"Look here, Barbican and M'Nicholl!" cried Ardan, at last making himself heard, and keeping a tight hold both on the cord and the ruler. "This thing has gone far enough! Come. Stop your talk, and answer me a few questions. What do you want of this cord, Barbican?"
"Hey there, Barbican and M'Nicholl!" shouted Ardan, finally making himself heard, while tightly gripping both the cord and the ruler. "This has gone on long enough! Come on. Stop talking and answer me a few questions. What do you need this cord for, Barbican?"
"To describe a parabolic curve!"
"To describe a parabola!"
"And what are you going to do with the ruler, M'Nicholl!"
"And what are you going to do with the ruler, M'Nicholl!"
"To help draw a true hyperbola!"
"To accurately sketch a hyperbola!"
"Promise me, Barbican, that you're not going to lasso the Captain!"
"Promise me, Barbican, that you won't try to rope in the Captain!"
"Lasso the Captain! Ha! ha! ha!"
"Lasso the Captain! Ha! Ha! Ha!"
"You promise, M'Nicholl, that you're not going to brain the President!"
"You promise, M'Nicholl, that you're not going to hit the President over the head!"
"I brain the President! Ho! ho! ho!"
"I got the President! Ha! Ha! Ha!"
"I want merely to convince him that it is a parabola!"
"I just want to convince him that it's a parabola!"
"I only want to make it clear as day that it is hyperbola!"
"I just want to make it crystal clear that it's hyperbola!"
"Does it make any real difference whether it is one or the other?" yelled Ardan.
"Does it really matter if it's one or the other?" yelled Ardan.
"The greatest possible difference—in the Eye of Science."
"The greatest possible difference—in the Eyes of Science."
"A radical and incontrovertible difference—in the Eye of Science!"
"A significant and undeniable difference—in the Perspective of Science!"
"Oh! Hang the Eye of Science—will either curve take us to the Moon?"
"Oh! Forget the Eye of Science—will either curve take us to the Moon?"
"No!"
"No!"
"Will either take us back to the Earth?"
"Will either of them take us back to Earth?"
"No!"
"Nope!"
"Will either take us anywhere that you know of?"
"Will either of them take us anywhere you know?"
"No!"
"No way!"
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"Because they are both open curves, and therefore can never end!"
"Since they are both open curves, they can never come to an end!"
"Is it of the slightest possible importance which of the two curves controls the Projectile?"
"Does it really matter which of the two curves controls the projectile?"
"Not the slightest—except in the Eye of Science!"
"Not at all—except in the Eye of Science!"
"Then let the Eye of Science and her parabolas and hyperbolas, and conjugates, and asymptotes, and the rest of the confounded nonsensical farrago, all go to pot! What's the use of bothering your heads about them here! Have you not enough to trouble you otherwise? A nice pair of scientists you are? 'Stanislow' scientists, probably. Do real scientists lose their tempers for a trifle? Am I ever to see my ideal of a true scientific man in the flesh? Barbican came very near realizing my idea perfectly; but I see that Science just has as little effect as Culture in driving the Old Adam out of us! The idea of the only simpleton in the lot having to lecture the others on propriety of deportment! I thought they were going to tear each other's eyes out! Ha! Ha! Ha! It's impayable! Give me that cord, Michael! Hand me the heavy ruler, Ardan! It's the only way to bring him to reason! Ho! Ho! Ho! It's too good! I shall never get over it!" and he laughed till his sides ached and his cheeks streamed.
"Then let the Eye of Science and all her complicated equations, like parabolas and hyperbolas, and their counterparts, and asymptotes, and that whole confusing mess, just be forgotten! What’s the point of stressing over them here? Don’t you have enough on your mind already? You really think you’re scientists? Probably just 'Stanislow' scientists. Do real scientists lose their tempers over small things? Am I ever going to see my idea of a true scientist in real life? Barbican came close to meeting my ideal perfectly; but it seems that Science has just as little impact as Culture in getting rid of our basic instincts! The fact that the only fool among us had to lecture the others on how to behave! I thought they were going to scratch each other’s eyes out! Ha! Ha! Ha! It’s priceless! Give me that cord, Michael! Hand me the heavy ruler, Ardan! It’s the only way to get him to listen! Ho! Ho! Ho! It’s just too funny! I’ll never forget it!” and he laughed until his sides hurt and his cheeks were wet.
His laughter was so contagious, and his merriment so genuine, that there was really no resisting it, and the next few minutes witnessed nothing but laughing, and handshaking and rib-punching in the Projectile—though Heaven knows there was very little for the poor fellows to be merry about. As they could neither reach the Moon nor return to the Earth, what was to befall them? The immediate outlook was the very reverse of exhilarating. If they did not die of hunger, if they did not die of thirst, the reason would simply be that, in a few days, as soon as their gas was exhausted, they would die for want of air, unless indeed the icy cold had killed them beforehand!
His laughter was so infectious, and his joy so sincere, that it was impossible to resist it, and the next few minutes were filled with laughter, handshakes, and playful punches in the Projectile—even though there was hardly anything for the poor guys to be happy about. Since they couldn’t reach the Moon or return to Earth, what was going to happen to them? The immediate future was definitely not promising. If they didn’t die from hunger and if they didn’t die from thirst, it would only be because, in a few days, as soon as their oxygen ran out, they would die from lack of air, unless the freezing cold got to them first!
By this time, in fact, the temperature had become so exceedingly cold that a further encroachment on their little stock of gas could be put off no longer. The light, of course, they could manage to do without; but a little heat was absolutely necessary to prevent them from freezing to death. Fortunately, however, the caloric developed by the Reiset and Regnault process for purifying the air, raised the internal temperature of the Projectile a little, so that, with an expenditure of gas much less than they had expected, our travellers were able to maintain it at a degree capable of sustaining human life.
By this point, the temperature had dropped so cold that they could no longer put off using their small supply of gas. They could manage without light, but they absolutely needed some heat to avoid freezing to death. Fortunately, the heat generated by the Reiset and Regnault process for purifying the air raised the internal temperature of the Projectile a bit, allowing the travelers to maintain it at a level that could support human life while using much less gas than they had anticipated.
By this time, also, all observations through the windows had become exceedingly difficult. The internal moisture condensed so thick and congealed so hard on the glass that nothing short of continued friction could keep up its transparency. But this friction, however laborious they might regard it at other times, they thought very little of just now, when observation had become far more interesting and important than ever.
By this point, looking through the windows had become extremely challenging. The moisture inside had condensed so heavily and hardened so much on the glass that only constant rubbing could maintain its clarity. However, this rubbing, which they might have found tedious at other times, was hardly a concern now, as observing had become much more fascinating and crucial than ever before.
If the Moon had any atmosphere, our travellers were near enough now to strike any meteor that might be rushing through it. If the Projectile itself were floating in it, as was possible, would not such a good conductor of sound convey to their ears the reflexion of some lunar echo, the roar of some storm raging among the mountains, the rattling of some plunging avalanche, or the detonations of some eructating volcano? And suppose some lunar Etna or Vesuvius was flashing out its fires, was it not even possible that their eye could catch a glimpse of the lurid gleam? One or two facts of this kind, well attested, would singularly elucidate the vexatious question of a lunar atmosphere, which is still so far from being decided. Full of such thoughts and intensely interested in them, Barbican, M'Nicholl and Ardan, patient as astronomers at a transit of Venus, watched steadily at their windows, and allowed nothing worth noticing to escape their searching gaze.
If the Moon had any atmosphere, our travelers were close enough now to hit any meteors that might be flying through it. If the Projectile itself was floating in it, which was possible, wouldn’t such a good conductor of sound carry to their ears the echoes of some lunar sound, the roar of a storm raging among the mountains, the crash of a plunging avalanche, or the explosions of a spewing volcano? And if some lunar Etna or Vesuvius was lighting up with its fires, was it possible that they might catch a glimpse of the eerie glow? One or two well-verified facts like this would really clarify the annoying question of a lunar atmosphere, which is still far from settled. Filled with such thoughts and deeply intrigued, Barbican, M'Nicholl, and Ardan, as patient as astronomers observing a transit of Venus, watched intently from their windows and let nothing worth noting slip by their watchful eyes.
Ardan's patience first gave out. He showed it by an observation natural enough, for that matter, to a mind unaccustomed to long stretches of careful thought:
Ardan's patience eventually ran out. He expressed this through a comment that was quite natural, considering his mind wasn't used to long periods of careful thinking:
"This darkness is absolutely killing! If we ever take this trip again, it must be about the time of the New Moon!"
"This darkness is completely unbearable! If we ever make this trip again, it has to be around the time of the New Moon!"
"There I agree with you, Ardan," observed the Captain. "That would be just the time to start. The Moon herself, I grant, would be lost in the solar rays and therefore invisible all the time of our trip, but in compensation, we should have the Full Earth in full view. Besides—and this is your chief point, no doubt, Ardan—if we should happen to be drawn round the Moon, just as we are at the present moment, we should enjoy the inestimable advantage of beholding her invisible side magnificently illuminated!"
"There I agree with you, Ardan," said the Captain. "That would be the perfect time to start. The Moon, I'll admit, would be lost in the solar rays and completely invisible during our trip, but in exchange, we’d have the Full Earth clearly in view. Plus—and this is your main point, I’m sure, Ardan—if we happen to be drawn around the Moon, just like we are right now, we would get the priceless chance to see her hidden side beautifully illuminated!"
"My idea exactly, Captain," said Ardan. "What is your opinion on this point, Barbican?"
"My thoughts exactly, Captain," said Ardan. "What do you think about this, Barbican?"
"My opinion is as follows:" answered Barbican, gravely. "If we ever repeat this journey, we shall start precisely at the same time and under precisely the same circumstances. You forget that our only object is to reach the Moon. Now suppose we had really landed there, as we expected to do yesterday, would it not have been much more agreeable to behold the lunar continents enjoying the full light of day than to find them plunged in the dismal obscurity of night? Would not our first installation of discovery have been under circumstances decidedly extremely favorable? Your silence shows that you agree with me. As to the invisible side, once landed, we should have the power to visit it when we pleased, and therefore we could always choose whatever time would best suit our purpose. Therefore, if we wanted to land in the Moon, the period of the Full Moon was the best period to select. The period was well chosen, the time was well calculated, the force was well applied, the Projectile was well aimed, but missing our way spoiled everything."
"My thoughts are as follows," Barbican replied seriously. "If we ever make this journey again, we should start at exactly the same time and under exactly the same conditions. You seem to forget that our sole goal is to reach the Moon. Now, imagine if we had actually landed there, as we expected to do yesterday—wouldn’t it have been much nicer to see the lunar continents bathed in daylight rather than stuck in the gloomy darkness of night? Wouldn’t our first exploration have been under much more favorable conditions? Your silence suggests you agree with me. As for the far side, once we land, we would have the option to explore it whenever we wanted, allowing us to choose whatever time worked best for our plans. So, if we wanted to land on the Moon, the Full Moon was clearly the best time to aim for. The timing was right, the calculations were accurate, the force was properly applied, the Projectile was aimed well, but missing our target ruined everything."
"That's sound logic, no doubt," said Ardan; "still I can't help thinking that all for want of a little light we are losing, probably forever, a splendid opportunity of seeing the Moon's invisible side. How about the other planets, Barbican? Do you think that their inhabitants are as ignorant regarding their satellites as we are regarding ours?"
"That's solid reasoning, for sure," said Ardan; "but I can't shake the feeling that because we lack a bit of light, we might be missing out on a fantastic chance to see the Moon's dark side. What about the other planets, Barbican? Do you believe their inhabitants are as clueless about their moons as we are about ours?"
"On that subject," observed M'Nicholl, "I could venture an answer myself, though, of course, without pretending to speak dogmatically on any such open question. The satellites of the other planets, by their comparative proximity, must be much easier to study than our Moon. The Saturnians, the Uranians, the Jovians, cannot have had very serious difficulty in effecting some communication with their satellites. Jupiter's four moons, for instance, though on an average actually 2-1/2 times farther from their planet's centre than the Moon is from us, are comparatively four times nearer to him on account of his radius being eleven times greater than the Earth's. With Saturn's eight moons, the case is almost precisely similar. Their average distance is nearly three times greater than that of our Moon; but as Saturn's diameter is about 9 times greater than the Earth's, his bodyguards are really between 3 and 4 times nearer to their principal than ours is to us. As to Uranus, his first satellite, Ariel, half as far from him as our Moon is from the Earth, is comparatively, though not actually, eight times nearer."
"About that," M'Nicholl said, "I could give an answer myself, though, of course, I won’t claim to speak definitively on such an open question. The moons of the other planets, due to their relative closeness, must be much easier to study than our Moon. The people of Saturn, Uranus, and Jupiter can't have had much trouble communicating with their moons. For example, Jupiter's four moons, while on average 2.5 times farther from its center than our Moon is from us, are actually four times closer to it due to Jupiter's radius being eleven times larger than Earth's. The same goes for Saturn's eight moons. Their average distance is nearly three times greater than that of our Moon; however, since Saturn's diameter is about nine times that of Earth, his moons are really between three and four times closer to him than ours is to us. As for Uranus, its first moon, Ariel, is halfway to it as far as our Moon is from Earth, making it comparatively—though not literally—eight times closer."
"Therefore," said Barbican, now taking up the subject, "an experiment analogous to ours, starting from either of these three planets, would have encountered fewer difficulties. But the whole question resolves itself into this. If the Jovians and the rest have been able to quit their planets, they have probably succeeded in discovering the invisible sides of their satellites. But if they have not been able to do so, why, they're not a bit wiser than ourselves—But what's the matter with the Projectile? It's certainly shifting!"
"Therefore," said Barbican, now addressing the topic, "an experiment similar to ours, starting from any of these three planets, would have faced fewer challenges. But the entire issue comes down to this: If the Jovians and others have managed to leave their planets, they probably figured out the hidden aspects of their moons. But if they have not been able to do that, then they're no wiser than we are—But what's going on with the Projectile? It's definitely moving!"
Shifting it certainly was. While the path it described as it swung blindly through the darkness, could not be laid down by any chart for want of a starting point, Barbican and his companions soon became aware of a decided modification of its relative position with regard to the Moon's surface. Instead of its side, as heretofore, it now presented its base to the Moon's disc, and its axis had become rigidly vertical to the lunar horizon. Of this new feature in their journey, Barbican had assured himself by the most undoubted proof towards four o'clock in the morning. What was the cause? Gravity, of course. The heavier portion of the Projectile gravitated towards the Moon's centre exactly as if they were falling towards her surface.
Shifting it definitely was. Although the path it took as it moved blindly through the darkness couldn't be charted due to a lack of a starting point, Barbican and his companions quickly noticed a clear change in its position relative to the Moon's surface. Instead of showing its side like before, it now showed its base to the Moon's disc, and its axis had become perfectly vertical to the lunar horizon. Barbican confirmed this new aspect of their journey around four o'clock in the morning. What was the cause? Gravity, of course. The heavier part of the Projectile was being pulled towards the Moon's center just as if they were falling towards its surface.
But were they falling? Were they at last, contrary to all expectations, about to reach the goal that they had been so ardently wishing for? No! A sight-point, just discovered by M'Nicholl, very soon convinced Barbican that the Projectile was as far as ever from approaching the Moon, but was moving around it in a curve pretty near concentric.
But were they falling? Were they finally, against all odds, about to achieve the goal they had been hoping for so much? No! A sight-point, just discovered by M'Nicholl, quickly convinced Barbican that the Projectile was as far as ever from reaching the Moon, but was moving around it in a curve that was almost concentric.
M'Nicholl's discovery, a luminous gleam flickering on the distant verge of the black disc, at once engrossed the complete attention of our travellers and set them to divining its course. It could not possibly be confounded with a star. Its glare was reddish, like that of a distant furnace on a dark night; it kept steadily increasing in size and brightness, thus showing beyond a doubt how the Projectile was moving—in the direction of the luminous point, and not vertically falling towards the Moon's surface.
M'Nicholl's discovery, a glowing light flickering on the far edge of the dark disc, instantly captivated the full attention of our travelers and had them trying to figure out its path. It couldn't possibly be mistaken for a star. Its light was reddish, like a distant furnace on a dark night; it continued to grow in size and brightness, clearly indicating how the Projectile was moving—in the direction of the glowing point, and not vertically dropping towards the Moon's surface.
"It's a volcano!" cried the Captain, in great excitement; "a volcano in full blast! An outlet of the Moon's internal fires! Therefore she can't be a burnt out cinder!"
"It's a volcano!" exclaimed the Captain, full of excitement; "a volcano going off! An opening to the Moon's inner fires! So it can't be a burnt-out cinder!"
"It certainly looks like a volcano," replied Barbican, carefully investigating this new and puzzling phenomenon with his night-glass. "If it is not one, in fact, what can it be?"
"It definitely looks like a volcano," replied Barbican, closely examining this new and confusing phenomenon with his binoculars. "If it isn't one, then what could it be?"
"To maintain combustion," commenced Ardan syllogistically and sententiously, "air is necessary. An undoubted case of combustion lies before us. Therefore, this part of the Moon must have an atmosphere!"
"To keep the fire going," Ardan started logically and with confidence, "we need air. We definitely have a case of combustion here. So, this area of the Moon must have an atmosphere!"
"Perhaps so," observed Barbican, "but not necessarily so. The volcano, by decomposing certain substances, gunpowder for instance, may be able to furnish its own oxygen, and thus explode in a vacuum. That blaze, in fact, seems to me to possess the intensity and the blinding glare of objects burning in pure oxygen. Let us therefore be not over hasty in jumping at the conclusion of the existence of a lunar atmosphere."
"Maybe," Barbican said, "but it’s not a given. The volcano, by breaking down certain materials, like gunpowder, might be able to generate its own oxygen and explode even in a vacuum. That fire, in fact, looks to me like it has the brightness and intense glare of things burning in pure oxygen. So let’s not be too quick to assume there’s a lunar atmosphere."
This fire mountain was situated, according to the most plausible conjecture, somewhere in the neighborhood of the 45th degree, south latitude, of the Moon's invisible side. For a little while the travellers indulged the fond hope that they were directly approaching it, but, to their great disappointment, the path described by the Projectile lay in a different direction. Its nature therefore they had no opportunity of ascertaining. It began to disappear behind the dark horizon within less than half an hour after the time that M'Nicholl had signalled it. Still, the fact of the uncontested existence of such a phenomenon was a grand one, and of considerable importance in selenographic investigations. It proved that heat had not altogether disappeared from the lunar world; and the existence of heat once settled, who can say positively that the vegetable kingdom and even the animal kingdom have not likewise resisted so far every influence tending to destroy them? If terrestrial astronomers could only be convinced, by undoubted evidence, of the existence of this active volcano on the Moon's surface, they would certainly admit of very considerable modifications in the present doubts regarding her inhabitability.
This fire mountain was located, according to the most plausible guess, somewhere around the 45th degree south latitude, on the Moon's hidden side. For a brief moment, the travelers held on to the hope that they were getting closer to it, but, to their great disappointment, the path taken by the Projectile was headed in a different direction. Therefore, they had no chance to discover its nature. It started to fade behind the dark horizon less than half an hour after M'Nicholl had pointed it out. Still, the undeniable existence of such a phenomenon was significant and greatly important for lunar studies. It showed that heat hadn’t completely vanished from the Moon; and once heat was established, who can definitively say that the plant and even animal life haven’t somehow survived every force trying to wipe them out? If Earth astronomers could be convinced, with undeniable proof, of this active volcano on the Moon's surface, they would definitely reconsider their doubts about the Moon being capable of supporting life.
Thoughts of this kind continued to occupy the minds of our travellers even for some time after the little spark of light had been extinguished in the black gloom. But they said very little; even Ardan was silent, and continued to look out of the window. Barbican surrendered himself up to a reverie regarding the mysterious destinies of the lunar world. Was its present condition a foreshadowing of what our Earth is to become? M'Nicholl, too, was lost in speculation. Was the Moon older or younger than the Earth in the order of Creation? Had she ever been a beautiful world of life, and color, and magnificent variety? If so, had her inhabitants—
Thoughts like these kept occupying our travelers' minds even after the little spark of light had faded into the darkness. But they hardly spoke; even Ardan was quiet, gazing out the window. Barbican was deep in thought about the mysterious fate of the lunar world. Was its current state a sign of what our Earth might become? M'Nicholl was also lost in his own speculation. Is the Moon older or younger than the Earth in the order of Creation? Was it once a beautiful world filled with life, color, and stunning variety? If that was the case, had its inhabitants—
Great Mercy, what a cry from Ardan! It sounded human, so seldom do we hear a shriek so expressive at once of surprise and horror and even terror! It brought back his startled companions to their senses in a second. Nor did they ask him for the cause of his alarm. It was only too clear. Right in their very path, a blazing ball of fire had suddenly risen up before their eyes, the pitchy darkness all round it rendering its glare still more blinding. Its phosphoric coruscation filled the Projectile with white streams of lurid light, tinging the contents with a pallor indescribably ghastly. The travellers' faces in particular, gleamed with that peculiar livid and cadaverous tinge, blue and yellow, which magicians so readily produce by burning table salt in alcohol.
Great Mercy, what a scream from Ardan! It sounded human; we rarely hear a shout so full of surprise, horror, and even terror! It snapped his shocked companions back to reality in an instant. They didn't even ask him what had happened. It was painfully obvious. Right in their path, a massive fireball had suddenly appeared before them, the thick darkness around it making its brightness even more blinding. Its phosphorescent flickering filled the Projectile with harsh streams of light, giving everything inside an indescribably ghostly pallor. The travelers' faces, in particular, shone with that eerie, deathly hue, a mix of blue and yellow, which magicians often create by burning table salt in alcohol.
"Sacré!" cried Ardan who always spoke his own language when much excited. "What a pair of beauties you are! Say, Barbican! What thundering thing is coming at us now?"
"Holy cow!" cried Ardan, who always spoke his own language when he was really excited. "What a couple of beauties you are! Hey, Barbican! What on earth is coming at us now?"
"Another bolide," answered Barbican, his eye as calm as ever, though a faint tremor was quite perceptible in his voice.
"Another meteor," replied Barbican, his gaze steady as always, though there was a slight tremor noticeable in his voice.
"A bolide? Burning in vacuo? You are joking!"
"A meteor? Burning in a vacuum? You're kidding!"
"I was never more in earnest," was the President's quiet reply, as he looked through his closed fingers.
"I was never more serious," was the President's calm reply, as he looked through his closed fingers.
He knew exactly what he was saying. The dazzling glitter did not deceive him. Such a meteor seen from the Earth could not appear much brighter than the Full Moon, but here in the midst of the black ether and unsoftened by the veil of the atmosphere, it was absolutely blinding. These wandering bodies carry in themselves the principle of their incandescence. Oxygen is by no means necessary for their combustion. Some of them indeed often take fire as they rush through the layers of our atmosphere, and generally burn out before they strike the Earth. But others, on the contrary, and the greater number too, follow a track through space far more distant from the Earth than the fifty miles supposed to limit our atmosphere. In October, 1844, one of these meteors had appeared in the sky at an altitude calculated to be at least 320 miles; and in August, 1841, another had vanished when it had reached the height of 450 miles. A few even of those seen from the Earth must have been several miles in diameter. The velocity with which some of them have been calculated to move, from east to west, in a direction contrary to that of the Earth, is astounding enough to exceed belief—about fifty miles in a second. Our Earth does not move quite 20 miles in a second, though it goes a thousand times quicker than the fastest locomotive.
He knew exactly what he was talking about. The dazzling sparkle didn't fool him. A meteor seen from Earth couldn't appear much brighter than a Full Moon, but out here in the middle of the dark void and unaffected by the atmosphere, it was completely blinding. These wandering bodies have the source of their brightness within themselves. Oxygen is not necessary for them to burn. Some of them do catch fire as they speed through our atmosphere, and usually burn out before they hit the Earth. But many others, in fact the vast majority, travel on paths through space that are much farther from the Earth than the fifty miles thought to define our atmosphere. In October 1844, one of these meteors appeared in the sky at a height estimated to be at least 320 miles; and in August 1841, another disappeared after reaching an altitude of 450 miles. Some of those visible from Earth must have been several miles wide. The speed at which some of them have been calculated to travel, from east to west, opposite to the direction of the Earth, is astonishing enough to be hard to believe—about fifty miles per second. Our Earth moves at just under 20 miles per second, though it's a thousand times faster than the quickest train.
Barbican calculated like lightning that the present object of their alarm was only about 250 miles distant from them, and could not be less than a mile and a quarter in diameter. It was coming on at the rate of more than a mile a second or about 75 miles a minute. It lay right in the path of the Projectile, and in a very few seconds indeed a terrible collision was inevitable. The enormous rate at which it grew in size, showed the terrible velocity at which it was approaching.
Barbican quickly figured out that the source of their panic was only about 250 miles away and was at least a mile and a quarter in diameter. It was moving closer at over a mile per second, or around 75 miles a minute. It was right in the path of the Projectile, and within just a few seconds, a catastrophic collision was unavoidable. The way it rapidly increased in size indicated the frightening speed at which it was approaching.
You can hardly imagine the situation of our poor travellers at the sight of this frightful apparition. I shall certainly not attempt to describe it. In spite of their singular courage, wonderful coolness, extraordinary fortitude, they were now breathless, motionless, almost helpless; their muscles were tightened to their utmost tension; their eyes stared out of their sockets; their faces were petrified with horror. No wonder. Their Projectile, whose course they were powerless as children to guide, was making straight for this fiery mass, whose glare in a few seconds had become more blinding than the open vent of a reverberating furnace. Their own Projectile was carrying them headlong into a bottomless abyss of fire!
You can hardly imagine what our poor travelers went through when they saw this terrifying sight. I won’t even try to describe it. Despite their remarkable bravery, incredible calm, and extraordinary resilience, they were now breathless, frozen in place, nearly helpless; their muscles were tensed to the max, their eyes wide open, and their faces frozen in shock. It’s no surprise. Their Projectile, which they were powerless to steer, was heading straight for this fiery mass, whose brightness had quickly become more blinding than the open vent of a roaring furnace. Their own Projectile was sending them headfirst into a bottomless pit of fire!
Still, even in this moment of horror, their presence of mind, or at least their consciousness, never abandoned them. Barbican had grasped each of his friends by the hand, and all three tried as well as they could to watch through half-closed eyelids the white-hot asteroid's rapid approach. They could utter no word, they could breathe no prayer. They gave themselves up for lost—in the agony of terror that partially interrupted the ordinary functions of their brains, this was absolutely all they could do! Hardly three minutes had elapsed since Ardan had caught the first glimpse of it—three ages of agony! Now it was on them! In a second—in less than a second, the terrible fireball had burst like a shell! Thousands of glittering fragments were flying around them in all directions—but with no more noise than is made by so many light flakes of thistle-down floating about some warm afternoon in summer. The blinding, blasting steely white glare of the explosion almost bereft the travellers of the use of their eyesight forever, but no more report reached their ears than if it had taken place at the bottom of the Gulf of Mexico. In an atmosphere like ours, such a crash would have burst the ear-membranes of ten thousand elephants!
Still, even in this moment of horror, their presence of mind, or at least their awareness, never left them. Barbican had grabbed each of his friends by the hand, and all three tried their best to watch through half-closed eyelids as the white-hot asteroid approached rapidly. They couldn't say a word, nor could they breathe a prayer. They accepted that they were lost—in the agony of terror that partially interrupted their normal brain functions, this was all they could manage! Hardly three minutes had passed since Ardan had caught the first glimpse of it—three ages of suffering! Now it was upon them! In a second—in less than a second, the terrible fireball exploded like a shell! Thousands of glittering fragments flew around them in all directions—but with no more noise than light thistle-down floating through a warm summer afternoon. The blinding, searing bright white light of the explosion nearly deprived the travelers of their eyesight forever, but they heard no more sound than if it had taken place at the bottom of the Gulf of Mexico. In an atmosphere like ours, such a crash would have ruptured the eardrums of ten thousand elephants!
In the middle of the commotion another loud cry was suddenly heard. It was the Captain who called this time. His companions rushed to his window and all looked out together in the same direction.
In the midst of the chaos, another loud shout suddenly rang out. It was the Captain calling this time. His companions rushed to his window, and they all looked out together in the same direction.
What a sight met their eyes! What pen can describe it? What pencil can reproduce the magnificence of its coloring? It was a Vesuvius at his best and wildest, at the moment just after the old cone has fallen in. Millions of luminous fragments streaked the sky with their blazing fires. All sizes and shapes of light, all colors and shades of colors, were inextricably mingled together. Irradiations in gold, scintillations in crimson, splendors in emerald, lucidities in ultramarine—a dazzling girandola of every tint and of every hue. Of the enormous fireball, an instant ago such an object of dread, nothing now remained but these glittering pieces, shooting about in all directions, each one an asteroid in its turn. Some flew out straight and gleaming like a steel sword; others rushed here and there irregularly like chips struck off a red-hot rock; and others left long trails of glittering cosmical dust behind them like the nebulous tail of Donati's comet.
What a sight greeted them! What words can describe it? What pencil could capture its stunning colors? It was a Vesuvius at its peak and wildest, right after the old cone collapsed. Millions of bright fragments lit up the sky with their blazing fires. All kinds and sizes of light, every color and shade, were mixed together. Golden rays, crimson sparkles, emerald glows, and ultramarine clarity created a dazzling display of every hue. From the enormous fireball, which just moments ago was terrifying, nothing remained but these sparkling pieces, shooting off in all directions, each acting like its own little asteroid. Some shot out straight and shiny like a steel sword; others darted around chaotically like chips flying off a red-hot rock; and some left long trails of sparkling cosmic dust behind them like the nebulous tail of Donati's comet.
These incandescent blocks crossed each other, struck each other, crushed each other into still smaller fragments, one of which, grazing the Projectile, jarred it so violently that the very window at which the travellers were standing, was cracked by the shock. Our friends felt, in fact, as if they were the objective point at which endless volleys of blazing shells were aimed, any of them powerful enough, if it only hit them fair, to make as short work of the Projectile as you could of an egg-shell. They had many hairbreadth escapes, but fortunately the cracking of the glass proved to be the only serious damage of which they could complain.
These bright blocks collided, hit each other, and smashed into even smaller pieces, one of which, barely grazing the Projectile, shook it so hard that the very window the travelers were standing by cracked from the impact. Our friends felt like they were the target of endless streams of fiery shells, any one of which, if it landed perfectly, could easily obliterate the Projectile like you would an eggshell. They had many close calls, but fortunately, the cracked glass was the only serious damage they could complain about.
This extraordinary illumination lasted altogether only a few seconds; every one of its details was of a most singular and exciting nature—but one of its greatest wonders was yet to come. The ether, saturated with luminous matter, developed an intensity of blazing brightness unequalled by the lime light, the magnesium light, the electric light, or any other dazzling source of illumination with which we are acquainted on earth. It flashed out of these asteroids in all directions, and downwards, of course, as well as elsewhere. At one particular instant, it was so very vivid that Ardan, who happened to be looking downwards, cried out, as if in transport:
This incredible light show lasted only a few seconds; every detail was unique and thrilling—yet one of its greatest surprises was still to come. The air, filled with luminous particles, created an intensity of brightness that surpassed lime light, magnesium light, electric light, or any other dazzling source of light we know on Earth. It radiated from these asteroids in all directions, including downwards. At one moment, it was so intensely bright that Ardan, who happened to be looking down, exclaimed in amazement:
"Oh!! The Moon! Visible at last!"
"Oh wow! The Moon! Finally visible!"
And the three companions, thrilling with indescribable emotion, shot a hasty glance through the openings of the coruscating field beneath them. Did they really catch a glimpse of the mysterious invisible disc that the eye of man had never before lit upon? For a second or so they gazed with enraptured fascination at all they could see. What did they see, what could they see at a distance so uncertain that Barbican has never been able even to guess at it? Not much. Ardan was reminded of the night he had stood on the battlements of Dover Castle, a few years before, when the fitful flashes of a thunder storm gave him occasional and very uncertain glimpses of the French coast at the opposite side of the strait. Misty strips long and narrow, extending over one portion of the disc—probably cloud-scuds sustained by a highly rarefied atmosphere—permitted only a very dreamy idea of lofty mountains stretching beneath them in shapeless proportions, of smaller reliefs, circuses, yawning craters, and the other capricious, sponge-like formations so common on the visible side. Elsewhere the watchers became aware for an instant of immense spaces, certainly not arid plains, but seas, real oceans, vast and calm, reflecting from their placid depths the dazzling fireworks of the weird and wildly flashing meteors. Farther on, but very darkly as if behind a screen, shadowy continents revealed themselves, their surfaces flecked with black cloudy masses, probably great forests, with here and there a—
And the three companions, filled with unexplainable excitement, quickly glanced through the openings of the sparkling field below them. Did they really see the mysterious invisible disc that no human eye had ever spotted before? For a brief moment, they stared in captivated wonder at everything they could see. What did they see? What could they decipher from a distance so uncertain that Barbican could never even guess? Not much. Ardan was reminded of the night he had stood on the walls of Dover Castle a few years earlier, when the intermittent flashes of a thunderstorm gave him fleeting and very unclear views of the French coast across the strait. Faint, long, narrow strips of mist stretched over one part of the disc—likely wisps of cloud formed by a very thin atmosphere—allowing only a hazy impression of towering mountains beneath them in indistinct shapes, of smaller hills, craters, and other whimsical, sponge-like structures that were common on the visible side. Elsewhere, the spectators briefly noticed vast areas, definitely not dry plains, but seas, real oceans, wide and calm, reflecting the brilliant fireworks of the strange and wildly flashing meteors from their calm depths. Further on, but very dimly as if behind a curtain, shadowy continents appeared, their surfaces dotted with dark, cloudy masses, likely large forests, with a few here and there—a
Nothing more! In less than a second the illumination had come to an end, involving everything in the Moon's direction once more in pitchy darkness.
Nothing more! In less than a second, the light was gone, plunging everything in the Moon's direction back into complete darkness.
But had the impression made on the travellers' eyes been a mere vision or the result of a reality? an optical delusion or the shadow of a solid fact? Could an observation so rapid, so fleeting, so superficial, be really regarded as a genuine scientific affirmation? Could such a feeble glimmer of the invisible disc justify them in pronouncing a decided opinion on the inhabitability of the Moon? To such questions as these, rising spontaneously and simultaneously in the minds of our travellers, they could not reply at the moment; they could not reply to them long afterwards; even to this day they can give them no satisfactory answer. All they could do at the moment, they did. To every sight and sound they kept their eyes and ears open, and, by observing the most perfect silence, they sought to render their impressions too vivid to admit of deception.
But was the impression on the travelers' eyes just an illusion or a reality? An optical trick or the shadow of something solid? Could such a quick, fleeting, and superficial observation actually be considered a true scientific conclusion? Could such a faint glimpse of the invisible disc justify them in making a firm judgment on whether the Moon could be inhabited? To questions like these, which arose spontaneously and simultaneously in the minds of our travelers, they couldn’t provide an answer at that moment; they couldn’t answer them long afterwards; even today, they can’t offer a satisfactory response. All they could do at that moment, they did. They kept their eyes and ears open to every sight and sound, and by staying completely silent, they tried to make their impressions so vivid that there could be no doubt.
There was now, however, nothing to be heard, and very little more to be seen. The few coruscations that flashed over the sky, gradually became fewer and dimmer; the asteroids sought paths further and further apart, and finally disappeared altogether. The ether resumed its original blackness. The stars, eclipsed for a moment, blazed out again on the firmament, and the invisible disc, that had flashed into view for an instant, once more relapsed forever into the impenetrable depths of night.
There was now, however, nothing to hear and very little more to see. The few flashes that lit up the sky gradually became fewer and dimmer; the asteroids drifted further apart and ultimately vanished completely. The ether returned to its original blackness. The stars, briefly shadowed, shone brightly again in the sky, and the invisible disc that had briefly appeared slipped back forever into the unseeable depths of night.
CHAPTER XVI.
THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE.
Exceedingly narrow and exceedingly fortunate had been the escape of the Projectile. And from a danger too the most unlikely and the most unexpected. Who would have ever dreamed of even the possibility of such an encounter? And was all danger over? The sight of one of these erratic bolides certainly justified the gravest apprehensions of our travellers regarding the existence of others. Worse than the sunken reefs of the Southern Seas or the snags of the Mississippi, how could the Projectile be expected to avoid them? Drifting along blindly through the boundless ethereal ocean, her inmates, even if they saw the danger, were totally powerless to turn her aside. Like a ship without a rudder, like a runaway horse, like a collapsed balloon, like an iceberg in an Atlantic storm, like a boat in the Niagara rapids, she moved on sullenly, recklessly, mechanically, mayhap into the very jaws of the most frightful danger, the bright intelligences within no more able to modify her motions even by a finger's breadth than they were able to affect Mercury's movements around the Sun.
Exceedingly narrow and extremely fortunate had been the escape of the Projectile. And from a danger that was the most unlikely and unexpected. Who would have ever imagined even the possibility of such an encounter? And was all danger really over? The sight of one of these erratic meteors certainly justified the deepest fears of our travelers about the existence of others. Worse than the sunken reefs of the Southern Seas or the snags of the Mississippi, how could the Projectile be expected to avoid them? Drifting along aimlessly through the vast ethereal ocean, her occupants, even if they spotted the danger, were completely powerless to steer her away. Like a ship without a rudder, like a runaway horse, like a deflated balloon, like an iceberg in an Atlantic storm, like a boat in the Niagara rapids, she moved on gloomily, recklessly, mechanically, perhaps into the very jaws of the most terrifying danger, with the bright minds inside no more able to change her course even by a hair's breadth than they were able to affect Mercury's movements around the Sun.
But did our friends complain of the new perils now looming up before them? They never thought of such a thing. On the contrary, they only considered themselves (after the lapse of a few minutes to calm their nerves) extremely lucky in having witnessed this fresh glory of exuberant nature, this transcendent display of fireworks which not only cast into absolute insignificance anything of the kind they had ever seen on Earth, but had actually enabled them by its dazzling illumination to gaze for a second or two at the Moon's mysterious invisible disc. This glorious momentary glance, worth a whole lifetime of ordinary existence, had revealed to mortal ken her continents, her oceans, her forests. But did it also convince them of the existence of an atmosphere on her surface whose vivifying molecules would render life possible? This question they had again to leave unanswered—it will hardly ever be answered in a way quite satisfactory to human curiosity. Still, infinite was their satisfaction at having hovered even for an instant on the very verge of such a great problem's solution.
But did our friends complain about the new dangers now looming before them? They never considered that. Instead, after a few minutes to calm their nerves, they found themselves extremely lucky to have witnessed this incredible spectacle of nature, this breathtaking display of fireworks that not only made everything they had ever seen on Earth look trivial, but also allowed them to catch a glimpse for a second or two at the Moon's mysterious invisible surface. This glorious moment, worth a whole lifetime of ordinary living, revealed to them her continents, her oceans, her forests. But did it also convince them that there’s an atmosphere on her surface with vital molecules that could support life? This question remained unanswered—it will probably never be answered in a way that fully satisfies human curiosity. Still, they were immensely satisfied to have hovered, even for an instant, on the brink of solving such a great problem.
It was now half-past three in the afternoon. The Projectile still pursued its curving but otherwise unknown path over the Moon's invisible face. Had this path been disturbed by that dangerous meteor? There was every reason to fear so—though, disturbance or no disturbance, the curve it described should still be one strictly in accordance with the laws of Mechanical Philosophy. Whether it was a parabola or a hyperbola, however, or whether it was disturbed or not, made very little difference as, in any case, the Projectile was bound to quit pretty soon the cone of the shadow, at a point directly opposite to where it had entered it. This cone could not possibly be of very great extent, considering the very slight ratio borne by the Moon's diameter when compared with the Sun's. Still, to all appearances, the Projectile seemed to be quite as deeply immersed in the shadow as ever, and there was apparently not the slightest sign of such a state of things coming soon to an end. At what rate was the Projectile now moving? Hard to say, but certainly not slowly, certainly rapidly enough to be out of the shadow by this time, if describing a curve rigidly parabolic. Was the curve therefore not parabolic? Another puzzling problem and sadly bewildering to poor Barbican, who had now almost lost his reason by attempting to clear up questions that were proving altogether too profound for his overworked brains.
It was now 3:30 in the afternoon. The Projectile continued along its curved but otherwise unknown path over the Moon's invisible face. Could this path have been disrupted by that dangerous meteor? There was every reason to worry about that—though whether it was disturbed or not, the curve it followed should still strictly adhere to the laws of Mechanical Philosophy. Whether it was a parabola or a hyperbola, and whether it was disturbed or not, made little difference since, in any scenario, the Projectile was soon going to exit the cone of shadow at a point directly opposite where it had entered. This cone couldn't be very large, given the Moon’s diameter is so small compared to the Sun’s. Still, it appeared that the Projectile was still fully engulfed in shadow, and there seemed to be no sign of that changing anytime soon. How fast was the Projectile moving now? Hard to tell, but it was definitely not slow—rapid enough to have exited the shadow by this point if it were following a perfectly parabolic curve. So, was the curve therefore not parabolic? Another puzzling problem and frustratingly confusing for poor Barbican, who had nearly lost his mind trying to resolve questions that were proving too deep for his overwhelmed intellect.
Not that he ever thought of taking rest. Not that his companions thought of taking rest. Far from it. With senses as high-strung as ever, they still watched carefully for every new fact, every unexpected incident that might throw some light on the sidereal investigations. Even their dinner, or what was called so, consisted of only a few bits of bread and meat, distributed by Ardan at five o'clock, and swallowed mechanically. They did not even turn on the gas full head to see what they were eating; each man stood solidly at his window, the glass of which they had enough to do in keeping free from the rapidly condensing moisture.
Not that he ever thought about taking a break. Not that his friends thought about taking a break either. Quite the opposite. With their senses as sharp as ever, they kept a close eye out for every new fact, every unexpected event that could shed light on their astronomical studies. Even their dinner, or what they called dinner, consisted of just a few pieces of bread and meat, handed out by Ardan at five o'clock and eaten without much thought. They didn’t even turn on the gas fully to see what they were eating; each man stood firmly at his window, focused on keeping the glass clear of the quickly forming moisture.
At about half-past five, however, M'Nicholl, who had been gazing for some time with his telescope in a particular direction, called the attention of his companions to some bright specks of light barely discernible in that part of the horizon towards which the Projectile was evidently moving. His words were hardly uttered when his companions announced the same discovery. They could soon all see the glittering specks not only becoming more and more numerous, but also gradually assuming the shape of an extremely slender, but extremely brilliant crescent. Rapidly more brilliant and more decided in shape the profile gradually grew, till it soon resembled the first faint sketch of the New Moon that we catch of evenings in the western sky, or rather the first glimpse we get of her limb as it slowly moves out of eclipse. But it was inconceivably brighter than either, and was furthermore strangely relieved by the pitchy blackness both of sky and Moon. In fact, it soon became so brilliant as to dispel in a moment all doubt as to its particular nature. No meteor could present such a perfect shape; no volcano, such dazzling splendor.
At around 5:30, M'Nicholl, who had been focusing his telescope in a specific direction for a while, drew his friends' attention to some bright spots of light that were just barely visible on the horizon where the Projectile was clearly headed. His words had barely left his mouth when his companions also recognized the same sight. Soon, they could all see the shimmering spots, which not only became more numerous but also gradually took the form of a very thin but incredibly bright crescent. The profile grew increasingly brilliant and defined until it resembled the first faint view of the New Moon that we see in the western sky at dusk, or rather, the first glimpse we catch of its outline as it slowly emerges from eclipse. But it was unimaginably brighter than either, and it stood out strikingly against the deep blackness of both the sky and the Moon. In fact, it quickly became so bright that it erased any lingering doubt about what it was. No meteor could exhibit such a perfect shape; no volcano could display such dazzling brilliance.
"The Sun!" cried Barbican.
"The Sun!" shouted Barbican.
"The Sun?" asked M'Nicholl and Ardan in some astonishment.
"The Sun?" M'Nicholl and Ardan asked, somewhat astonished.
"Yes, dear friends; it is the Sun himself that you now see; these summits that you behold him gilding are the mountains that lie on the Moon's southern rim. We are rapidly nearing her south pole."
"Yes, dear friends; it’s the Sun himself that you see now; these peaks that you see him lighting up are the mountains on the Moon's southern edge. We are quickly approaching her south pole."
"After doubling her north pole!" cried Ardan; "why, we must be circumnavigating her!"
"After doubling her north pole!" shouted Ardan; "Wow, we must be circling her!"
"Exactly; sailing all around her."
"Exactly; sailing all around her."
"Hurrah! Then we're all right at last! There's nothing more to fear from your hyperbolas or parabolas or any other of your open curves!"
"Hooray! Then we’re finally all set! There’s nothing more to worry about with your hyperbolas, parabolas, or any of your other open curves!"
"Nothing more, certainly, from an open curve, but every thing from a closed one."
"Nothing more, for sure, from an open curve, but everything from a closed one."
"A closed curve! What is it called? And what is the trouble?"
"A closed curve! What do we call it? And what's the problem?"
"An eclipse it is called; and the trouble is that, instead of flying off into the boundless regions of space, our Projectile will probably describe an elliptical orbit around the Moon—"
"An eclipse is what it’s called; and the problem is that, instead of shooting off into the endless void of space, our Projectile will likely follow an elliptical path around the Moon—"
—"What!" cried M'Nicholl, in amazement, "and be her satellite for ever!"
—"What!" exclaimed M'Nicholl, in disbelief, "and be her sidekick forever!"
"All right and proper," said Ardan; "why shouldn't she have one of her own?"
"Sure, why not?" said Ardan. "Why shouldn't she have one of her own?"
"Only, my dear friend," said Barbican to Ardan, "this change of curve involves no change in the doom of the Projectile. We are as infallibly lost by an ellipse as by a parabola."
"Just so you know, my dear friend," said Barbican to Ardan, "this change in the curve doesn’t affect the fate of the Projectile. We are just as surely doomed by an ellipse as we would be by a parabola."
"Well, there was one thing I never could reconcile myself to in the whole arrangement," replied Ardan cheerfully; "and that was destruction by an open curve. Safe from that, I could say, 'Fate, do your worst!' Besides, I don't believe in the infallibility of your ellipsic. It may prove just as unreliable as the hyperbola. And it is no harm to hope that it may!"
"Well, there was one thing I could never get used to in the whole setup," Ardan replied cheerfully; "and that was being destroyed by an open curve. If I was safe from that, I could say, 'Fate, bring it on!' Besides, I don't trust your ellipse to be flawless. It might turn out to be just as unreliable as the hyperbola. And there's no harm in hoping that it will!"
From present appearances there was very little to justify Ardan's hope. Barbican's theory of the elliptic orbit was unfortunately too well grounded to allow a single reasonable doubt to be expressed regarding the Projectile's fate. It was to gravitate for ever around the Moon—a sub-satellite. It was a new born individual in the astral universe, a microcosm, a little world in itself, containing, however, only three inhabitants and even these destined to perish pretty soon for want of air. Our travellers, therefore, had no particular reason for rejoicing over the new destiny reserved for the Projectile in obedience to the inexorable laws of the centripetal and centrifugal forces. They were soon, it is true, to have the opportunity of beholding once more the illuminated face of the Moon. They might even live long enough to catch a last glimpse of the distant Earth bathed in the glory of the solar rays. They might even have strength enough left to be able to chant one solemn final eternal adieu to their dear old Mother World, upon whose features their mortal eyes should never again rest in love and longing! Then, what was their Projectile to become? An inert, lifeless, extinct mass, not a particle better than the most defunct asteroid that wanders blindly through the fields of ether. A gloomy fate to look forward to. Yet, instead of grieving over the inevitable, our bold travellers actually felt thrilled with delight at the prospect of even a momentary deliverance from those gloomy depths of darkness and of once more finding themselves, even if only for a few hours, in the cheerful precincts illuminated by the genial light of the blessed Sun!
From what they could see, there was hardly anything to support Ardan's hope. Barbican's theory about the elliptical orbit was unfortunately solid enough to dismiss any reasonable doubts about the Projectile's fate. It was destined to orbit the Moon forever—a sub-satellite. It was a newly born entity in the celestial universe, a microcosm, a small world in itself, but containing only three inhabitants who were soon to perish from lack of air. Our travelers, therefore, had no real reason to celebrate the new fate awaiting the Projectile, dictated by the unyielding laws of centripetal and centrifugal forces. True, they were soon going to have the chance to see the Moon's illuminated face once more. They might even live long enough to catch a final glimpse of the distant Earth, shining in the glory of sunlight. They might even have just enough strength left to chant one last eternal farewell to their beloved home planet, whose features they would never again gaze upon with love and longing! So, what would happen to their Projectile? An inert, dead, lifeless mass, no better than the most defunct asteroid drifting aimlessly through the void of space. A bleak fate to anticipate. Yet, instead of mourning the inevitable, our brave travelers actually felt a thrill of joy at the prospect of even a brief escape from those dismal depths of darkness and returning, even if just for a few hours, to the bright areas lit by the warm light of the blessed Sun!
The ring of light, in the meantime, becoming brighter and brighter, Barbican was not long in discovering and pointing out to his companions the different mountains that lay around the Moon's south pole.
The ring of light, in the meantime, became brighter and brighter. Barbican quickly discovered and pointed out to his companions the various mountains surrounding the Moon's south pole.
"There is Leibnitz on your right," said he, "and on your left you can easily see the peaks of Doerfel. Belonging rather to the Moon's dark side than to her Earth side, they are visible to terrestrial astronomers only when she is in her highest northern latitudes. Those faint peaks beyond them that you can catch with such difficulty must be those of Newton and Curtius."
"There is Leibnitz on your right," he said, "and on your left you can easily see the peaks of Doerfel. They belong more to the dark side of the Moon than to the side facing Earth, and terrestrial astronomers can only see them when the Moon is at its highest northern latitudes. Those faint peaks beyond them that you can barely catch a glimpse of must be Newton and Curtius."
"How in the world can you tell?" asked Ardan.
"How on earth can you tell?" asked Ardan.
"They are the highest mountains in the circumpolar regions," replied Barbican. "They have been measured with the greatest care; Newton is 23,000 feet high."
"They are the highest mountains in the polar regions," replied Barbican. "They have been measured very carefully; Newton is 23,000 feet tall."
"More or less!" laughed Ardan. "What Delphic oracle says so?"
"More or less!" laughed Ardan. "Which Delphic oracle says that?"
"Dear friend," replied Barbican quietly, "the visible mountains of the Moon have been measured so carefully and so accurately that I should hardly hesitate in affirming their altitude to be as well known as that of Mont Blanc, or, at least, as those of the chief peaks in the Himalayahs or the Rocky Mountain Range."
"Dear friend," Barbican said softly, "the visible mountains on the Moon have been measured so carefully and accurately that I wouldn't hesitate to say their height is as well known as that of Mont Blanc, or at least as well known as the major peaks in the Himalayas or the Rocky Mountain Range."
"I should like to know how people set about it," observed Ardan incredulously.
"I'd like to know how people go about it," Ardan said, skeptical.
"There are several well known methods of approaching this problem," replied Barbican; "and as these methods, though founded on different principles, bring us constantly to the same result, we may pretty safely conclude that our calculations are right. We have no time, just now to draw diagrams, but, if I express myself clearly, you will no doubt easily catch the general principle."
"There are several well-known ways to tackle this problem," replied Barbican. "And since these methods, despite being based on different principles, consistently lead us to the same conclusion, we can confidently assume that our calculations are correct. We don't have time right now to draw diagrams, but if I explain myself clearly, you will surely grasp the general principle."
"Go ahead!" answered Ardan. "Anything but Algebra."
"Sure!" replied Ardan. "Anything but Algebra."
"We want no Algebra now," said Barbican, "It can't enable us to find principles, though it certainly enables us to apply them. Well. The Sun at a certain altitude shines on one side of a mountain and flings a shadow on the other. The length of this shadow is easily found by means of a telescope, whose object glass is provided with a micrometer. This consists simply of two parallel spider threads, one of which is stationary and the other movable. The Moon's real diameter being known and occupying a certain space on the object glass, the exact space occupied by the shadow can be easily ascertained by means of the movable thread. This space, compared with the Moon's space, will give us the length of the shadow. Now, as under the same circumstances a certain height can cast only a certain shadow, of course a knowledge of the one must give you that of the other, and vice versa. This method, stated roughly, was that followed by Galileo, and, in our own day, by Beer and Maedler, with extraordinary success."
"We don’t need any Algebra right now," said Barbican, "It can't help us find principles, although it definitely helps us apply them. So, the Sun at a certain height shines on one side of a mountain and casts a shadow on the other side. The length of this shadow can easily be measured using a telescope that's equipped with a micrometer. This consists of two parallel spider threads—one is fixed and the other can move. Knowing the actual diameter of the Moon and how much space it takes up on the object glass, the exact space occupied by the shadow can be easily determined using the movable thread. Comparing this space to the Moon's space will give us the length of the shadow. Now, since a specific height can only cast a specific shadow under the same conditions, knowing one must provide insight into the other, and vice versa. This method, in simple terms, was the approach used by Galileo, and in our time, by Beer and Maedler, with incredible success."
"I certainly see some sense in this method," said Ardan, "if they took extraordinary pains to observe correctly. The least carelessness would set them wrong, not only by feet but by miles. We have time enough, however, to listen to another method before we get into the full blaze of the glorious old Sol."
"I can definitely see some logic in this approach," said Ardan, "if they made a real effort to observe things accurately. Even a little carelessness could throw them off by not just feet but by miles. We have plenty of time, though, to hear about another method before we step into the bright light of the glorious old Sun."
"The other method," interrupted M'Nicholl laying down his telescope to rest his eyes, and now joining in the conversation to give himself something to do, "is called that of the tangent rays. A solar ray, barely passing the edge of the Moon's surface, is caught on the peak of a mountain the rest of which lies in shadow. The distance between this starry peak and the line separating the light from the darkness, we measure carefully by means of our telescope. Then—"
"The other method," interrupted M'Nicholl, putting down his telescope to rest his eyes and joining the conversation to keep himself occupied, "is called the tangent rays. A solar ray, just grazing the edge of the Moon's surface, gets caught on the tip of a mountain, while the rest of it is in shadow. We carefully measure the distance between this starry peak and the line that divides light from darkness using our telescope. Then—"
"I see it at a glance!" interrupted Ardan with lighting eye; "the ray, being a tangent, of course makes right angles with the radius, which is known: consequently we have two sides and one angle—quite enough to find the other parts of the triangle. Very ingenious—but now, that I think of it—is not this method absolutely impracticable for every mountain except those in the immediate neighborhood of the light and shadow line?"
"I see it right away!" interrupted Ardan with a bright eye; "the ray, being a tangent, makes right angles with the radius, which is known: so we have two sides and one angle—more than enough to find the other parts of the triangle. Very clever—but now that I think about it, isn't this method completely impractical for any mountain except those close to the light and shadow line?"
"That's a defect easily remedied by patience," explained Barbican—the Captain, who did not like being interrupted, having withdrawn to his telescope—"As this line is continually changing, in course of time all the mountains must come near it. A third method—to measure the mountain profile directly by means of the micrometer—is evidently applicable only to altitudes lying exactly on the lunar rim."
"That's a flaw that can be easily fixed with patience," explained Barbican—the Captain, who didn't appreciate being interrupted while he focused on his telescope—"Since this line is constantly shifting, eventually all the mountains will get close to it. A third method—to directly measure the mountain profile using the micrometer—clearly only works for altitudes that are precisely on the lunar edge."
"That is clear enough," said Ardan, "and another point is also very clear. In Full Moon no measurement is possible. When no shadows are made, none can be measured. Measurements, right or wrong, are possible only when the solar rays strike the Moon's surface obliquely with regard to the observer. Am I right, Signor Barbicani, maestro illustrissimo?"
"That’s pretty clear," said Ardan, "and another point is also very clear. In Full Moon, no measurements can be made. When there are no shadows, none can be measured. Measurements, whether accurate or not, are only possible when the sunlight hits the Moon's surface at an angle relative to the observer. Am I correct, Signor Barbicani, great master?"
"Perfectly right," replied Barbican. "You are an apt pupil."
"That's exactly right," said Barbican. "You’re a quick learner."
"Say that again," said Ardan. "I want Mac to hear it."
"Say that again," Ardan said. "I want Mac to hear it."
Barbican humored him by repeating the observation, but M'Nicholl would only notice it by a grunt of doubtful meaning.
Barbican played along by repeating the comment, but M'Nicholl just responded with a grunt that was unclear in its meaning.
"Was Galileo tolerably successful in his calculations?" asked Ardan, resuming the conversation.
"Was Galileo reasonably successful in his calculations?" asked Ardan, continuing the conversation.
Before answering this question, Barbican unrolled the map of the Moon, which a faint light like that of day-break now enabled him to examine. He then went on: "Galileo was wonderfully successful—considering that the telescope which he employed was a poor instrument of his own construction, magnifying only thirty times. He gave the lunar mountains a height of about 26,000 feet—an altitude cut down by Hevelius, but almost doubled by Riccioli. Herschel was the first to come pretty close to the truth, but Beer and Maedler, whose Mappa Selenographica now lies before us, have left really nothing more to be done for lunar astronomy—except, of course, to pay a personal visit to the Moon—which we have tried to do, but I fear with a very poor prospect of success."
Before answering this question, Barbican spread out the map of the Moon, which a faint light like dawn now allowed him to examine. He then continued: "Galileo was incredibly successful—especially considering the telescope he used was a basic instrument of his own making, magnifying only thirty times. He estimated the lunar mountains to be about 26,000 feet tall—an altitude reduced by Hevelius but nearly doubled by Riccioli. Herschel was the first to get pretty close to the truth, but Beer and Maedler, whose Mappa Selenographica we have here, have really left nothing more to do for lunar astronomy—except, of course, to take a personal trip to the Moon—which we’ve attempted but I'm afraid the chances of success are very slim."
"Cheer up! cheer up!" cried Ardan. "It's not all over yet by long odds. Who can say what is still in store for us? Another bolide may shunt us off our ellipse and even send us to the Moon's surface."
"Cheer up! Cheer up!" shouted Ardan. "It's definitely not over yet. Who knows what could still happen? Another meteor might bump us off our orbit and even land us on the Moon's surface."
Then seeing Barbican shake his head ominously and his countenance become more and more depressed, this true friend tried to brighten him up a bit by feigning to take deep interest in a subject that to him was absolutely the driest in the world.
Then, noticing Barbican shake his head in a gloomy way and his expression grow increasingly downcast, this true friend tried to lift his spirits a bit by pretending to take a keen interest in a topic that, to him, was incredibly dull.
"Meer and Baedler—I mean Beer and Maedler," he went on, "must have measured at least forty or fifty mountains to their satisfaction."
"Meer and Baedler—I mean Beer and Maedler," he continued, "must have measured at least forty or fifty mountains to their satisfaction."
"Forty or fifty!" exclaimed Barbican. "They measured no fewer than a thousand and ninety-five lunar mountains and crater summits with a perfect success. Six of these reach an altitude of upwards of 18,000 feet, and twenty-two are more than 15,000 feet high."
"Forty or fifty!" exclaimed Barbican. "They measured no fewer than a thousand and ninety-five lunar mountains and crater peaks with perfect success. Six of these are over 18,000 feet high, and twenty-two are more than 15,000 feet tall."
"Which is the highest in the lot?" asked Ardan, keenly relishing Barbican's earnestness.
"Which one is the tallest?" Ardan asked, thoroughly enjoying Barbican's seriousness.
"Doerfel in the southern hemisphere, the peak of which I have just pointed out, is the highest of the lunar mountains so far measured," replied Barbican. "It is nearly 25,000 feet high."
"Doerfel in the southern hemisphere, the peak of which I have just pointed out, is the highest of the lunar mountains so far measured," replied Barbican. "It's almost 25,000 feet high."
"Indeed! Five thousand feet lower than Mount Everest—still for a lunar mountain, it is quite a respectable altitude."
"Definitely! Five thousand feet lower than Mount Everest—still, for a lunar mountain, it's a pretty impressive height."
"Respectable! Why it's an enormous altitude, my dear friend, if you compare it with the Moon's diameter. The Earth's diameter being more than 3-1/2 times greater than the Moon's, if the Earth's mountains bore the same ratio to those of the Moon, Everest should be more than sixteen miles high, whereas it is not quite six."
"Respectable! It's a huge height, my dear friend, if you compare it with the Moon's diameter. The Earth's diameter is over 3.5 times greater than the Moon's, so if the Earth's mountains had the same ratio as the Moon's, Everest would be more than sixteen miles high, but it's actually not quite six."
"How do the general heights of the Himalayahs compare with those of the highest lunar mountains?" asked Ardan, wondering what would be his next question.
"How do the average heights of the Himalayas compare to those of the tallest mountains on the moon?" asked Ardan, contemplating what his next question would be.
"Fifteen peaks in the eastern or higher division of the Himalayahs, are higher than the loftiest lunar peaks," replied Barbican. "Even in the western, or lower section of the Himalayahs, some of the peaks exceed Doerfel."
"Fifteen peaks in the eastern or higher part of the Himalayas are taller than the highest peaks on the moon," Barbican replied. "Even in the western, or lower section of the Himalayas, some of the peaks are taller than Doerfel."
"Which are the chief lunar mountains that exceed Mont Blanc in altitude?" asked Ardan, bravely suppressing a yawn.
"Which are the main lunar mountains that are taller than Mont Blanc?" asked Ardan, stifling a yawn.
"The following dozen, ranged, if my memory does not fail me, in the exact order of their respective heights;" replied Barbican, never wearied in answering such questions: "Newton, Curtius, Casatus, Rheita, Short, Huyghens, Biancanus, Tycho, Kircher, Clavius, Endymion, and Catharina."
"The following twelve, arranged, if I remember correctly, in the exact order of their heights;" replied Barbican, always ready to answer such questions: "Newton, Curtius, Casatus, Rheita, Short, Huyghens, Biancanus, Tycho, Kircher, Clavius, Endymion, and Catharina."
"Now those not quite up to Mont Blanc?" asked Ardan, hardly knowing what to say.
"Now, are those who aren't quite ready for Mont Blanc?" asked Ardan, not really sure what to say.
"Here they are, about half a dozen of them: Moretus, Theophilus, Harpalus, Eratosthenes, Werner, and Piccolomini," answered Barbican as ready as a schoolboy reciting his lesson, and pointing them out on the map as quickly as a compositor distributing his type.
"Here they are, about six of them: Moretus, Theophilus, Harpalus, Eratosthenes, Werner, and Piccolomini," Barbican replied, eager like a student reciting a lesson, quickly pointing them out on the map like a printer sorting his letters.
"The next in rank?" asked Ardan, astounded at his friend's wonderful memory.
"The next in rank?" Ardan asked, amazed by his friend's incredible memory.
"The next in rank," replied Barbican promptly, "are those about the size of the Matterhorn, that is to say about 2-3/4 miles in height. They are Macrobius, Delambre, and Conon. Come," he added, seeing Ardan hesitating and at a loss what other question to ask, "don't you want to know what lunar mountains are about the same height as the Peak of Teneriffe? or as Ætna? or as Mount Washington? You need not be afraid of puzzling me. I studied up the subject thoroughly, and therefore know all about it."
"The next in rank," Barbican replied quickly, "are those around the size of the Matterhorn, which means about 2-3/4 miles high. They are Macrobius, Delambre, and Conon. Come on," he added, noticing Ardan hesitating and unsure of what to ask next, "don’t you want to know which lunar mountains are about the same height as the Peak of Tenerife? Or as Ætna? Or as Mount Washington? You don’t have to worry about confusing me. I studied this topic thoroughly, so I know all about it."
"Oh! I could listen to you with delight all day long!" cried Ardan, enthusiastically, though with some embarrassment, for he felt a twinge of conscience in acting so falsely towards his beloved friend. "The fact is," he went on, "such a rational conversation as the present, on such an absorbing subject, with such a perfect master—"
"Oh! I could listen to you with joy all day!" exclaimed Ardan, excitedly, though a bit embarrassed, as he felt a twinge of guilt for being so dishonest with his dear friend. "The truth is," he continued, "having such a thoughtful conversation like this, on such a captivating topic, with such a brilliant expert—"
"The Sun!" cried M'Nicholl starting up and cheering. "He's cleared the disc completely, and he's now himself again! Long life to him! Hurrah!"
"The Sun!" shouted M'Nicholl, jumping up with excitement. "It's completely cleared the disc, and it's back to its full self! Cheers to it! Hurrah!"
"Hurrah!" cried the others quite as enthusiastically (Ardan did not seem a bit desirous to finish his sentence).
"Hurrah!" shouted the others just as enthusiastically (Ardan didn't seem at all eager to finish his sentence).
They tossed their maps aside and hastened to the window.
They threw their maps aside and rushed to the window.
CHAPTER XVII.
TYCHO.
It was now exactly six o'clock in the evening. The Sun, completely clear of all contact with the lunar disc, steeped the whole Projectile in his golden rays. The travellers, vertically over the Moon's south pole, were, as Barbican soon ascertained, about 30 miles distant from it, the exact distance they had been from the north pole—a proof that the elliptic curve still maintained itself with mathematical rigor.
It was now exactly six o'clock in the evening. The Sun, completely free from any blockage by the Moon, bathed the entire Projectile in golden light. The travelers, positioned directly over the Moon's south pole, were, as Barbican quickly determined, about 30 miles away from it, the same distance they had been from the north pole—a clear indication that the elliptical path remained mathematically consistent.
For some time, the travellers' whole attention was concentrated on the glorious Sun. His light was inexpressibly cheering; and his heat, soon penetrating the walls of the Projectile, infused a new and sweet life into their chilled and exhausted frames. The ice rapidly disappeared, and the windows soon resumed their former perfect transparency.
For a while, the travelers were completely focused on the amazing Sun. His light was incredibly uplifting, and his warmth quickly seeped through the walls of the Projectile, bringing a new and pleasant energy to their cold and tired bodies. The ice quickly melted away, and the windows soon regained their previous clear transparency.
"Oh! how good the pleasant sunlight is!" cried the Captain, sinking on a seat in a quiet ecstasy of enjoyment. "How I pity Ardan's poor friends the Selenites during that night so long and so icy! How impatient they must be to see the Sun back again!"
"Oh! how wonderful the nice sunlight is!" exclaimed the Captain, collapsing onto a seat in a calm bliss of enjoyment. "How I feel for Ardan's poor friends the Selenites during that long, cold night! They must be so eager to see the Sun again!"
"Yes," said Ardan, also sitting down the better to bask in the vivifying rays, "his light no doubt brings them to life and keeps them alive. Without light or heat during all that dreary winter, they must freeze stiff like the frogs or become torpid like the bears. I can't imagine how they could get through it otherwise."
"Yeah," said Ardan, sitting down to soak up the energizing rays, "his light definitely brings them to life and keeps them going. Without light or warmth during that long, miserable winter, they would probably freeze solid like the frogs or become sluggish like the bears. I can't see how they could survive otherwise."
"I'm glad we're through it anyhow," observed M'Nicholl. "I may at once acknowledge that I felt perfectly miserable as long as it lasted. I can now easily understand how the combined cold and darkness killed Doctor Kane's Esquimaux dogs. It was near killing me. I was so miserable that at last I could neither talk myself nor bear to hear others talk."
"I'm glad we're done with it anyway," M'Nicholl said. "I can admit that I felt completely miserable the whole time it lasted. I can now easily see how the harsh cold and darkness killed Doctor Kane's Eskimo dogs. It nearly killed me. I was so miserable that eventually I couldn't talk or even stand to hear others talk."
"My own case exactly," said Barbican—"that is," he added hastily, correcting himself, "I tried to talk because I found Ardan so interested, but in spite of all we said, and saw, and had to think of, Byron's terrible dream would continually rise up before me:
"My own situation exactly," said Barbican—"that is," he added quickly, correcting himself, "I tried to speak because I noticed Ardan was so engaged, but no matter what we discussed, or saw, or thought about, Byron's awful dream would keep coming back to me:
As he pronounced these words in accents at once monotonous and melancholy, Ardan, fully appreciative, quietly gesticulated in perfect cadence with the rhythm. Then the three men remained completely silent for several minutes. Buried in recollection, or lost in thought, or magnetized by the bright Sun, they seemed to be half asleep while steeping their limbs in his vitalizing beams.
As he said these words in a tone that was both dull and sad, Ardan, fully aware, quietly moved in time with the rhythm. Then the three men stayed totally silent for several minutes. Lost in memories, deep in thought, or captivated by the bright Sun, they looked half asleep while soaking in its energizing rays.
Barbican was the first to dissolve the reverie by jumping up. His sharp eye had noticed that the base of the Projectile, instead of keeping rigidly perpendicular to the lunar surface, turned away a little, so as to render the elliptical orbit somewhat elongated. This he made his companions immediately observe, and also called their attention to the fact that from this point they could easily have seen the Earth had it been Full, but that now, drowned in the Sun's beams, it was quite invisible. A more attractive spectacle, however, soon engaged their undivided attention—that of the Moon's southern regions, now brought within about the third of a mile by their telescopes. Immediately resuming their posts by the windows, they carefully noted every feature presented by the fantastic panorama that stretched itself out in endless lengths beneath their wondering eyes.
Barbican was the first to break the spell by jumping up. His sharp eye had noticed that the base of the Projectile, instead of staying perfectly vertical to the lunar surface, tilted a bit, making the elliptical orbit slightly elongated. He pointed this out to his companions and also mentioned that from this spot they could have easily seen the Earth if it had been Full, but now, washed out in the Sun's rays, it was completely invisible. A more captivating sight quickly captured their full attention—the Moon's southern regions, now visible at about a third of a mile through their telescopes. They immediately returned to the windows and carefully observed every detail of the incredible landscape that stretched endlessly beneath their amazed eyes.
Mount Leibnitz and Mount Doerfel form two separate groups developed in the regions of the extreme south. The first extends westwardly from the pole to the 84th parallel; the second, on the southeastern border, starting from the pole, reaches the neighborhood of the 65th. In the entangled valleys of their clustered peaks, appeared the dazzling sheets of white, noted by Father Secchi, but their peculiar nature Barbican could now examine with a greater prospect of certainty than the illustrious Roman astronomer had ever enjoyed.
Mount Leibnitz and Mount Doerfel are two separate groups located in the far southern regions. The first extends westward from the pole to the 84th parallel; the second, on the southeastern edge, starts from the pole and reaches around the 65th parallel. In the winding valleys between their clustered peaks, the bright white sheets noted by Father Secchi appeared, but Barbican could now study their unique nature with a level of certainty that the famous Roman astronomer never had.
"They're beds of snow," he said at last in a decided tone.
"They're beds of snow," he finally said with conviction.
"Snow!" exclaimed M'Nicholl.
"Snow!" shouted M'Nicholl.
"Yes, snow, or rather glaciers heavily coated with glittering ice. See how vividly they reflect the Sun's rays. Consolidated beds of lava could never shine with such dazzling uniformity. Therefore there must be both water and air on the Moon's surface. Not much—perhaps very little if you insist on it—but the fact that there is some can now no longer be questioned."
"Yes, snow, or more accurately, glaciers thickly covered in sparkling ice. Look how brightly they reflect the Sun's rays. Solid lava flows could never shine with such amazing consistency. So there must be both water and air on the Moon's surface. Not a lot—maybe just a little if you want to argue that—but the reality that there is some can no longer be disputed."
This assertion of Barbican's, made so positively by a man who never decided unless when thoroughly convinced, was a great triumph for Ardan, who, as the gracious reader doubtless remembers, had had a famous dispute with M'Nicholl on that very subject at Tampa.[D] His eyes brightened and a smile of pleasure played around his lips, but, with a great effort at self-restraint, he kept perfectly silent and would not permit himself even to look in the direction of the Captain. As for M'Nicholl, he was apparently too much absorbed in Doerfel and Leibnitz to mind anything else.
This claim by Barbican, made so confidently by a man who only made decisions when he was completely convinced, was a huge win for Ardan, who, as the attentive reader surely remembers, had a well-known argument with M'Nicholl about that exact topic in Tampa.[D] His eyes lit up, and a smile of satisfaction crossed his face, but with a great effort at self-control, he stayed completely silent and didn’t even look in the Captain's direction. As for M'Nicholl, he seemed too engrossed in Doerfel and Leibnitz to notice anything else.
These mountains rose from plains of moderate extent, bounded by an indefinite succession of walled hollows and ring ramparts. They are the only chains met in this region of ridge-brimmed craters and circles; distinguished by no particular feature, they project a few pointed peaks here and there, some of which exceed four miles and a half in height. This altitude, however, foreshortened as it was by the vertical position of the Projectile, could not be noticed just then, even if correct observation had been permitted by the dazzling surface.
These mountains rose from relatively flat plains, surrounded by a series of walled depressions and circular walls. They are the only mountain ranges found in this area of cratered ridges and circles. Lacking any distinctive characteristics, they have a few pointed peaks scattered throughout, some of which are taller than four and a half miles. However, this height, which was shortened by the Projectile's vertical position, couldn't be noticed at that moment, even if accurate observation had been possible due to the blinding surface.
Once more again before the travellers' eyes the Moon's disc revealed itself in all the old familiar features so characteristic of lunar landscapes—no blending of tones, no softening of colors, no graduation of shadows, every line glaring in white or black by reason of the total absence of refracted light. And yet the wonderfully peculiar character of this desolate world imparted to it a weird attraction as strangely fascinating as ever.
Once again, the travelers saw the Moon's surface with all its familiar features that are typical of lunar landscapes—no blending of colors, no softening of tones, no gradual shading; every line stood out in stark black and white because there was no refracted light. Still, the uniquely strange nature of this barren world gave it an eerie allure that was just as captivating as always.
Over this chaotic region the travellers were now sweeping, as if borne on the wings of a storm; the peaks defiled beneath them; the yawning chasms revealed their ruin-strewn floors; the fissured cracks untwisted themselves; the ramparts showed all their sides; the mysterious holes presented their impenetrable depths; the clustered mountain summits and rings rapidly decomposed themselves: but in a moment again all had become more inextricably entangled than ever. Everything appeared to be the finished handiwork of volcanic agency, in the utmost purity and highest perfection. None of the mollifying effects of air or water could here be noticed. No smooth-capped mountains, no gently winding river channels, no vast prairie-lands of deposited sediment, no traces of vegetation, no signs of agriculture, no vestiges of a great city. Nothing but vast beds of glistering lava, now rough like immense piles of scoriae and clinker, now smooth like crystal mirrors, and reflecting the Sun's rays with the same intolerable glare. Not the faintest speck of life. A world absolutely and completely dead, fixed, still, motionless—save when a gigantic land-slide, breaking off the vertical wall of a crater, plunged down into the soundless depths, with all the fury too of a crashing avalanche, with all the speed of a Niagara, but, in the total absence of atmosphere, noiseless as a feather, as a snow flake, as a grain of impalpable dust.
Over this chaotic area, the travelers rushed through as if carried on the wings of a storm; the peaks passed beneath them; the gaping chasms revealed their floors covered in ruins; the cracked earth twisted itself; the ramparts showcased all their sides; the mysterious holes showed their unfathomable depths; the clustered mountain tops and rings quickly fell apart again: but in an instant, everything became more tangled than ever. Everything looked like the final work of volcanic activity, in its purest form and highest perfection. None of the softening effects of air or water could be seen here. No smooth-topped mountains, no gently winding river channels, no vast plains of sediment, no signs of vegetation, no evidence of agriculture, no traces of a great city. Just vast fields of glimmering lava, sometimes rough like huge piles of scoria and clinker, sometimes smooth like crystal mirrors, reflecting the Sun's rays with an unbearable glare. Not the slightest hint of life. A world completely dead, fixed, still, motionless—except when a massive landslide, breaking off the vertical wall of a crater, plunged into the silent depths with all the fury of a crashing avalanche, with all the speed of Niagara, but, in the complete absence of atmosphere, silent as a feather, as a snowflake, as a grain of invisible dust.
Careful observations, taken by Barbican and repeated by his companions, soon satisfied them that the ridgy outline of the mountains on the Moon's border, though perhaps due to different forces from those acting in the centre, still presented a character generally uniform. The same bulwark-surrounded hollows, the same abrupt projections of surface. Yet a different arrangement, as Barbican pointed out to his companions, might be naturally expected. In the central portion of the disc, the Moon's crust, before solidification, must have been subjected to two attractions—that of the Moon herself and that of the Earth—acting, however, in contrary directions and therefore, in a certain sense, serving to neutralize each other. Towards the border of her disc, on the contrary, the terrestrial attraction, having acted in a direction perpendicular to that of the lunar, should have exerted greater power, and therefore given a different shape to the general contour. But no remarkable difference had so far been perceived by terrestrial observers; and none could now be detected by our travellers. Therefore the Moon must have found in herself alone the principle of her shape and of her superficial development—that is, she owed nothing to external influences. "Arago was perfectly right, therefore," concluded Barbican, "in the remarkable opinion to which he gave expression thirty years ago:
Careful observations made by Barbican and echoed by his companions quickly convinced them that the jagged outline of the mountains on the Moon's edge, although possibly caused by different forces than those in the center, still showed a generally consistent character. They noticed the same walled hollows and the same steep surface protrusions. However, as Barbican pointed out to his companions, a different arrangement could be reasonably expected. In the central part of the disc, before solidification, the Moon's crust must have experienced two attractions—one from the Moon itself and another from the Earth—acting in opposite directions and therefore somewhat canceling each other out. Conversely, towards the edge of the disc, the gravitational pull from Earth, acting perpendicular to that of the Moon, should have been stronger, leading to a different overall shape. But so far, terrestrial observers had not noticed any significant differences, and none could be detected by our travelers now. Therefore, the Moon must have derived its shape and surface development solely from its own nature, meaning it wasn't influenced by external forces. "Arago was absolutely correct," Barbican concluded, "in his remarkable opinion expressed thirty years ago:
'No external action whatever has contributed to the formation of the Moon's diversified surface.'"
'No external action at all has contributed to the formation of the Moon's varied surface.'"
"But don't you think, Barbican," asked the Captain, "that every force, internal or external, that might modify the Moon's shape, has ceased long ago?"
"But don't you think, Barbican," the Captain asked, "that any force, whether internal or external, that could change the Moon's shape, has long since stopped?"
"I am rather inclined to that opinion," said Barbican; "it is not, however, a new one. Descartes maintained that as the Earth is an extinct Sun, so is the Moon an extinct Earth. My own opinion at present is that the Moon is now the image of death, but I can't say if she has ever been the abode of life."
"I tend to agree with that view," said Barbican; "though it's not a new thought. Descartes argued that the Earth is like a dead Sun, and likewise, the Moon is a dead Earth. Right now, I believe that the Moon represents death, but I can't claim whether it has ever been a place where life existed."
"The abode of life!" cried Ardan, who had great repugnance in accepting the idea that the Moon was no better than a heap of cinders and ashes; "why, look there! If those are not as neat a set of the ruins of an abandoned city as ever I saw, I should like to know what they are!"
"The home of life!" shouted Ardan, who really disliked the idea that the Moon was just a pile of cinders and ashes; "just look at that! If those aren’t the neatest ruins of an abandoned city I've ever seen, I'd love to know what is!"
He pointed to some very remarkable rocky formations in the neighborhood of Short, a ring mountain rising to an altitude considerably higher than that of Mont Blanc. Even Barbican and M'Nicholl could detect some regularity and semblance of order in the arrangement of these rocks, but this, of course, they looked on as a mere freak of nature, like the Lurlei Rock, the Giant's Causeway, or the Old Man of the Franconia Mountains. Ardan, however, would not accept such an easy mode of getting rid of a difficulty.
He pointed out some really impressive rocky formations near Short, a ring mountain that rises much higher than Mont Blanc. Even Barbican and M'Nicholl could see some patterns and a sense of order in how these rocks were arranged, but they dismissed it as just a quirk of nature, like the Lurlei Rock, the Giant's Causeway, or the Old Man of the Franconia Mountains. However, Ardan wasn’t willing to take the easy way out when it came to addressing this challenge.
"See the ruins on that bluff," he exclaimed; "those steep sides must have been washed by a great river in the prehistoric times. That was the fortress. Farther down lay the city. There are the dismantled ramparts; why, there's the very coping of a portico still intact! Don't you see three broken pillars lying beside their pedestals? There! a little to the left of those arches that evidently once bore the pipes of an aqueduct! You don't see them? Well, look a little to the right, and there is something that you can see! As I'm a living man I have no difficulty in discerning the gigantic butments of a great bridge that formerly spanned that immense river!"
"Check out the ruins on that hill," he said excitedly; "those steep sides must have been shaped by a huge river back in prehistoric times. That was the fortress. Further down was the city. You can see the crumbling walls; look, there's even the top of a portico still in place! Don’t you see the three broken pillars next to their bases? There! Just a bit to the left of those arches that clearly used to hold the pipes of an aqueduct! You don’t see them? Well, look slightly to the right, and here’s something you can see! Honestly, I can clearly make out the massive supports of a great bridge that used to cross that enormous river!"
Did he really see all this? To this day he affirms stoutly that he did, and even greater wonders besides. His companions, however, without denying that he had good grounds for his assertion on this subject or questioning the general accuracy of his observations, content themselves with saying that the reason why they had failed to discover the wonderful city, was that Ardan's telescope was of a strange and peculiar construction. Being somewhat short-sighted, he had had it manufactured expressly for his own use, but it was of such singular power that his companions could not use it without hurting their eyes.
Did he really see all this? To this day, he confidently claims that he did, along with even more amazing things. His friends, however, while not denying that he had good reasons for his claim or questioning the general accuracy of what he observed, simply say that the reason they failed to find the amazing city was because Ardan's telescope was uniquely designed. Since he was a bit short-sighted, he had it made specifically for himself, but it was so powerful that his friends couldn’t use it without straining their eyes.
But, whether the ruins were real or not, the moments were evidently too precious to be lost in idle discussion. The great city of the Selenites soon disappeared on the remote horizon, and, what was of far greater importance, the distance of the Projectile from the Moon's disc began to increase so sensibly that the smaller details of the surface were soon lost in a confused mass, and it was only the lofty heights, the wide craters, the great ring mountains, and the vast plains that still continued to give sharp, distinctive outlines.
But whether the ruins were real or not, those moments were clearly too valuable to waste on pointless chatter. The great city of the Selenites quickly faded into the distant horizon, and, more importantly, the Projectile's distance from the Moon's surface started to increase noticeably, causing the finer details to become a blurred mass. Only the towering peaks, the large craters, the massive ring mountains, and the expansive plains continued to offer clear, defined shapes.
A little to their left, the travellers could now plainly distinguish one of the most remarkable of the Moon's craters, Newton, so well known to all lunar astronomers. Its ramparts, forming a perfect circle, rise to such a height, at least 22,000 feet, as to seem insurmountable.
A little to their left, the travelers could now clearly see one of the most notable craters on the Moon, Newton, famous among all lunar astronomers. Its walls, forming a perfect circle, rise to such a height, at least 22,000 feet, that they appear impossible to climb.
"You can, no doubt, notice for yourselves," said Barbican, "that the external height of this mountain is far from being equal to the depth of its crater. The enormous pit, in fact, seems to be a soundless sea of pitchy black, the bottom of which the Sun's rays have never reached. There, as Humboldt says, reigns eternal darkness, so absolute that Earth-shine or even Sunlight is never able to dispel it. Had Michael's friends the old mythologists ever known anything about it, they would doubtless have made it the entrance to the infernal regions. On the whole surface of our Earth, there is no mountain even remotely resembling it. It is a perfect type of the lunar crater. Like most of them, it shows that the peculiar formation of the Moon's surface is due, first, to the cooling of the lunar crust; secondly, to the cracking from internal pressure; and, thirdly, to the violent volcanic action in consequence. This must have been of a far fiercer nature than it has ever been with us. The matter was ejected to a vast height till great mountains were formed; and still the action went on, until at last the floor of the crater sank to a depth far lower than the level of the external plain."
"You can definitely see for yourselves," said Barbican, "that the height of this mountain isn't anywhere near the depth of its crater. The huge pit really looks like a silent sea of deep black, the bottom of which the Sun's rays have never reached. There, as Humboldt says, eternal darkness reigns, so complete that neither Earth’s glow nor even sunlight can break through it. If Michael's friends, the old mythologists, had ever known anything about it, they would have surely made it the entrance to the underworld. On the entire surface of our Earth, there's no mountain that even remotely looks like it. It perfectly represents a lunar crater. Like most of them, it shows that the unique formation of the Moon’s surface is due, first, to the cooling of the lunar crust; second, to cracking from internal pressure; and third, to the intense volcanic activity that resulted. This must have been much more powerful than anything we’ve ever experienced. The material was blasted to a great height until massive mountains were formed; and still, the activity continued, until finally, the floor of the crater sank to a depth much lower than the level of the surrounding plain."
"You may be right," said Ardan by way of reply; "as for me, I'm looking out for another city. But I'm sorry to say that our Projectile is increasing its distance so fast that, even if one lay at my feet at this moment, I doubt very much if I could see it a bit better than either you or the Captain."
"You might be right," Ardan replied. "As for me, I'm searching for another city. But I regret to say that our Projectile is moving away so quickly that even if one were at my feet right now, I doubt I could see it any better than you or the Captain."
Newton was soon passed, and the Projectile followed a course that took it directly over the ring mountain Moretus. A little to the west the travellers could easily distinguish the summits of Blancanus, 7,000 feet high, and, towards seven o'clock in the evening, they were approaching the neighborhood of Clavius.
Newton was soon left behind, and the Projectile took a path that led it directly over the ring mountain Moretus. A bit to the west, the travelers could easily make out the peaks of Blancanus, which stood 7,000 feet high, and around seven in the evening, they were getting close to the area of Clavius.
This walled-plain, one of the most remarkable on the Moon, lies 55° S. by 15° E. Its height is estimated at 16,000 feet, but it is considered to be about a hundred and fifty miles in diameter. Of this vast crater, the travellers now at a distance of 250 miles, reduced to 2-1/2 by their telescopes, had a magnificent bird's-eye view.
This walled plain, one of the most outstanding on the Moon, is located at 55° S by 15° E. It's about 16,000 feet high and is roughly one hundred and fifty miles in diameter. From a distance of 250 miles, the travelers, whose view was narrowed down to 2.5 times by their telescopes, had an amazing bird's-eye view of this immense crater.
"Our terrestrial volcanoes," said Barbican, "as you can now readily judge for yourselves, are no more than molehills when compared with those of the Moon. Measure the old craters formed by the early eruptions of Vesuvius and Ætna, and you will find them little more than three miles in diameter. The crater of Cantal in central France is only about six miles in width; the famous valley in Ceylon, called the Crater, though not at all due to volcanic action, is 44 miles across and is considered to be the greatest in the world. But even this is very little in comparison to the diameter of Clavius lying beneath us at the present moment."
"Our Earth’s volcanoes," said Barbican, "as you can easily see for yourselves, are barely more than small hills compared to those on the Moon. Look at the old craters created by the early eruptions of Vesuvius and Etna, and you'll discover they're just around three miles in diameter. The crater of Cantal in central France is only about six miles wide; the well-known valley in Ceylon, called the Crater, though not caused by volcanic activity, measures 44 miles across and is regarded as the largest in the world. But even that is quite small compared to the diameter of Clavius, which is right beneath us at this moment."
"How much is its diameter?" asked the Captain.
"What's its diameter?" asked the Captain.
"At least one hundred and forty-two miles," replied Barbican; "it is probably the greatest in the Moon, but many others measure more than a hundred miles across."
"At least one hundred and forty-two miles," Barbican replied; "that’s probably the largest on the Moon, but many others are over a hundred miles wide."
"Dear boys," said Ardan, half to himself, half to the others, "only imagine the delicious state of things on the surface of the gentle Moon when these craters, brimming over with hissing lava, were vomiting forth, all at the same time, showers of melted stones, clouds of blinding smoke, and sheets of blasting flame! What an intensely overpowering spectacle was here presented once, but now, how are the mighty fallen! Our Moon, as at present beheld, seems to be nothing more than the skinny spectre left after a brilliant display of fireworks, when the spluttering crackers, the glittering wheels, the hissing serpents, the revolving suns, and the dazzling stars, are all 'played out', and nothing remains to tell of the gorgeous spectacle but a few blackened sticks and half a dozen half burned bits of pasteboard. I should like to hear one of you trying to explain the cause, the reason, the principle, the philosophy of such tremendous cataclysms!"
"Hey guys," Ardan said, partly to himself and partly to the others, "just imagine how amazing it was on the surface of the gentle Moon when these craters, overflowing with hissing lava, were erupting all at once, spewing showers of melted stones, clouds of blinding smoke, and sheets of roaring flames! What an incredibly overwhelming sight it must have been, but now, look at how far it has fallen! Our Moon, as we see it now, seems to be nothing more than a skinny ghost left after an amazing fireworks show, when the popping crackles, the sparkling wheels, the hissing snakes, the spinning suns, and the bright stars have all fizzled out, leaving behind only some charred sticks and a few burnt bits of cardboard. I’d love to hear one of you try to explain the cause, the reason, the principle, the philosophy behind such massive cataclysms!"
Barbican's only reply was a series of nods, for in truth he had not heard a single word of Ardan's philosophic explosion. His ears were with his eyes, and these were obstinately bent on the gigantic ramparts of Clavius, formed of concentric mountain ridges, which were actually leagues in depth. On the floor of the vast cavity, could be seen hundreds of smaller craters, mottling it like a skimming dish, and pierced here and there by sharp peaks, one of which could hardly be less than 15,000 feet high.
Barbican's only response was a series of nods, because in reality, he hadn’t heard a single word of Ardan's philosophical outburst. His ears were focused on his eyes, which were stubbornly fixed on the massive walls of Clavius, made up of concentric mountain ridges that were actually leagues deep. On the floor of the vast crater, hundreds of smaller craters could be seen, dotting the surface like a skimming dish, and pierced here and there by sharp peaks, one of which was hardly less than 15,000 feet tall.
All around, the plain was desolate in the extreme. You could not conceive how anything could be barrener than these serrated outlines, or gloomier than these shattered mountains—until you looked at the plain that encircled them. Ardan hardly exaggerated when he called it the scene of a battle fought thousands of years ago but still white with the hideous bones of overthrown peaks, slaughtered mountains and mutilated precipices!
All around, the plain was extremely desolate. You couldn't imagine how anything could be less barren than these jagged outlines or gloomier than these broken mountains—until you looked at the plain that surrounded them. Ardan wasn't exaggerating when he called it the site of a battle that took place thousands of years ago, still littered with the grotesque bones of fallen peaks, slaughtered mountains, and mutilated cliffs!
murmured M'Nicholl, who could quote you Milton quite as readily as the Bible.
murmured M'Nicholl, who could quote Milton just as easily as the Bible.
"This must have been the spot," muttered Barbican to himself, "where the brittle shell of the cooling sphere, being thicker than usual, offered greater resistance to an eruption of the red-hot nucleus. Hence these piled up buttresses, and these orderless heaps of consolidated lava and ejected scoriæ."
"This has to be the place," Barbican muttered to himself, "where the fragile shell of the cooling sphere, being thicker than normal, provided more resistance to an eruption from the superheated core. That's why there are these stacked buttresses and these chaotic piles of solidified lava and expelled cinders."
The Projectile advanced, but the scene of desolation seemed to remain unchanged. Craters, ring mountains, pitted plateaus dotted with shapeless wrecks, succeeded each other without interruption. For level plain, for dark "sea," for smooth plateau, the eye here sought in vain. It was a Swiss Greenland, an Icelandic Norway, a Sahara of shattered crust studded with countless hills of glassy lava.
The Projectile moved forward, but the desolate landscape appeared to stay the same. Craters, circular mountains, and pockmarked plateaus filled with shapeless debris followed one after the other without pause. There was no flat ground, no dark "sea," no smooth plateau to be found. It was like a Swiss Greenland, an Icelandic Norway, a Sahara of broken crust covered in countless hills of shiny lava.
At last, in the very centre of this blistered region, right too at its very culmination, the travellers came on the brightest and most remarkable mountain of the Moon. In the dazzling Tycho they found it an easy matter to recognize the famous lunar point, which the world will for ever designate by the name of the distinguished astronomer of Denmark.
At last, in the heart of this scorched area, right at its peak, the travelers discovered the most brilliant and notable mountain on the Moon. In the dazzling Tycho, they easily identified the famous lunar feature that the world will always call after the esteemed astronomer from Denmark.
This brilliant luminosity of the southern hemisphere, no one that ever gazes at the Full Moon in a cloudless sky, can help noticing. Ardan, who had always particularly admired it, now hailed it as an old friend, and almost exhausted breath, imagination and vocabulary in the epithets with which he greeted this cynosure of the lunar mountains.
This stunning brightness of the southern hemisphere is something anyone who looks at the Full Moon in a clear sky can't help but notice. Ardan, who had always really admired it, now welcomed it like an old friend, almost running out of breath, imagination, and words in the praises he gave to this shining star of the lunar mountains.
"Hail!" he cried, "thou blazing focus of glittering streaks, thou coruscating nucleus of irradiation, thou starting point of rays divergent, thou egress of meteoric flashes! Hub of the silver wheel that ever rolls in silent majesty over the starry plains of Night! Paragon of jewels enchased in a carcanet of dazzling brilliants! Eye of the universe, beaming with heavenly resplendescence!
"Hey!" he shouted, "you bright center of shining streaks, you sparkling source of light, you starting point of spreading rays, you exit for shooting stars! Hub of the silver wheel that always moves gracefully over the starry night sky! A model of jewels set in a necklace of stunning brilliance! Eye of the universe, shining with celestial brightness!
"Who shall say what thou art? Diana's nimbus? The golden clasp of her floating robes? The blazing head of the great bolt that rivets the lunar hemispheres in union inseverable? Or cans't thou have been some errant bolide, which missing its way, butted blindly against the lunar face, and there stuck fast, like a Minie ball mashed against a cast-iron target? Alas! nobody knows. Not even Barbican is able to penetrate thy mystery. But one thing I know. Thy dazzling glare so sore my eyes hath made that longer on thy light to gaze I do not dare. Captain, have you any smoked glass?"
"Who can say what you are? Diana’s halo? The golden clasp of her flowing robes? The blazing tip of the great bolt that unites the moon's hemispheres in an unbreakable bond? Or could you be some wandering meteor that lost its way, colliding blindly with the moon’s surface and getting stuck, like a bullet smashed against a cast-iron target? Alas! nobody knows. Not even Barbican can unravel your mystery. But one thing I know. Your dazzling brightness has hurt my eyes so much that I can't bear to look at your light any longer. Captain, do you have any smoked glass?"
In spite of this anti-climax, Ardan's companions could hardly consider his utterings either as ridiculous or over enthusiastic. They could easily excuse his excitement on the subject. And so could we, if we only remember that Tycho, though nearly a quarter of a million miles distant, is such a luminous point on the lunar disc, that almost any moonlit night it can be easily perceived by the unaided terrestrial eye. What then must have been its splendor in the eyes of our travellers whose telescopes brought it actually four thousand times nearer! No wonder that with smoked glasses, they endeavored to soften off its effulgent glare! Then in hushed silence, or at most uttering at intervals a few interjections expressive of their intense admiration, they remained for some time completely engrossed in the overwhelming spectacle. For the time being, every sentiment, impression, thought, feeling on their part, was concentrated in the eye, just as at other times under violent excitement every throb of our life is concentrated in the heart.
In spite of this letdown, Ardan's friends could hardly see his comments as ridiculous or overly enthusiastic. They could easily brush off his excitement about the topic. And so could we, if we just remember that Tycho, even though it's nearly a quarter of a million miles away, is such a bright point on the lunar surface that on almost any moonlit night, it can be easily seen by the naked eye from Earth. So imagine how magnificent it must have looked to our travelers, whose telescopes brought it four thousand times closer! It's no surprise that with tinted glasses, they tried to tone down its brilliant light! Then, in quiet awe, or occasionally letting out a few exclamations that showed their deep admiration, they remained fully absorbed in the stunning sight for quite a while. For that moment, every feeling, impression, thought, and emotion they had was focused in their eyes, just as under intense excitement, every pulse of our lives is centered in our hearts.
Tycho belongs to the system of lunar craters that is called radiating, like Aristarchus or Copernicus, which had been already seen and highly admired by our travellers at their first approach to the Moon. But it is decidedly the most remarkable and conspicuous of them all. It occupies the great focus of disruption, whence it sends out great streaks thousands of miles in length; and it gives the most unmistakable evidence of the terribly eruptive nature of those forces that once shattered the Moon's solidified shell in this portion of the lunar surface.
Tycho is part of the system of lunar craters known as radiating, similar to Aristarchus or Copernicus, which had already been observed and greatly admired by our travelers during their initial approach to the Moon. However, it is definitely the most remarkable and striking of them all. It sits at the center of disruption, from which it extends long streaks thousands of miles in length; and it provides clear evidence of the incredibly explosive forces that once shattered the Moon's solid surface in this area.
Situated in the southern latitude of 43° by an eastern longitude of 12°, Tycho's crater, somewhat elliptical in shape, is 54 miles in diameter and upwards of 16,000 feet in depth. Its lofty ramparts are buttressed by other mountains, Mont Blancs in size, all grouped around it, and all streaked with the great divergent fissures that radiate from it as a centre.
Situated at a southern latitude of 43° and an eastern longitude of 12°, Tycho's crater is somewhat oval, measuring 54 miles across and over 16,000 feet deep. Its tall walls are supported by other mountains, as large as Mont Blanc, all surrounding it and marked by the large cracks that spread out from it like rays.
Of what this incomparable mountain really is, with all these lines of projections converging towards it and with all these prominent points of relief protruding within its crater, photography has, so far, been able to give us only a very unsatisfactory idea. The reason too is very simple: it is only at Full Moon that Tycho reveals himself in all his splendor. The shadows therefore vanishing, the perspective foreshortenings disappear and the views become little better than a dead blank. This is the more to be regretted as this wonderful region is well worthy of being represented with the greatest possible photographic accuracy. It is a vast agglomeration of holes, craters, ring formations, a complicated intersection of crests—in short, a distracting volcanic network flung over the blistered soil. The ebullitions of the central eruption still evidently preserve their original form. As they first appeared, so they lie. Crystallizing as they cooled, they have stereotyped in imperishable characters the aspect formerly presented by the whole Moon's surface under the influences of recent plutonic upheaval.
What this incredible mountain truly is, with all these lines of projections leading to it and all these prominent features sticking out within its crater, photography has, up to now, only managed to give us a really unsatisfactory idea. The reason is straightforward: it’s only during a Full Moon that Tycho shows himself in all his glory. Without shadows, the perspective gets distorted, and the views end up looking like a blank slate. This is especially unfortunate because this amazing area deserves to be captured with the highest level of photographic precision. It is a vast collection of holes, craters, ring formations, and a complex network of ridges—in short, a fascinating volcanic web spread across the scorched terrain. The remnants of the central eruption still clearly keep their original shape. They remain just as they first appeared. As they cooled and crystallized, they have permanently etched the look that the entire Moon's surface once had after the recent geological upheaval.
Our travellers were far more fortunate than the photographers. The distance separating them from the peaks of Tycho's concentric terraces was not so considerable as to conceal the principal details from a very satisfactory view. They could easily distinguish the annular ramparts of the external circumvallation, the mountains buttressing the gigantic walls internally as well as externally, the vast esplanades descending irregularly and abruptly to the sunken plains all around. They could even detect a difference of a few hundred feet in altitude in favor of the western or right hand side over the eastern. They could also see that these dividing ridges were actually inaccessible and completely unsurmountable, at least by ordinary terrestrian efforts. No system of castrametation ever devised by Polybius or Vauban could bear the slightest comparison with such vast fortifications, A city built on the floor of the circular cavity could be no more reached by the outside Lunarians than if it had been built in the planet Mars.
Our travelers were much luckier than the photographers. The distance between them and the peaks of Tycho's concentric terraces wasn’t so great that it hid the main features from a really good view. They could easily make out the circular walls of the outer defense, the mountains supporting the gigantic walls both inside and out, and the huge flat areas that dropped steeply down to the sunken plains all around. They even noticed a difference of a few hundred feet in height on the western or right side compared to the eastern side. They could also see that these dividing ridges were completely inaccessible and impossible to climb over, at least through normal earthly means. No military camp design ever created by Polybius or Vauban could compare to such massive fortifications. A city built on the ground of the circular cavity could be reached no more by the outside Lunarians than if it had been built on Mars.
This idea set Ardan off again. "Yes," said he, "such a city would be at once completely inaccessible, and still not inconveniently situated in a plateau full of aspects decidedly picturesque. Even in the depths of this immense crater, Nature, as you can see, has left no flat and empty void. You can easily trace its special oreography, its various mountain systems which turn it into a regular world on a small scale. Notice its cones, its central hills, its valleys, its substructures already cut and dry and therefore quietly prepared to receive the masterpieces of Selenite architecture. Down there to the left is a lovely spot for a Saint Peter's; to the right, a magnificent site for a Forum; here a Louvre could be built capable of entrancing Michael Angelo himself; there a citadel could be raised to which even Gibraltar would be a molehill! In the middle rises a sharp peak which can hardly be less than a mile in height—a grand pedestal for the statue of some Selenite Vincent de Paul or George Washington. And around them all is a mighty mountain-ring at least 3 miles high, but which, to an eye looking from the centre of our vast city, could not appear to be more than five or six hundred feet. Enormous circus, where mighty Rome herself in her palmiest days, though increased tenfold, would have no reason to complain for want of room!"
This idea sparked Ardan again. "Yes," he said, "such a city would be completely cut off, yet perfectly situated on a plateau with stunning views. Even in the depths of this immense crater, Nature, as you can see, hasn't left any empty space. You can easily map out its unique geography, its diverse mountain ranges that create a miniature world. Look at its peaks, its central hills, its valleys, and its solid foundations that are perfectly ready for Selenite architecture to take shape. Over to the left is a beautiful spot for a Saint Peter's; to the right, a fantastic location for a Forum; right here, a Louvre could be constructed that would dazzle even Michelangelo himself; and there, a citadel that would make Gibraltar look like a molehill! In the center stands a sharp peak that must be at least a mile high—a perfect pedestal for a statue of some Selenite Vincent de Paul or George Washington. And surrounding all of this is a massive mountain range at least 3 miles high, which, from the center of our vast city, would appear to be no more than five or six hundred feet high. An enormous arena where even mighty Rome in her prime, if enlarged tenfold, would have no reason to complain about space!"
He stopped for a few seconds, perhaps to take breath, and then resumed:
He paused for a few seconds, maybe to catch his breath, and then continued:
"Oh what an abode of serene happiness could be constructed within this shadow-fringed ring of the mighty mountains! O blessed refuge, unassailable by aught of human ills! What a calm unruffled life could be enjoyed within thy hallowed precincts, even by those cynics, those haters of humanity, those disgusted reconstructors of society, those misanthropes and misogynists old and young, who are continually writing whining verses in odd corners of the newspapers!"
"Oh, what a peaceful home could be built within this shadowed circle of the great mountains! Oh, blessed shelter, untouched by any human troubles! What a calm, smooth life could be lived within your sacred boundaries, even by those cynics, those haters of humanity, those frustrated reformers of society, those misanthropes and misogynists young and old, who constantly write their complaining verses in the odd corners of newspapers!"
"Right at last, Ardan, my boy!" cried M'Nicholl, quietly rubbing the glass of his spectacles; "I should like to see the whole lot of them carted in there without a moment's delay!"
"Finally right, Ardan, my boy!" shouted M'Nicholl, gently polishing his glasses; "I’d love to see all of them brought in there without wasting any time!"
"It couldn't hold the half of them!" observed Barbican drily.
"It couldn't hold half of them!" Barbican remarked dryly.
CHAPTER XVIII.
PUZZLING QUESTIONS.
It was not until the Projectile had passed a little beyond Tycho's immense concavity that Barbican and his friends had a good opportunity for observing the brilliant streaks sent so wonderfully flying in all directions from this celebrated mountain as a common centre. They examined them for some time with the closest attention.
It wasn't until the Projectile had gone just past Tycho's massive crater that Barbican and his friends finally had a chance to see the bright streaks shooting out in all directions from this famous mountain as a central point. They studied them for a while with great focus.
What could be the nature of this radiating aureola? By what geological phenomena could this blazing coma have been possibly produced? Such questions were the most natural things in the world for Barbican and his companions to propound to themselves, as indeed they have been to every astronomer from the beginning of time, and probably will be to the end.
What could this glowing halo be like? What geological events could have created this fiery cloud? These were the most obvious questions for Barbican and his friends to ask themselves, just as they have been for every astronomer since the dawn of time, and likely will be until the end.
What did they see? What you can see, what anybody can see on a clear night when the Moon is full—only our friends had all the advantages of a closer view. From Tycho, as a focus, radiated in all directions, as from the head of a peeled orange, more than a hundred luminous streaks or channels, edges raised, middle depressed—or perhaps vice versa, owing to an optical illusion—some at least twelve miles wide, some fully thirty. In certain directions they ran for a distance of at least six hundred miles, and seemed—especially towards the west, northwest, and north—to cover half the southern hemisphere. One of these flashes extended as far as Neander on the 40th meridian; another, curving around so as to furrow the Mare Nectaris, came to an end on the chain of the Pyrenees, after a course of perhaps a little more than seven hundred miles. On the east, some of them barred with luminous network the Mare Nubium and even the Mare Humorum.
What did they see? What you can see, what anyone can see on a clear night when the Moon is full—only our friends had the advantage of a closer view. From Tycho, a central point, more than a hundred bright streaks or channels radiated outwards, like the head of a peeled orange, some with raised edges and a lowered middle—or maybe vice versa, due to an optical illusion—some at least twelve miles wide, others fully thirty. In certain directions, they extended for at least six hundred miles and seemed—especially towards the west, northwest, and north—to cover half of the southern hemisphere. One of these streaks reached as far as Neander on the 40th meridian; another, curving around to cut through the Mare Nectaris, ended at the chain of the Pyrenees, after traveling a little over seven hundred miles. On the east, some of them crisscrossed with a bright network over the Mare Nubium and even the Mare Humorum.
The most puzzling feature of these glittering streaks was that they ran their course directly onward, apparently neither obstructed by valley, crater, or mountain ridge however high. They all started, as said before, from one common focus, Tycho's crater. From this they certainly all seemed to emanate. Could they be rivers of lava once vomited from that centre by resistless volcanic agency and afterwards crystallized into glassy rock? This idea of Herschel's, Barbican had no hesitation in qualifying as exceedingly absurd. Rivers running in perfectly straight lines, across plains, and up as well as down mountains!
The most puzzling aspect of these bright streaks was that they stretched straight ahead, seemingly unaffected by valleys, craters, or mountain ridges, no matter how tall. They all originated, as mentioned before, from one common point, Tycho's crater. From this location, they definitely looked like they were coming out. Could they be rivers of lava that were once expelled from that center by unstoppable volcanic forces and later crystallized into glassy rock? This idea from Herschel was, without a doubt, something Barbican found to be extremely ridiculous. Rivers running in perfectly straight lines across plains, and up as well as down mountains!
"Other astronomers," he continued, "have looked on these streaks as a peculiar kind of moraines, that is, long lines of erratic blocks belched forth with mighty power at the period of Tycho's own upheaval."
"Other astronomers," he continued, "have viewed these streaks as a unique type of moraines, which means long lines of random blocks ejected with tremendous force during the time of Tycho's own upheaval."
"How do you like that theory, Barbican," asked the Captain.
"How do you feel about that theory, Barbican," the Captain asked.
"It's not a particle better than Herschel's," was the reply; "no volcanic action could project rocks to a distance of six or seven hundred miles, not to talk of laying them down so regularly that we can't detect a break in them."
"It's not a bit better than Herschel's," was the reply; "no volcanic action could send rocks flying six or seven hundred miles away, let alone deposit them so evenly that we can't spot a break in them."
"Happy thought!" cried Ardan suddenly; "it seems to me that I can tell the cause of these radiating streaks!"
"Great idea!" Ardan suddenly exclaimed; "I think I can explain the reason for these glowing streaks!"
"Let us hear it," said Barbican.
"Let's hear it," said Barbican.
"Certainly," was Ardan's reply; "these streaks are all only the parts of what we call a 'star,' as made by a stone striking ice; or by a ball, a pane of glass."
"Sure," was Ardan's reply; "these streaks are all just parts of what we call a 'star,' created by a stone hitting ice; or by a ball hitting a pane of glass."
"Not bad," smiled Barbican approvingly; "only where is the hand that flung the stone or threw the ball?"
"Not bad," Barbican smiled, approvingly. "But where is the hand that threw the stone or tossed the ball?"
"The hand is hardly necessary," replied Ardan, by no means disconcerted; "but as for the ball, what do you say to a comet?"
"The hand isn’t really needed," Ardan replied, looking completely unfazed; "but what do you think about a comet for the ball?"
Here M'Nicholl laughed so loud that Ardan was seriously irritated. However, before he could say anything cutting enough to make the Captain mind his manners, Barbican had quickly resumed:
Here M'Nicholl laughed so loudly that Ardan was really annoyed. However, before he could say anything sharp enough to make the Captain behave, Barbican quickly continued:
"Dear friend, let the comets alone, I beg of you; the old astronomers fled to them on all occasions and made them explain every difficulty—"
"Dear friend, please leave the comets out of this, I beg you; the old astronomers always turned to them for answers and tried to make them explain every challenge—"
—"The comets were all used up long ago—" interrupted M'Nicholl.
—"The comets were all used up a long time ago—" interrupted M'Nicholl.
—"Yes," went on Barbican, as serenely as a judge, "comets, they said, had fallen on the surface in meteoric showers and crushed in the crater cavities; comets had dried up the water; comets had whisked off the atmosphere; comets had done everything. All pure assumption! In your case, however, friend Michael, no comet whatever is necessary. The shock that gave rise to your great 'star' may have come from the interior rather than the exterior. A violent contraction of the lunar crust in the process of cooling may have given birth to your gigantic 'star' formation."
—"Yes," Barbican continued, as calmly as a judge, "they claimed that comets had impacted the surface in meteor showers, creating crater cavities; that comets had evaporated the water; that comets had blown away the atmosphere; comets had supposedly done everything. It’s all just speculation! In your case, however, my friend Michael, no comet is needed at all. The shock that caused your massive 'star' may have originated from the moon's interior instead of from outside. A sudden contraction of the lunar crust while it was cooling could have led to the formation of your gigantic 'star'."
"I accept the amendment," said Ardan, now in the best of humor and looking triumphantly at M'Nicholl.
"I accept the amendment," said Ardan, now in great spirits and looking triumphantly at M'Nicholl.
"An English scientist," continued Barbican, "Nasmyth by name, is decidedly of your opinion, especially ever since a little experiment of his own has confirmed him in it. He filled a glass globe with water, hermetically sealed it, and then plunged it into a hot bath. The enclosed water, expanding at a greater rate than the glass, burst the latter, but, in doing so, it made a vast number of cracks all diverging in every direction from the focus of disruption. Something like this he conceives to have taken place around Tycho. As the crust cooled, it cracked. The lava from the interior, oozing out, spread itself on both sides of the cracks. This certainly explains pretty satisfactorily why those flat glistening streaks are of much greater width than the fissures through which the lava had at first made its way to the surface."
"An English scientist," Barbican continued, "named Nasmyth, totally agrees with you, especially since a little experiment he conducted confirmed his thoughts. He filled a glass globe with water, sealed it airtight, and then immersed it in a hot bath. The water inside, expanding faster than the glass, caused it to break, but in the process, it created numerous cracks spreading out in all directions from the point of fracture. He believes something similar happened around Tycho. As the surface cooled, it cracked. The lava from beneath oozed out, spreading on both sides of the cracks. This definitely explains pretty well why those flat, shiny streaks are much wider than the cracks through which the lava initially reached the surface."
"Well done for an Englishman!" cried Ardan in great spirits.
"Well done for an Englishman!" shouted Ardan, feeling really upbeat.
"He's no Englishman," said M'Nicholl, glad to have an opportunity of coming off with some credit. "He is the famous Scotch engineer who invented the steam hammer, the steam ram, and discovered the 'willow leaves' in the Sun's disc."
"He's not English," said M'Nicholl, happy to have a chance to gain some recognition. "He's the famous Scottish engineer who invented the steam hammer, the steam ram, and discovered the 'willow leaves' in the Sun's disc."
"Better and better," said Ardan—"but, powers of Vulcan! What makes it so hot? I'm actually roasting!"
"Better and better," said Ardan—"but, what the heck! Why is it so hot? I'm seriously roasting!"
This observation was hardly necessary to make his companions conscious that by this time they felt extremely uncomfortable. The heat had become quite oppressive. Between the natural caloric of the Sun and the reflected caloric of the Moon, the Projectile was fast turning into a regular bake oven. This transition from intense cold to intense heat was already about quite as much as they could bear.
This observation wasn't really needed to make his friends aware that they were feeling very uncomfortable. The heat had become unbearable. With the blazing sun and the moon's reflected heat, the projectile was quickly turning into a complete oven. This shift from freezing cold to extreme heat was already more than they could handle.
"What shall we do, Barbican?" asked Ardan, seeing that for some time no one else appeared inclined to say a word.
"What should we do, Barbican?" asked Ardan, noticing that no one else seemed willing to speak for a while.
"Nothing, at least yet awhile, friend Ardan," replied Barbican, "I have been watching the thermometer carefully for the last few minutes, and, though we are at present at 38° centigrade, or 100° Fahrenheit, I have noticed that the mercury is slowly falling. You can also easily remark for yourself that the floor of the Projectile is turning away more and more from the lunar surface. From this I conclude quite confidently, and I see that the Captain agrees with me, that all danger of death from intense heat, though decidedly alarming ten minutes ago, is over for the present and, for some time at least, it may be dismissed from further consideration."
"Nothing much for now, my friend Ardan," replied Barbican. "I've been closely monitoring the thermometer for the last few minutes, and although we're currently at 38° Celsius, or 100° Fahrenheit, I've noticed that the mercury is slowly dropping. You can also see for yourself that the floor of the Projectile is gradually moving away from the lunar surface. From this, I confidently conclude— and I can see that the Captain agrees with me— that the danger of dying from intense heat, which was definitely concerning ten minutes ago, is no longer an issue for the moment and can be set aside for now."
"I'm not very sorry for it," said Ardan cheerfully; "neither to be baked like a pie in an oven nor roasted like a fat goose before a fire is the kind of death I should like to die of."
"I'm not really sorry about it," Ardan said cheerfully; "neither being baked like a pie in an oven nor roasted like a fatty goose over a fire is the kind of death I want to have."
"Yet from such a death you would suffer no more than your friends the Selenites are exposed to every day of their lives," said the Captain, evidently determined on getting up an argument.
"Yet from such a death, you would experience no more than what your friends the Selenites face every day of their lives," said the Captain, clearly intent on starting an argument.
"I understand the full bearing of your allusion, my dear Captain," replied Ardan quickly, but not at all in a tone showing that he was disposed to second M'Nicholl's expectations.
"I get what you're hinting at, my dear Captain," Ardan replied quickly, but his tone didn’t at all suggest that he was willing to support M'Nicholl's expectations.
He was, in fact, fast losing all his old habits of positivism. Latterly he had seen much, but he had reflected more. The deeper he had reflected, the more inclined he had become to accept the conclusion that the less he knew. Hence he had decided that if M'Nicholl wanted an argument it should not be with him. All speculative disputes he should henceforth avoid; he would listen with pleasure to all that could be urged on each side; he might even skirmish a little here and there as the spirit moved him; but a regular pitched battle on a subject purely speculative he was fully determined never again to enter into.
He was actually starting to lose all his old habits of being overly positive. Recently, he had seen a lot, but he had thought even more. The deeper he thought, the more he leaned toward the idea that he knew less. So, he decided that if M'Nicholl wanted to argue, it shouldn’t be with him. From now on, he would avoid all speculative arguments; he would happily listen to all points of view; he might even engage a little here and there if he felt like it; but he was fully determined never to participate in a full-on debate about something purely speculative again.
"Yes, dear Captain," he continued, "that pointed arrow of yours has by no means missed its mark, but I can't deny that my faith is beginning to be what you call a little 'shaky' in the existence of my friends the Selenites. However, I should like to have your square opinion on the matter. Barbican's also. We have witnessed many strange lunar phenomena lately, closer and clearer than mortal eye ever rested on them before. Has what we have seen confirmed any theory of yours or confounded any hypothesis? Have you seen enough to induce you to adopt decided conclusions? I will put the question formally. Do you, or do you not, think that the Moon resembles the Earth in being the abode of animals and intelligent beings? Come, answer, messieurs. Yes, or no?"
"Yes, dear Captain," he continued, "that aimed arrow of yours has definitely hit its target, but I can't deny that my faith in the existence of my friends, the Selenites, is starting to feel a bit 'shaky.' However, I'd like to hear your straightforward opinion on this. And Barbican's too. We’ve seen many strange lunar phenomena recently, closer and clearer than anyone has ever seen them before. Have the things we've witnessed confirmed any of your theories or disproven any of your ideas? Have you seen enough to make you decide on clear conclusions? Let me ask you directly. Do you, or do you not, believe that the Moon is like the Earth in being home to animals and intelligent beings? Come on, answer, messieurs. Yes or no?"
"I think we can answer your question categorically," replied Barbican, "if you modify its form a little."
"I think we can answer your question clearly," replied Barbican, "if you change its wording a bit."
"Put the question any way you please," said Ardan; "only you answer it! I'm not particular about the form."
"Ask the question however you want," said Ardan; "just make sure you answer it! I'm not picky about how it's asked."
"Good," said Barbican; "the question, being a double one, demands a double answer. First: Is the Moon inhabitable? Second: Has the Moon ever been inhabited?"
"Good," said Barbican; "the question, being a two-part question, requires a two-part answer. First: Is the Moon livable? Second: Has the Moon ever been lived on?"
"That's the way to go about it," said the Captain. "Now then, Ardan, what do you say to the first question? Yes, or no?"
"That's the way to do it," said the Captain. "Now, Ardan, what do you have to say about the first question? Yes or no?"
"I really can't say anything," replied Ardan. "In the presence of such distinguished scientists, I'm only a listener, a 'mere looker on in Vienna' as the Divine Williams has it. However, for the sake of argument, suppose I reply in the affirmative, and say that the Moon is inhabitable."
"I really can't say anything," replied Ardan. "With such distinguished scientists around, I'm just a listener, a 'mere spectator in Vienna,' as the great Williams puts it. But for the sake of discussion, let's say I agree and claim that the Moon is habitable."
"If you do, I shall most unhesitatingly contradict you," said Barbican, feeling just then in splendid humor for carrying on an argument, not, of course, for the sake of contradicting or conquering or crushing or showing off or for any other vulgar weakness of lower minds, but for the noble and indeed the only motive that should impel a philosopher—that of enlightening and convincing, "In taking the negative side, however, or saying that the Moon is not inhabitable, I shall not be satisfied with merely negative arguments. Many words, however, are not required. Look at her present condition: her atmosphere dwindled away to the lowest ebb; her 'seas' dried up or very nearly so; her waters reduced to next to nothing; her vegetation, if existing at all, existing only on the scantiest scale; her transitions from intense heat to intense cold, as we ourselves can testify, sudden in the extreme; her nights and her days each nearly 360 hours long. With all this positively against her and nothing at all that we know of positively for her, I have very little hesitation in saying that the Moon appears to me to be absolutely uninhabitable. She seems to me not only unpropitious to the development of the animal kingdom but actually incapable of sustaining life at all—that is, in the sense that we usually attach to such a term."
"If you do, I will definitely contradict you," said Barbican, feeling really in the mood for an argument, not because he wanted to prove someone wrong or show off, but for the honorable reason that should drive a philosopher— to enlighten and convince. "However, in taking the negative side and saying that the Moon is not habitable, I won't just use negative arguments. There’s no need for too many words. Look at her current state: her atmosphere has nearly vanished; her 'seas' are dried up or almost completely gone; her waters are barely present; any vegetation, if it exists at all, is very minimal; her shifts from extreme heat to extreme cold, as we can both attest, are extremely abrupt; her nights and days are each almost 360 hours long. With all of this clearly against her and nothing we know of in her favor, I have very little doubt in saying that the Moon seems absolutely uninhabitable to me. It seems not only unsuitable for the development of the animal kingdom but actually incapable of supporting life at all—that is, in the sense we usually mean by that term."
"That saving clause is well introduced, friend Barbican," said M'Nicholl, who, seeing no chance of demolishing Ardan, had not yet made up his mind as to having another little bout with the President. "For surely you would not venture to assert that the Moon is uninhabitable by a race of beings having an organization different from ours?"
"That saving clause is well put in, friend Barbican," said M'Nicholl, who, seeing no chance of defeating Ardan, had not yet decided whether to have another little round with the President. "Surely you wouldn’t claim that the Moon is uninhabitable for a race of beings that has a different organization from ours?"
"That question too, Captain," replied Barbican, "though a much more difficult one, I shall try to answer. First, however, let us see, Captain, if we agree on some fundamental points. How do we detect the existence of life? Is it not by movement? Is not motion its result, no matter what may be its organization?"
"That question too, Captain," Barbican responded, "although it's a much tougher one, I'll do my best to answer. But first, let’s make sure we agree on some basic points, Captain. How do we determine the presence of life? Isn’t it through movement? Isn’t motion its outcome, regardless of its organization?"
"Well," said the Captain in a drawling way, "I guess we may grant that."
"Well," the Captain said slowly, "I suppose we can agree to that."
"Then, dear friends," resumed Barbican, "I must remind you that, though we have had the privilege of observing the lunar continents at a distance of not more than one-third of a mile, we have never yet caught sight of the first thing moving on her surface. The presence of humanity, even of the lowest type, would have revealed itself in some form or other, by boundaries, by buildings, even by ruins. Now what have we seen? Everywhere and always, the geological works of nature; nowhere and never, the orderly labors of man. Therefore, if any representatives of animal life exist in the Moon, they must have taken refuge in those bottomless abysses where our eyes were unable to track them. And even this I can't admit. They could not always remain in these cavities. If there is any atmosphere at all in the Moon, it must be found in her immense low-lying plains. Over those plains her inhabitants must have often passed, and on those plains they must in some way or other have left some mark, some trace, some vestige of their existence, were it even only a road. But you both know well that nowhere are any such traces visible: therefore, they don't exist; therefore, no lunar inhabitants exist—except, of course, such a race of beings, if we can imagine any such, as could exist without revealing their existence by movement."
"Then, dear friends," Barbican continued, "I need to remind you that, even though we’ve had the incredible chance to observe the lunar continents from just a third of a mile away, we’ve never seen anything moving on its surface. The presence of humanity, even at its most basic level, would have shown itself in some way—through boundaries, buildings, or even ruins. So what have we actually observed? Always and everywhere, the geological work of nature; nowhere ever the organized efforts of man. Thus, if any form of animal life exists on the Moon, they must be hiding in those bottomless depths that our eyes can’t penetrate. And even that I can’t accept. They couldn’t stay in those cavities forever. If there is any atmosphere at all on the Moon, it must be in its vast low-lying plains. The inhabitants must have traveled across those plains frequently, and they must have left some mark, some trace, some evidence of their existence, even if it were just a path. But you both know that no such traces are visible anywhere: therefore, they don’t exist; thus, no lunar inhabitants exist—unless, of course, we can imagine a kind of being that could exist without revealing their presence through movement."
"That is to say," broke in Ardan, to give what he conceived a sharper point to Barbican's cogent arguments, "such a race of beings as could exist without existing!"
"That is to say," interrupted Ardan, to emphasize what he thought was a stronger point to Barbican's compelling arguments, "a race of beings that could exist without actually existing!"
"Precisely," said Barbican: "Life without movement, and no life at all, are equivalent expressions."
"Exactly," said Barbican, "a life without movement is the same as no life at all."
"Captain," said Ardan, with all the gravity he could assume, "have you anything more to say before the Moderator of our little Debating Society gives his opinion on the arguments regarding the question before the house?"
"Captain," Ardan said, trying to sound as serious as possible, "do you have anything else to add before the Moderator of our little Debating Society shares his thoughts on the arguments about the issue at hand?"
"No more at present," said the Captain, biding his time.
"No more for now," said the Captain, waiting for his moment.
"Then," resumed Ardan, rising with much dignity, "the Committee on Lunar Explorations, appointed by the Honorable Baltimore Gun Club, solemnly assembled in the Projectile belonging to the aforesaid learned and respectable Society, having carefully weighed all the arguments advanced on each side of the question, and having also carefully considered all the new facts bearing on the case that have lately come under the personal notice of said Committee, unanimously decides negatively on the question now before the chair for investigation—namely, 'Is the Moon inhabitable?' Barbican, as chairman of the Committee, I empower you to duly record our solemn decision—No, the Moon is not inhabitable."
"Then," Ardan said, standing up with great dignity, "the Committee on Lunar Explorations, appointed by the Honorable Baltimore Gun Club, gathered in the Projectile belonging to the aforementioned esteemed Society. After carefully considering all the arguments on both sides of the issue and evaluating all the new information that has recently come to the Committee's attention, we unanimously decide against the question currently under review—namely, 'Is the Moon inhabitable?' Barbican, as the chairman of the Committee, I give you the authority to officially record our decision—No, the Moon is not inhabitable."
Barbican, opening his note-book, made the proper entry among the minutes of the meeting of December 6th.
Barbican, opening his notebook, made the proper entry in the minutes of the meeting from December 6th.
"Now then, gentlemen," continued Ardan, "if you are ready for the second question, the necessary complement of the first, we may as well approach it at once. I propound it for discussion in the following form: Has the Moon ever been inhabited? Captain, the Committee would be delighted to hear your remarks on the subject."
"Alright, gentlemen," Ardan continued, "if you're ready for the second question, which is needed to complete the first, let’s get right to it. I'm posing it for discussion like this: Has the Moon ever been inhabited? Captain, the Committee would love to hear your thoughts on the matter."
"Gentlemen," began the Captain in reply, "I had formed my opinion regarding the ancient inhabitability of our Satellite long before I ever dreamed of testing my theory by anything like our present journey. I will now add that all our observations, so far made, have only served to confirm me in my opinion. I now venture to assert, not only with every kind of probability in my favor but also on what I consider most excellent arguments, that the Moon was once inhabited by a race of beings possessing an organization similar to our own, that she once produced animals anatomically resembling our terrestrial animals, and that all these living organizations, human and animal, have had their day, that that day vanished ages and ages ago, and that, consequently, Life, extinguished forever, can never again reveal its existence there under any form."
"Gentlemen," the Captain began in response, "I formed my opinion about the ancient habitability of our Satellite long before I ever thought I would test my theory through a journey like this one. I can now add that all our observations so far have only reinforced my belief. I now confidently assert, not only with a strong probability on my side but also based on what I consider excellent arguments, that the Moon was once inhabited by a race of beings similar to us, that it once had animals anatomically like our Earth animals, and that all these living organisms, both human and animal, have had their time, which ended ages ago, and therefore, Life, extinguished forever, can never reveal itself there again in any form."
"Is the Chair," asked Ardan, "to infer from the honorable gentleman's observations that he considers the Moon to be a world much older than the Earth?"
"Is the Chair," Ardan asked, "to understand from the honorable gentleman's comments that he believes the Moon is a world that is much older than the Earth?"
"Not exactly that," replied the Captain without hesitation; "I rather mean to say that the Moon is a world that grew old more rapidly than the Earth; that it came to maturity earlier; that it ripened quicker, and was stricken with old age sooner. Owing to the difference of the volumes of the two worlds, the organizing forces of matter must have been comparatively much more violent in the interior of the Moon than in the interior of the Earth. The present condition of its surface, as we see it lying there beneath us at this moment, places this assertion beyond all possibility of doubt. Wrinkled, pitted, knotted, furrowed, scarred, nothing that we can show on Earth resembles it. Moon and Earth were called into existence by the Creator probably at the same period of time. In the first stages of their existence, they do not seem to have been anything better than masses of gas. Acted upon by various forces and various influences, all of course directed by an omnipotent intelligence, these gases by degrees became liquid, and the liquids grew condensed into solids until solidity could retain its shape. But the two heavenly bodies, though starting at the same time, developed at a very different ratio. Most undoubtedly, our globe was still gaseous or at most only liquid, at the period when the Moon, already hardened by cooling, began to become inhabitable."
"Not quite that," the Captain replied without hesitation. "What I mean is that the Moon is a world that aged faster than the Earth; it reached maturity earlier, ripened quicker, and became old sooner. Because the two worlds are different sizes, the forces organizing matter must have been much more intense inside the Moon than inside the Earth. The current state of its surface, as we see it right here beneath us, proves this beyond any doubt. Wrinkled, pitted, knotted, furrowed, scarred—nothing we have on Earth looks like it. The Moon and Earth were probably created by the Creator around the same time. In their early stages, they don't seem to have been anything better than clouds of gas. Influenced by various forces and directed by an omnipotent intelligence, these gases gradually turned into liquids, and the liquids became solids until they could hold their shape. However, even though both celestial bodies began at the same time, they developed at very different rates. No doubt, our planet was still in a gaseous or at most a liquid state when the Moon, already solidifying, started to become livable."
"Most undoubtedly is good!" observed Ardan admiringly.
"Definitely is good!" Ardan said with admiration.
"At this period," continued the learned Captain, "an atmosphere surrounded her. The waters, shut in by this gaseous envelope, could no longer evaporate. Under the combined influences of air, water, light, and solar heat as well as internal heat, vegetation began to overspread the continents by this time ready to receive it, and most undoubtedly—I mean—a—incontestably—it was at this epoch that life manifested itself on the lunar surface. I say incontestably advisedly, for Nature never exhausts herself in producing useless things, and therefore a world, so wonderfully inhabitable, must of necessity have had inhabitants."
"During this time," the knowledgeable Captain continued, "an atmosphere surrounded her. The waters, trapped beneath this gaseous layer, could no longer evaporate. With the combined effects of air, water, light, solar heat, and internal heat, vegetation started to spread across the continents that were now ready for it, and undoubtedly—I mean—definitely—it was during this period that life emerged on the lunar surface. I use the word definitely purposefully, because Nature never exhausts itself creating things that serve no purpose, and therefore a world so remarkably suitable for life must have had inhabitants."
"I like of necessity too," said Ardan, who could never keep still; "I always did, when I felt my arguments to be what you call a little shaky."
"I like of necessity too," said Ardan, who could never sit still; "I always have, especially when I felt my arguments were what you might consider a bit weak."
"But, my dear Captain," here observed Barbican, "have you taken into consideration some of the peculiarities of our Satellite which are decidedly opposed to the development of vegetable and animal existence? Those nights and days, for instance, 354 hours long?"
"But, my dear Captain," Barbican noted, "have you thought about some of the unique characteristics of our Satellite that clearly hinder the growth of plant and animal life? For example, those nights and days that last 354 hours?"
"I have considered them all," answered the brave Captain. "Days and nights of such an enormous length would at the present time, I grant, give rise to variations in temperature altogether intolerable to any ordinary organization. But things were quite different in the era alluded to. At that time, the atmosphere enveloped the Moon in a gaseous mantle, and the vapors took the shape of clouds. By the screen thus formed by the hand of nature, the heat of the solar rays was tempered and the nocturnal radiation retarded. Light too, as well as heat, could be modified, tempered, and genialized if I may use the expression, by the air. This produced a healthy counterpoise of forces, which, now that the atmosphere has completely disappeared, of course exists no longer. Besides—friend Ardan, you will excuse me for telling you something new, something that will surprise you—"
"I’ve thought about all of that," replied the brave Captain. "Days and nights lasting so long would definitely lead to temperature changes that any normal being wouldn’t be able to handle right now. But things were very different back then. At that time, the atmosphere surrounded the Moon with a gaseous layer, and the vapor formed clouds. This natural barrier softened the heat from the sun and slowed down the cooling at night. Light, like heat, could also be altered, softened, and, if I may say so, made more pleasant by the air. This created a healthy balance of forces, which, since the atmosphere has completely disappeared, no longer exists. Besides—friend Ardan, you’ll forgive me for sharing something new with you, something that will surprise you—"
—"Surprise me, my dear boy, fire away surprising me!" cried Ardan. "I like dearly to be surprised. All I regret is that you scientists have surprised me so much already that I shall never have a good, hearty, genuine surprise again!"
—"Surprise me, my dear boy, go ahead and surprise me!" shouted Ardan. "I really love to be surprised. My only regret is that you scientists have already surprised me so much that I’ll never experience a good, hearty, genuine surprise again!"
—"I am most firmly convinced," continued the Captain, hardly waiting for Ardan to finish, "that, at the period of the Moon's occupancy by living creatures, her days and nights were by no means 354 hours long."
—"I am absolutely convinced," the Captain continued, hardly waiting for Ardan to finish, "that when living creatures occupied the Moon, her days and nights were definitely not 354 hours long."
"Well! if anything could surprise me," said Ardan quickly, "such an assertion as that most certainly would. On what does the honorable gentleman base his most firm conviction?"
"Well! If anything could surprise me," said Ardan quickly, "that claim definitely would. What does the honorable gentleman base his strong conviction on?"
"We know," replied the Captain, "that the reason of the Moon's present long day and night is the exact equality of the periods of her rotation on her axis and of her revolution around the Earth. When she has turned once around the Earth, she has turned once around herself. Consequently, her back is turned to the Sun during one-half of the month; and her face during the other half. Now, I don't believe that this state of things existed at the period referred to."
"We know," replied the Captain, "that the reason the Moon has such long days and nights is that the time it takes to rotate on its axis is the same as the time it takes to orbit the Earth. When it has completed one orbit around the Earth, it has also completed one rotation on itself. So, during half of the month, its back is facing the Sun, and during the other half, its face is. Now, I don't think this situation was the same back then."
"The gentleman does not believe!" exclaimed Ardan. "The Chair must be excused for reminding the honorable gentleman that it can not accept his incredulity as a sound and valid argument. These two movements have certainly equal periods now; why not always?"
"The gentleman doesn't believe!" Ardan exclaimed. "The Chair should be forgiven for reminding the honorable gentleman that it cannot accept his disbelief as a valid argument. These two movements certainly have equal periods now; why shouldn't they always?"
"For the simple reason that this equality of periods is due altogether to the influence of terrestrial attraction," replied the ready Captain. "This attraction at present, I grant, is so great that it actually disables the Moon from revolving on herself; consequently she must always keep the same face turned towards the Earth. But who can assert that this attraction was powerful enough to exert the same influence at the epoch when the Earth herself was only a fluid substance? In fact, who can even assert that the Moon has always been the Earth's satellite?"
"For the simple reason that this equality of periods is entirely due to the influence of gravitational pull," replied the quick-witted Captain. "This pull is so strong right now that it actually prevents the Moon from rotating on its axis; as a result, it always shows the same face to the Earth. But who can say that this pull was strong enough to have the same effect when the Earth was just a molten substance? In fact, who can even claim that the Moon has always been the Earth's satellite?"
"Ah, who indeed?" exclaimed Ardan. "And who can assert that the Moon did not exist long before the Earth was called into being at all? In fact, who can assert that the Earth itself is not a great piece broken off the Moon? Nothing like asking absurd questions! I've often found them passing for the best kind of arguments!"
"Ah, who really knows?" Ardan exclaimed. "And who can say that the Moon didn't exist long before the Earth was ever formed? In fact, who can claim that the Earth itself isn't just a big chunk broken off the Moon? There's nothing quite like asking ridiculous questions! I've often found that they make for the best arguments!"
"Friend Ardan," interposed Barbican, who noticed that the Captain was a little too disconcerted to give a ready reply; "Friend Ardan, I must say you are not quite wrong in showing how certain methods of reasoning, legitimate enough in themselves, may be easily abused by being carried too far. I think, however, that the Captain might maintain his position without having recourse to speculations altogether too gigantic for ordinary intellect. By simply admitting the insufficiency of the primordeal attraction to preserve a perfect balance between the movements of the lunar rotation and revolution, we can easily see how the nights and days could once succeed each other on the Moon exactly as they do at present on the Earth."
"Friend Ardan," interrupted Barbican, who noticed that the Captain seemed a bit too unsettled to respond quickly; "Friend Ardan, I have to say you’re not entirely wrong in pointing out how some reasoning methods, valid in themselves, can easily be misapplied if taken too far. However, I believe the Captain could defend his position without resorting to theories that are far too complex for the average person to grasp. By simply acknowledging that the initial attraction isn’t enough to keep a perfect balance between the Moon's rotation and revolution, we can easily understand how days and nights on the Moon could alternate just like they do on Earth."
"Nothing can be clearer!" resumed the brave Captain, once more rushing to the charge. "Besides, even without this alternation of days and nights, life on the lunar surface was quite possible."
"Nothing could be clearer!" the brave Captain said, dashing forward again. "Plus, even without this cycle of days and nights, living on the lunar surface was definitely possible."
"Of course it was possible," said Ardan; "everything is possible except what contradicts itself. It is possible too that every possibility is a fact; therefore, it is a fact. However," he added, not wishing to press the Captain's weak points too closely, "let all these logical niceties pass for the present. Now that you have established the existence of your humanity in the Moon, the Chair would respectfully ask how it has all so completely disappeared?"
"Of course it could happen," said Ardan, "everything is possible except what contradicts itself. It might also be true that every possibility is a fact; therefore, it is a fact. However," he continued, not wanting to dwell on the Captain's vulnerabilities too much, "let's put aside these logical details for now. Now that you've confirmed the existence of your humanity on the Moon, the Chair would like to respectfully ask how it has all vanished so completely?"
"It disappeared completely thousands, perhaps millions, of years ago," replied the unabashed Captain. "It perished from the physical impossibility of living any longer in a world where the atmosphere had become by degrees too rare to be able to perform its functions as the great resuscitating medium of dependent existences. What took place on the Moon is only what is to take place some day or other on the Earth, when it is sufficiently cooled off."
"It completely disappeared thousands, maybe millions, of years ago," replied the unashamed Captain. "It died out because it was physically impossible to survive in a world where the atmosphere gradually became too thin to support life. What happened on the Moon is just a preview of what will eventually happen here on Earth when it cools down enough."
"Cooled off?"
"Chilled out?"
"Yes," replied the Captain as confidently and with as little hesitation as if he was explaining some of the details of his great machine-shop in Philadelphia; "You see, according as the internal fire near the surface was extinguished or was withdrawn towards the centre, the lunar shell naturally cooled off. The logical consequences, of course, then gradually took place: extinction of organized beings; and then extinction of vegetation. The atmosphere, in the meantime, became thinner and thinner—partly drawn off with the water evaporated by the terrestrial attraction, and partly sinking with the solid water into the crust-cracks caused by cooling. With the disappearance of air capable of respiration, and of water capable of motion, the Moon, of course, became uninhabitable. From that day it became the abode of death, as completely as it is at the present moment."
"Yes," replied the Captain, confidently and without hesitation, as if he were discussing some details about his large machine shop in Philadelphia. "You see, depending on whether the internal fire near the surface was put out or moved toward the center, the lunar shell naturally cooled down. The logical outcomes then gradually occurred: the extinction of living beings, followed by the extinction of vegetation. In the meantime, the atmosphere became thinner and thinner—partly because it was drawn off along with the water evaporated by the Earth's gravitational pull, and partly as solid water sank into the cracks in the crust caused by cooling. With the loss of breathable air and moving water, the Moon inevitably became uninhabitable. From that day on, it became a place of death, just as it is today."
"That is the fate in store for our Earth?"
"Is that the fate awaiting our Earth?"
"In all probability."
"Most likely."
"And when is it to befall us?"
"And when is it going to happen to us?"
"Just as soon as the crust becomes cold enough to be uninhabitable."
"Once the surface cools down enough to be unlivable."
"Perhaps your philosophership has taken the trouble to calculate how many years it will take our unfortunate Terra Mater to cool off?"
"Maybe your philosophical skills have bothered to figure out how many years it will take our unfortunate Terra Mater to cool down?"
"Well; I have."
"Yes, I have."
"And you can rely on your figures?"
"And you can trust your numbers?"
"Implicitly."
"Unspoken."
"Why not tell it at once then to a fellow that's dying of impatience to know all about it? Captain, the Chair considers you one of the most tantalizing creatures in existence!"
"Why not just tell it right away to someone who's dying to know all the details? Captain, the Chair thinks you're one of the most intriguing people around!"
"If you only listen, you will hear," replied M'Nicholl quietly. "By careful observations, extended through a series of many years, men have been able to discover the average loss of temperature endured by the Earth in a century. Taking this as the ground work of their calculations, they have ascertained that our Earth shall become an uninhabitable planet in about—"
"If you just listen, you'll hear," M'Nicholl replied softly. "Through careful observations over many years, people have figured out the average temperature drop the Earth experiences in a century. Using this as a basis for their calculations, they've determined that our planet will become uninhabitable in about—"
"Don't cut her life too short! Be merciful!" cried Ardan in a pleading tone half in earnest. "Come, a good long day, your Honor! A good long day!"
"Don't cut her life too short! Have mercy!" Ardan cried in a desperate tone, half-serious. "Come on, a nice long day, Your Honor! A nice long day!"
"The planet that we call the Earth," continued the Captain, as grave as a judge, "will become uninhabitable to human beings, after a lapse of 400 thousand years from the present time."
"The planet we call Earth," the Captain continued, serious as a judge, "will become unlivable for humans in about 400 thousand years from now."
"Hurrah!" cried Ardan, much relieved. "Vive la Science! Henceforward, what miscreant will persist in saying that the Savants are good for nothing? Proudly pointing to this calculation, can't they exclaim to all defamers: 'Silence, croakers! Our services are invaluable! Haven't we insured the Earth for 400 thousand years?' Again I say vive la Science!"
"Hooray!" Ardan shouted, feeling a huge sense of relief. "Long live Science! From now on, what fool will keep saying that scientists are useless? Proudly showing off this calculation, can't they turn to all the critics and say: 'Quiet, naysayers! Our work is essential! Haven't we secured the Earth for 400,000 years?' Again, I say long live Science!"
"Ardan," began the Captain with some asperity, "the foundations on which Science has raised—"
"Ardan," the Captain started with some irritation, "the foundations that Science has built—"
"I'm half converted already," interrupted Ardan in a cheery tone; "I do really believe that Science is not altogether unmitigated homebogue! Vive—"
"I'm sort of convinced already," interrupted Ardan in a cheerful tone; "I really do think that Science isn't totally nonsense! Long live—"
—"But what has all this to do with the question under discussion?" interrupted Barbican, desirous to keep his friends from losing their tempers in idle disputation.
—"But what does all this have to do with the question we're discussing?" interrupted Barbican, eager to prevent his friends from losing their tempers in pointless arguments.
"True!" said Ardan. "The Chair, thankful for being called to order, would respectfully remind the house that the question before it is: Has the Moon been inhabited? Affirmative has been heard. Negative is called on to reply. Mr. Barbican has the parole."
"True!" said Ardan. "The Chair, grateful for being called to order, would like to remind everyone that the question on the table is: Has the Moon been inhabited? We've heard an affirmative response. Now it's time for the negative side to reply. Mr. Barbican has the parole."
But Mr. Barbican was unwilling just then to enter too deeply into such an exceedingly difficult subject. "The probabilities," he contented himself with saying, "would appear to be in favor of the Captain's speculations. But we must never forget that they are speculations—nothing more. Not the slightest evidence has yet been produced that the Moon is anything else than 'a dead and useless waste of extinct volcanoes.' No signs of cities, no signs of buildings, not even of ruins, none of anything that could be reasonably ascribed to the labors of intelligent creatures. No sign of change of any kind has been established. As for the agreement between the Moon's rotation and her revolution, which compels her to keep the same face constantly turned towards the Earth, we don't know that it has not existed from the beginning. As for what is called the effect of volcanic agency upon her surface, we don't know that her peculiar blistered appearance may not have been brought about altogether by the bubbling and spitting that blisters molten iron when cooling and contracting. Some close observers have even ventured to account for her craters by saying they were due to pelting showers of meteoric rain. Then again as to her atmosphere—why should she have lost her atmosphere? Why should it sink into craters? Atmosphere is gas, great in volume, small in matter; where would there be room for it? Solidified by the intense cold? Possibly in the night time. But would not the heat of the long day be great enough to thaw it back again? The same trouble attends the alleged disappearance of the water. Swallowed up in the cavernous cracks, it is said. But why are there cracks? Cooling is not always attended by cracking. Water cools without cracking; cannon balls cool without cracking. Too much stress has been laid on the great difference between the nucleus and the crust: it is really impossible to say where one ends and the other begins. In fact, no theory explains satisfactorily anything regarding the present state of the Moon's surface. In fact, from the day that Galileo compared her clustering craters to 'eyes on a peacock's tail' to the present time, we must acknowledge that we know nothing more than we can actually see, not one particle more of the Moon's history than our telescopes reveal to our corporal eyes!"
But Mr. Barbican wasn't ready to get too deep into such an incredibly complicated topic right then. "The probabilities," he settled for saying, "seem to lean in favor of the Captain's theories. But we must always remember that they are just theories—nothing more. There's not a shred of evidence that the Moon is anything other than 'a dead and useless wasteland of extinct volcanoes.' No signs of cities, no signs of buildings, not even ruins—nothing that could reasonably be linked to the efforts of intelligent beings. No signs of change of any kind have been established. Regarding the Moon's rotation and revolution, which forces her to always show the same face to the Earth, we can't say it hasn't been this way from the start. As for what’s called the effect of volcanic activity on her surface, we have no idea if her unique blistered look comes entirely from the bubbling and sputtering that blisters molten iron as it cools and shrinks. Some keen observers have even suggested that her craters are caused by relentless showers of meteoric rain. And then there's her atmosphere—why has she supposedly lost it? Why would it sink into craters? Atmosphere is gas—large in volume but light in mass; where would it have room? Maybe it solidified in the extreme cold? Perhaps at night. But wouldn't the heat during the long day be enough to melt it back? The same issue arises with the claimed disappearance of the water. It’s said to be swallowed up in deep cracks, but why do those cracks exist? Cooling doesn’t always lead to cracking. Water can cool without cracking; so can cannonballs. Too much has been made of the huge difference between the nucleus and the crust: it's really impossible to define where one ends and the other begins. In reality, no theory satisfactorily explains anything about the Moon's present surface state. In fact, from the moment Galileo compared her clustered craters to 'eyes on a peacock's tail' to now, we must admit that we know nothing more than what we can actually see—not one bit more of the Moon's history than what our telescopes show us!"
"In the lucid opinion of the honorable and learned gentleman who spoke last," said Ardan, "the Chair is compelled to concur. Therefore, as to the second question before the house for deliberation, Has the Moon been ever inhabited? the Chair gets out of its difficulty, as a Scotch jury does when it has not evidence enough either way, by returning a solemn verdict of Not Proven!"
"In the clear opinion of the respected and knowledgeable gentleman who just spoke," said Ardan, "the Chair has to agree. So, regarding the second question for the house to discuss, Has the Moon ever been inhabited? the Chair resolves its dilemma, much like a Scottish jury does when there's not enough evidence either way, by returning a solemn verdict of Not Proven!"
"And with this conclusion," said Barbican, hastily rising, "of a subject on which, to tell the truth, we are unable as yet to throw any light worth speaking of, let us be satisfied for the present. Another question of greater moment to us just now is: where are we? It seems to me that we are increasing our distance from the Moon very decidedly and very rapidly."
"And with that conclusion," said Barbican, quickly getting up, "regarding a topic that, to be honest, we can't shed any meaningful light on yet, let’s be satisfied for now. A more important question for us at the moment is: where are we? It feels to me like we're definitely and rapidly increasing our distance from the Moon."
It was easy to see that he was quite right in this observation. The Projectile, still following a northerly course and therefore approaching the lunar equator, was certainly getting farther and farther from the Moon. Even at 30° S., only ten degrees farther north than the latitude of Tycho, the travellers had considerable difficulty, comparatively, in observing the details of Pitatus, a walled mountain on the south shores of the Mare Nubium. In the "sea" itself, over which they now floated, they could see very little, but far to the left, on the 20th parallel, they could discern the vast crater of Bullialdus, 9,000 feet deep. On the right, they had just caught a glimpse of Purbach, a depressed valley almost square in shape with a round crater in the centre, when Ardan suddenly cried out:
It was clear that he was completely correct in this observation. The projectile, still heading north and moving closer to the lunar equator, was definitely getting farther away from the Moon. Even at 30° S., just ten degrees north of the latitude of Tycho, the travelers had significant difficulty, relatively speaking, in observing the details of Pitatus, a walled mountain on the southern shores of the Mare Nubium. In the "sea" itself, where they were now floating, they could see very little, but far to the left, on the 20th parallel, they could make out the huge crater of Bullialdus, 9,000 feet deep. On the right, they had just caught a glimpse of Purbach, a sunken valley almost square in shape with a round crater in the center, when Ardan suddenly shouted:
"A Railroad!"
"A train!"
And, sure enough, right under them, a little northeast of Purbach, the travellers easily distinguished a long line straight and black, really not unlike a railroad cutting through a low hilly country.
And sure enough, just beneath them, a little northeast of Purbach, the travelers easily made out a long straight black line, which really looked a lot like a railroad cutting through a gently rolling landscape.
This, Barbican explained, was of course no railway, but a steep cliff, at least 1,000 feet high, casting a very deep shadow, and probably the result of the caving in of the surface on the eastern edge.
This, Barbican explained, was definitely not a railway, but a steep cliff, at least 1,000 feet high, creating a very deep shadow, and likely the result of the ground collapsing on the eastern edge.
Then they saw the immense crater of Arzachel and in its midst a cone mountain shining with dazzling splendor. A little north of this, they could detect the outlines of another crater, Alphonse, at least 70 miles in diameter. Close to it they could easily distinguish the immense crater or, as some observers call it, Ramparted Plain, Ptolemy, so well known to lunar astronomers, occupying, as it does, such a favorable position near the centre of the Moon, and having a diameter fully, in one direction at least, 120 miles long.
Then they saw the huge crater of Arzachel and in its center a cone-shaped mountain shining with breathtaking brilliance. Just north of that, they could make out the outlines of another crater, Alphonse, which is at least 70 miles across. Nearby, they could easily recognize the vast crater, or as some observers refer to it, Ramparted Plain, Ptolemy, well known to lunar astronomers for its prominent location near the center of the Moon, measuring at least 120 miles in diameter in one direction.
The travellers were now in about the same latitude as that at which they had at first approached the Moon, and it was here that they began most unquestionably to leave her. They looked and looked, readjusting their glasses, but the details were becoming more and more difficult to catch. The reliefs grew more and more blurred and the outlines dimmer and dimmer. Even the great mountain profiles began to fade away, the dazzling colors to grow duller, the jet black shadows greyer, and the general effect mistier.
The travelers were now roughly at the same latitude as when they first approached the Moon, and it was here that they clearly started to move away from it. They looked and looked, adjusting their glasses, but the details became harder and harder to discern. The reliefs became more and more blurred and the outlines fainter and fainter. Even the huge mountain profiles began to fade, the bright colors grew dull, the deep black shadows turned grey, and the overall effect became mistier.
At last, the distance had become so great that, of this lunar world so wonderful, so fantastic, so weird, so mysterious, our travellers by degrees lost even the consciousness, and their sensations, lately so vivid, grew fainter and fainter, until finally they resembled those of a man who is suddenly awakened from a peculiarly strange and impressive dream.
At last, the distance had become so great that our travelers gradually lost awareness of this incredible lunar world—so amazing, so strange, so mysterious. Their sensations, which had recently been so vivid, grew fainter and fainter, until they felt like a person being suddenly awakened from a uniquely strange and impressive dream.
CHAPTER XIX.
IN EVERY FIGHT, THE IMPOSSIBLE WINS.
No matter what we have been accustomed to, it is sad to bid it farewell forever. The glimpse of the Moon's wondrous world imparted to Barbican and his companions had been, like that of the Promised Land to Moses on Mount Pisgah, only a distant and a dark one, yet it was with inexpressibly mournful eyes that, silent and thoughtful, they now watched her fading away slowly from their view, the conviction impressing itself deeper and deeper in their souls that, slight as their acquaintance had been, it was never to be renewed again. All doubt on the subject was removed by the position gradually, but decidedly, assumed by the Projectile. Its base was turning away slowly and steadily from the Moon, and pointing surely and unmistakably towards the Earth.
No matter how used we are to something, it's always sad to say goodbye to it forever. The glimpse of the Moon's amazing world that Barbican and his friends had seen was, like the Promised Land for Moses on Mount Pisgah, distant and shadowy. Yet, with deeply sorrowful eyes, they silently and thoughtfully watched it slowly disappear from view, feeling a heavy sense that, despite their brief acquaintance, they would never experience it again. Any doubt about this was wiped away as the Projectile gradually and steadily changed its position. Its base was slowly turning away from the Moon, clearly and unmistakably pointing toward Earth.
Barbican had been long carefully noticing this modification, but without being able to explain it. That the Projectile should withdraw a long distance from the Moon and still be her satellite, he could understand; but, being her satellite, why not present towards her its heaviest segment, as the Moon does towards the Earth? That was the point which he could not readily clear up.
Barbican had been carefully observing this change for a long time, but he couldn't explain it. He understood that the Projectile could pull away from the Moon and still be its satellite, but if it was a satellite, why didn’t it show its heaviest side to the Moon, just as the Moon does to the Earth? That was the issue he couldn't easily resolve.
By carefully noting its path, he thought he could see that the Projectile, though now decidedly leaving the Moon, still followed a curve exactly analogous to that by which it had approached her. It must therefore be describing a very elongated ellipse, which might possibly extend even to the neutral point where the lunar and terrestrial attractions were mutually overcome.
By carefully tracking its trajectory, he believed he could see that the projectile, although clearly moving away from the Moon, still followed a curve similar to the one it took when it approached her. Therefore, it must be tracing out a very elongated ellipse, which could potentially reach all the way to the neutral point where the gravitational pulls of the Moon and Earth balanced each other out.
With this surmise of Barbican's, his companions appeared rather disposed to agree, though, of course, it gave rise to new questions.
With Barbican's guess, his companions seemed more inclined to agree, although it naturally led to new questions.
"Suppose we reach this dead point," asked Ardan; "what then is to become of us?"
"Suppose we hit this dead end," Ardan asked; "what's going to happen to us then?"
"Can't tell!" was Barbican's unsatisfactory reply.
"Can't say!" was Barbican's unsatisfactory reply.
"But you can form a few hypotheses?"
"But you can make a few guesses?"
"Yes, two!"
"Yes, two!"
"Let us have them."
"Let's get them."
"The velocity will be either sufficient to carry us past the dead point, or it will not: sufficient, we shall keep on, just as we are now, gravitating forever around the Moon—"
"The speed will either be enough to take us past the dead point, or it won't be: if it's enough, we'll keep going, just like we are now, endlessly orbiting the Moon—"
—"Hypothesis number two will have at least one point in its favor," interrupted as usual the incorrigible Ardan; "it can't be worse than hypothesis number one!"
—"Hypothesis number two will have at least one point in its favor," interrupted as usual the unchangeable Ardan; "it can't be worse than hypothesis number one!"
—"Insufficient," continued Barbican, laying down the law, "we shall rest forever motionless on the dead point of the mutually neutralizing attractions."
—"Not enough," continued Barbican, laying down the law, "we'll remain stuck at the dead center of the mutually neutralizing attractions."
"A pleasant prospect!" observed Ardan: "from the worst possible to no better! Isn't it, Barbican?"
"A nice outlook!" Ardan remarked, "from the worst possible to no improvement at all! Don’t you think so, Barbican?"
"Nothing to say," was Barbican's only reply.
"Nothing to say," was Barbican's only response.
"Have you nothing to say either, Captain?" asked Ardan, beginning to be a little vexed at the apparent apathy of his companions.
"Don't you have anything to say either, Captain?" Ardan asked, starting to feel a bit annoyed at the seeming indifference of his companions.
"Nothing whatever," replied M'Nicholl, giving point to his words by a despairing shake of his head.
"Not a thing," replied M'Nicholl, emphasizing his words with a hopeless shake of his head.
"You don't mean surely that we're going to sit here, like bumps on a log, doing nothing until it will be too late to attempt anything?"
"You can't be serious that we're just going to sit here, doing nothing until it's too late to do anything?"
"Nothing whatever can be done," said Barbican gloomily. "It is vain to struggle against the impossible."
"Nothing can be done," Barbican said gloomily. "It's pointless to fight against the impossible."
"Impossible! Where did you get that word? I thought the American schoolboys had cut it out of their dictionaries!"
"Impossible! Where did you hear that word? I thought American schoolboys had removed it from their dictionaries!"
"That must have been since my time," said Barbican smiling grimly.
"That must have been since I was around," Barbican said with a grim smile.
"It still sticks in a few old copies anyhow," drawled M'Nicholl drily, as he carefully wiped his glasses.
"It still sticks in a few old copies anyway," M'Nicholl said dryly, as he carefully wiped his glasses.
"Well! it has no business here!" said Ardan. "What! A pair of live Yankees and a Frenchman, of the nineteenth century too, recoil before an old fashioned word that hardly scared our grandfathers!"
"Well! It has no reason here!" said Ardan. "What! A couple of live Yankees and a Frenchman from the nineteenth century too, flinch at an outdated word that barely frightened our grandfathers!"
"What can we do?"
"What should we do?"
"Correct the movement that's now running away with us!"
"Fix the movement that's getting out of control!"
"Correct it?"
"Fix it?"
"Certainly, correct it! or modify it! or clap brakes on it! or take some advantage of it that will be in our favor! What matters the exact term so you comprehend me?"
"Of course, fix it! or change it! or put a stop to it! or use it to our advantage! What does it matter what the exact word is as long as you understand me?"
"Easy talking!"
"Easy chat!"
"As easy doing!"
"So easy!"
"Doing what? Doing how?"
"What are you doing?"
"The what, and the how, is your business, not mine! What kind of an artillery man is he who can't master his bullets? The gunner who cannot command his own gun should be rammed into it head foremost himself and blown from its mouth! A nice pair of savants you are! There you sit as helpless as a couple of babies, after having inveigled me—"
"The what and the how are your concerns, not mine! What kind of artilleryman can't handle his own ammunition? The gunner who can't control his own weapon should be shoved into it headfirst and blown out the other end! What a pair of geniuses you are! Here you are, as helpless as a couple of infants, after having tricked me—"
"Inveigled!!" cried Barbican and M'Nicholl starting to their feet in an instant; "WHAT!!!"
"Inveigled!!" shouted Barbican and M'Nicholl, jumping to their feet instantly; "WHAT!!!"
"Come, come!" went on Ardan, not giving his indignant friends time to utter a syllable; "I don't want any recrimination! I'm not the one to complain! I'll even let up a little if you consider the expression too strong! I'll even withdraw it altogether, and assert that the trip delights me! that the Projectile is a thing after my own heart! that I was never in better spirits than at the present moment! I don't complain, I only appeal to your own good sense, and call upon you with all my voice to do everything possible, so that we may go somewhere, since it appears we can't get to the Moon!"
"Come on, come on!" Ardan continued, not giving his upset friends a chance to say anything; "I don’t want any blame! I’m not the one to complain! I'll even tone it down a bit if you think it’s too harsh! I’ll take it back entirely and say that the trip makes me happy! That the Projectile is exactly what I love! That I've never been in better spirits than right now! I’m not complaining; I’m just asking you to use your common sense and urging you with all my might to do everything possible so we can go somewhere, since it looks like we can’t get to the Moon!"
"But that's exactly what we want to do ourselves, friend Ardan," said Barbican, endeavoring to give an example of calmness to the impatient M'Nicholl; "the only trouble is that we have not the means to do it."
"But that's exactly what we want to do, friend Ardan," said Barbican, trying to set an example of calm for the impatient M'Nicholl; "the only problem is that we don't have the resources to make it happen."
"Can't we modify the Projectile's movement?"
"Can't we change the movement of the Projectile?"
"No."
"Nope."
"Nor diminish its velocity?"
"Or slow it down?"
"No."
"Nope."
"Not even by lightening it, as a heavily laden ship is lightened, by throwing cargo overboard?"
"Not even by lightening it, like a heavily loaded ship lightens by throwing cargo overboard?"
"What can we throw overboard? We have no ballast like balloon-men."
"What can we toss overboard? We don't have any ballast like balloonists."
"I should like to know," interrupted M'Nicholl, "what would be the good of throwing anything at all overboard. Any one with a particle of common sense in his head, can see that the lightened Projectile should only move the quicker!"
"I'd like to know," interrupted M'Nicholl, "what good it would do to throw anything overboard. Anyone with a bit of common sense can see that the lighter Projectile should just move faster!"
"Slower, you mean," said Ardan.
"Slower, you mean?" Ardan said.
"Quicker, I mean," replied the Captain.
"Faster, I mean," replied the Captain.
"Neither quicker nor slower, dear friends," interposed Barbican, desirous to stop a quarrel; "we are floating, you know, in an absolute void, where specific gravity never counts."
"Neither faster nor slower, dear friends," Barbican interrupted, wanting to stop the argument; "we're floating, you know, in an absolute void, where weight doesn’t matter."
"Well then, my friends," said Ardan in a resigned tone that he evidently endeavored to render calm, "since the worst is come to the worst, there is but one thing left for us to do!"
"Well then, my friends," said Ardan in a resigned tone that he clearly tried to make sound calm, "since things have gotten as bad as they can, there’s only one thing left for us to do!"
"What's that?" said the Captain, getting ready to combat some new piece of nonsense.
"What's that?" asked the Captain, bracing himself to deal with another ridiculous situation.
"To take our breakfast!" said the Frenchman curtly.
"Let’s have our breakfast!" said the Frenchman abruptly.
It was a resource he had often fallen back on in difficult conjunctures. Nor did it fail him now.
It was a resource he had frequently relied on during tough situations. And it didn’t let him down this time either.
Though it was not a project that claimed to affect either the velocity or the direction of the Projectile, still, as it was eminently practicable and not only unattended by no inconvenience on the one hand but evidently fraught with many advantages on the other, it met with decided and instantaneous success. It was rather an early hour for breakfast, two o'clock in the morning, yet the meal was keenly relished. Ardan served it up in charming style and crowned the dessert with a few bottles of a wine especially selected for the occasion from his own private stock. It was a Tokay Imperial of 1863, the genuine Essenz, from Prince Esterhazy's own wine cellar, and the best brain stimulant and brain clearer in the world, as every connoisseur knows.
Though it wasn't a project that aimed to change the speed or direction of the Projectile, it was highly practical and brought no downsides while clearly offering many benefits, so it enjoyed immediate and enthusiastic success. It was quite early for breakfast, two o'clock in the morning, but the meal was greatly appreciated. Ardan served it up beautifully and topped off the dessert with a few bottles of wine specially chosen for the occasion from his personal collection. It was a Tokay Imperial from 1863, the genuine Essenz, from Prince Esterhazy's own wine cellar, and, as every connoisseur knows, the best brain stimulant and clearer in the world.
It was near four o'clock in the morning when our travellers, now well fortified physically and morally, once more resumed their observations with renewed courage and determination, and with a system of recording really perfect in its arrangements.
It was almost four o'clock in the morning when our travelers, now physically and mentally prepared, once again began their observations with fresh courage and determination, using a recording system that was truly perfect in its setup.
Around the Projectile, they could still see floating most of the objects that had been dropped out of the window. This convinced them that, during their revolution around the Moon, they had not passed through any atmosphere; had anything of the kind been encountered, it would have revealed its presence by its retarding effect on the different objects that now followed close in the wake of the Projectile. One or two that were missing had been probably struck and carried off by a fragment of the exploded bolide.
Around the Projectile, they could still see most of the objects that had fallen out of the window floating nearby. This made them sure that, during their orbit around the Moon, they hadn’t gone through any atmosphere; if they had, it would have made a noticeable impact by slowing down the various objects trailing behind the Projectile. One or two objects that were missing had likely been hit and taken away by a piece of the exploded bolide.
Of the Earth nothing as yet could be seen. She was only one day Old, having been New the previous evening, and two days were still to elapse before her crescent would be sufficiently cleared of the solar rays to be capable of performing her ordinary duty of serving as a time-piece for the Selenites. For, as the reflecting reader need hardly be reminded, since she rotates with perfect regularity on her axis, she can make such rotations visible to the Selenites by bringing some particular point on her surface once every twenty-four hours directly over the same lunar meridian.
Of the Earth, nothing could be seen yet. She was only one day old, having been new the night before, and it would still be two days before her crescent was clear enough of the sun's rays to perform her usual role as a timekeeper for the Selenites. Because, as the attentive reader might recall, since she rotates perfectly on her axis, she makes these rotations visible to the Selenites by bringing a specific point on her surface directly over the same lunar meridian every twenty-four hours.
Towards the Moon, the view though far less distinct, was still almost as dazzling as ever. The radiant Queen of Night still glittered in all her splendor in the midst of the starry host, whose pure white light seemed to borrow only additional purity and silvery whiteness from the gorgeous contrast. On her disc, the "seas" were already beginning to assume the ashy tint so well known to us on Earth, but the rest of her surface sparkled with all its former radiation, Tycho glowing like a sun in the midst of the general resplendescence.
Towards the Moon, the view, though less clear, was still almost as stunning as ever. The bright Queen of Night continued to shine in all her glory among the stars, whose pure white light seemed to gain even more brightness and silvery whiteness from the beautiful contrast. On her surface, the "seas" were starting to take on the grayish hue we're familiar with on Earth, but the rest of her surface sparkled with all its former brilliance, Tycho glowing like a sun amidst the overall brilliance.
Barbican attempted in vain to obtain even a tolerable approximation of the velocity at which the Projectile was now moving. He had to content himself with the knowledge that it was diminishing at a uniform rate—of which indeed a little reflection on a well known law of Dynamics readily convinced him. He had not much difficulty even in explaining the matter to his friends.
Barbican tried unsuccessfully to figure out the speed at which the Projectile was currently traveling. He had to settle for the fact that it was slowing down at a steady rate—something he realized after thinking a bit about a well-known principle of Dynamics. He had no trouble explaining this to his friends.
"Once admitting," said he, "the Projectile to describe an orbit round the Moon, that orbit must of necessity be an ellipse. Every moving body circulating regularly around another, describes an ellipse. Science has proved this incontestably. The satellites describe ellipses around the planets, the planets around the Sun, the Sun himself describes an ellipse around the unknown star that serves as a pivot for our whole solar system. How can our Baltimore Gun Club Projectile then escape the universal law?
"Once we accept," he said, "that the Projectile can travel in an orbit around the Moon, that orbit has to be an ellipse. Every object that moves in a consistent path around another one describes an ellipse. Science has proven this beyond doubt. The moons move in ellipses around the planets, the planets orbit the Sun, and the Sun itself follows an elliptical path around the unknown star that acts as the center of our entire solar system. How can our Baltimore Gun Club Projectile possibly escape this universal law?"
"Now what is the consequence of this law? If the orbit were a circle, the satellite would always preserve the same distance from its primary, and its velocity should therefore be constant. But the orbit being an ellipse, and the attracting body always occupying one of the foci, the satellite must evidently lie nearer to this focus in one part of its orbit than in another. The Earth when nearest to the Sun, is in her perihelion; when most distant, in her aphelion. The Moon, with regard to the Earth, is similarly in her perigee, and her apogee. Analogous expressions denoting the relations of the Projectile towards the Moon, would be periselene and aposelene. At its aposelene the Projectile's velocity would have reached its minimum; at the periselene, its maximum. As it is to the former point that we are now moving, clearly the velocity must keep on diminishing until that point is reached. Then, if it does not die out altogether, it must spring up again, and even accelerate as it reapproaches the Moon. Now the great trouble is this: If the Aposelenetic point should coincide with the point of lunar attraction, our velocity must certainly become nil, and the Projectile must remain relatively motionless forever!"
"What's the consequence of this law? If the orbit were a circle, the satellite would always keep the same distance from its primary, and its speed would therefore be constant. But since the orbit is an ellipse, and the attracting body is always at one of the foci, the satellite must clearly be closer to this focus at one part of its orbit than at another. The Earth is closest to the Sun at her perihelion and farthest at her aphelion. The Moon, in relation to the Earth, is similarly at her perigee and apogee. Similar terms for the relationship of the Projectile to the Moon would be periselene and aposelene. At its aposelene, the Projectile's speed would be at its lowest; at the periselene, it would be at its highest. Since we are moving toward the former point, the speed must continue to decrease until that point is reached. Then, if it doesn't fade away completely, it must rise again and even speed up as it gets closer to the Moon. The big issue is this: If the Aposelenetic point coincides with the point of lunar attraction, our speed would definitely become nil, and the Projectile would remain relatively motionless forever!"
"What do you mean by 'relatively motionless'?" asked M'Nicholl, who was carefully studying the situation.
"What do you mean by 'relatively motionless'?" asked M'Nicholl, who was carefully assessing the situation.
"I mean, of course, not absolutely motionless," answered Barbican; "absolute immobility is, as you are well aware, altogether impossible, but motionless with regard to the Earth and the—"
"I mean, of course, not completely motionless," answered Barbican; "complete stillness is, as you know, totally impossible, but motionless in relation to the Earth and the—"
"By Mahomet's jackass!" interrupted Ardan hastily, "I must say we're a precious set of imbéciles!"
"By Muhammad's donkey!" interrupted Ardan quickly, "I have to say we're a ridiculous bunch of imbeciles!"
"I don't deny it, dear friend," said Barbican quietly, notwithstanding the unceremonious interruption; "but why do you say so just now?"
"I won’t deny it, my friend," Barbican said softly, despite the abrupt interruption; "but why do you say that right now?"
"Because though we are possessed of the power of retarding the velocity that takes us from the Moon, we have never thought of employing it!"
"Because even though we have the ability to slow down the speed that takes us away from the Moon, we have never considered using it!"
"What do you mean?"
"What do you mean?"
"Do you forget the rockets?"
"Did you forget the rockets?"
"It's a fact!" cried M'Nicholl. "How have we forgotten them?"
"It's true!" shouted M'Nicholl. "How could we have forgotten them?"
"I'm sure I can't tell," answered Barbican, "unless, perhaps, because we had too many other things to think about. Your thought, my dear friend, is a most happy one, and, of course, we shall utilize it."
"I'm not sure I can say," replied Barbican, "unless it's because we had too many other things on our minds. Your idea, my dear friend, is a great one, and of course, we'll make use of it."
"When? How soon?"
"When? How soon?"
"At the first favorable opportunity, not sooner. For you can see for yourselves, dear friends," he went on explaining, "that with the present obliquity of the Projectile with regard to the lunar disc, a discharge of our rockets would be more likely to send us away from the Moon than towards her. Of course, you are both still desirous of reaching the Moon?"
"At the first good chance, not before. Because you can see for yourselves, dear friends," he continued explaining, "that with the current angle of the Projectile in relation to the Moon's surface, firing our rockets would probably send us away from the Moon instead of towards it. Of course, you both still want to reach the Moon?"
"Most emphatically so!"
"Absolutely!"
"Then by reserving our rockets for the last chance, we may possibly get there after all. In consequence of some force, to me utterly inexplicable, the Projectile still seems disposed to turn its base towards the Earth. In fact, it is likely enough that at the neutral point its cone will point vertically to the Moon. That being the moment when its velocity will most probably be nil, it will also be the moment for us to discharge our rockets, and the possibility is that we may force a direct fall on the lunar disc."
"By saving our rockets for a last-ditch effort, we might still make it after all. For reasons I can't understand, the Projectile still seems to want to turn its base toward the Earth. In fact, it's quite possible that at the neutral point its cone will point straight up at the Moon. Since that will likely be when its speed is zero, it will also be the perfect time for us to fire our rockets, and there's a chance we could land directly on the lunar surface."
"Good!" cried Ardan, clapping hands.
"Awesome!" yelled Ardan, clapping.
"Why didn't we execute this grand manoeuvre the first time we reached the neutral point?" asked M'Nicholl a little crustily.
"Why didn't we carry out this big move the first time we got to the neutral point?" asked M'Nicholl a bit grumpily.
"It would be useless," answered Barbican; "the Projectile's velocity at that time, as you no doubt remember, not only did not need rockets, but was actually too great to be affected by them."
"It wouldn't help," Barbican replied. "The Projectile's speed at that moment, as you probably remember, not only didn't require rockets, but was actually too fast for them to have any effect."
"True!" chimed in Ardan; "a wind of four miles an hour is very little use to a steamer going ten."
"True!" said Ardan; "a wind of four miles per hour doesn't help much for a steamer moving at ten."
"That assertion," cried M'Nicholl, "I am rather dis—"
"That claim," shouted M'Nicholl, "I'm a bit dis—"
—"Dear friends," interposed Barbican, his pale face beaming and his clear voice ringing with the new excitement; "let us just now waste no time in mere words. We have one more chance, perhaps a great one. Let us not throw it away! We have been on the brink of despair—"
—"Dear friends," interrupted Barbican, his pale face shining and his clear voice filled with new excitement; "let's not waste time on just words right now. We have one more chance, maybe a big one. Let’s not throw it away! We’ve been on the edge of despair—"
—"Beyond it!" cried Ardan.
"Beyond that!" cried Ardan.
—"But I now begin to see a possibility, nay, a very decided probability, of our being able to attain the great end at last!"
—"But I now start to see a possibility, actually, a strong likelihood, that we can finally achieve the great goal!"
"Bravo!" cried Ardan.
"Awesome!" cried Ardan.
"Hurrah!" cried M'Nicholl.
"Yay!" cried M'Nicholl.
"Yes! my brave boys!" cried Barbican as enthusiastically as his companions; "all's not over yet by a long shot!"
"Yes! my brave guys!" shouted Barbican as excitedly as his friends; "it's far from over!"
What had brought about this great revulsion in the spirits of our bold adventurers? The breakfast? Prince Esterhazy's Tokay? The latter, most probably. What had become of the resolutions they had discussed so ably and passed so decidedly a few hours before? Was the Moon inhabited? No! Was the Moon habitable? No! Yet in the face of all this—or rather as coolly as if such subjects had never been alluded to—here were the reckless scientists actually thinking of nothing but how to work heaven and earth in order to get there!
What caused this sudden change in the moods of our daring adventurers? The breakfast? Prince Esterhazy's Tokay? Most likely the latter. What happened to the resolutions they had discussed so confidently and agreed upon just a few hours earlier? Was the Moon inhabited? No! Was the Moon habitable? No! Yet, despite all this—or rather as if those topics had never been mentioned—here were the fearless scientists only focused on how to move heaven and earth to get there!
One question more remained to be answered before they played their last trump, namely: "At what precise moment would the Projectile reach the neutral point?"
One more question needed to be answered before they made their final move: "At what exact moment would the Projectile reach the neutral point?"
To this Barbican had very little trouble in finding an answer. The time spent in proceeding from the south pole to the dead point being evidently equal to the time previously spent in proceeding from the dead point to the north pole—to ascertain the former, he had only to calculate the latter. This was easily done. To refer to his notes, to check off the different rates of velocity at which they had readied the different parallels, and to turn these rates into time, required only a very few minutes careful calculation. The Projectile then was to reach the point of neutral attraction at one o'clock in the morning of December 8th. At the present time, it was five o'clock in the morning of the 7th; therefore, if nothing unforeseen should occur in the meantime, their great and final effort was to be made about twenty hours later.
To this, Barbican had very little trouble finding an answer. The time it took to move from the south pole to the dead point was clearly the same as the time previously spent moving from the dead point to the north pole. To find out the former, he just had to calculate the latter. This was easy to do. Referring to his notes, checking off the different speeds at which they had reached the various parallels, and converting those speeds into time only required a few minutes of careful calculation. The Projectile was set to hit the point of neutral attraction at one o'clock in the morning on December 8th. At that moment, it was five o'clock in the morning on the 7th; so, assuming nothing unexpected happened in the meantime, their big final effort was planned for about twenty hours later.
The rockets, so often alluded to as an idea of Ardan's and already fully described, had been originally provided to break the violence of the Projectile's fall on the lunar surface; but now the dauntless travellers were about to employ them for a purpose precisely the reverse. In any case, having been put in proper order for immediate use, nothing more now remained to be done till the moment should come for firing them off.
The rockets, frequently mentioned as Ardan's idea and already fully described, had originally been intended to reduce the impact of the Projectile's fall on the moon's surface; but now the fearless travelers were about to use them for exactly the opposite reason. In any case, since they had been prepared for immediate use, there was nothing left to do but wait for the moment to launch them.
"Now then, friends," said M'Nicholl, rubbing his eyes but hardly able to keep them open, "I'm not over fond of talking, but this time I think I may offer a slight proposition."
"Alright, everyone," said M'Nicholl, rubbing his eyes but barely able to keep them open, "I'm not really into talking, but this time I think I might have a small suggestion."
"We shall be most happy to entertain it, my dear Captain," said Barbican.
"We'll be very happy to consider it, my dear Captain," said Barbican.
"I propose we lie down and take a good nap."
"I suggest we lie down and take a nice nap."
"Good gracious!" protested Ardan; "What next?"
"Wow!" complained Ardan. "What now?"
"We have not had a blessed wink for forty hours," continued the Captain; "a little sleep would recuperate us wonderfully."
"We haven't slept a wink in forty hours," the Captain continued; "a little rest would really help us recover."
"No sleep now!" exclaimed Ardan.
"No sleep now!" shouted Ardan.
"Every man to his taste!" said M'Nicholl; "mine at present is certainly to turn in!" and suiting the action to the word, he coiled himself on the sofa, and in a few minutes his deep regular breathing showed his slumber to be as tranquil as an infant's.
"Everyone has their own preferences!" said M'Nicholl; "right now, I definitely want to get some sleep!" And with that, he settled himself on the sofa, and in a few minutes, his deep, steady breathing indicated that he was sleeping as peacefully as a baby.
Barbican looked at him in a kindly way, but only for a very short time; his eyes grew so filmy that he could not keep them open any longer. "The Captain," he said, "may not be without his little faults, but for good practical sense he is worth a ship-load like you and me, Ardan. By Jove, I'm going to imitate him, and, friend Michael, you might do worse!"
Barbican looked at him kindly, but only for a moment; his eyes became so cloudy that he couldn’t keep them open any longer. “The Captain,” he said, “may have his flaws, but for practical sense, he’s worth a shipload of people like you and me, Ardan. By Jove, I’m going to follow his example, and, my friend Michael, you could do worse!”
In a short time he was as unconscious as the Captain.
In no time, he was just as unconscious as the Captain.
Ardan gazed on the pair for a few minutes, and then began to feel quite lonely. Even his animals were fast asleep. He tried to look out, but observing without having anybody to listen to your observations, is dull work. He looked again at the sleeping pair, and then he gave in.
Ardan watched the couple for a few minutes and then started to feel really lonely. Even his pets were sound asleep. He tried to look outside, but watching things without anyone to share your thoughts with is boring. He glanced back at the sleeping couple and then he surrendered to his feelings.
"It can't be denied," he muttered, slowly nodding his head, "that even your practical men sometimes stumble on a good idea."
"It can't be denied," he muttered, slowly nodding his head, "that even your practical people sometimes come up with a good idea."
Then curling up his long legs, and folding his arms under his head, his restless brain was soon forming fantastic shapes for itself in the mysterious land of dreams.
Then curling up his long legs and folding his arms under his head, his restless mind quickly started creating wild images for itself in the mysterious realm of dreams.
But his slumbers were too much disturbed to last long. After an uneasy, restless, unrefreshing attempt at repose, he sat up at about half-past seven o'clock, and began stretching himself, when he found his companions already awake and discussing the situation in whispers.
But his sleep was too disturbed to last long. After an uncomfortable, restless, unrefreshing attempt at rest, he sat up around seven-thirty and started stretching, noticing that his friends were already awake and quietly discussing the situation.
The Projectile, they were remarking, was still pursuing its way from the Moon, and turning its conical point more and more in her direction. This latter phenomenon, though as puzzling as ever, Barbican regarded with decided pleasure: the more directly the conical summit pointed to the Moon at the exact moment, the more directly towards her surface would the rockets communicate their reactionary motion.
The Projectile, they noted, was still making its way from the Moon, with its conical tip increasingly aimed in her direction. This phenomenon, still as perplexing as ever, brought Barbican genuine satisfaction: the more directly the conical tip pointed to the Moon at that moment, the more directly the rockets would transmit their thrust back to her surface.
Nearly seventeen hours, however, were still to elapse before that moment, that all important moment, would arrive.
Nearly seventeen hours, however, still had to pass before that moment, that crucial moment, would arrive.
The time began to drag. The excitement produced by the Moon's vicinity had died out. Our travellers, though as daring and as confident as ever, could not help feeling a certain sinking of heart at the approach of the moment for deciding either alternative of their doom in this world—their fall to the Moon, or their eternal imprisonment in a changeless orbit. Barbican and M'Nicholl tried to kill time by revising their calculations and putting their notes in order; Ardan, by feverishly walking back and forth from window to window, and stopping for a second or two to throw a nervous glance at the cold, silent and impassive Moon.
Time started to drag. The excitement from being close to the Moon had faded. Our travelers, though still as bold and confident as ever, couldn't shake off a feeling of anxiety as the moment approached to decide their fate in this world—either crashing down to the Moon or being stuck in an unchanging orbit forever. Barbican and M'Nicholl tried to pass the time by reviewing their calculations and organizing their notes; Ardan, on the other hand, walked back and forth between the windows, pausing for a moment or two to glance nervously at the cold, silent, and unyielding Moon.
Now and then reminiscences of our lower world would flit across their brains. Visions of the famous Gun Club rose up before them the oftenest, with their dear friend Marston always the central figure. What was his bustling, honest, good-natured, impetuous heart at now? Most probably he was standing bravely at his post on the Rocky Mountains, his eye glued to the great Telescope, his whole soul peering through its tube. Had he seen the Projectile before it vanished behind the Moon's north pole? Could he have caught a glimpse of it at its reappearance? If so, could he have concluded it to be the satellite of a satellite! Could Belfast have announced to the world such a startling piece of intelligence? Was that all the Earth was ever to know of their great enterprise? What were the speculations of the Scientific World upon the subject? etc., etc.
Now and then, memories of our old world would flash through their minds. The most frequent visions were of the famous Gun Club, with their beloved friend Marston always as the main figure. What was he up to now with his energetic, honest, good-natured, and impulsive heart? Most likely, he was standing bravely at his post in the Rocky Mountains, his eye fixed on the big telescope, completely focused on what he could see through its lens. Had he spotted the projectile before it disappeared behind the Moon's north pole? Could he have caught a glimpse of it when it came back? If so, could he have concluded it was a moon of a moon? Could Belfast have communicated such shocking news to the world? Was that all Earth would ever know of their grand mission? What were the predictions of the scientific community on the topic? etc., etc.
In listless questions and desultory conversation of this kind the day slowly wore away, without the occurrence of any incident whatever to relieve its weary monotony. Midnight arrived, December the seventh was dead. As Ardan said: "Le Sept Decembre est mort; vive le Huit!" In one hour more, the neutral point would be reached. At what velocity was the Projectile now moving? Barbican could not exactly tell, but he felt quite certain that no serious error had slipped into his calculations. At one o'clock that night, nil the velocity was to be, and nil it would be!
In listless questions and scattered conversation like this, the day slowly dragged on, without anything happening to break its tiring monotony. Midnight came, and December seventh was gone. As Ardan said: "Le Sept Decembre est mort; vive le Huit!" In another hour, they would reach the neutral point. What speed was the Projectile moving at now? Barbican couldn't say for sure, but he was confident that no serious mistakes had crept into his calculations. By one o'clock that night, nil the speed would be, and nil it would be!
Another phenomenon, in any case, was to mark the arrival of the exact moment. At the dead point, the two attractions, terrestrial and lunar, would again exactly counterbalance each other. For a few seconds, objects would no longer possess the slightest weight. This curious circumstance, which had so much surprised and amused the travellers at its first occurrence, was now to appear again as soon as the conditions should become identical. During these few seconds then would come the moment for striking the decisive blow.
Another phenomenon, in any case, was to signify the arrival of the exact moment. At the dead point, the two forces, Earth and Moon, would once again perfectly balance each other. For a few seconds, objects would lose all weight. This strange situation, which had so surprised and amused the travelers during its first occurrence, was now set to happen again as soon as the conditions matched. During these few seconds, the time would come to deliver the decisive blow.
They could soon notice the gradual approach of this important instant. Objects began to weigh sensibly lighter. The conical point of the Projectile had become almost directly under the centre of the lunar surface. This gladdened the hearts of the bold adventurers. The recoil of the rockets losing none of its power by oblique action, the chances pronounced decidedly in their favor. Now, only supposing the Projectile's velocity to be absolutely annihilated at the dead point, the slightest force directing it towards the Moon would be certain to cause it finally to fall on her surface.
They soon began to notice the slow approach of this significant moment. Objects started to feel noticeably lighter. The pointed tip of the Projectile was almost directly beneath the center of the lunar surface. This lifted the spirits of the brave adventurers. The rockets’ recoil maintained its power despite the angled action, making the odds clearly in their favor. Now, even if the Projectile's speed were completely stopped at the dead point, the slightest push towards the Moon would definitely cause it to land on her surface.
Supposing!—but supposing the contrary!
But what if the opposite!
—Even these brave adventurers had not the courage to suppose the contrary!
—Even these brave adventurers didn’t have the courage to think otherwise!
"Five minutes to one o'clock," said M'Nicholl, his eyes never quitting his watch.
"Five minutes to one," said M'Nicholl, his eyes glued to his watch.
"Ready?" asked Barbican of Ardan.
"Ready?" Barbican asked Ardan.
"Ay, ay, sir!" was Ardan's reply, as he made sure that the electric apparatus to discharge the rockets was in perfect working order.
"Ay, ay, sir!" was Ardan's response as he ensured that the electric equipment used to launch the rockets was functioning perfectly.
"Wait till I give the word," said Barbican, pulling out his chronometer.
"Wait until I say the word," said Barbican, pulling out his chronometer.
The moment was now evidently close at hand. The objects lying around had no weight. The travellers felt their bodies to be as buoyant as a hydrogen balloon. Barbican let go his chronometer, but it kept its place as firmly in empty space before his eyes as if it had been nailed to the wall!
The moment was clearly approaching. The objects around them felt weightless. The travelers sensed their bodies were as light as a hydrogen balloon. Barbican released his chronometer, but it remained suspended in empty space before him as if it were nailed to the wall!
"One o'clock!" cried Barbican in a solemn tone.
"One o'clock!" exclaimed Barbican in a serious tone.
Ardan instantly touched the discharging key of the little electric battery. A dull, dead, distant report was immediately heard, communicated probably by the vibration of the Projectile to the internal air. But Ardan saw through the window a long thin flash, which vanished in a second. At the same moment, the three friends became instantaneously conscious of a slight shock experienced by the Projectile.
Ardan quickly pressed the discharge button on the small electric battery. A muted, distant thud was immediately heard, likely transmitted by the vibration of the Projectile to the air inside. But Ardan spotted a long, thin flash through the window that disappeared in an instant. At the same time, the three friends suddenly felt a small jolt from the Projectile.
They looked at each other, speechless, breathless, for about as long as it would take you to count five: the silence so intense that they could easily hear the pulsation of their hearts. Ardan was the first to break it.
They stared at each other, speechless and breathless, for about as long as it takes to count to five: the silence so intense that they could easily hear their heartbeats. Ardan was the first to speak.
"Are we falling or are we not?" he asked in a loud whisper.
"Are we falling or aren't we?" he asked in a loud whisper.
"We're not!" answered M'Nicholl, also hardly speaking above his breath. "The base of the Projectile is still turned away as far as ever from the Moon!"
"We're not!" M'Nicholl replied, almost whispering. "The base of the Projectile is still facing as far away from the Moon as it ever was!"
Barbican, who had been looking out of the window, now turned hastily towards his companions. His face frightened them. He was deadly pale; his eyes stared, and his lips were painfully contracted.
Barbican, who had been gazing out of the window, suddenly turned quickly towards his companions. His face terrified them. He was unnaturally pale; his eyes were wide with fear, and his lips were tightly pressed together.
"We are falling!" he shrieked huskily.
"We're falling!" he shrieked huskily.
"Towards the Moon?" exclaimed his companions.
"Towards the Moon?" his friends exclaimed.
"No!" was the terrible reply. "Towards the Earth!"
"No!" was the awful response. "Towards the Earth!"
"Sacré!" cried Ardan, as usually letting off his excitement in French.
"Sacré!" shouted Ardan, expressing his excitement in French as he usually did.
"Fire and fury!" cried M'Nicholl, completely startled out of his habitual sang froid.
"Fire and fury!" shouted M'Nicholl, completely shocked out of his usual calm.
"Thunder and lightning!" swore the usually serene Barbican, now completely stunned by the blow. "I had never expected this!"
"Thunder and lightning!" swore the usually calm Barbican, now completely stunned by the impact. "I never saw this coming!"
Ardan was the first to recover from the deadening shock: his levity came to his relief.
Ardan was the first to snap out of the numbing shock: his lightheartedness helped him feel better.
"First impressions are always right," he muttered philosophically. "The moment I set eyes on the confounded thing, it reminded me of the Bastille; it is now proving its likeness to a worse place: easy enough to get into, but no redemption out of it!"
"First impressions are always accurate," he said thoughtfully. "The moment I saw that annoying thing, it reminded me of the Bastille; now it's showing that it's even more like a worse place: easy enough to get into, but no way out!"
There was no longer any doubt possible on the subject. The terrible fall had begun. The Projectile had retained velocity enough not only to carry it beyond the dead point, but it was even able to completely overcome the feeble resistance offered by the rockets. It was all clear now. The same velocity that had carried the Projectile beyond the neutral point on its way to the Moon, was still swaying it on its return to the Earth. A well known law of motion required that, in the path which it was now about to describe, it should repass, on its return through all the points through which it had already passed during its departure.
There was no longer any doubt about it. The terrible fall had begun. The Projectile had retained enough speed not only to carry it past the dead point, but it was even able to completely overcome the weak resistance offered by the rockets. It was all clear now. The same speed that had taken the Projectile past the neutral point on its way to the Moon was still influencing it on its return to Earth. A well-known law of motion stated that, in the path it was now about to take, it should pass again, on its return, through all the points it had already passed during its departure.
No wonder that our friends were struck almost senseless when the fearful fall they were now about to encounter, flashed upon them in all its horror. They were to fall a clear distance of nearly 200 thousand miles! To lighten or counteract such a descent, the most powerful springs, checks, rockets, screens, deadeners, even if the whole Earth were engaged in their construction—would produce no more effect than so many spiderwebs. According to a simple law in Ballistics, the Projectile was to strike the Earth with a velocity equal to that by which it had been animated when issuing from the mouth of the Columbiad—a velocity of at least seven miles a second!
No wonder our friends were nearly knocked out when the terrifying fall they were about to face hit them with all its horror. They were about to drop a full distance of nearly 200 thousand miles! No matter what kind of powerful springs, brakes, rockets, shields, or dampeners were built—even if the entire Earth worked on them—they would be as effective as just a few spiderwebs. According to a basic rule in Ballistics, the Projectile was going to hit the Earth with a speed equal to the one it had when it came out of the mouth of the Columbiad—a speed of at least seven miles a second!
To have even a faint idea of this enormous velocity, let us make a little comparison. A body falling from the summit of a steeple a hundred and fifty feet high, dashes against the pavement with a velocity of fifty five miles an hour. Falling from the summit of St. Peter's, it strikes the earth at the rate of 300 miles an hour, or five times quicker than the rapidest express train. Falling from the neutral point, the Projectile should strike the Earth with a velocity of more than 25,000 miles an hour!
To get a sense of this incredible speed, let’s make a quick comparison. If an object falls from the top of a steeple that’s 150 feet high, it hits the ground at about 55 miles per hour. If it falls from the top of St. Peter's, it hits the ground at a speed of 300 miles per hour, which is five times faster than the fastest express train. If it falls from the neutral point, the projectile would hit the Earth at a speed of over 25,000 miles per hour!
"We are lost!" said M'Nicholl gloomily, his philosophy yielding to despair.
"We're lost!" M'Nicholl said gloomily, his philosophy giving way to despair.
"One consolation, boys!" cried Ardan, genial to the last. "We shall die together!"
"One consolation, guys!" shouted Ardan, upbeat to the very end. "We’re going to die together!"
"If we die," said Barbican calmly, but with a kind of suppressed enthusiasm, "it will be only to remove to a more extended sphere of our investigations. In the other world, we can pursue our inquiries under far more favorable auspices. There the wonders of our great Creator, clothed in brighter light, shall be brought within a shorter range. We shall require no machine, nor projectile, nor material contrivance of any kind to be enabled to contemplate them in all their grandeur and to appreciate them fully and intelligently. Our souls, enlightened by the emanations of the Eternal Wisdom, shall revel forever in the blessed rays of Eternal Knowledge!"
"If we die," Barbican said calmly but with a hint of excitement, "it will just be a transition to a broader area of our research. In the afterlife, we can explore our inquiries with much better conditions. There, the wonders of our great Creator, illuminated by brighter light, will be closer for us to see. We won’t need any machines, projectiles, or any physical tools to take in their grandeur and appreciate them fully and thoughtfully. Our souls, enlightened by the energy of Eternal Wisdom, will bask forever in the blessed rays of Eternal Knowledge!"
"A grand view to take of it, dear friend Barbican;" replied Ardan, "and a consoling one too. The privilege of roaming at will through God's great universe should make ample amends for missing the Moon!"
"A magnificent perspective on it, dear friend Barbican," replied Ardan, "and a reassuring one as well. The opportunity to freely explore God's vast universe should more than compensate for missing out on the Moon!"
M'Nicholl fixed his eyes on Barbican admiringly, feebly muttering with hardly moving lips:
M'Nicholl gazed at Barbican with admiration, quietly mumbling with barely moving lips:
"Grit to the marrow! Grit to the marrow!"
"Grit to the core! Grit to the core!"
Barbican, head bowed in reverence, arms folded across his breast, meekly and uncomplainingly uttered with sublime resignation:
Barbican, head lowered in respect, arms crossed over his chest, quietly and without complaint said with a sense of calm acceptance:
"Thy will be done!"
"Your will be done!"
"Amen!" answered his companions, in a loud and fervent whisper.
"Amen!" responded his friends, in a loud and passionate whisper.
They were soon falling through the boundless regions of space with inconceivable rapidity!
They were quickly tumbling through the limitless expanse of space at an unimaginable speed!
CHAPTER XX.
OFF THE PACIFIC COAST.
"Well, Lieutenant, how goes the sounding?"
"Well, Lieutenant, how's the sounding coming along?"
"Pretty lively, Captain; we're nearly through;" replied the Lieutenant. "But it's a tremendous depth so near land. We can't be more than 250 miles from the California coast."
"Pretty lively, Captain; we're almost there," replied the Lieutenant. "But it's a huge depth so close to shore. We can't be more than 250 miles from the California coast."
"The depression certainly is far deeper than I had expected," observed Captain Bloomsbury. "We have probably lit on a submarine valley channelled out by the Japanese Current."
"The depression is definitely much deeper than I expected," said Captain Bloomsbury. "We’ve probably stumbled upon a submarine valley carved out by the Japanese Current."
"The Japanese Current, Captain?"
"Is that the Japanese Current, Captain?"
"Certainly; that branch of it which breaks on the western shores of North America and then flows southeast towards the Isthmus of Panama."
"Sure; that part of it that flows into the western coast of North America and then goes southeast toward the Isthmus of Panama."
"That may account for it, Captain," replied young Brownson; "at least, I hope it does, for then we may expect the valley to get shallower as we leave the land. So far, there's no sign of a Telegraphic Plateau in this quarter of the globe."
"That might explain it, Captain," replied young Brownson; "at least, I hope it does, because then we can expect the valley to become shallower as we move away from the land. So far, there's no indication of a Telegraphic Plateau in this part of the world."
"Probably not, Brownson. How is the line now?"
"Probably not, Brownson. How's the line now?"
"We have paid out 3500 fathoms already, Captain, but, judging from the rate the reel goes at, we are still some distance from bottom."
"We've let out 3500 fathoms already, Captain, but judging by how fast the reel is turning, we're still quite a way from the bottom."
As he spoke, he pointed to a tall derrick temporarily rigged up at the stern of the vessel for the purpose of working the sounding apparatus, and surrounded by a group of busy men. Through a block pulley strongly lashed to the derrick, a stout cord of the best Italian hemp, wound off a large reel placed amidships, was now running rapidly and with a slight whirring noise.
As he talked, he pointed to a tall crane temporarily set up at the back of the boat for the purpose of operating the sounding equipment and surrounded by a group of busy workers. A thick rope made of high-quality Italian hemp, coming off a large reel positioned in the middle of the ship, was now running quickly through a block pulley securely attached to the crane, making a faint whirring sound.
"I hope it's not the 'cup-lead' you are using, Brownson?" said the Captain, after a few minutes observation.
"I hope it's not the 'cup-lead' you're using, Brownson?" said the Captain after a few minutes of watching.
"Oh no, Captain, certainly not," replied the Lieutenant. "It's only Brooke's apparatus that is of any use in such depths."
"Oh no, Captain, definitely not," replied the Lieutenant. "It's only Brooke's equipment that is useful at those depths."
"Clever fellow that Brooke," observed the Captain; "served with him under Maury. His detachment of the weight is really the starting point for every new improvement in sounding gear. The English, the French, and even our own, are nothing but modifications of that fundamental principle. Exceedingly clever fellow!"
"Clever guy, that Brooke," the Captain noted; "I served with him under Maury. His approach to reducing weight is really the foundation for every new advancement in sounding equipment. The English, the French, and even our own are just variations of that basic principle. Really smart guy!"
"Bottom!" sang out one of the men standing near the derrick and watching the operations.
"Bottom!" shouted one of the guys standing by the derrick, watching the work unfold.
The Captain and the Lieutenant immediately advanced to question him.
The Captain and the Lieutenant quickly approached him to ask questions.
"What's the depth, Coleman?" asked the Lieutenant.
"How deep is it, Coleman?" asked the Lieutenant.
"21,762 feet," was the prompt reply, which Brownson immediately inscribed in his note-book, handing a duplicate to the Captain.
"21,762 feet," was the quick response, which Brownson immediately wrote down in his notebook, handing a copy to the Captain.
"All right, Lieutenant," observed the Captain, after a moment's inspection of the figures. "While I enter it in the log, you haul the line aboard. To do so, I need hardly remind you, is a task involving care and patience. In spite of all our gallant little donkey engine can do, it's a six hours job at least. Meanwhile, the Chief Engineer had better give orders for firing up, so that we may be ready to start as soon as you're through. It's now close on to four bells, and with your permission I shall turn in. Let me be called at three. Good night!"
"Alright, Lieutenant," the Captain said after looking over the numbers for a moment. "While I log this, you pull in the line. I shouldn't have to remind you that it takes care and patience. Even with all the help from our sturdy little donkey engine, it's going to take at least six hours. In the meantime, the Chief Engineer should get things ready to fire up, so we can leave as soon as you're done. It's almost four o'clock, and if you don't mind, I'm going to get some rest. Please wake me up at three. Good night!"
"Goodnight, Captain!" replied Brownson, who spent the next two hours pacing backward and forward on the quarter deck, watching the hauling in of the sounding line, and occasionally casting a glance towards all quarters of the sky.
"Goodnight, Captain!" replied Brownson, who spent the next two hours pacing back and forth on the quarter deck, keeping an eye on the hauling in of the sounding line, and occasionally glancing at all parts of the sky.
It was a glorious night. The innumerable stars glittered with the brilliancy of the purest gems. The ship, hove to in order to take the soundings, swung gently on the faintly heaving ocean breast. You felt you were in a tropical clime, for, though no breath fanned your cheek, your senses easily detected the delicious odor of a distant garden of sweet roses. The sea sparkled with phosphorescence. Not a sound was heard except the panting of the hard-worked little donkey-engine and the whirr of the line as it came up taut and dripping from the ocean depths. The lamp, hanging from the mast, threw a bright glare on deck, presenting the strongest contrast with the black shadows, firm and motionless as marble. The 11th day of December was now near its last hour.
It was a beautiful night. Countless stars sparkled like the brightest gems. The ship, anchored to take readings, swayed gently on the softly rising and falling ocean. You could sense you were in a tropical climate because, although no breeze touched your cheek, your senses easily picked up the sweet fragrance of a distant rose garden. The sea shimmered with phosphorescence. The only sounds were the heavy breathing of the hardworking little donkey-engine and the whir of the line as it came up tight and dripping from the ocean depths. The lamp hanging from the mast cast a bright light on the deck, creating a sharp contrast with the dark shadows that were solid and still like marble. The 11th of December was approaching its final hour.
The steamer was the Susquehanna, a screw, of the United States Navy, 4,000 in tonnage, and carrying 20 guns. She had been detached to take soundings between the Pacific coast and the Sandwich Islands, the initiatory movement towards laying down an Ocean Cable, which the Pacific Cable Company contemplated finally extending to China. She lay just now a few hundred miles directly south of San Diego, an old Spanish town in southwestern California, and the point which is expected to be the terminus of the great Texas and Pacific Railroad.
The steamer was the Susquehanna, a screw vessel of the United States Navy, weighing 4,000 tons and armed with 20 guns. She had been assigned to take soundings between the Pacific coast and the Sandwich Islands, marking the first step toward laying down an Ocean Cable, which the Pacific Cable Company planned to eventually extend to China. At that moment, she was a few hundred miles directly south of San Diego, an old Spanish town in southwestern California, which is expected to be the terminus of the major Texas and Pacific Railroad.
The Captain, John Bloomsbury by name, but better known as 'High-Low Jack' from his great love of that game—the only one he was ever known to play—was a near relation of our old friend Colonel Bloomsbury of the Baltimore Gun Club. Of a good Kentucky family, and educated at Annapolis, he had passed his meridian without ever being heard of, when suddenly the news that he had run the gauntlet in a little gunboat past the terrible batteries of Island Number Ten, amidst a perfect storm of shell, grape and canister discharged at less than a hundred yards distance, burst on the American nation on the sixth of April, 1862, and inscribed his name at once in deep characters on the list of the giants of the Great War. But war had never been his vocation. With the return of peace, he had sought and obtained employment on the Western Coast Survey, where every thing he did he looked on as a labor of love. The Sounding Expedition he had particularly coveted, and, once entered upon it, he discharged his duties with characteristic energy.
The Captain, John Bloomsbury, but better known as 'High-Low Jack' because of his passion for that game—the only one he ever played—was a close relative of our old friend Colonel Bloomsbury from the Baltimore Gun Club. Coming from a respectable Kentucky family and educated at Annapolis, he had lived most of his life without drawing any attention until the news broke on April 6, 1862, that he had bravely navigated a small gunboat past the formidable defenses of Island Number Ten, amidst a hurricane of shells, grape shot, and canister fired from less than a hundred yards away. This event immediately etched his name in bold letters among the legends of the Great War. However, war had never been his true calling. With the return of peace, he sought and found work with the Western Coast Survey, where he approached every task as a labor of love. He had especially wanted to be part of the Sounding Expedition, and once involved, he fulfilled his responsibilities with his usual dedication.
He could not have had more favorable weather than the present for a successful performance of the nice and delicate investigations of sounding. His vessel had even been fortunate enough to have lain altogether out of the track of the terrible wind storm already alluded to, which, starting from somewhere southwest of the Sierra Madre, had swept away every vestige of mist from the summits of the Rocky Mountains and, by revealing the Moon in all her splendor, had enabled Belfast to send the famous despatch announcing that he had seen the Projectile. Every feature of the expedition was, in fact, advancing so favorably that the Captain expected to be able, in a month or two, to submit to the P.C. Company a most satisfactory report of his labors.
He couldn't have asked for better weather than what he had right now for successfully carrying out the precise and delicate soundings. His vessel had even been lucky enough to stay completely clear of the fierce storm mentioned earlier, which had originated somewhere southwest of the Sierra Madre and had blown away every trace of mist from the peaks of the Rocky Mountains. This cleared the way for the Moon to shine in all her glory, allowing Belfast to send the famous dispatch announcing that he had spotted the Projectile. Everything about the expedition was going so well that the Captain anticipated being able to submit a very positive report of his work to the P.C. Company in a month or two.
Cyrus W. Field, the life and soul of the whole enterprise, flushed with honors still in full bloom (the Atlantic Telegraph Cable having been just laid), could congratulate himself with good reason on having found a treasure in the Captain. High-Low Jack was the congenial spirit by whose active and intelligent aid he promised himself the pleasure of seeing before long the whole Pacific Ocean covered with a vast reticulation of electric cables. The practical part, therefore, being in such safe hands, Mr. Field could remain with a quiet conscience in Washington, New York or London, seeing after the financial part of the grand undertaking, worthy of the Nineteenth Century, worthy of the Great Republic, and eminently worthy of the illustrious CYRUS W. himself!
Cyrus W. Field, the driving force behind the entire project, brimming with pride from recent achievements (having just laid the Atlantic Telegraph Cable), could truly feel proud of having discovered a gem in the Captain. High-Low Jack was the likeminded partner whose proactive and smart support made him optimistic about soon seeing the entire Pacific Ocean filled with a massive network of electric cables. With the practical aspects in such capable hands, Mr. Field could comfortably stay in Washington, New York, or London, managing the financial side of this grand project, deserving of the Nineteenth Century, deserving of the Great Republic, and especially deserving of the distinguished CYRUS W. himself!
As already mentioned, the Susquehanna lay a few hundred miles south of San Diego, or, to be more accurate, in 27° 7' North Latitude and 118° 37' West Longitude (Greenwich).
As already mentioned, the Susquehanna was positioned a few hundred miles south of San Diego, or, to be more precise, at 27° 7' North Latitude and 118° 37' West Longitude (Greenwich).
It was now a little past midnight. The Moon, in her last quarter, was just beginning to peep over the eastern horizon. Lieutenant Brownson, leaving the quarter deck, had gone to the forecastle, where he found a crowd of officers talking together earnestly and directing their glasses towards her disc. Even here, out on the ocean, the Queen of the night, was as great an object of attraction as on the North American Continent generally, where, that very night and that very hour, at least 40 million pairs of eyes were anxiously gazing at her. Apparently forgetful that even the very best of their glasses could no more see the Projectile than angulate Sirius, the officers held them fast to their eyes for five minutes at a time, and then took them away only to talk with remarkable fluency on what they had not discovered.
It was a little past midnight. The Moon, in her last quarter, was just starting to rise over the eastern horizon. Lieutenant Brownson, leaving the quarterdeck, went to the forecastle, where he found a group of officers deeply engaged in conversation, directing their binoculars toward her disc. Even out here on the ocean, the Queen of the night was just as captivating as on the North American continent, where, that very night and hour, at least 40 million pairs of eyes were eagerly watching her. Apparently unaware that even the best of their binoculars couldn't see the Projectile any better than they could locate Sirius, the officers held them tightly to their eyes for five minutes at a time, only to lower them and then speak fluently about what they hadn’t actually seen.
"Any sign of them yet, gentlemen?" asked Brownson gaily as he joined the group. "It's now pretty near time for them to put in an appearance. They're gone ten days I should think."
"Any sign of them yet, guys?" asked Brownson cheerfully as he joined the group. "It's about time for them to show up. They've been gone for ten days, I believe."
"They're there, Lieutenant! not a doubt of it!" cried a young midshipman, fresh from Annapolis, and of course "throughly posted" in the latest revelations of Astronomy. "I feel as certain of their being there as I am of our being here on the forecastle of the Susquehanna!"
"They're definitely there, Lieutenant! No doubt about it!" shouted a young midshipman, just back from Annapolis, and naturally "completely up-to-date" on the latest discoveries in Astronomy. "I feel just as sure of them being there as I am of us being here on the forecastle of the Susquehanna!"
"I must agree with you of course, Mr. Midshipman," replied Brownson with a slight smile; "I have no grounds whatever for contradicting you."
"I totally agree with you, of course, Mr. Midshipman," Brownson replied with a slight smile, "I have no reason at all to disagree with you."
"Neither have I," observed another officer, the surgeon of the vessel. "The Projectile was to have reached the Moon when at her full, which was at midnight on the 5th. To-day was the 11th. This gives them six days of clear light—time enough in all conscience not only to land safely but to install themselves quite comfortably in their new home. In fact, I see them there already—"
"Me neither," said another officer, the ship's surgeon. "The Projectile was supposed to reach the Moon when it was full, which was at midnight on the 5th. Today is the 11th. That gives them six days of clear light—plenty of time to not only land safely but also to settle in comfortably in their new home. Actually, I can already picture them there—"
"In my mind's eye, Horatio!" laughed one of the group. "Though the Doc wears glasses, he can see more than any ten men on board."
"In my mind's eye, Horatio!" one of the group laughed. "Even though the Doc wears glasses, he can see more than any ten men on this ship."
—"Already"—pursued the Doctor, heedless of the interruption. "Scene, a stony valley near a Selenite stream; the Projectile on the right, half buried in volcanic scoriae, but apparently not much the worse for the wear; ring mountains, craters, sharp peaks, etc. all around; old MAC discovered taking observations with his levelling staff; BARBICAN perched on the summit of a sharp pointed rock, writing up his note-book; ARDAN, eye-glass on nose, hat under arm, legs apart, puffing at his Imperador, like a—"
—"Already"—continued the Doctor, ignoring the interruption. "Scene, a rocky valley near a Selenite stream; the Projectile on the right, half buried in volcanic scoriae, but seemingly none the worse for it; ring mountains, craters, sharp peaks, etc., all around; old MAC was spotted taking observations with his leveling staff; BARBICAN was perched on top of a sharp, pointed rock, jotting down notes; ARDAN, glasses on his nose, hat under his arm, legs spread apart, puffing at his Imperador, like a—"
—"A locomotive!" interrupted the young Midshipman, his excitable imagination so far getting the better of him as to make him forget his manners. He had just finished Locke's famous MOON HOAX, and his brain was still full of its pictures. "In the background," he went on, "can be seen thousands of Vespertiliones-Homines or Man-Bats, in all the various attitudes of curiosity, alarm, or consternation; some of them peeping around the rocks, some fluttering from peak to peak, all gibbering a language more or less resembling the notes of birds. Enter LUNATICO, King of the Selenites—"
—"A train!" interrupted the young Midshipman, his excited imagination getting the better of him and making him forget his manners. He had just finished Locke's famous MOON HOAX, and his mind was still filled with its images. "In the background," he continued, "you can see thousands of Vespertiliones-Homines or Man-Bats, in various states of curiosity, alarm, or shock; some peeking around the rocks, some flapping from peak to peak, all chattering in a way that sounds somewhat like birds. Enter LUNATICO, King of the Selenites—"
"Excuse us, Mr. Midshipman," interrupted Brownson with an easy smile, "Locke's authority may have great weight among the young Middies at Annapolis, but it does not rank very high at present in the estimation of practical scientists." This rebuff administered to the conceited little Midshipman, a rebuff which the Doctor particularly relished, Brownson continued: "Gentlemen, we certainly know nothing whatever regarding our friends' fate; guessing gives no information. How we ever are to hear from the Moon until we are connected with it by a lunar cable, I can't even imagine. The probability is that we shall never—"
"Excuse us, Mr. Midshipman," Brownson said with a friendly smile, "Locke's ideas might be popular among the young Middies at Annapolis, but they don’t hold much weight with practical scientists these days." This comment struck a blow to the arrogant little Midshipman, a moment that the Doctor particularly enjoyed. Brownson continued, "Gentlemen, we really don’t know anything about our friends' fate; guessing doesn’t provide any answers. I can’t even begin to think of how we’ll hear from the Moon until we have a lunar cable connecting us. The likely outcome is that we never will—"
"Excuse me, Lieutenant," interrupted the unrebuffed little Midshipman; "Can't Barbican write?"
"Excuse me, Lieutenant," interrupted the undeterred little Midshipman; "Can't Barbican write?"
A shout of derisive comments greeted this question.
A shout of mocking comments responded to this question.
"Certainly he can write, and send his letter by the Pony Express!" cried one.
"Of course he can write and send his letter through the Pony Express!" exclaimed one.
"A Postal Card would be cheaper!" cried another.
"A postcard would be cheaper!" shouted another.
"The New York Herald will send a reporter after it!" was the exclamation of a third.
"The New York Herald is going to send a reporter for it!" was the shout of a third person.
"Keep cool, just keep cool, gentlemen," persisted the little Midshipman, not in the least abashed by the uproarious hilarity excited by his remarks. "I asked if Barbican couldn't write. In that question I see nothing whatever to laugh at. Can't a man write without being obliged to send his letters?"
"Stay calm, just stay calm, everyone," the little Midshipman continued, unfazed by the loud laughter his comments had sparked. "I asked if Barbican couldn't write. I don't see anything funny about that question. Can't a guy write without being forced to send his letters?"
"This is all nonsense," said the Doctor. "What's the use of a man writing to you if he can't send you what he writes?"
"This is all nonsense," said the Doctor. "What's the point of a guy writing to you if he can't send you what he writes?"
"What's the use of his sending it to you if he can have it read without that trouble?" answered the little Midshipman in a confident tone. "Is there not a telescope at Long's Peak? Doesn't it bring the Moon within a few miles of the Rocky Mountains, and enable us to see on her surface, objects as small as nine feet in diameter? Well! What's to prevent Barbican and his friends from constructing a gigantic alphabet? If they write words of even a few hundred yards and sentences a mile or two long, what is to prevent us from reading them? Catch the idea now, eh?"
"What's the point of him sending it to you if he can have it read without the hassle?" replied the little Midshipman confidently. "Isn't there a telescope at Long's Peak? Doesn't it bring the Moon close to the Rocky Mountains and let us see things on its surface that are just nine feet wide? So, what's stopping Barbican and his friends from creating a massive alphabet? If they write words that stretch for a few hundred yards and sentences that are a mile or two long, what's stopping us from reading them? You see the idea now, right?"
They did catch the idea, and heartily applauded the little Middy for his smartness. Even the Doctor saw a certain kind of merit in it, and Brownson acknowledged it to be quite feasible. In fact, expanding on it, the Lieutenant assured his hearers that, by means of large parabolic reflectors, luminous groups of rays could be dispatched from the Earth, of sufficient brightness to establish direct communication even with Venus or Mars, where these rays would be quite as visible as the planet Neptune is from the Earth. He even added that those brilliant points of light, which have been quite frequently observed in Mars and Venus, are perhaps signals made to the Earth by the inhabitants of these planets. He concluded, however, by observing that, though we might by these means succeed in obtaining news from the Moon, we could not possibly send any intelligence back in return, unless indeed the Selenites had at their disposal optical instruments at least as good as ours.
They understood the idea and enthusiastically applauded the young Midshipman for his cleverness. Even the Doctor recognized a certain merit in it, and Brownson admitted it was quite doable. In fact, expanding on the concept, the Lieutenant assured his listeners that with large parabolic reflectors, bright beams of light could be sent from Earth, bright enough to establish direct communication even with Venus or Mars, where these rays would be just as visible as Neptune is from Earth. He even mentioned that those bright points of light often seen on Mars and Venus might be signals sent to Earth by the inhabitants of those planets. However, he concluded by noting that while we might succeed in getting news from the Moon, we couldn't possibly send any information back unless the Selenites had optical instruments at least as good as ours.
All agreed that this was very true, and, as is generally the case when one keeps all the talk to himself, the conversation now assumed so serious a turn that for some time it was hardly worth recording.
All agreed that this was very true, and, as usually happens when one monopolizes the conversation, the discussion took such a serious turn that for a while it was hardly worth noting.
At last the Chief Engineer, excited by some remark that had been made, observed with much earnestness:
At last, the Chief Engineer, sparked by something that had been said, commented with great seriousness:
"You may say what you please, gentlemen, but I would willingly give my last dollar to know what has become of those brave men! Have they done anything? Have they seen anything? I hope they have. But I should dearly like to know. Ever so little success would warrant a repetition of the great experiment. The Columbiad is still to the good in Florida, as it will be for many a long day. There are millions of men to day as curious as I am upon the subject. Therefore it will be only a question of mere powder and bullets if a cargo of visitors is not sent to the Moon every time she passes our zenith.
"You can say whatever you want, gentlemen, but I would gladly give my last dollar to know what happened to those brave men! Have they achieved anything? Have they seen anything? I hope they have. But I really want to know. Even a bit of success would justify trying the big experiment again. The Columbiad is still a part of Florida's landscape, and it will be for a long time to come. There are millions of people today just as curious as I am about this. So it’s just a matter of using some gunpowder and bullets if we’re not sending a group of visitors to the Moon every time it passes overhead."
"Marston would be one of the first of them," observed Brownson, lighting his cigar.
"Marston would be one of the first of them," Brownson noted, lighting his cigar.
"Oh, he would have plenty of company!" cried the Midshipman. "I should be delighted to go if he'd only take me."
"Oh, he'd have lots of company!" shouted the Midshipman. "I’d be thrilled to go if he’d just take me."
"No doubt you would, Mr. Midshipman," said Brownson, "the wise men, you know, are not all dead yet."
"No doubt you would, Mr. Midshipman," Brownson said, "the wise people, you know, aren't all gone yet."
"Nor the fools either, Lieutenant," growled old Frisby, the fourth officer, getting tired of the conversation.
"Nor the fools either, Lieutenant," grumbled old Frisby, the fourth officer, growing tired of the conversation.
"There is no question at all about it," observed another; "every time a Projectile started, it would take off as many as it could carry."
"There’s no doubt about it," another one said; "every time a Projectile launched, it would take off as many as it could carry."
"I wish it would only start often enough to improve the breed!" growled old Frisby.
"I wish it would happen often enough to make things better!" grumbled old Frisby.
"I have no doubt whatever," added the Chief Engineer, "that the thing would get so fashionable at last that half the inhabitants of the Earth would take a trip to the Moon."
"I have no doubt," the Chief Engineer added, "that it would eventually become so trendy that half the people on Earth would take a trip to the Moon."
"I should limit that privilege strictly to some of our friends in Washington," said old Frisby, whose temper had been soured probably by a neglect to recognize his long services; "and most of them I should by all means insist on sending to the Moon. Every month I would ram a whole raft of them into the Columbiad, with a charge under them strong enough to blow them all to the—But—Hey!—what in creation's that?"
"I should definitely restrict that privilege to just a few friends in Washington," said old Frisby, whose mood had likely soured from not being recognized for his long service; "and I would strongly insist on sending most of them to the Moon. Every month, I would pack a whole bunch of them into the Columbiad, with enough power under them to blow them all to the—But—Hey!—what in the world is that?"
Whilst the officer was speaking, his companions had suddenly caught a sound in the air which reminded them immediately of the whistling scream of a Lancaster shell. At first they thought the steam was escaping somewhere, but, looking upwards, they saw that the strange noise proceeded from a ball of dazzling brightness, directly over their heads, and evidently falling towards them with tremendous velocity. Too frightened to say a word, they could only see that in its light the whole ship blazed like fireworks, and the whole sea glittered like a silver lake. Quicker than tongue can utter, or mind can conceive, it flashed before their eyes for a second, an enormous bolide set on fire by friction with the atmosphere, and gleaming in its white heat like a stream of molten iron gushing straight from the furnace. For a second only did they catch its flash before their eyes; then striking the bowsprit of the vessel, which it shivered into a thousand pieces, it vanished in the sea in an instant with a hiss, a scream, and a roar, all equally indescribable. For some time the utmost confusion reigned on deck. With eyes too dazzled to see, ears still ringing with the frightful combination of unearthly sounds, faces splashed with floods of sea water, and noses stifled with clouds of scalding steam, the crew of the Susquehanna could hardly realize that their marvellous escape by a few feet from instant and certain destruction was an accomplished fact, not a frightful dream. They were still engaged in trying to open their eyes and to get the hot water out of their ears, when they suddenly heard the trumpet voice of Captain Bloomsbury crying, as he stood half dressed on the head of the cabin stairs:
While the officer was talking, his companions suddenly caught a sound in the air that instantly reminded them of the piercing whistle of a Lancaster shell. At first, they thought it was steam escaping somewhere, but when they looked up, they saw that the strange noise was coming from a bright ball of light directly overhead, clearly falling towards them at an incredible speed. Too frightened to speak, they could only see that, in its glow, the entire ship lit up like fireworks and the sea sparkled like a silver lake. In the blink of an eye, they saw it flash before them—an enormous fireball ignited by friction with the atmosphere, glowing white hot like a stream of molten iron pouring straight from a furnace. They only caught a glimpse of its brightness for a moment; then, as it struck the bowsprit of the ship, it shattered into a thousand pieces and disappeared into the sea in an instant with a hiss, a scream, and an indescribable roar. For a while, complete chaos erupted on deck. With eyes too dazed to see, ears still ringing with the terrifying mix of otherworldly sounds, faces drenched with sprays of seawater, and noses filled with clouds of scalding steam, the crew of the Susquehanna could hardly believe that their miraculous escape by mere feet from instant and certain destruction was real, not just a nightmare. They were still trying to open their eyes and get the hot water out of their ears when they suddenly heard Captain Bloomsbury's booming voice calling from the top of the cabin stairs, half-dressed:
"What's up, gentlemen? In heaven's name, what's up?"
"What's up, guys? For heaven's sake, what's going on?"
The little Midshipman had been knocked flat by the concussion and stunned by the uproar. But before any body else could reply, his voice was heard, clear and sharp, piercing the din like an arrow:
The young Midshipman had been flattened by the blast and was dazed by the chaos. But before anyone else could respond, his voice rang out, sharp and clear, cutting through the noise like an arrow:
"It's THEY, Captain! Didn't I tell you so?"
"It's them, Captain! Didn't I tell you?"
CHAPTER XXI.
NEWS FOR MARSTON!
In a few minutes, consciousness had restored order on board the Susquehanna, but the excitement was as great as ever. They had escaped by a hairsbreadth the terrible fate of being both burned and drowned without a moment's warning, without a single soul being left alive to tell the fatal tale; but on this neither officer nor man appeared to bestow the slightest thought. They were wholly engrossed with the terrible catastrophe that had befallen the famous adventurers. What was the loss of the Susquehanna and all it contained, in comparison to the loss experienced by the world at large in the terrible tragic dénouement just witnessed? The worst had now come to the worst. At last the long agony was over forever. Those three gallant men, who had not only conceived but had actually executed the grandest and most daring enterprise of ancient or modern times, had paid by the most fearful of deaths, for their sublime devotion to science and their unselfish desire to extend the bounds of human knowledge! Before such a reflection as this, all other considerations were at once reduced to proportions of the most absolute insignificance.
In just a few minutes, everyone on board the Susquehanna had regained their composure, but the tension was still intense. They had narrowly escaped the horrific fate of being burned and drowned without warning, with no one left to tell the tragic story; yet neither the officers nor the crew seemed to think about this. They were completely absorbed in the devastating disaster that had struck the renowned adventurers. What did the loss of the Susquehanna and everything it held matter compared to the greater loss felt by the world in the tragic outcome they had just witnessed? The worst had indeed happened. Finally, the long suffering was over. Those three brave men, who had not only imagined but had also carried out the greatest and most daring venture of any time, had paid the highest price with their lives, all for their profound commitment to science and their selfless aim to expand human knowledge! In light of such a thought, all other concerns faded into utter insignificance.
But was the death of the adventurers so very certain after all? Hope is hard to kill. Consciousness had brought reflection, reflection doubt, and doubt had resuscitated hope.
But was the death of the adventurers really so certain after all? Hope is hard to kill. Awareness sparked reflection, reflection led to doubt, and doubt revived hope.
"It's they!" had exclaimed the little Midshipman, and the cry had thrilled every heart on board as with an electric shock. Everybody had instantly understood it. Everybody had felt it to be true. Nothing could be more certain than that the meteor which had just flashed before their eyes was the famous projectile of the Baltimore Gun Club. Nothing could be truer than that it contained the three world renowned men and that it now lay in the black depths of the Pacific Ocean.
"It's them!" shouted the young Midshipman, and the cry sent a jolt of excitement through everyone on board. Instantly, everyone understood. Everyone felt it was true. Nothing was more certain than that the meteor which had just shot across their vision was the famous projectile from the Baltimore Gun Club. And it couldn’t be more accurate that it held the three internationally renowned men and was now resting in the dark depths of the Pacific Ocean.
But here opinions began to diverge. Some courageous breasts soon refused to accept the prevalent idea.
But at this point, opinions started to differ. Some brave individuals quickly began to reject the popular belief.
"They're killed by the shock!" cried the crowd.
"They're killed by the shock!" shouted the crowd.
"Killed?" exclaimed the hopeful ones; "Not a bit of it! The water here is deep enough to break a fall twice as great."
"Killed?" exclaimed the optimistic ones; "Not at all! The water here is deep enough to soften a fall twice as high."
"They're smothered for want of air!" exclaimed the crowd.
"They're suffocating because they can't breathe!" shouted the crowd.
"Their stock may not be run out yet!" was the ready reply. "Their air apparatus is still on hand."
"Their supply might not be gone yet!" came the quick response. "Their air equipment is still available."
"They're burned to a cinder!" shrieked the crowd.
"They're burned to a crisp!" yelled the crowd.
"They had not time to be burned!" answered the Band of Hope. "The Projectile did not get hot till it reached the atmosphere, through which it tore in a few seconds."
"They didn't have time to get burned!" replied the Band of Hope. "The projectile didn't heat up until it hit the atmosphere, which it shot through in just a few seconds."
"If they're neither burned nor smothered nor killed by the shock, they're sure to be drowned!" persisted the crowd, with redoubled lamentations.
"If they’re not burned, smothered, or killed by the shock, they’re definitely going to drown!" the crowd insisted, growing even more upset.
"Fish 'em up first!" cried the Hopeful Band. "Come! Let's lose no time! Let's fish 'em up at once!"
"Catch them first!" shouted the Hopeful Band. "Come on! Let’s not waste any time! Let’s catch them right now!"
The cries of Hope prevailed. The unanimous opinion of a council of the officers hastily summoned together by the Captain was to go to work and fish up the Projectile with the least possible delay. But was such an operation possible? asked a doubter. Yes! was the overwhelming reply; difficult, no doubt, but still quite possible. Certainly, however, such an attempt was not immediately possible as the Susquehanna had no machinery strong enough or suitable enough for a piece of work involving such a nicety of detailed operations, not to speak of its exceeding difficulty. The next unanimous decision, therefore, was to start the vessel at once for the nearest port, whence they could instantly telegraph the Projectile's arrival to the Baltimore Gun Club.
The cries of Hope won out. The unanimous opinion of a council of officers quickly summoned by the Captain was to get to work and retrieve the Projectile as soon as possible. But was such an operation feasible? asked a skeptic. Yes! was the overwhelming response; challenging, no doubt, but still very much possible. However, it was clear that such an attempt couldn't be made immediately since the Susquehanna didn't have machinery strong or suitable enough for a task requiring such precision, not to mention its extreme difficulty. The next unanimous decision was to set sail for the nearest port, from where they could quickly telegraph the Projectile's arrival to the Baltimore Gun Club.
But what was the nearest port? A serious question, to answer which in a satisfactory manner the Captain had to carefully examine his sailing charts. The neighboring shores of the California Peninsula, low and sandy, were absolutely destitute of good harbors. San Diego, about a day's sail directly north, possessed an excellent harbor, but, not yet having telegraphic communication with the rest of the Union, it was of course not to be thought of. San Pedro Bay was too open to be approached in winter. The Santa Barbara Channel was liable to the same objection, not to mention the trouble often caused by kelp and wintry fogs. The bay of San Luis Obispo was still worse in every respect; having no islands to act as a breakwater, landing there in winter was often impossible. The harbor of the picturesque old town of Monterey was safe enough, but some uncertainty regarding sure telegraphic communications with San Francisco, decided the council not to venture it. Half Moon Bay, a little to the north, would be just as risky, and in moments like the present when every minute was worth a day, no risk involving the slightest loss of time could be ventured.
But what was the closest port? That was a serious question. To answer it properly, the Captain had to carefully look over his sailing charts. The nearby shores of the California Peninsula, low and sandy, had no good harbors. San Diego, about a day's sail directly north, had an excellent harbor, but since it didn't yet have telegraphic communication with the rest of the Union, it couldn’t be considered. San Pedro Bay was too exposed for a winter approach. The Santa Barbara Channel faced the same issue, not to mention the problems often caused by kelp and winter fogs. The bay of San Luis Obispo was even worse; without islands to serve as breakwaters, landing there in winter was often impossible. The harbor of the picturesque old town of Monterey was safe enough, but some uncertainty regarding reliable telegraphic communications with San Francisco led the council to decide against it. Half Moon Bay, a bit further north, would be just as risky, and in situations like this, when every minute counted as much as a day, no risk that could cause even a slight delay could be taken.
Evidently, therefore, the most advisable plan was to sail directly for the bay of San Francisco, the Golden Gate, the finest harbor on the Pacific Coast and one of the safest in the world. Here telegraphic communication with all parts of the Union was assured beyond a doubt. San Francisco, about 750 miles distant, the Susquehanna could probably make in three days; with a little increased pressure, possibly in two days and a-half. The sooner then she started, the better.
Evidently, the best plan was to sail straight to San Francisco Bay, the Golden Gate, which is the best harbor on the Pacific Coast and one of the safest in the world. Here, reliable telegraphic communication with all parts of the country was guaranteed. San Francisco, about 750 miles away, could probably be reached by the Susquehanna in three days; with a little extra effort, maybe in two and a half days. The sooner she left, the better.
The fires were soon in full blast. The vessel could get under weigh at once. In fact, nothing delayed immediate departure but the consideration that two miles of sounding line were still to be hauled up from the ocean depths. Rut the Captain, after a moment's thought, unwilling that any more time should be lost, determined to cut it. Then marking its position by fastening its end to a buoy, he could haul it up at his leisure on his return.
The fires were soon blazing. The ship could set sail right away. The only thing holding them back from leaving was the fact that they still had two miles of sounding line to pull up from the ocean depths. But the Captain, after thinking for a moment and not wanting to waste any more time, decided to cut it. He marked its position by tying the end to a buoy, so he could pull it up at his convenience on the way back.
"Besides," said he, "the buoy will show us the precise spot where the Projectile fell."
"Besides," he said, "the buoy will point out the exact spot where the Projectile landed."
"As for that, Captain," observed Brownson, "the exact spot has been carefully recorded already: 27° 7' north latitude by 41° 37' west longitude, reckoning from the meridian of Washington."
"As for that, Captain," Brownson remarked, "the exact location has been carefully noted already: 27° 7' north latitude by 41° 37' west longitude, calculated from the Washington meridian."
"All right, Lieutenant," said the Captain curtly. "Cut the line!"
"All right, Lieutenant," the Captain said sharply. "Cut the line!"
A large cone-shaped metal buoy, strengthened still further by a couple of stout spars to which it was securely lashed, was soon rigged up on deck, whence, being hoisted overboard, the whole apparatus was carefully lowered to the surface of the sea. By means of a ring in the small end of the buoy, the latter was then solidly attached to the part of the sounding line that still remained in the water, and all possible precautions were taken to diminish the danger of friction, caused by the contrary currents, tidal waves, and the ordinary heaving swells of ocean.
A large, cone-shaped metal buoy, further reinforced by a couple of sturdy poles securely tied to it, was quickly set up on deck. Once it was hoisted overboard, the entire setup was carefully lowered to the sea's surface. Using a ring on the smaller end of the buoy, it was then securely attached to the part of the sounding line still in the water. All possible precautions were taken to minimize the risk of friction caused by opposing currents, tidal waves, and the usual swells of the ocean.
It was now a little after three o'clock in the morning. The Chief Engineer announced everything to be in perfect readiness for starting. The Captain gave the signal, directing the pilot to steer straight for San Francisco, north-north by west. The waters under the stern began to boil and foam; the ship very soon felt and yielded to the power that animated her; and in a few minutes she was making at least twelve knots an hour. Her sailing powers were somewhat higher than this, but it was necessary to be careful in the neighborhood of such a dangerous coast as that of California.
It was just after three in the morning. The Chief Engineer announced that everything was perfectly ready to start. The Captain signaled for the pilot to steer directly toward San Francisco, north-northwest. The water under the stern started to churn and foam; the ship quickly responded to the energy that drove her, and within minutes, she was cruising at least twelve knots an hour. Her sailing capabilities were slightly better than that, but it was important to be cautious near such a hazardous coast as California.
Seven hundred and fifty miles of smooth waters presented no very difficult task to a fast traveller like the Susquehanna, yet it was not till two days and a-half afterwards that she sighted the Golden Gate. As usual, the coast was foggy; neither Point Lobos nor Point Boneta could be seen. But Captain Bloomsbury, well acquainted with every portion of this coast, ran as close along the southern shore as he dared, the fog-gun at Point Boneta safely directing his course. Here expecting to be able to gain a few hours time by signalling to the outer telegraph station on Point Lobos, he had caused to be painted on a sail in large black letters: "THE MOONMEN ARE BACK!" but the officers in attendance, though their fog-horn could be easily heard—the distance not being quite two miles—were unfortunately not able to see it. Perhaps they did see it, but feared a hoax.
Seven hundred and fifty miles of calm waters weren't too challenging for a fast traveler like the Susquehanna, but it took her two and a half days to finally spot the Golden Gate. As usual, the coast was foggy; neither Point Lobos nor Point Boneta was visible. However, Captain Bloomsbury, who knew this coastline well, navigated as close to the southern shore as he could, with the fog-gun at Point Boneta safely guiding his way. Here, hoping to save a few hours by sending a signal to the outer telegraph station at Point Lobos, he had painted on a sail in large black letters: "THE MOONMEN ARE BACK!" But the officers on duty, although they could easily hear the fog horn just under two miles away, unfortunately, couldn't see it. Maybe they did see it but thought it was a prank.
Giving the Fort Point a good wide berth, the Susquehanna found the fog gradually clearing away, and by half-past three the passengers, looking under it, enjoyed the glorious view of the Contra Costa mountains east of San Francisco, which had obtained for this entrance the famous and well deserved appellation of the Golden Gate. In another half hour, they had doubled Black Point, and were lying safely at anchor between the islands of Alcatraz and Yerba Buena. In less than five minutes afterwards the Captain was quickly lowered into his gig, and eight stout pairs of arms were pulling him rapidly to shore.
Giving Fort Point a wide berth, the Susquehanna found the fog gradually clearing, and by three-thirty, the passengers enjoyed the stunning view of the Contra Costa mountains east of San Francisco, which had earned the famous and well-deserved name of the Golden Gate. Half an hour later, they had rounded Black Point and were safely anchored between the islands of Alcatraz and Yerba Buena. Less than five minutes after that, the Captain was quickly lowered into his boat, and eight strong pairs of arms were rowing him swiftly to shore.
The usual crowd of idlers had collected that evening on the summit of Telegraph Hill to enjoy the magnificent view, which for variety, extent, beauty and grandeur, is probably unsurpassed on earth. Of course, the inevitable reporter, hot after an item, was not absent. The Susquehanna had hardly crossed the bar, when they caught sight of her. A government vessel entering the bay at full speed, is something to look at even in San Francisco. Even during the war, it would be considered rather unusual. But they soon remarked that her bowsprit was completely broken off. Very unusual. Something decidedly is the matter. See! The vessel is hardly anchored when the Captain leaves her and makes for Megg's Wharf at North Point as hard as ever his men can pull! Something must be the matter—and down the steep hill they all rush as fast as ever their legs can carry them to the landing at Megg's Wharf.
The usual group of people hanging out gathered that evening on the top of Telegraph Hill to take in the stunning view, which, in terms of variety, size, beauty, and grandeur, is probably unmatched anywhere on Earth. Of course, the inevitable reporter, eager for a story, was also there. The Susquehanna had barely crossed the bar when they spotted her. A government ship coming into the bay at full speed is always a sight to see, even in San Francisco. Even during the war, that was considered pretty unusual. But they soon noticed that her bowsprit was completely broken off. Very unusual. Something was definitely wrong. Look! The vessel had barely anchored when the Captain left her and rushed toward Megg's Wharf at North Point as fast as his crew could row! Something must be wrong—and down the steep hill they all raced as fast as their legs could take them to the landing at Megg's Wharf.
The Captain could hardly force his way through the dense throng, but he made no attempt whatever to gratify their ill dissembled curiosity.
The Captain could barely push through the thick crowd, but he made no effort to satisfy their poorly concealed curiosity.
"Carriage!" he cried, in a voice seldom heard outside the din of battle.
"Carriage!" he shouted, in a voice rarely heard outside the chaos of battle.
In a moment seventeen able-bodied cabmen were trying to tear him limb from limb.
In an instant, seventeen strong cab drivers were trying to rip him apart.
"To the telegraph office! Like lightning!" were his stifled mutterings, as he struggled in the arms of the Irish giant who had at last succeeded in securing him.
"To the telegraph office! Like lightning!" were his muffled whispers as he fought against the grip of the Irish giant who had finally managed to hold him.
"To the telegraph office!" cried most of the crowd, running after him like fox hounds, but the more knowing ones immediately began questioning the boatmen in the Captain's gig. These honest fellows, nothing loth to tell all that they knew and more that they invented, soon had the satisfaction of finding themselves the centrepoint of a wonder stricken audience, greedily swallowing up every item of the extraordinary news and still hungrily gaping for more.
"To the telegraph office!" shouted most of the crowd, chasing after him like foxhounds, but the more informed ones quickly started asking the boatmen in the Captain's boat. These honest guys, eager to share everything they knew and even more that they made up, soon found themselves the center of a fascinated audience, eagerly absorbing every detail of the incredible news and still wanting more.
By this time, however, an important dispatch was flying east, bearing four different addresses: To the Secretary of the U.S. Navy, Washington; To Colonel Joseph Wilcox, Vice-President pro tem., Baltimore Gun Club, Md; To J.T. Marston, Esq. Long's Peak, Grand County, Colorado; and To Professor Wenlock, Sub-Director of the Cambridge Observatory, Mass.
By this time, though, an important message was heading east, with four different addresses: To the Secretary of the U.S. Navy, Washington; To Colonel Joseph Wilcox, Acting Vice-President, Baltimore Gun Club, Md; To J.T. Marston, Esq. Long's Peak, Grand County, Colorado; and To Professor Wenlock, Sub-Director of the Cambridge Observatory, Mass.
This dispatch read as follows:
This message said:
"In latitude twenty-seven degrees seven minutes north and longitude forty-one degrees thirty-seven minutes west shortly after one o'clock on the morning of twelfth instant Columbiad Projectile fell in Pacific—send instructions—
"In latitude 27 degrees 7 minutes north and longitude 41 degrees 37 minutes west shortly after 1:00 AM on the 12th, the Columbiad Projectile fell in the Pacific—send instructions—"
BLOOMSBURY,
BLOOMSBURY,
Captain, SUSQUEHANNA."
Captain, SUSQUEHANNA.
In five minutes more all San Francisco had the news. An hour later, the newspaper boys were shrieking it through the great cities of the States. Before bed-time every man, woman, and child in the country had heard it and gone into ecstasies over it. Owing to the difference in longitude, the people of Europe could not hear it till after midnight. But next morning the astounding issue of the great American enterprise fell on them like a thunder clap.
In just five more minutes, all of San Francisco knew the news. An hour later, the newspaper kids were shouting it across the major cities in the States. By bedtime, every man, woman, and child in the country had heard it and was raving about it. Due to the time difference, people in Europe didn’t hear it until after midnight. But the next morning, the shocking news of the major American endeavor hit them like a thunderclap.
We must, of course, decline all attempts at describing the effects of this most unexpected intelligence on the world at large.
We have to, of course, reject any attempts to describe how this completely unexpected news affects the world as a whole.
The Secretary of the Navy immediately telegraphed directions to the Susquehanna to keep a full head of steam up night and day so as to be ready to give instant execution to orders received at any moment.
The Secretary of the Navy quickly sent a telegram to the Susquehanna instructing them to maintain full steam both day and night in order to be ready to carry out orders at a moment's notice.
The Observatory authorities at Cambridge held a special meeting that very evening, where, with all the serene calmness so characteristic of learned societies, they discussed the scientific points of the question in all its bearings. But, before committing themselves to any decided opinion, they unanimously resolved to wait for the development of further details.
The Observatory authorities at Cambridge held a special meeting that evening, where, with all the calmness typical of scholarly organizations, they discussed the scientific points of the matter in all its aspects. However, before reaching any firm conclusion, they all agreed to wait for more details to develop.
At the rooms of the Gun Club in Baltimore there was a terrible time. The kind reader no doubt remembers the nature of the dispatch sent one day previously by Professor Belfast from the Long's Peak observatory, announcing that the Projectile had been seen but that it had become the Moon's satellite, destined to revolve around her forever and ever till time should be no more. The reader is also kindly aware by this time that such dispatch was not supported by the slightest foundations in fact. The learned Professor, in a moment of temporary cerebral excitation, to which even the greatest scientist is just as liable as the rest of us, had taken some little meteor or, still more probably, some little fly-speck in the telescope for the Projectile. The worst of it was that he had not only boldly proclaimed his alleged discovery to the world at large but he had even explained all about it with the well known easy pomposity that "Science" sometimes ventures to assume. The consequences of all this may be readily guessed. The Baltimore Gun Club had split up immediately into two violently opposed parties. Those gentlemen who regularly conned the scientific magazines, took every word of the learned Professor's dispatch for gospel—or rather for something of far higher value, and more strictly in accordance with the highly advanced scientific developments of the day. But the others, who never read anything but the daily papers and who could not bear the idea of losing Barbican, laughed the whole thing to scorn. Belfast, they said, had seen as much of the Projectile as he had of the "Open Polar Sea," and the rest of the dispatch was mere twaddle, though asserted with all the sternness of a religious dogma and enveloped in the usual scientific slang.
At the Gun Club in Baltimore, things were pretty chaotic. The kind reader likely remembers the message sent the day before by Professor Belfast from the Long's Peak observatory, announcing that the Projectile had been spotted but had become the Moon's satellite, destined to orbit her forever. By now, the reader also understands that this dispatch was not backed by a shred of evidence. The learned Professor, in a moment of temporary excitement—which can happen to even the greatest scientists—had mistaken some small meteor or, more likely, just a tiny speck on the lens for the Projectile. The worst part was that he had not only boldly announced his supposed discovery to the world but had also explained it with the usual overblown confidence that "Science" sometimes exhibits. The fallout from this was predictable. The Baltimore Gun Club immediately split into two opposing factions. Those gentlemen who regularly read scientific journals took every word of the learned Professor's dispatch as gospel—or even more valuable, in line with the highly advanced scientific progress of the time. Meanwhile, the others, who only read the daily papers and couldn’t stand the idea of losing Barbican, scoffed at the whole thing. They claimed Belfast had seen as much of the Projectile as he had of the "Open Polar Sea," and the rest of the dispatch was just nonsense, stated with all the seriousness of a religious doctrine and wrapped in the usual scientific jargon.
The meeting held in the Club House, 24 Monument Square, Baltimore, on the evening of the 13th, had been therefore disorderly in the highest degree. Long before the appointed hour, the great hall was densely packed and the greatest uproar prevailed. Vice-President Wilcox took the chair, and all was comparatively quiet until Colonel Bloomsbury, the Honorary Secretary in Marston's absence, commenced to read Belfast's dispatch. Then the scene, according to the account given in the next day's Sun, from whose columns we condense our report, actually "beggared description." Roars, yells, cheers, counter-cheers, clappings, hissings, stampings, squallings, whistlings, barkings, mewings, cock crowings, all of the most fearful and demoniacal character, turned the immense hall into a regular pandemonium. In vain did President Wilcox fire off his detonating bell, with a report on ordinary occasions as loud as the roar of a small piece of ordnance. In the dreadful noise then prevailing it was no more heard than the fizz of a lucifer match.
The meeting at the Club House, 24 Monument Square, Baltimore, on the evening of the 13th was extremely chaotic. Long before the start time, the large hall was packed, and the noise was overwhelming. Vice-President Wilcox took the chair, and things were relatively calm until Colonel Bloomsbury, the Honorary Secretary in Marston's absence, started reading Belfast's dispatch. According to the next day's Sun, from which we summarize our report, the scene was truly "beyond description." Roars, yells, cheers, counter-cheers, clapping, hissing, stomping, crying, whistling, barking, meowing, and crowing created a nightmarish cacophony, turning the enormous hall into total chaos. President Wilcox's attempts to get attention with his loud bell, usually as loud as a small cannon, went unheard in the midst of the deafening noise, which drowned it out like the sound of a match lighting.
Some cries, however, made themselves occasionally heard in the pauses of the din. "Read! Read!" "Dry up!" "Sit down!" "Give him an egg!" "Fair play!" "Hurrah for Barbican!" "Down with his enemies!" "Free Speech!" "Belfast won't bite you!" "He'd like to bite Barbican, but his teeth aren't sharp enough!" "Barbican's a martyr to science, let's hear his fate!" "Martyr be hanged; the Old Man is to the good yet!" "Belfast is the grandest name in Science!" "Groans for the grandest name!" (Awful groans.) "Three cheers for Old Man Barbican!" (The exceptional strength alone of the walls saved the building, from being blown out by an explosion in which at least 5,000 pairs of lungs participated.)
Some shouts occasionally cut through the noise. "Read! Read!" "Shut up!" "Sit down!" "Give him an egg!" "Fair play!" "Hooray for Barbican!" "Down with his enemies!" "Free speech!" "Belfast won't bite you!" "He'd love to bite Barbican, but his teeth aren't sharp enough!" "Barbican's a martyr for science, let's hear about his fate!" "Martyr, my foot; the Old Man is still doing well!" "Belfast is the greatest name in science!" "Boo for the greatest name!" (Loud boos.) "Three cheers for Old Man Barbican!" (The remarkable strength of the walls alone prevented the building from being blown apart by an explosion that involved at least 5,000 voices.)
"Three cheers for M'Nicholl and the Frenchman!" This was followed by another burst of cheering so hearty, vigorous and long continued that the scientific party, or Belfasters as they were now called, seeing that further prolongation of the meet was perfectly useless, moved to adjourn. It was carried unanimously. President Wilcox left the chair, the meeting broke up in the wildest disorder—the scientists rather crest fallen, but the Barbican men quite jubilant for having been so successful in preventing the reading of that detested dispatch.
"Three cheers for M'Nicholl and the Frenchman!" This was followed by another round of cheering so enthusiastic, strong, and lengthy that the scientific group, now referred to as the Belfasters, realized that any further continuation of the meeting was pointless and decided to adjourn. The motion passed unanimously. President Wilcox stepped down from the chair, and the meeting dissolved into chaos—the scientists feeling a bit defeated, while the Barbican men were quite thrilled to have successfully stopped the reading of that hated dispatch.
Little sleeping was done that night in Baltimore, and less business next day. Even in the public schools so little work was done by the children that S.T. Wallace, Esq., President of the Education Board, advised an anticipation of the usual Christmas recess by a week. Every one talked of the Projectile; nothing was heard at the corners but discussions regarding its probable fate. All Baltimore was immediately rent into two parties, the Belfasters and the Barbicanites. The latter was the most enthusiastic and noisy, the former decidedly the most numerous and influential.
Little sleep was had that night in Baltimore, and even less work was done the next day. Even in the public schools, the children accomplished so little that S.T. Wallace, Esq., President of the Education Board, suggested starting the usual Christmas break a week early. Everyone was talking about the Projectile; all that could be heard on the corners were discussions about its likely outcome. All of Baltimore quickly split into two groups, the Belfasters and the Barbicanites. The latter was the most enthusiastic and loud, while the former was clearly the larger and more influential group.
Science, or rather pseudo-science, always exerts a mysterious attraction of an exceedingly powerful nature over the generality—that is, the more ignorant portion of the human race. Assert the most absurd nonsense, call it a scientific truth, and back it up with strange words which, like potentiality, etc., sound as if they had a meaning but in reality have none, and nine out of every ten men who read your book will believe you. Acquire a remarkable name in one branch of human knowledge, and presto! you are infallible in all. Who can contradict you, if you only wrap up your assertions in specious phrases that not one man in a million attempts to ascertain the real meaning of? We like so much to be saved the trouble of thinking, that it is far easier and more comfortable to be led than to contradict, to fall in quietly with the great flock of sheep that jump blindly after their leader than to remain apart, making one's self ridiculous by foolishly attempting to argue. Real argument, in fact, is very difficult, for several reasons: first, you must understand your subject well, which is hardly likely; secondly, your opponent must also understand it well, which is even less likely; thirdly, you must listen patiently to his arguments, which is still less likely; and fourthly, he must listen to yours, the least likely of all. If a quack advertises a panacea for all human ills at a dollar a bottle, a hundred will buy the bottle, for one that will try how many are killed by it. What would the investigator gain by charging the quack with murder? Nobody would believe him, because nobody would take the trouble to follow his arguments. His adversary, first in the field, had gained the popular ear, and remained the unassailable master of the situation. Our love of "Science" rests upon our admiration of intellect, only unfortunately the intellect is too often that of other people, not our own.
Science, or more accurately, pseudo-science, always has a mysterious and powerful attraction over the majority of people—that is, the more ignorant part of humanity. Say something completely ridiculous, label it a scientific fact, and support it with strange terms that sound meaningful, like potentiality, but actually aren’t, and nine out of ten people who read your book will believe you. Gain some fame in one field of knowledge, and suddenly you’re considered an expert in everything. Who can argue with you if you just cloak your statements in misleading language that no one bothers to figure out? We prefer not to think for ourselves, so it’s much easier and more comfortable to follow along like a herd of sheep than to stand out, making ourselves look foolish by trying to argue. Genuine debate is very hard for a few reasons: first, you have to truly understand your topic, which is rarely the case; second, your opponent also needs to understand it well, which is even less likely; third, you must listen carefully to what they say, which is even less probable; and fourth, they must listen to you, the least likely of all. If a fraud sells a cure-all for a dollar a bottle, a hundred people will buy it for every one who checks how many people get hurt by it. What would a researcher gain by accusing the fraud of murder? No one would believe them because no one would bother to follow their reasoning. The fraud, having been the first to present their claims, has captured the public’s attention and remains untouchable. Our fascination with "Science" is based on our admiration for intelligence, but unfortunately, that intelligence is often someone else's, not our own.
The very sound of Belfast's phrases, for instance, "satellite," "lunar attraction," "immutable path of its orbit," etc, convinced the greater part of the "intelligent" community that he who used them so flippantly must be an exceedingly great man. Therefore, he had completely proved his case. Therefore, the great majority of the ladies and gentlemen that regularly attend the scientific lectures of the Peabody Institute, pronounced Barbican's fate and that of his companions to be sealed. Next morning's newspapers contained lengthy obituary notices of the Great Balloon-attics as the witty man of the New York Herald phrased it, some of which might be considered quite complimentary. These, all industriously copied into the evening papers, the people were carefully reading over again, some with honest regret, some deriving a great moral lesson from an attempt exceedingly reprehensible in every point of view, but most, we are sorry to acknowledge, with a feeling of ill concealed pleasure. Had not they always said how it was to end? Was there anything more absurd ever conceived? Scientific men too! Hang such science! If you want a real scientific man, no wind bag, no sham, take Belfast! He knows what he's talking about! No taking him in! Didn't he by means of the Monster Telescope, see the Projectile, as large as life, whirling round and round the Moon? Anyway, what else could have happened? Wasn't it what anybody's common sense expected? Don't you remember a conversation we had with you one day? etc., etc.
The very sound of Belfast's phrases, like "satellite," "lunar attraction," "unchanging path of its orbit," etc., convinced most of the "intelligent" crowd that anyone using them so casually must be an exceptionally great man. So, he totally proved his point. Thus, the vast majority of the gentlemen and ladies who regularly attended the scientific lectures at the Peabody Institute declared Barbican's fate and that of his companions to be sealed. The next morning's newspapers featured lengthy obituary notices about the Great Balloonists, as the clever writer from the New York Herald put it, some of which were rather flattering. These articles, all diligently copied into the evening papers, were being read over again by the public, some with sincere regret, others drawing a significant moral lesson from an attempt that was utterly condemned from every angle, but mostly, we regret to say, with a barely concealed sense of satisfaction. Hadn't they always predicted how it would end? Was there anything more ridiculous ever imagined? Scientists too! Forget that kind of science! If you want a real scientist, not a blowhard or a fake, get Belfast! He knows his stuff! No fooling him! Didn't he, using the Monster Telescope, see the Projectile, as big as life, spinning around the Moon? Anyway, what else could have happened? Wasn't it what anyone's common sense expected? Don't you recall a conversation we had with you one day? etc., etc.
The Barbicanites were very doleful, but they never though of giving in. They would die sooner. When pressed for a scientific reply to a scientific argument, they denied that there was any argument to reply to. What! Had not Belfast seen the Projectile? No! Was not the Great Telescope then good for anything? Yes, but not for everything! Did not Belfast know his business? No! Did they mean to say that he had seen nothing at all? Well, not exactly that, but those scientific gentlemen can seldom be trusted; in their rage for discovery, they make a mountain out of a molehill, or, what is worse, they start a theory and then distort facts to support it. Answers of this kind either led directly to a fight, or the Belfasters moved away thoroughly disgusted with the ignorance of their opponents, who could not see a chain of reasoning as bright as the noonday sun.
The Barbicanites were really downcast, but they never thought about giving up. They would rather die first. When asked for a scientific answer to a scientific argument, they insisted there was no argument to respond to. What! Hadn’t Belfast seen the Projectile? No! Wasn’t the Great Telescope good for anything? Yes, but not for everything! Didn’t Belfast know what it was doing? No! Were they really saying he hadn’t seen anything at all? Well, not exactly that, but you can’t really trust those scientific guys; in their eagerness to discover, they often blow things out of proportion, or, even worse, they come up with a theory and then twist the facts to fit it. Responses like this either led straight to a fight, or the Belfasters walked away completely appalled by the ignorance of their opponents, who couldn’t see a line of reasoning as clear as the midday sun.
Things were in this feverish state on the evening of the 14th, when, all at once, Bloomsbury's dispatch arrived in Baltimore. I need not say that it dropped like a spark in a keg of gun powder. The first question all asked was: Is it genuine or bogus? real or got up by the stockbrokers? But a few flashes backwards and forwards over the wires soon settled that point. The stunning effects of the new blow were hardly over when the Barbicanites began to perceive that the wonderful intelligence was decidedly in their favor. Was it not a distinct contradiction of the whole story told by their opponents? If Barbican and his friends were lying at the bottom of the Pacific, they were certainly not circumgyrating around the Moon. If it was the Projectile that had broken off the bowsprit of the Susquehanna, it could not certainly be the Projectile that Belfast had seen only the day previous doing the duty of a satellite. Did not the truth of one incident render the other an absolute impossibility? If Bloomsbury was right, was not Belfast an ass? Hurrah!
Things were intense on the evening of the 14th when Bloomsbury's dispatch finally arrived in Baltimore. It hit like a spark in a keg of gunpowder. The first question everyone asked was: Is it real or fake? Was it legitimate or just fabricated by the stockbrokers? However, just a few quick exchanges over the wires soon cleared that up. The shocking effects of the news were barely felt when the Barbicanites began to realize that the incredible information was definitely in their favor. Didn't it directly contradict the whole narrative put forth by their rivals? If Barbican and his associates were at the bottom of the Pacific, they surely weren't orbiting the Moon. If it was the Projectile that had snapped off the bowsprit of the Susquehanna, then it couldn't have been the same Projectile that Belfast claimed to have seen just the day before acting like a satellite. Didn't the truth of one event make the other completely impossible? If Bloomsbury was right, wasn't Belfast an idiot? Hurrah!
The new revelation did not improve poor Barbican's fate a bit—no matter for that! Did not the party gain by it? What would the Belfasters say now? Would not they hold down their heads in confusion and disgrace?
The new revelation didn't change poor Barbican's fate at all—so what! Didn't the party benefit from it? What would the Belfasters say now? Wouldn't they hang their heads in shame and embarrassment?
The Belfasters, with a versatility highly creditable to human nature, did nothing of the kind. Rapidly adopting the very line of tactics they had just been so severely censuring, they simply denied the whole thing. What! the truth of the Bloomsbury dispatch? Yes, every word of it! Had not Bloomsbury seen the Projectile? No! Were not his eyes good for anything? Yes, but not for everything! Did not the Captain know his business? No! Did they mean to say that the bowsprit of the Susquehanna had not been broken off? Well, not exactly that, but those naval gentlemen are not always to be trusted; after a pleasant little supper, they often see the wrong light-house, or, what is worse, in their desire to shield their negligence from censure, they dodge the blame by trying to show that the accident was unavoidable. The Susquehanna's bowsprit had been snapped off, in all probability, by some sudden squall, or, what was still more likely, some little aerolite had struck it and frightened the crew into fits. When answers of this kind did not lead to blows, the case was an exceptional one indeed. The contestants were so numerous and so excited that the police at last began to think of letting them fight it out without any interference. Marshal O'Kane, though ably assisted by his 12 officers and 500 patrolmen, had a terrible time of it. The most respectable men in Baltimore, with eyes blackened, noses bleeding, and collars torn, saw the inside of a prison that night for the first time in all their lives. Men that even the Great War had left the warmest of friends, now abused each other like fishwomen. The prison could not hold the half of those arrested. They were all, however, discharged next morning, for the simple reason that the Mayor and the aldermen had been themselves engaged in so many pugilistic combats during the night that they were altogether disabled from attending to their magisterial duties next day.
The Belfasters, showcasing a commendable adaptability of human nature, did the exact opposite. They quickly adopted the same tactics they had just harshly criticized and simply dismissed the whole matter. What? The truth of the Bloomsbury dispatch? Yes, every word of it! Hadn't Bloomsbury seen the Projectile? No! Were his eyes good for anything? Yes, but not for everything! Didn't the Captain know his stuff? No! Are they really saying the bowsprit of the Susquehanna hadn't been broken off? Well, not exactly, but those naval officers aren't always reliable; after a nice little dinner, they often end up seeing the wrong lighthouse, or worse, in their effort to avoid being blamed for their mistakes, they try to suggest that the incident was unavoidable. The Susquehanna's bowsprit had likely been broken off by a sudden squall, or more probably, some small meteorite had hit it and scared the crew into a frenzy. When responses like this didn’t lead to actual fights, it was truly an unusual case. The participants were so numerous and so charged up that the police finally considered letting them settle it among themselves without any interference. Marshal O'Kane, despite having 12 officers and 500 patrolmen backing him, was having a rough time. Some of the most respectable men in Baltimore, with black eyes, bleeding noses, and ripped collars, found themselves in jail for the first time ever that night. Men that the Great War had left as close friends were now hurling insults at each other like street vendors. The prison couldn't accommodate half of those arrested. Still, they were all released the next morning because the Mayor and the aldermen had been engaged in so many fights throughout the night that they were completely unfit to perform their official duties the following day.
Our readers, however, may be quite assured that, even in the wildest whirl of the tremendous excitement around them, all the members of the Baltimore Gun Club did not lose their heads. In spite of the determined opposition of the Belfasters who would not allow the Bloomsbury dispatch to be read at the special meeting called that evening, a few succeeded in adjourning to a committee-room, where Joseph Wilcox, Esq., presiding, our old friends Colonel Bloomsbury, Major Elphinstone, Tom Hunter, Billsby the brave, General Morgan, Chief Engineer John Murphy, and about as many more as were sufficient to form a quorum, declared themselves to be in regular session, and proceeded quietly to debate on the nature of Captain Bloomsbury's dispatch.
Our readers can be confident that, even amidst the chaos and excitement surrounding them, not all the members of the Baltimore Gun Club lost their composure. Despite the strong opposition from the Belfasters who wouldn’t let the Bloomsbury dispatch be read at the special meeting that evening, a few managed to move to a committee room, where Joseph Wilcox, Esq., chaired the session. Our familiar faces, Colonel Bloomsbury, Major Elphinstone, Tom Hunter, the brave Billsby, General Morgan, Chief Engineer John Murphy, and just enough others to meet the quorum, declared themselves in regular session and began to quietly discuss the contents of Captain Bloomsbury's dispatch.
Was it of a nature to justify immediate action or not? Decided unanimously in the affirmative. Why so? Because, whether actually true or untrue, the incident it announced was not impossible. Had it indeed announced the Projectile to have fallen in California or in South America, there would have been good valid reasons to question its accuracy. But by taking into consideration the Moon's distance, and the time elapsed between the moment of the start and that of the presumed fall (about 10 days), and also the Earth's revolution in the meantime, it was soon calculated that the point at which the Projectile should strike our globe, if it struck it at all, would be somewhere about 27° north latitude, and 42° west longitude—the very identical spot given in the Captain's dispatch! This certainly was a strong point in its favor, especially as there was positively nothing valid whatever to urge against it.
Was it something that warranted immediate action or not? It was decided unanimously that it was. Why? Because, whether true or not, the incident it reported wasn’t impossible. If it had claimed that the Projectile landed in California or South America, there would have been solid reasons to doubt its accuracy. However, by considering the Moon’s distance, the time that had passed since the launch and the supposed landing (about 10 days), and the Earth's rotation in that time, they quickly calculated that the location where the Projectile would hit our planet, if it hit at all, would be around 27° north latitude and 42° west longitude—the exact spot mentioned in the Captain's report! This was definitely a strong point in its favor, especially since there was absolutely no valid reason to dispute it.
A decided resolution was therefore immediately taken. Everything that man could do was to be done at once, in order to fish up their brave associates from the depths of the Pacific. That very night, in fact, whilst the streets of Baltimore were still resounding with the yells of contending Belfasters and Barbicanites, a committee of four, Morgan, Hunter, Murphy, and Elphinstone, were speeding over the Alleghanies in a special train, placed at their disposal by the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Company, and fast enough to land them in Chicago pretty early on the following evening.
A firm decision was made right away. Everything that could be done was to be done immediately to rescue their brave colleagues from the depths of the Pacific. That very night, while the streets of Baltimore were still echoing with the shouts of rival Belfasters and Barbicanites, a committee of four—Morgan, Hunter, Murphy, and Elphinstone—were rushing over the Alleghanies in a special train provided by the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Company, fast enough to get them to Chicago by the next evening.
Here a fresh locomotive and a Pullman car taking charge of them, they were whirled off to Omaha, reaching that busy locality at about supper time on the evening of December 16th. The Pacific Train, as it was called though at that time running no further west than Julesburg, instead of waiting for the regular hour of starting, fired up that very night, and was soon pulling the famous Baltimore Club men up the slopes of the Nebraska at the rate of forty miles an hour. They were awakened before light next morning by the guard, who told them that Julesburg, which they were just entering, was the last point so far reached by the rails. But their regret at this circumstance was most unexpectedly and joyfully interrupted by finding their hands warmly clasped and their names cheerily cried out by their old and beloved friend, J.T. Marston, the illustrious Secretary of the Baltimore Gun Club.
Here a fresh locomotive and a Pullman car took charge of them, and they were whisked off to Omaha, arriving in that busy place around dinner time on the evening of December 16th. The Pacific Train, which at the time only went as far west as Julesburg, instead of waiting for the usual departure time, fired up that very night and soon had the famous Baltimore Club members climbing the slopes of Nebraska at speeds of forty miles an hour. They were awakened before dawn the next morning by the conductor, who informed them that Julesburg, which they were just entering, was the last stop that the tracks had reached. Their disappointment about this news was most unexpectedly and joyfully interrupted when they found their hands warmly clasped and their names cheerily called out by their old and dear friend, J.T. Marston, the well-known Secretary of the Baltimore Gun Club.
At the close of the first volume of our entertaining and veracious history, we left this most devoted friend and admirer of Barbican established firmly at his post on the summit of Long's Peak, beside the Great Telescope, watching the skies, night and day, for some traces of his departed friends. There, as the gracious Reader will also remember, he had come a little too late to catch that sight of the Projectile which Belfast had at first reported so confidently, but of which the Professor by degrees had begun to entertain the most serious doubts.
At the end of the first volume of our engaging and truthful history, we left this loyal friend and admirer of Barbican firmly stationed at his spot on top of Long's Peak, next to the Great Telescope, keeping an eye on the skies, day and night, for any signs of his lost friends. There, as the kind Reader will recall, he had arrived just a bit too late to see the Projectile that Belfast had originally reported so confidently, but which the Professor had gradually begun to doubt seriously.
In these doubts, however, Marston, strange to say, would not permit himself for one moment to share. Belfast might shake his head as much as he pleased; he, Marston, was no fickle reed to be shaken by every wind; he firmly believed the Projectile to be there before him, actually in sight, if he could only see it. All the long night of the 13th, and even for several hours of the 14th, he never quitted the telescope for a single instant. The midnight sky was in magnificent order; not a speck dimmed its azure of an intensely dark tint. The stars blazed out like fires; the Moon refused none of her secrets to the scientists who were gazing at her so intently that night from the platform on the summit of Long's Peak. But no black spot crawling over her resplendent surface rewarded their eager gaze. Marston indeed would occasionally utter a joyful cry announcing some discovery, but in a moment after he was confessing with groans that it was all a false alarm. Towards morning, Belfast gave up in despair and went to take a sleep; but no sleep for Marston. Though he was now quite alone, the assistants having also retired, he kept on talking incessantly to himself, expressing the most unbounded confidence in the safety of his friends, and the absolute certainty of their return. It was not until some hours after the Sun had risen and the Moon had disappeared behind the snowy peaks of the west, that he at last withdrew his weary eye from the glass through which every image formed by the great reflector was to be viewed. The countenance he turned on Belfast, who had now come back, was rueful in the extreme. It was the image of grief and despair.
In his doubts, surprisingly, Marston refused to let himself feel uncertain for even a moment. Belfast could shake his head as much as he wanted; Marston wasn’t some fickle person swayed by every breeze; he truly believed the Projectile was right there in front of him, just waiting to be seen. Throughout the long night of the 13th and even into the early hours of the 14th, he never took his eyes off the telescope for an instant. The midnight sky was stunning; not a single cloud spoiled its deep blue. The stars shone like flames; the Moon didn’t hold back any of her secrets from the scientists staring at her so intently that night from the platform atop Long's Peak. But there was no dark spot moving across her bright surface to reward their eager eyes. Marston did occasionally let out a joyful shout announcing some discovery, but moments later he would admit with groans that it was just a false alarm. As morning approached, Belfast, in despair, decided to get some sleep, but Marston couldn’t sleep at all. Even though he was now all alone, as the assistants had also left, he kept talking to himself nonstop, expressing unwavering confidence in the safety of his friends and absolute certainty about their return. It wasn’t until hours after the Sun had risen and the Moon had vanished behind the snowy western peaks that he finally pulled his tired eyes away from the telescope through which he was supposed to see every image formed by the giant reflector. The look he directed at Belfast, who had now returned, was filled with deep sorrow. It was the picture of grief and despair.
"Did you see nothing whatever during the night, Professor?" he asked of Belfast, though he knew very well the answer he was to get.
"Did you see anything at all during the night, Professor?" he asked Belfast, even though he already knew what the answer would be.
"Nothing whatever."
"Nothing at all."
"But you saw them once, didn't you?"
"But you saw them once, right?"
"Them! Who?"
"Who are they?"
"Our friends."
"Our pals."
"Oh! the Projectile—well—I think I must have made some oversight."
"Oh! the Projectile—well—I think I must have overlooked something."
"Don't say that! Did not Mr. M'Connell see it also?"
"Don't say that! Didn't Mr. M'Connell see it too?"
"No. He only wrote out what I dictated."
"No. He just wrote down what I told him."
"Why, you must have seen it! I have seen it myself!"
"Come on, you must have seen it! I've seen it myself!"
"You shall never see it again! It's shot off into space."
"You'll never see it again! It's blasted off into space."
"You're as wrong now as you thought you were right yesterday."
"You're just as wrong now as you thought you were right yesterday."
"I'm sorry to say I was wrong yesterday; but I have every reason to believe I'm right to-day."
"I'm sorry to say I was wrong yesterday, but I have every reason to believe I'm right today."
"We shall see! Wait till to-night!"
"We'll see! Just wait until tonight!"
"To-night! Too late! As far as the Projectile is concerned, night is now no better than day."
"Tonight! Too late! As far as the Projectile is concerned, night is now no different than day."
The learned Professor was quite right, but in a way which he did not exactly expect. That very evening, after a weary day, apparently a month long, during which Marston sought in vain for a few hours' repose, just as all hands, well wrapped up in warm furs, were getting ready to assume their posts once more near the mouth of the gigantic Telescope, Mr. M'Connell hastily presented himself with a dispatch for Belfast.
The knowledgeable professor was spot on, but not in the way he anticipated. That very evening, after a long and exhausting day that felt like it lasted a month, while Marston was unsuccessfully trying to find a few hours of rest, just as everyone, all bundled up in warm furs, was getting ready to take their positions again near the mouth of the enormous Telescope, Mr. M'Connell rushed in with a message for Belfast.
The Professor was listlessly breaking the envelope, when he uttered a sharp cry of surprise.
The Professor was absentmindedly opening the envelope when he let out a sudden cry of surprise.
"Hey!" cried Marston quickly. "What's up now?"
"Hey!" shouted Marston quickly. "What's going on now?"
"Oh!! The Pro—pro—projectile!!"
"Oh my gosh!! The projectile!!"
"What of it? What? Oh what?? Speak!!"
"What about it? What? Oh, what?? Speak!!"
"IT'S BACK!!"
"IT'S BACK!!"
Marston uttered a wild yell of mingled horror, surprise, and joy, jumped a little into the air, and then fell flat and motionless on the platform. Had Belfast shot him with a ten pound weight, right between the two eyes, he could not have knocked him flatter or stiffer. Having neither slept all night, nor eaten all day, the poor fellow's system had become so weak that such unexpected news was really more than he could bear. Besides, as one of the Cambridge men of the party, a young medical student, remarked: the thin, cold air of these high mountains was extremely enervating.
Marston let out a wild yell of mixed horror, surprise, and joy, jumped a little into the air, and then collapsed flat and motionless on the platform. If Belfast had hit him with a ten-pound weight right between the eyes, it wouldn’t have knocked him down any harder or made him more immobile. After not sleeping all night and skipping food all day, the poor guy’s body had gotten so weak that this unexpected news was really too much for him to handle. Plus, as one of the Cambridge guys in the group, a young medical student, pointed out: the thin, cold air in these high mountains was really draining.
The astronomers, all exceedingly alarmed, did what they could to recover their friend from his fit, but it was nearly ten minutes before they had the satisfaction of seeing his limbs moving with a slight quiver and his breast beginning to heave. At last the color came back to his face and his eyes opened. He stared around for a few seconds at his friends, evidently unconscious, but his senses were not long in returning.
The astronomers, all very worried, did everything they could to bring their friend out of his fit, but it took almost ten minutes before they were relieved to see his limbs twitch slightly and his chest starting to rise and fall. Finally, color returned to his face, and his eyes opened. He looked around for a few seconds at his friends, clearly confused, but it didn't take long for him to regain his senses.
"Say!" he uttered at last in a faint voice.
"Hey!" he finally said in a weak voice.
"Well!" replied Belfast.
"Well!" said Belfast.
"Where is that infernal Pro—pro—jectile?"
"Where is that damn projectile?"
"In the Pacific Ocean."
"In the Pacific."
"What??"
"What?!"
He was on his feet in an instant.
He got up in an instant.
"Say that again!"
"Repeat that!"
"In the Pacific Ocean."
"In the Pacific."
"Hurrah! All right! Old Barbican's not made into mincemeat yet! No, sirree! Let's start!"
"Hooray! Alright! Old Barbican hasn't been made into mincemeat yet! Nope, not at all! Let's go!"
"Where for?"
"Where to?"
"San Francisco!"
"San Francisco!"
"When?"
"When's that?"
"This instant!"
"Right now!"
"In the dark?"
"In the dark?"
"We shall soon have the light of the Moon! Curse her! it's the least she can do after all the trouble she has given us!"
"We'll soon have the Moon's light! Damn her! It's the least she can do after all the trouble she's caused us!"
CHAPTER XXII.
ON THE WINGS OF THE WIND.
Leaving M'Connell and a few other Cambridge men to take charge of the Great Telescope, Marston and Belfast in little more than an hour after the receipt of the exciting dispatch, were scudding down the slopes of Long's Peak by the only possible route—the inclined railroad. This mode of travelling, however, highly satisfactory as far as it went, ceased altogether at the mountain foot, at the point where the Dale River formed a junction with Cache la Poudre Creek. But Marston, having already mapped out the whole journey with some care and forethought, was ready for almost every emergency. Instinctively feeling that the first act of the Baltimore Gun Club would be to send a Committee to San Francisco to investigate matters, he had determined to meet this deputation on the route, and his only trouble now was to determine at what point he would be most likely to catch them. His great start, he knew perfectly well, could not put him more than a day in advance of them: they having the advantage of a railroad nearly all the way, whilst himself and Belfast could not help losing much time in struggling through ravines, canyons, mountain precipices, and densely tangled forests, not to mention the possibility of a brush or two with prowling Indians, before they could strike the line of the Pacific Railroad, along which he knew the Club men to be approaching. After a few hours rest at La Porte, a little settlement lately started in the valley, early in the morning they took the stage that passed through from Denver to Cheyenne, a town at that time hardly a year old but already flourishing, with a busy population of several thousand inhabitants.
Leaving M'Connell and a few other guys from Cambridge to handle the Great Telescope, Marston and Belfast were speeding down the slopes of Long's Peak in just over an hour after receiving the exciting dispatch, taking the only route available—the inclined railroad. This way of traveling, while satisfying to a point, ended completely at the mountain's base, where the Dale River met Cache la Poudre Creek. However, Marston, having carefully mapped out the entire journey, was ready for almost anything. Instinctively sensing that the Baltimore Gun Club would send a committee to San Francisco to look into things, he decided to meet them along the way, and his only dilemma now was figuring out the best spot to catch up with them. He knew his head start wouldn't give him more than a day's advantage over them; they had the benefit of nearly a full railroad route, while he and Belfast would lose a lot of time navigating through ravines, canyons, mountain cliffs, and thick forests, not to mention the chance of running into some wandering Indians, before they could reach the Pacific Railroad line, which he knew the Club members were using to approach. After a few hours of rest at La Porte, a small community recently established in the valley, they took the stagecoach that ran from Denver to Cheyenne early the next morning—a town that was barely a year old but already thriving with several thousand residents.
Losing not a moment at Cheyenne, where they arrived much sooner than they had anticipated, they took places in Wells, Fargo and Co.'s Overland Stage Mail bound east, and were soon flying towards Julesburg at the rate of twelve miles an hour. Here Marston was anxious to meet the Club men, as at this point the Pacific Railroad divided into two branches—one bearing north, the other south of the Great Salt Lake —and he feared they might take the wrong one.
Losing no time in Cheyenne, where they arrived much earlier than they expected, they boarded Wells, Fargo and Co.'s Overland Stage Mail headed east and were soon traveling towards Julesburg at a speed of twelve miles an hour. Marston was eager to meet the Club members here, as this was where the Pacific Railroad split into two branches—one going north and the other south of the Great Salt Lake—and he worried they might choose the wrong one.
But he arrived in Julesburg fully 10 hours before the Committee, so that himself and Belfast had not only ample time to rest a little after their rapid flight from Long's Peak, but also to make every possible preparation for the terrible journey of more than fifteen hundred miles that still lay before them.
But he got to Julesburg a full 10 hours before the Committee, so he and Belfast had not only plenty of time to rest a bit after their quick trip from Long’s Peak, but also to make all the necessary preparations for the grueling journey of over fifteen hundred miles that still lay ahead of them.
This journey, undertaken at a most unseasonable period of the year, and over one of the most terrible deserts in the world, would require a volume for itself. Constantly presenting the sharpest points of contrast between the most savage features of wild barbaric nature on the one hand, and the most touching traits of the sweetest humanity on the other, the story of our Club men's adventures, if only well told, could hardly fail to be highly interesting. But instead of a volume, we can give it only a chapter, and that a short one.
This journey, taken at a very inconvenient time of year, and across one of the harshest deserts in the world, would need a whole book to cover. It constantly showcases stark contrasts between the brutal aspects of wild nature on one side and the most heartwarming qualities of humanity on the other. If our Club members' adventures were told well, they would definitely be fascinating. But instead of a book, we can provide just a chapter, and it’s a brief one at that.
From Julesburg, the last station on the eastern end of the Pacific Railroad, to Cisco, the last station on its western end, the distance is probably about fifteen hundred miles, about as far as Constantinople is from London, or Moscow from Paris. This enormous stretch of country had to be travelled all the way by, at the best, a six horse stage tearing along night and day at a uniform rate, road or no road, of ten miles an hour. But this was the least of the trouble. Bands of hostile Indians were a constant source of watchfulness and trouble, against which even a most liberal stock of rifles and revolvers were not always a reassurance. Whirlwinds of dust often overwhelmed the travellers so completely that they could hardly tell day from night, whilst blasts of icy chill, sweeping down from the snowy peaks of the Rocky Mountains, often made them imagine themselves in the midst of the horrors of an Arctic winter.
From Julesburg, the last stop on the eastern end of the Pacific Railroad, to Cisco, the final stop on the western end, the distance is probably about fifteen hundred miles, roughly the same as the distance from Constantinople to London, or from Moscow to Paris. This vast stretch of land had to be traveled the whole way by, at best, a six-horse stage racing along day and night at a steady pace, road or no road, of ten miles per hour. But that was just part of the problem. Groups of hostile Indians were a constant source of vigilance and trouble, which even a generous supply of rifles and revolvers didn’t always solve. Dust storms often engulfed the travelers so completely that they could barely tell day from night, while frigid blasts from the snowy peaks of the Rocky Mountains often made them feel like they were in the depths of an Arctic winter.
The predominant scenery gave no pleasure to the eye or exhilaration to the mind. It was of the dreariest description. Days and days passed with hardly a house to be seen, or a tree or a blade of grass. I might even add, or a mountain or a river, for the one was too often a heap of agglomerated sand and clay cut into unsightly chasms by the rain, and the other generally degenerated into a mere stagnant swamp, its shallowness and dryness increasing regularly with its length. The only houses were log ranches, called Relays, hardly visible in their sandy surroundings, and separate from each other by a mean distance of ten miles. The only trees were either stunted cedars, so far apart, as to be often denominated Lone Trees; and, besides wormwood, the only plant was the sage plant, about two feet high, gray, dry, crisp, and emitting a sharp pungent odor by no means pleasant.
The main scenery brought no joy to the eyes or excitement to the mind. It was extremely bleak. Days went by with barely a house in sight, or a tree or a blade of grass. I could even say there were no mountains or rivers, since the former often looked like a pile of sand and clay carved into unattractive gaps by the rain, and the latter usually turned into a stagnant swamp, with its shallowness and dryness getting worse as it extended. The only buildings were log ranches called Relays, almost hidden in their sandy surroundings, and spaced out by a rough distance of ten miles. The only trees were scraggly cedars, so far apart they were often called Lone Trees; besides wormwood, the only plant was sage, about two feet tall, gray, dry, crispy, and giving off a sharp, pungent smell that was definitely not pleasant.
In fact, Barbican and his companions had seen nothing drearier or savager in the dreariest and savagest of lunar landscapes than the scenes occasionally presented to Marston and his friends in their headlong journey on the track of the great Pacific Railroad. Here, bowlders, high, square, straight and plumb as an immense hotel, blocked up your way; there, lay an endless level, flat as the palm of your hand, over which your eye might roam in vain in search of something green like a meadow, yellow like a cornfield, or black like ploughed ground—a mere boundless waste of dirty white from the stunted wormwood, often rendered misty with the clouds of smarting alkali dust.
In fact, Barbican and his friends had never seen anything more bleak or brutal in the bleakest, most brutal lunar landscapes than the scenes that Marston and his friends occasionally encountered during their fast-paced journey along the route of the great Pacific Railroad. Here, boulders stood high, square, straight, and plumb like a towering hotel, blocking the way; there lay an endless expanse, flat as the palm of your hand, where your gaze might wander hopelessly in search of something green like a meadow, yellow like a cornfield, or black like plowed earth—a vast, empty wasteland of dull white from the stunted wormwood, often shrouded in clouds of stinging alkali dust.
Occasionally, however, this savage scenery decidedly changed its character. Now, a lovely glen would smile before our travellers, traversed by tinkling streams, waving with sweet grasses, dotted with little groves, alive with hares, antelopes, and even elks, but apparently never yet trodden by the foot of man. Now, our Club men felt like travelling on clouds, as they careered along the great plateau west of the Black Hills, fully 8,000 feet above the level of the sea, though even there the grass was as green and fresh as if it grew in some sequestered valley of Pennsylvania. Again,
Occasionally, though, this wild scenery changed its character completely. Suddenly, a beautiful valley would appear before our travelers, filled with sparkling streams, swaying with fragrant grasses, scattered with small groves, and alive with hares, antelopes, and even elk, but seemingly never touched by human feet. In those moments, our Club members felt like they were traveling on clouds as they raced across the vast plateau west of the Black Hills, at least 8,000 feet above sea level, where the grass was as green and fresh as if it were growing in a hidden valley in Pennsylvania. Again,
they would find themselves in an immense, tawny, treeless plain, outlined by mountains so distant as to resemble fantastic cloud piles. Here for days they would have to skirt the coasts of a Lake, vast, unruffled, unrippled, apparently of metallic consistency, from whose sapphire depths rose pyramidal islands to a height of fully three thousand feet above the surface.
they would find themselves in a vast, tan, treeless plain, bordered by mountains that were so far away they looked like giant clouds. Here, for days, they would have to navigate the shores of a huge lake, calm and still, seemingly made of metal, from whose blue depths rose pyramid-shaped islands soaring three thousand feet above the surface.
In a few days all would change. No more sand wastes, salt water flats, or clouds of blinding alkali dust. The travellers' road, at the foot of black precipitous cliffs, would wind along the brink of a roaring torrent, whose devious course would lead them into the heart of the Sierras, where misty peaks solemnly sentinelled the nestling vales still smiling in genial summer verdure. Across these they were often whirled through immense forests of varied character, here dense enough to obscure the track, there swaying in the sweet sunlight and vocal with joyous birds of bright and gorgeous plumage. Then tropical vegetation would completely hide the trail, crystal lakes would obstruct it, cascades shooting down from perpendicular rocks would obliterate it, mountain passes barricaded by basaltic columns would render it uncertain, and on one occasion it was completely covered up by a fall of snow to a depth of more than twenty feet.
In a few days, everything would change. No more sandy wastelands, salty flats, or clouds of blinding alkali dust. The travelers' road, at the base of steep black cliffs, would follow the edge of a roaring river, whose winding path would take them into the heart of the Sierras, where misty peaks solemnly stood guard over the nestled valleys, still flourishing in cheerful summer greenery. They would often be swept through vast forests of different types, some so dense that they would hide the trail, while others would sway in the warm sunlight and buzz with vibrant birds of bright, gorgeous colors. Then, tropical plants would completely cover the path, crystal-clear lakes would block it, waterfalls cascading down sheer rocks would wash it away, mountain passes blocked by basalt columns would make it uncertain, and on one occasion, it was completely buried under more than twenty feet of snow.
But nothing could oppose serious delay to our travellers. Their motto was ever "onward!" and what they lost in one hour by some mishap they endeavored to recover on the next by redoubled speed. They felt that they would be no friends of Barbican's if they were discouraged by impossibilities. Besides, what would have been real impossibilities at another time, several concurrent circumstances now rendered comparatively easy.
But nothing could seriously delay our travelers. Their motto was always "onward!" and whatever time they lost in one hour due to some trouble, they tried to make up for in the next hour by going faster. They knew they would be letting Barbican down if they got discouraged by obstacles. Plus, what would have seemed like real impossibilities at another time were now made relatively easy by several factors coming together.
The surveys, the gradings, the cuttings, and the other preliminary labors in the great Pacific Railroad, gave them incalculable aid. Horses, help, carriages, provisions were always in abundance. Their object being well known, they had the best wishes of every hand on the road. People remained up for them all hours of the night, no matter at what station they were expected. The warmest and most comfortable of meals were always ready for them, for which no charge would be taken on any account. In Utah, a deputation of Mormons galloped alongside them for forty miles to help them over some points of the road that had been often found difficult. The season was the finest known for many years. In short, as an old Californian said as he saw them shooting over the rickety bridge that crossed the Bear River at Corinne: "they had everything in their favor—luck as well as pluck!"
The surveys, the grading, the clearing, and the other preliminary work on the great Pacific Railroad provided them with incredible support. Horses, assistance, carriages, and supplies were always plentiful. Since their purpose was well-known, they had the best wishes from everyone on the road. People stayed up late for them, no matter what station they were expected at. The warmest and most comforting meals were always prepared for them, with no charges whatsoever. In Utah, a group of Mormons rode alongside them for forty miles to help them navigate some tricky parts of the road. The season was the best it had been in years. In short, as an old Californian remarked while he watched them cross the rickety bridge over the Bear River at Corinne: "they had everything going for them—luck as well as pluck!"
The rate at which they performed this terrible ride across the Continent and the progress they made each day, some readers may consider worthy of a few more items for the sake of future reference. Discarding the ordinary overland mail stage as altogether too slow for their purpose, they hired at Julesburg a strong, well built carriage, large enough to hold them all comfortably; but this they had to replace twice before they came to their journey's end. Their team always consisted of the best six horses that could be found, and their driver was the famous Hank Monk of California, who, happening to be in Julesburg about that time, volunteered to see them safely landed in Cisco on the summit of the Sierra Nevada. They were enabled to change horses as near as possible every hour, by telegraphing ahead in the morning, during the day, and often far into the hours of night.
The speed at which they made this difficult journey across the continent and the progress they achieved each day might be worth noting for future reference. Dismissing the regular overland mail stage as too slow for their needs, they rented a sturdy, spacious carriage in Julesburg that could fit them all comfortably; however, they had to replace it twice before reaching their destination. Their team always included the best six horses available, and their driver was the famous Hank Monk from California, who happened to be in Julesburg at the time and volunteered to ensure they safely arrived in Cisco at the summit of the Sierra Nevada. They managed to change horses approximately every hour by sending telegraphs ahead in the morning, throughout the day, and often late into the night.
Starting from Julesburg early in the morning of the 17th, their first resting place for a few hours at night was Granite Canyon, twenty miles west of Cheyenne, and just at the foot of the pass over the Black Hills. On the 18th, night-fall found them entering St. Mary's, at the further end of the pass between Rattle Snake Hills and Elk Mountain. It was after 5 o'clock and already dark on the 19th, when the travellers, hurrying with all speed through the gloomy gorge of slate formation leading to the banks of the Green River, found the ford too deep to be ventured before morning. The 20th was a clear cold day very favorable for brisk locomotion, and the bright sun had not quite disappeared behind the Wahsatch Mountains when the Club men, having crossed the Bear River, began to leave the lofty plateau of the Rocky Mountains by the great inclined plane marked by the lines of the Echo and the Weber Rivers on their way to the valley of the Great American Desert.
Starting from Julesburg early in the morning on the 17th, their first stop for a few hours of rest at night was Granite Canyon, twenty miles west of Cheyenne, right at the foot of the pass over the Black Hills. By the evening of the 18th, they were entering St. Mary's, at the other end of the pass between Rattle Snake Hills and Elk Mountain. It was after 5 o'clock and already dark on the 19th when the travelers, rushing with all their speed through the dark, slate-lined gorge leading to the banks of the Green River, found the crossing too deep to attempt before morning. The 20th was a clear, cold day perfect for quick travel, and the bright sun had not quite set behind the Wahsatch Mountains when the Club members, having crossed the Bear River, began to leave the high plateau of the Rocky Mountains via the great slope marked by the paths of the Echo and Weber Rivers on their way to the valley of the Great American Desert.
Quitting Castle Rock early on the morning of the 21st, they soon came in sight of the Great Salt Lake, along the northern shores of which they sped all day, taking shelter after night-fall at Terrace, in a miserable log cabin surrounded by piles of drifting sand. The 22d was a terrible day. The sand was blinding, the alkali dust choking, the ride for five or six hours was up considerable grade; still they had accomplished their 150 miles before resting for the night at Elko, even at this period a flourishing little village on the banks of the Humboldt. After another smothering ride on the 23d, they rested, at Winnemucca, another flourishing village, situated at the precise point in the desert where the Little Humboldt joins Humboldt River, without, however, making the channel fuller or wider. The 24th was decidedly the hardest day, their course lying through the worst part of the terrible Nevada desert. But a glimpse of the Sierras looming in the western horizon gave them courage and strength enough to reach Wadsworth, at their foot, a little before midnight. Our travellers had now but one day's journey more to make before reaching the railroad at Cisco, but, this being a very steep ascent nearly all the way up, each mile cost almost twice as much time and exertion.
Quitting Castle Rock early on the morning of the 21st, they soon caught sight of the Great Salt Lake, and along the northern shores they raced all day, taking shelter after dark at Terrace, in a rundown log cabin surrounded by piles of shifting sand. The 22nd was a brutal day. The sand was blinding, the alkali dust suffocating, and the ride for five or six hours was mostly uphill; still, they managed to cover 150 miles before settling down for the night at Elko, even back then a thriving little village on the banks of the Humboldt. After another exhausting ride on the 23rd, they rested at Winnemucca, another bustling village, right at the point in the desert where the Little Humboldt meets the Humboldt River, although this didn't make the channel any fuller or wider. The 24th was definitely the toughest day, as their route took them through the worst part of the harsh Nevada desert. But a glimpse of the Sierras rising on the western horizon fueled their courage and gave them just enough strength to reach Wadsworth, at their base, just before midnight. Our travelers now had only one more day’s journey to reach the railroad at Cisco, but this consisted of a steep climb nearly the entire way up, making each mile take almost twice as much time and effort.
At last, late in the evening of Christmas Day, amidst the most enthusiastic cheers of all the inhabitants of Cisco, who welcomed them with a splendid pine brand procession, Marston and his friends, thoroughly used up, feet swelled, limbs bruised, bones aching, stomachs seasick, eyes bleared, ears ringing, and brains on fire for want of rest, took their places in the State Car waiting for them, and started without a moment's delay for Sacramento, about a hundred miles distant. How delicious was the change to our poor travellers! Washed, refreshed, and lying at full length on luxurious sofas, their sensations, as the locomotive spun them down the ringing grooves of the steep Sierras, can be more easily imagined than described. They were all fast asleep when the train entered Sacramento, but the Mayor and the other city authorities who had waited up to receive them, had them carried carefully, so as not to disturb their slumbers, on board the Yo Semite, a fine steamer belonging to the California Navigation Company, which landed them safely at San Francisco about noon on the 26th, after accomplishing the extraordinary winter journey of 1500 miles over land in little more than nine days, only about 200 miles being done by steam.
At last, late on Christmas Day, amidst the enthusiastic cheers of all the residents of Cisco, who greeted them with a festive pine brand procession, Marston and his friends, completely exhausted, with swollen feet, bruised limbs, aching bones, queasy stomachs, bleary eyes, ringing ears, and minds on fire from lack of rest, took their seats in the State Car waiting for them and started without delay for Sacramento, about a hundred miles away. The change was so refreshing for our weary travelers! After washing up, feeling revitalized, and lying back on luxurious sofas, their sensations, as the train whisked them down the steep Sierras, are easier to imagine than describe. They were all fast asleep when the train arrived in Sacramento, but the Mayor and other city officials, who had stayed up to welcome them, had them carefully carried on board the Yo Semite, a fine steamer owned by the California Navigation Company, which safely landed them in San Francisco around noon on the 26th, after completing the remarkable winter journey of 1,500 miles overland in just over nine days, with only about 200 miles covered by steam.
Half-past two P.M. found our travellers bathed, dressed, shaved, dined, and ready to receive company in the grand parlor of the Occidental Hotel. Captain Bloomsbury was the first to call.
Half-past two P.M. found our travelers showered, dressed, shaved, fed, and ready to entertain guests in the grand parlor of the Occidental Hotel. Captain Bloomsbury was the first to arrive.
Marston hobbled eagerly towards him and asked:
Marston hobbled excitedly toward him and asked:
"What have you done towards fishing them up, Captain?"
"What have you done to catch them, Captain?"
"A good deal, Mr. Marston; indeed almost everything is ready."
"A lot, Mr. Marston; in fact, nearly everything is set."
"Is that really the case, Captain?" asked all, very agreeably surprised.
"Is that really true, Captain?" everyone asked, pleasantly surprised.
"Yes, gentlemen, I am most happy to state that I am quite in earnest."
"Yes, gentlemen, I'm very happy to say that I'm completely serious."
"Can we start to-morrow?" asked General Morgan. "We have not a moment to spare, you know."
"Can we start tomorrow?" asked General Morgan. "We don't have a moment to waste, you know."
"We can start at noon to-morrow at latest," replied the Captain, "if the foundry men do a little extra work to-night."
"We can start by noon tomorrow at the latest," replied the Captain, "if the foundry workers put in a little extra effort tonight."
"We must start this very day, Captain Bloomsbury," cried Marston resolutely; "Barbican has been lying two weeks and thirteen hours in the depths of the Pacific! If he is still alive, no thanks to Marston! He must by this time have given me up! The grappling irons must be got on board at once, Captain, and let us start this evening!"
"We need to begin today, Captain Bloomsbury," Marston exclaimed firmly. "Barbican has been down for two weeks and thirteen hours in the Pacific! If he's still alive, it won't be because of me! He must have given up on me by now! The grappling irons need to be loaded onto the ship immediately, Captain, and let's set out this evening!"
At half-past four that very evening, a shot from the Fort and a lowering of the Stars and Stripes from its flagstaff saluted the Susquehanna, as she steamed proudly out of the Golden Gate at the lively rate of fifteen knots an hour.
At 4:30 that evening, a shot from the Fort and the lowering of the Stars and Stripes from its flagpole signaled the Susquehanna, as it steamed proudly out of the Golden Gate at a brisk speed of fifteen knots an hour.
CHAPTER XXIII.
THE CLUB MEN GO A FISHING.
Captain Bloomsbury was perfectly right when he said that almost everything was ready for the commencement of the great work which the Club men had to accomplish. Considering how much was required, this was certainly saying a great deal; but here also, as on many other occasions, fortune had singularly favored the Club men.
Captain Bloomsbury was completely correct when he said that almost everything was ready to kick off the important project that the Club members had to tackle. Given how much needed to be done, this was definitely a big statement; but once again, just like on many other occasions, luck had surprisingly smiled on the Club members.
San Francisco Bay, as everybody knows, though one of the finest and safest harbors in the world, is not without some danger from hidden rocks. One of these in particular, the Anita Rock as it was called, lying right in mid channel, had become so notorious for the wrecks of which it was the cause, that, after much time spent in the consideration of the subject, the authorities had at last determined to blow it up. This undertaking having been very satisfactorily accomplished by means of dynamite or giant powder, another improvement in the harbor had been also undertaken with great success. The wrecks of many vessels lay scattered here and there pretty numerously, some, like that of the Flying Dragon, in spots so shallow that they could be easily seen at low water, but others sunk at least twenty fathoms deep, like that of the Caroline, which had gone down in 1851, not far from Blossom Rock, with a treasure on board of 20,000 ounces of gold. The attempt to clear away these wrecks had also turned out very well; even sufficient treasure had been recovered to repay all the expense, though the preparations for the purpose by the contractors, M'Gowan and Co. had been made on the most extensive scale, and in accordance with the latest improvements in the apparatus for submarine operations.
San Francisco Bay, as everyone knows, is one of the finest and safest harbors in the world, but it does have some dangers due to hidden rocks. One in particular, called Anita Rock, located right in the middle of the channel, had become notorious for causing numerous shipwrecks. After much deliberation, the authorities finally decided to blow it up. This was successfully achieved using dynamite or giant powder. Another improvement in the harbor was also successfully undertaken. Many shipwrecks were scattered throughout the area; some, like the wreck of the Flying Dragon, were in shallow water, easily visible at low tide, while others, like the Caroline, which sank in 1851 near Blossom Rock, were at least twenty fathoms deep and carried a treasure of 20,000 ounces of gold. The efforts to clear away these wrecks also went well; enough treasure was recovered to cover all expenses, despite the extensive preparations made by the contractors, M'Gowan and Co., which utilized the latest advancements in underwater operation equipment.
Buoys, made of huge canvas sacks, coated with India rubber, and guarded by a net work of strong cordage, had been manufactured and provided by the New York Submarine Company. These buoys, when inflated and working in pairs, had a lifting capacity of 30 tons a pair. Reservoirs of air, provided with powerful compression pumps, always accompanied the buoys. To attach the latter, in a collapsed condition, with strong chains to the sides of the vessels which were to be lifted, a diving apparatus was necessary. This also the New York Company had provided, and it was so perfect in its way that, by means of peculiar appliances of easy management, the diver could walk about on the bottom, take his own bearings, ascend to the surface at pleasure, and open his helmet without assistance. A few sets likewise of Rouquayrol and Denayrouze's famous submarine armor had been provided. These would prove of invaluable advantage in all operations performed at great sea depths, as its distinctive feature, "the regulator," could maintain, what is not done by any other diving armor, a constant equality of pressure on the lungs between the external and the internal air.
Buoys made of large canvas sacks coated with Indian rubber and secured by a network of strong ropes had been produced and supplied by the New York Submarine Company. These buoys, when inflated and working in pairs, had a lifting capacity of 30 tons per pair. Air reservoirs equipped with powerful compression pumps always accompanied the buoys. To attach them in a deflated state to the sides of the vessels that were to be lifted, a diving apparatus was necessary. This was also provided by the New York Company, and it was so well-designed that, with some easy-to-use equipment, the diver could walk on the seabed, find his bearings, ascend to the surface whenever he wanted, and remove his helmet without help. A few sets of Rouquayrol and Denayrouze's renowned submarine armor had also been supplied. These would be incredibly useful for operations performed at great depths, as its unique feature, "the regulator," could maintain a constant pressure on the lungs that no other diving suit could achieve.
But perhaps the most useful article of all was a new form of diving bell called the Nautilus, a kind of submarine boat, capable of lateral as well as vertical movement at the will of its occupants. Constructed with double sides, the intervening chambers could be filled either with water or air according as descent or ascent was required. A proper supply of water enabled the machine to descend to depths impossible to be reached otherwise; this water could then be expelled by an ingenious contrivance, which, replacing it with air, enabled the diver to rise towards the surface as fast as he pleased.
But maybe the most useful invention of all was a new type of diving bell called the Nautilus, a kind of submarine that could move sideways as well as up and down at the choice of its users. Built with double walls, the spaces in between could be filled with either water or air, depending on whether they needed to go down or come up. A proper amount of water allowed the machine to dive to depths that were otherwise unreachable; this water could then be pushed out by a clever device, which replaced it with air, allowing the diver to swim back to the surface as quickly as they wanted.
All these and many other portions of the submarine apparatus which had been employed that very year for clearing the channel, lifting the wrecks and recovering the treasure, lay now at San Francisco, unused fortunately on account of the season of the year, and therefore they could be readily obtained for the asking. They had even been generously offered to Captain Bloomsbury, who, in obedience to a telegram from Washington, had kept his crew busily employed for nearly two weeks night and day in transferring them all safely on board the Susquehanna.
All these parts of the submarine equipment that had been used that very year for clearing the channel, lifting wrecks, and recovering treasure were now at San Francisco, fortunately unused because of the season, so they could be easily obtained upon request. They had even been generously offered to Captain Bloomsbury, who, following a telegram from Washington, had kept his crew working tirelessly for nearly two weeks, day and night, to transfer everything safely on board the Susquehanna.
Marston was the first to make a careful inspection of every article intended for the operation.
Marston was the first to thoroughly check every item meant for the procedure.
"Do you consider these buoys powerful enough to lift the Projectile, Captain?" he asked next morning, as the vessel was briskly heading southward, at a distance of ten or twelve miles from the coast on their left.
"Do you think these buoys are strong enough to lift the Projectile, Captain?" he asked the next morning, as the ship was quickly heading south, about ten or twelve miles off the coast on their left.
"You can easily calculate that problem yourself, Mr. Marston," replied the Captain. "It presents no difficulty. The Projectile weighs about 20 thousand pounds, or 10 tons?"
"You can easily figure out that problem on your own, Mr. Marston," replied the Captain. "It's not difficult. The projectile weighs about 20 thousand pounds, or 10 tons?"
"Correct!"
"Right!"
"Well, a pair of these buoys when inflated can raise a weight of 30 tons."
"Well, a pair of these buoys when inflated can lift a weight of 30 tons."
"So far so good. But how do you propose attaching them to the Projectile?"
"So far so good. But how do you plan to attach them to the projectile?"
"We simply let them descend in a state of collapse; the diver, going down with them, will have no difficulty in making a fast connection. As soon as they are inflated the Projectile will come up like a cork."
"We just let them fall apart; the diver going down with them will easily make a quick connection. Once they are inflated, the Projectile will rise like a cork."
"Can the divers readily reach such depths?"
"Can the divers easily reach such depths?"
"That remains to be seen Mr. Marston."
"That remains to be seen, Mr. Marston."
"Captain," said Morgan, now joining the party, "you are a worthy member of our Gun Club. You have done wonders. Heaven grant it may not be all in vain! Who knows if our poor friends are still alive?"
"Captain," said Morgan, now joining the group, "you're a valued member of our Gun Club. You've accomplished amazing things. Hopefully, it won't all be for nothing! Who knows if our poor friends are still alive?"
"Hush!" cried Marston quickly. "Have more sense than to ask such questions. Is Barbican alive! Am I alive? They're all alive, I tell you, only we must be quick about reaching them before the air gives out. That's what's the matter! Air! Provisions, water—abundance! But air—oh! that's their weak point! Quick, Captain, quick—They're throwing the reel—I must see her rate!" So saying, he hurried off to the stern, followed by General Morgan. Chief Engineer Murphy and the Captain of the Susquehanna were thus left for awhile together.
"Hush!" Marston shouted quickly. "Use your head and stop asking questions like that. Is Barbican alive? Am I alive? They’re all alive, I promise you, but we need to hurry to reach them before the air runs out. That’s the issue! Air! We have plenty of food and water—no shortage there! But air—oh! that’s their vulnerability! Hurry, Captain, hurry—they're throwing the reel—I need to check her rate!" With that, he rushed off to the back of the ship, followed by General Morgan. Chief Engineer Murphy and the Captain of the Susquehanna were left alone for a moment.
These two men had a long talk on the object of their journey and the likelihood of anything satisfactory being accomplished. The man of the sea candidly acknowledged his apprehensions. He had done everything in his power towards collecting suitable machinery for fishing up the Projectile, but he had done it all, he said, more as a matter of duty than because he believed that any good could result from it; in fact, he never expected to see the bold adventurers again either living or dead. Murphy, who well understood not only what machinery was capable of effecting, but also what it would surely fail in, at first expressed the greatest confidence in the prosperous issue of the undertaking. But when he learned, as he now did for the first time, that the ocean bed on which the Projectile was lying could be hardly less than 20,000 feet below the surface, he assumed a countenance as grave as the Captain's, and at once confessed that, unless their usual luck stood by them, his poor friends had not the slightest possible chance of ever being fished up from the depths of the Pacific.
These two men had a long conversation about the purpose of their journey and whether anything worthwhile could be achieved. The seaman openly admitted his concerns. He had done everything he could to gather the right equipment for retrieving the Projectile, but he said he did it more out of a sense of duty than because he believed it would lead to anything good; in fact, he never expected to see the daring adventurers again, alive or dead. Murphy, who understood not only what the machinery could accomplish but also what it would definitely fail at, initially expressed a lot of confidence in the successful outcome of the mission. But when he learned, for the first time, that the ocean floor where the Projectile was located was nearly 20,000 feet below the surface, he took on a serious expression, similar to the Captain's, and admitted that unless their usual luck was with them, his poor friends had virtually no chance of ever being pulled up from the depths of the Pacific.
The conversation maintained among the officers and the others on board the Susquehanna, was pretty much of the same nature. It is almost needless to say that all heads—except Belfast's, whose scientific mind rejected the Projectile theory with the most serene contempt—were filled with the same idea, all hearts throbbed with the same emotion. Wouldn't it be glorious to fish them up alive and well? What were they doing just now? Doing? Doing! Their bodies most probably were lying in a shapeless pile on the floor of the Projectile, like a heap of clothes, the uppermost man being the last smothered; or perhaps floating about in the water inside the Projectile, like dead gold fish in an aquarium; or perhaps burned to a cinder, like papers in a "champion" safe after a great fire; or, who knows? perhaps at that very moment the poor fellows were making their last and almost superhuman struggles to burst their watery prison and ascend once more into the cheerful regions of light and air! Alas! How vain must such puny efforts prove! Plunged into ocean depths of three or four miles beneath the surface, subjected to an inconceivable pressure of millions and millions of tons of sea water, their metallic shroud was utterly unassailable from within, and utterly unapproachable from without!
The conversation among the officers and others on board the Susquehanna was pretty similar. It’s almost unnecessary to mention that everyone—except Belfast, whose scientific perspective dismissed the Projectile theory with total disdain—was focused on the same thought, and all hearts beat with the same feeling. Wouldn't it be amazing to fish them up alive and well? What were they doing right now? Doing? Doing! Their bodies were probably lying in a disordered pile on the floor of the Projectile, like a heap of clothes, with the topmost person being the last one smothered; or maybe floating around in the water inside the Projectile, like dead goldfish in an aquarium; or perhaps burnt to a crisp, like papers in a "champion" safe after a big fire; or, who knows? maybe at that very moment the poor guys were making their final, nearly superhuman efforts to break free from their watery prison and rise again into the bright realms of light and air! Alas! How futile such fragile struggles must be! Trapped in ocean depths of three or four miles below the surface, subjected to an unimaginable pressure of millions and millions of tons of seawater, their metallic coffin was completely impenetrable from the inside and totally unreachable from the outside!
Early on the morning of December 29th, the Captain calculating from his log that they must now be very near the spot where they had witnessed the extraordinary phenomenon, the Susquehanna hove to. Having to wait till noon to find his exact position, he ordered the steamer to take a short circular course of a few hours' duration, in hope of sighting the buoy. But though at least a hundred telescopes scanned the calm ocean breast for many miles in all directions, it was nowhere to be seen.
Early on the morning of December 29th, the Captain, figuring from his log that they must be very close to where they had seen the amazing phenomenon, the Susquehanna stopped. Since he had to wait until noon to determine his exact position, he ordered the steamer to take a short circular route for a few hours in hopes of spotting the buoy. But even with at least a hundred telescopes scanning the calm ocean for many miles in every direction, it was nowhere to be found.
Precisely at noon, aided by his officers and in the presence of Marston, Belfast, and the Gun Club Committee, the Captain took his observations. After a moment or two of the most profound interest, it was a great gratification to all to learn that the Susquehanna was on the right parallel, and only about 15 miles west of the precise spot where the Projectile had disappeared beneath the waves. The steamer started at once in the direction indicated, and a minute or two before one o'clock the Captain said they were "there." No sign of the buoy could yet be seen in any direction; it had probably been drifted southward by the Mexican coast current which slowly glides along these shores from December to April.
Exactly at noon, with help from his officers and in front of Marston, Belfast, and the Gun Club Committee, the Captain took his readings. After a moment or two of intense anticipation, everyone was relieved to find out that the Susquehanna was on the correct parallel, just about 15 miles west of the exact spot where the Projectile had sunk beneath the waves. The steamer quickly set off in the indicated direction, and a minute or two before one o'clock, the Captain announced they had arrived. No sign of the buoy was visible in any direction; it had likely been carried south by the Mexican coast current that gently flows along these shores from December to April.
"At last!" cried Marston, with a sigh of great relief.
"Finally!" Marston exclaimed, letting out a huge sigh of relief.
"Shall we commence at once?" asked the Captain.
"Shall we get started right away?" asked the Captain.
"Without losing the twenty thousandth part of a second!" answered Marston; "life or death depends upon our dispatch!"
"Without wasting even a twenty-thousandth of a second!" Marston replied, "Our speed determines life or death!"
The Susquehanna again hove to, and this time all possible precautions were taken to keep her in a state of perfect immobility—an operation easily accomplished in these pacific latitudes, where cloud and wind and water are often as motionless as if all life had died out of the world. In fact, as the boats were quietly lowered, preparatory for beginning the operations, the mirror like calmness of sea, sky, and ship so impressed the Doctor, who was of a poetical turn of mind, that he could not help exclaiming to the little Midshipman, who was standing nearest:
The Susquehanna came to a stop again, and this time, all necessary precautions were taken to keep her completely still—something that's easy to do in these peaceful waters, where the clouds, wind, and sea often seem as still as if all life had vanished. In fact, as the boats were gently lowered to prepare for the operation, the mirror-like tranquility of the sea, sky, and ship impressed the Doctor, who had a poetic temperament, so much that he couldn't help but exclaim to the young Midshipman standing nearby:
"Coleridge realized, with variations:
"Coleridge understood, with variations:"
Chief Engineer Murphy now took command. Before letting down the buoys, the first thing evidently to be done was to find out, if possible, the precise point where the Projectile lay. For this purpose, the Nautilus was clearly the only part of the machinery that could be employed with advantage. Its chambers were accordingly soon filled with water, its air reservoirs were also soon completely charged, and the Nautilus itself, suspended by chains from the end of a yard, lay quietly on the ocean surface, its manhole on the top remaining open for the reception of those who were willing to encounter the dangers that awaited it in the fearful depths of the Pacific. Every one looking on was well aware that, after a few hundred feet below the surface, the pressure would grow more and more enormous, until at last it became quite doubtful if any line could bear the tremendous strain. It was even possible that at a certain depth the walls of the Nautilus might be crushed in like an eggshell, and the whole machine made as flat as two leaves of paper pasted together.
Chief Engineer Murphy now took charge. Before lowering the buoys, the first thing to do was to determine, if possible, the exact location of the Projectile. For this, the Nautilus was clearly the only piece of equipment that could be used effectively. Its chambers were quickly filled with water, and its air tanks were fully charged in no time. The Nautilus itself, suspended by chains from the end of a yard, lay quietly on the ocean surface, its manhole on top remaining open for those willing to face the risks that lurked in the terrifying depths of the Pacific. Everyone watching knew that after just a few hundred feet below the surface, the pressure would increase dramatically, making it uncertain whether any line could withstand the immense strain. It was even possible that at a certain depth, the walls of the Nautilus could be crushed like an eggshell, and the whole machine could end up as flat as two pieces of paper glued together.
Perfectly conscious of the nature of the tremendous risk they were about to run, Marston, Morgan, and Murphy quietly bade their friends a short farewell and were lowered into the manhole. The Nautilus having room enough for four, Belfast had been expected to be of the party but, feeling a little sea sick, the Professor backed out at the last moment, to the great joy of Mr. Watkins, the famous reporter of the N.Y. Herald, who was immediately allowed to take his place.
Perfectly aware of the huge risk they were about to take, Marston, Morgan, and Murphy quietly said a brief goodbye to their friends and were lowered into the manhole. The Nautilus had enough space for four, and Belfast was supposed to join them, but feeling a bit seasick, the Professor dropped out at the last minute, much to the delight of Mr. Watkins, the famous reporter from the N.Y. Herald, who was immediately given the chance to take his spot.
Every provision against immediate danger had been made. By means of preconcerted signals, the inmates could have themselves drawn up, let down, or carried laterally in whatever direction they pleased. By barometers and other instruments they could readily ascertain the pressure of the air and water, also how far they had descended and at what rate they were moving. The Captain, from his bridge, carefully superintended every detail of the operation. All signals he insisted on attending to himself personally, transmitting them instantly by his bell to the engineer below. The whole power of the steam engine had been brought to bear on the windlass; the chains could withstand an enormous strain. The wheels had been carefully oiled and tested beforehand; the signalling apparatus had been subjected to the rigidest examination; and every portion of the machinery had been proved to be in admirable working order.
Every precaution against immediate danger had been taken. Through prearranged signals, the crew could be raised, lowered, or moved sideways in any direction they wanted. Using barometers and other instruments, they could easily check the air and water pressure, how far they had descended, and at what speed they were moving. The Captain, from his bridge, closely oversaw every detail of the operation. He insisted on handling all signals himself, transmitting them instantly via his bell to the engineer below. The full power of the steam engine was focused on the windlass; the chains could handle an enormous load. The wheels had been carefully oiled and tested beforehand; the signaling system had gone through the strictest inspections; and every part of the machinery had been confirmed to be in excellent working condition.
The chances of immediate and unforeseen danger, it is true, had been somewhat diminished by all these precautions. The risk, nevertheless, was fearful. The slightest accident or even carelessness might easily lead to the most disastrous consequence.
The chances of immediate and unexpected danger, it’s true, had been somewhat reduced by all these precautions. The risk, however, was still frightening. Even the smallest accident or a moment of carelessness could easily result in a catastrophic outcome.
Five minutes after two o'clock, the manhole being closed, the lamps lit, and everything pronounced all right, the signal for the descent was given, and the Nautilus immediately disappeared beneath the waters. A double anxiety now possessed all on board the Susquehanna: the prisoners in the Nautilus were in danger as well as the prisoners in the Projectile. Marston and his friends, however, were anything but disquieted on their own account, and, pencil in hand and noses flattened on the glass plates, they examined carefully everything they could see in the liquid masses through which they were descending.
Five minutes after two o'clock, with the manhole closed, the lamps lit, and everything confirmed to be fine, the signal for descent was given, and the Nautilus immediately sank beneath the water. A sense of dual anxiety filled everyone on board the Susquehanna: the prisoners in the Nautilus were in danger, as were the prisoners in the Projectile. However, Marston and his friends were far from worried about their own situation; with pencil in hand and their noses pressed against the glass plates, they carefully examined everything they could see in the watery depths as they descended.
For the first five hundred feet, the descent was accomplished with little trouble. The Nautilus sank rather slowly, at a uniform rate of a foot to the second. It had not been two minutes under water when the light of day completely disappeared. But for this the occupants were fully prepared, having provided themselves with powerful lamps, whose brilliant light, radiating from polished reflectors, gave them an opportunity of seeing clearly around it for a distance of eight or ten feet in all directions. Owing to the superlatively excellent construction of the Nautilus, also on account of the scaphanders, or suits of diving armor, with which Marston and his friends had clothed themselves, the disagreeable sensations to which divers are ordinarily exposed, were hardly felt at all in the beginning of the descent.
For the first five hundred feet, the descent went smoothly. The Nautilus sank slowly, at a steady rate of one foot per second. It hadn’t been two minutes underwater when daylight completely vanished. However, the occupants were well-prepared, equipped with powerful lamps that cast bright light from polished reflectors, allowing them to see clearly for about eight to ten feet in all directions. Thanks to the Nautilus's excellent construction, and also because of the scaphanders, or diving suits, that Marston and his friends were wearing, the usual discomfort that divers often experience was hardly felt at the beginning of the descent.
Marston was about to congratulate his companions on the favorable auspices inaugurating their trip, when Murphy, consulting the instrument, discovered to his great surprise that the Nautilus was not making its time. In reply to their signal "faster!" the downward movement increased a little, but it soon relaxed again. Instead of less than two minutes, as at the beginning, it now took twelve minutes to make a hundred feet. They had gone only seven hundred feet in thirty-seven minutes. In spite of repeated signalling, their progress during the next hour was even still more alarming, one hundred feet taking exactly 59 minutes. To shorten detail, it required two hours more to make another hundred feet; and then the Nautilus, after taking ten minutes to crawl an inch further, came to a perfect stand still. The pressure of the water had evidently now become too enormous to allow further descent.
Marston was about to congratulate his companions on the good luck that was kicking off their trip when Murphy, checking the instruments, was shocked to find that the Nautilus wasn't moving as fast as it should. In response to their signal to go "faster!", the descent picked up a bit, but then slowed down again. Instead of taking less than two minutes as it did at first, it now took twelve minutes to cover a hundred feet. They had only traveled seven hundred feet in thirty-seven minutes. Despite repeated signals, their progress in the next hour was even more alarming, with a hundred feet taking a full 59 minutes. To keep it brief, it took another two hours to go another hundred feet; then the Nautilus, after taking ten minutes to move just an inch further, came to a complete stop. The water pressure had clearly become too great to allow any further descent.
The Clubmen's distress was very great; Marston's, in particular, was indescribable. In vain, catching at straws, he signalled "eastwards!" "westwards!" "northwards!" or "southwards!" the Nautilus moved readily every way but downwards.
The Clubmen were in deep distress; Marston's, especially, was beyond description. Desperately grasping at straws, he signaled "east!" "west!" "north!" or "south!" but the Nautilus moved easily in every direction except downwards.
"Oh! what shall we do?" he cried in despair; "Barbican, must we really give you up though separated from us by the short distance of only a few miles?"
"Oh! what are we going to do?" he exclaimed in despair; "Barbican, do we really have to give you up even though you're only a few miles away from us?"
At last, nothing better being to be done, the unwilling signal "heave upwards!" was given, and the hauling up commenced. It was done very slowly, and with the greatest care. A sudden jerk might snap the chains; an incautious twist might put a kink on the air tube; besides, it was well known that the sudden removal of heavy pressure resulting from rapid ascent, is attended by very disagreeable sensations, which have sometimes even proved fatal.
At last, with no better options available, the reluctant command "lift off!" was issued, and the hauling began. It was done very slowly and with the utmost care. A sudden jerk could snap the chains; an awkward twist might kink the air tube. Plus, it was well known that the sudden release of heavy pressure from a rapid ascent comes with very unpleasant sensations, which have sometimes even been fatal.
It was near midnight when the Clubmen were lifted out of the manhole. Their faces were pale, their eyes bloodshot, their figures stooped. Even the Herald Reporter seemed to have got enough of exploring. But Marston was as confident as ever, and tried to be as brisk.
It was close to midnight when the Clubmen were pulled out of the manhole. Their faces were pale, their eyes red, and their bodies hunched. Even the Herald Reporter appeared to have had enough of exploring. But Marston was as confident as ever and tried to stay upbeat.
He had hardly swallowed the refreshment so positively enjoined in the circumstances, when he abruptly addressed the Captain:
He had barely finished the drink that was definitely recommended given the situation when he suddenly spoke to the Captain:
"What's the weight of your heaviest cannon balls?"
"What's the weight of your heaviest cannonballs?"
"Thirty pounds, Mr. Marston."
"£30, Mr. Marston."
"Can't you attach thirty of them to the Nautilus and sink us again?"
"Can’t you just attach thirty of them to the Nautilus and sink us again?"
"Certainly, Mr. Marston, if you wish it. It shall be the first thing done to-morrow."
"Sure thing, Mr. Marston, if that's what you want. It'll be the first thing we do tomorrow."
"To-night, Captain! At once! Barbican has not an instant to lose."
"Tonight, Captain! Right away! Barbican doesn't have a moment to waste."
"At once then be it, Mr. Marston. Just as you say."
"Alright then, Mr. Marston. Just like you said."
The new sinkers were soon attached to the Nautilus, which disappeared once more with all its former occupants inside, except the Herald Reporter, who had fallen asleep over his notes, or at least seemed to be. He had probably made up his mind as to the likelihood of the Nautilus ever getting back again.
The new sinkers were quickly attached to the Nautilus, which vanished again with all its original passengers inside, except for the Herald Reporter, who had dozed off over his notes, or at least looked like he had. He had probably concluded that the Nautilus might never return.
The second descent was quicker than the first, but just as futile. At 1152 feet, the Nautilus positively refused to go a single inch further. Marston looked like a man in a stupor. He made no objection to the signal given by the others to return; he even helped to cut the ropes by which the cannon balls had been attached. Not a single word was spoken by the party, as they slowly rose to the surface. Marston seemed to be struggling against despair. For the first time, the impossibility of the great enterprise seemed to dawn upon him. He and his friends had undertaken a great fight with the mighty Ocean, which now played with them as a giant with a pigmy. To reach the bottom was evidently completely out of their power; and what was infinitely worse, there was nothing to be gained by reaching it. The Projectile was not on the bottom; it could not even have got to the bottom. Marston said it all in a few words to the Captain, as the Clubmen stepped on deck a few hours later:
The second dive was faster than the first, but just as pointless. At 1,152 feet, the Nautilus absolutely refused to go any further. Marston looked like someone in a daze. He didn’t protest when the others signaled to head back; he even helped cut the ropes that had attached the cannonballs. Not a single word was exchanged among the group as they slowly ascended to the surface. Marston seemed to be battling with despair. For the first time, the impossibility of their ambitious venture seemed to hit him. He and his friends had taken on a massive struggle against the powerful Ocean, which was now toying with them like a giant with a tiny creature. Clearly, reaching the bottom was completely beyond their capabilities; worse still, there was nothing to be gained by doing so. The Projectile wasn’t on the bottom; it couldn’t have reached it at all. Marston summarized it all in a few words to the Captain when the Clubmen stepped onto the deck a few hours later:
"Barbican is floating midway in the depths of the Pacific, like Mahomet in his coffin!"
"Barbican is drifting halfway down in the depths of the Pacific, like Muhammad in his coffin!"
Blindly yielding, however, to the melancholy hope that is born of despair, Marston and his friends renewed the search next day, the 30th, but they were all too worn out with watching and excitement to be able to continue it longer than a few hours. After a night's rest, it was renewed the day following, the 31st, with some vigor, and a good part of the ocean lying between Guadalupe and Benito islands was carefully investigated to a depth of seven or eight hundred feet. No traces whatever of the Projectile. Several California steamers, plying between San Francisco and Panama, passed the Susquehanna within hailing distance. But to every question, the invariable reply one melancholy burden bore:
Blindly giving in to the sad hope that comes from despair, Marston and his friends resumed the search the next day, the 30th, but they were all too exhausted from watching and stress to keep it going for more than a few hours. After a night's rest, they continued the search the next day, the 31st, with some energy, and a large part of the ocean between Guadalupe and Benito islands was carefully explored to a depth of seven or eight hundred feet. No signs of the Projectile were found. Several California steamers running between San Francisco and Panama passed the Susquehanna within shouting distance. But to every question, the consistent response carried one sad refrain:
"No luck!"
"Unlucky!"
All hands were now in despair. Marston could neither eat nor drink. He never even spoke the whole day, except on two occasions. Once, when somebody heard him muttering:
All hands were now in despair. Marston could neither eat nor drink. He never even spoke the whole day, except on two occasions. Once, when somebody heard him muttering:
"He's now seventeen days in the ocean!"
"He's been at sea for seventeen days now!"
The second time he spoke, the words seemed to be forced out of him. Belfast admitted, for the sake of argument, that the Projectile had fallen into the ocean, but he strongly denounced the absurd idea of its occupants being still alive. "Under such circumstances," went on the learned Professor, "further prolongation of vital energy would be simply impossible. Want of air, want of food, want of courage—"
The second time he spoke, his words sounded like they were forced out. Belfast conceded, just for the sake of discussion, that the Projectile had landed in the ocean, but he firmly rejected the ridiculous notion that its occupants were still alive. "Under those circumstances," the knowledgeable Professor continued, "it would be completely impossible for them to sustain any vital energy. Lack of air, lack of food, lack of courage—"
"No, sir!" interrupted Marston quite savagely. "Want of air, of meat, of drink, as much as you like! But when you speak of Barbican's want of courage, you don't know what you are talking about! No holy martyr ever died at the stake with a loftier courage than my noble friend Barbican!"
"No way, sir!" interrupted Marston fiercely. "Lack of air, food, or drink, sure! But when you talk about Barbican's lack of courage, you clearly have no idea what you’re saying! No holy martyr has ever faced the stake with more courage than my brave friend Barbican!"
That night he asked the Captain if he would not sail down as far as Cape San Lucas. Bloomsbury saw that further search was all labor lost, but he respected such heroic grief too highly to give a positive refusal. He consented to devote the following day, New Year's, to an exploring expedition as far as Magdalena Bay, making the most diligent inquiries in all directions.
That night he asked the Captain if he would sail down to Cape San Lucas. Bloomsbury recognized that any further search would be pointless, but he had too much respect for such profound sorrow to give a definitive no. He agreed to spend the next day, New Year's, on an exploring expedition as far as Magdalena Bay, making every effort to ask questions in all directions.
But New Year's was just as barren of results as any of its predecessors, and, a little before sunset, Captain Bloomsbury, regardless of further entreaties and unwilling to risk further delay, gave orders to 'bout ship and return to San Francisco.
But New Year's was just as empty of results as any of the ones before it, and, a little before sunset, Captain Bloomsbury, ignoring further pleas and unwilling to risk more delays, ordered the ship to turn around and head back to San Francisco.
The Susquehanna was slowly turning around in obedience to her wheel, as if reluctant to abandon forever a search in which humanity at large was interested, when the look-out man, stationed in the forecastle, suddenly sang out:
The Susquehanna was slowly turning around in response to her wheel, as if hesitant to give up on a search that mattered to everyone, when the lookout in the forecastle suddenly shouted:
"A buoy to the nor'east, not far from shore!"
"A buoy to the northeast, not far from the coast!"
All telescopes were instantly turned in the direction indicated. The buoy, or whatever object it was, could be readily distinguished. It certainly did look like one of those buoys used to mark out the channel that ships follow when entering a harbor. But as the vessel slowly approached it, a small flag, flapping in the dying wind—a strange feature in a buoy—was seen to surmount its cone, which a nearer approach showed to be emerging four or five feet from the water. And for a buoy too it was exceedingly bright and shiny, reflecting the red rays of the setting sun as strongly as if its surface was crystal or polished metal!
All the telescopes were immediately pointed in the indicated direction. The buoy, or whatever it was, was easily recognizable. It definitely looked like one of those buoys used to mark the channel that ships follow when entering a harbor. But as the vessel slowly got closer, a small flag, fluttering in the fading wind—a strange feature for a buoy—was seen sitting atop its cone, which upon closer inspection appeared to rise four or five feet above the water. And for a buoy, it was remarkably bright and shiny, reflecting the red rays of the setting sun as if its surface were made of crystal or polished metal!
"Call Mr. Marston on deck at once!" cried the Captain, his voice betraying unwonted excitement as he put the glass again to his eye.
"Get Mr. Marston on deck right now!" shouted the Captain, his voice showing unusual excitement as he raised the glass to his eye again.
Marston, thoroughly worn out by his incessant anxiety during the day, had been just carried below by his friends, and they were now trying to make him take a little refreshment and repose. But the Captain's order brought them all on deck like a flash.
Marston, completely exhausted from his constant worry throughout the day, had just been taken below deck by his friends, who were now trying to get him to have some food and rest. But the Captain's order summoned them all back on deck in an instant.
They found the whole crew gazing in one direction, and, though speaking in little more than whispers, evidently in a state of extraordinary excitement.
They found the entire crew staring in one direction and, even though they were speaking in barely more than whispers, they were clearly in a state of intense excitement.
What could all this mean? Was there any ground for hope? The thought sent a pang of delight through Marston's wildly beating heart that almost choked him.
What could all this mean? Was there any reason to hope? The thought sent a jolt of joy through Marston's racing heart that almost overwhelmed him.
The Captain beckoned to the Club men to take a place on the bridge beside himself. They instantly obeyed, all quietly yielding them a passage.
The Captain signaled to the Club members to come up to the bridge next to him. They immediately complied, all quietly making way for him.
The vessel was now only about a quarter of a mile distant from the object and therefore near enough to allow it to be distinguished without the aid of a glass.
The ship was now only about a quarter of a mile away from the object, making it close enough to see without needing binoculars.
What! The flag bore the well known Stars and Stripes!
What! The flag had the familiar Stars and Stripes!
An electric shudder of glad surprise shot through the assembled crowd. They still spoke, however, in whispers, hardly daring to utter their thoughts aloud.
An electric thrill of happy surprise went through the crowd. They still talked in hushed tones, barely daring to say their thoughts out loud.
The silence was suddenly startled by a howl of mingled ecstasy and rage from Marston.
The quiet was suddenly broken by a howl of mixed joy and anger from Marston.
He would have fallen off the bridge, had not the others held him firmly. Then he burst into a laugh loud and long, and quite as formidable as his howl.
He would have fallen off the bridge if the others hadn't held him tightly. Then he burst out laughing, loud and long, and just as powerful as his howl.
Then he tore away from his friends, and began beating himself over the head.
Then he pulled away from his friends and started hitting himself on the head.
"Oh!" he cried in accents between a yell and a groan, "what chuckleheads we are! What numskulls! What jackasses! What double-treble-barrelled gibbering idiots!" Then he fell to beating himself over the head again.
"Oh!" he exclaimed, caught between a yell and a groan, "what fools we are! What idiots! What morons! What completely clueless imbeciles!" Then he started hitting himself on the head again.
"What's the matter, Marston, for heaven's sake!" cried his friends, vainly trying to hold him.
"What's wrong, Marston, for goodness' sake!" shouted his friends, unsuccessfully trying to restrain him.
"Speak for yourself!" cried others, Belfast among the number.
"Speak for yourself!" shouted some, including Belfast.
"No exception, Belfast! You're as bad as the rest of us! We're all a set of unmitigated, demoralized, dog-goned old lunatics! Ha! Ha! Ha!"
"No exception, Belfast! You're just as crazy as the rest of us! We're all a bunch of complete, demoralized, crazy old fools! Ha! Ha! Ha!"
"Speak plainly, Marston! Tell us what you mean!"
"Speak clearly, Marston! Just tell us what you mean!"
"I mean," roared the terrible Secretary, "that we are no better than a lot of cabbage heads, dead beats, and frauds, calling ourselves scientists! O Barbican, how you must blush for us! If we were schoolboys, we should all be skinned alive for our ignorance! Do you forget, you herd of ignoramuses, that the Projectile weighs only ten tons?"
"I mean," shouted the furious Secretary, "that we are no better than a bunch of clueless losers and fakes, calling ourselves scientists! Oh Barbican, you must be so embarrassed for us! If we were schoolboys, we’d all be expelled for our ignorance! Do you forget, you group of know-nothings, that the Projectile weighs only ten tons?"
"We don't forget it! We know it well! What of it?"
"We won't forget it! We know it well! So what?"
"This of it: it can't sink in water without displacing its own volume in water; its own volume in water weighs thirty tons! Consequently, it can't sink; more consequently, it hasn't sunk; and, most consequently, there it is before us, bobbing up and down all the time under our very noses! O Barbican, how can we ever venture to look at you straight in the face again!"
"This: it can’t sink in water without displacing its own volume; that volume of water weighs thirty tons! So, it can’t sink; even more, it hasn’t sunk; and, most importantly, here it is right in front of us, bobbing up and down all the time! Oh Barbican, how can we ever dare to look you straight in the face again!"
Marston's extravagant manner of showing it did not prevent him from being perfectly right. With all their knowledge of physics, not a single one of those scientific gentlemen had remembered the great fundamental law that governs sinking or floating bodies. Thanks to its slight specific gravity, the Projectile, after reaching unknown depths of ocean through the terrific momentum of its fall, had been at last arrested in its course and even obliged to return to the surface.
Marston's dramatic way of expressing it didn't stop him from being completely right. Despite all their knowledge of physics, none of those scientific guys had considered the essential law that determines whether something sinks or floats. Because of its low specific gravity, the Projectile, after plunging to unknown depths of the ocean with incredible force, had finally been stopped in its descent and even forced to rise back to the surface.
By this time, all the passengers of the Susquehanna could easily recognize the object of such weary longings and desperate searches, floating quietly a short distance before them in the last rays of the declining day!
By this time, all the passengers of the Susquehanna could easily recognize the object of their tired longings and desperate searches, floating quietly a short distance ahead in the fading light of the setting sun!
The boats were out in an instant. Marston and his friends took the Captain's gig. The rowers pulled with a will towards the rapidly nearing Projectile. What did it contain? The living or the dead? The living certainly! as Marston whispered to those around him; otherwise how could they have ever run up that flag?
The boats were out in no time. Marston and his friends took the Captain's dinghy. The rowers pulled hard toward the quickly approaching Projectile. What was inside? The living or the dead? Definitely the living! Marston whispered to those around him; otherwise, how could they have ever raised that flag?
The boats approached in perfect silence, all hearts throbbing with the intensity of newly awakened hope, all eyes eagerly watching for some sign to confirm it. No part of the windows appeared over the water, but the trap hole had been thrown open, and through it came the pole that bore the American flag. Marston made for the trap hole and, as it was only a few feet above the surface, he had no difficulty in looking in.
The boats came in quietly, everyone’s hearts racing with a fresh sense of hope, and all eyes anxiously looking for any sign to prove it. No part of the windows was visible above the water, but the trap door had been flung open, and through it came the pole holding the American flag. Marston moved toward the trap door, and since it was only a few feet above the surface, he easily leaned in to look.
At that moment, a joyful shout of triumph rose from the interior, and the whole boat's crew heard a dry drawling voice with a nasal twang exclaiming:
At that moment, a joyful shout of triumph erupted from inside, and the entire crew of the boat heard a dry, drawn-out voice with a nasal twang declaring:
"Queen! How is that for high?"
"Queen! How's that for awesome?"
It was instantly answered by another voice, shriller, louder, quicker, more joyous and triumphant in tone, but slightly tinged with a foreign accent:
It was immediately responded to by another voice, sharper, louder, faster, more joyful and triumphant in tone, but with a slight foreign accent:
"King! My brave Mac! How is that for high?"
"King! My brave Mac! How's that for impressive?"
The deep, clear, calm voice that spoke next thrilled the listeners outside with an emotion that we shall not attempt to portray. Except that their ears could detect in it the faintest possible emotion of triumph, it was in all respects as cool, resolute, and self-possessed as ever:
The deep, clear, calm voice that spoke next excited the listeners outside with an emotion we won't try to describe. Other than the slightest hint of triumph that their ears could pick up, it was just as cool, determined, and composed as always:
"Ace! Dear friends, how is that for high?"
"Ace! Hey friends, how’s that for awesome?"
They were quietly enjoying a little game of High-Low-Jack!
They were quietly having a little game of High-Low-Jack!
How they must have been startled by the wild cheers that suddenly rang around their ocean-prison! How madly were these cheers re-echoed from the decks of the Susquehanna! Who can describe the welcome that greeted these long lost, long beloved, long despaired of Sons of Earth, now so suddenly and unexpectedly rescued from destruction, and restored once more to the wonderstricken eyes of admiring humanity? Who can describe the scenes of joy and exuberant happiness, and deep felt gratitude, and roaring rollicking merriment, that were witnessed on board the steamer that night and during the next three days!
How surprised they must have been by the wild cheers that suddenly erupted around their ocean prison! How wildly these cheers bounced back from the decks of the Susquehanna! Who can express the welcome that greeted these long-lost, dearly loved, and deeply mourned Sons of Earth, now so suddenly and unexpectedly saved from destruction and brought back to the astonished eyes of admiring humanity? Who can capture the scenes of joy, sheer happiness, profound gratitude, and boisterous merriment that unfolded on board the steamer that night and throughout the next three days!
As for Marston, it need hardly be said that he was simply ecstatic, but it may interest both the psychologist and the philologist to learn that the expression How is that for high? struck him at once as with a kind of frenzy. It became immediately such a favorite tongue morsel of his that ever since he has been employing it on all occasions, appropriate or otherwise. Thanks to his exertions in its behalf all over the country, the phrase is now the most popular of the day, well known and relished in every part of the Union. If we can judge from its present hold on the popular ear it will continue to live and flourish for many a long day to come; it may even be accepted as the popular expression of triumph in those dim, distant, future years when the memory not only of the wonderful occasion of its formation but also of the illustrious men themselves who originated it, has been consigned forever to the dark tomb of oblivion!
As for Marston, it goes without saying that he was completely thrilled, but it might interest both psychologists and linguists to know that the phrase How is that for high? hit him like a bolt of lightning. It quickly became such a favorite catchphrase of his that he has been using it on every occasion, whether it fits or not. Thanks to his efforts to promote it all over the country, the phrase is now the most popular of the day, recognized and enjoyed everywhere in the United States. Judging by its current popularity, it seems likely to stick around and thrive for many years to come; it may even become the go-to expression of success in those far-off future years when not only the amazing event of its creation but also the remarkable people who came up with it have been completely forgotten!
CHAPTER XXIV.
FAREWELL TO THE BALTIMORE GUN CLUB.
The intense interest of our extraordinary but most veracious history having reached its culmination at the end of the last chapter, our absorbing chronicle might with every propriety have been then and there concluded; but we can't part from our gracious and most indulgent reader before giving him a few more details which may be instructive perhaps, if not amusing.
The intense interest of our remarkable but very truthful history has reached its peak at the end of the last chapter. Our engaging story could have rightfully concluded there; however, we can’t say goodbye to our kind and patient reader without sharing a few more details that might be informative, if not entertaining.
No doubt he kindly remembers the world-wide sympathy with which our three famous travellers had started on their memorable trip to the Moon. If so, he may be able to form some idea of the enthusiasm universally excited by the news of their safe return. Would not the millions of spectators that had thronged Florida to witness their departure, now rush to the other extremity of the Union to welcome them back? Could those innumerable Europeans, Africans and Asiatics, who had visited the United States simply to have a look at M'Nicholl, Ardan and Barbican, ever think of quitting the country without having seen those wonderful men again? Certainly not! Nay, more—the reception and the welcome that those heroes would everywhere be greeted with, should be on a scale fully commensurate with the grandeur of their own gigantic enterprise. The Sons of Earth who had fearlessly quitted this terrestrial globe and who had succeeded in returning after accomplishing a journey inconceivably wonderful, well deserved to be received with every extremity of pride, pomp and glorious circumstance that the world is capable of displaying.
No doubt he fondly remembers the global sympathy we all felt when our three famous travelers set off on their memorable trip to the Moon. If so, he might grasp the excitement that spread everywhere at the news of their safe return. Wouldn't the millions of spectators who had gathered in Florida to see them leave now rush to the other end of the country to welcome them back? Could all those countless Europeans, Africans, and Asians who traveled to the United States just to catch a glimpse of M'Nicholl, Ardan, and Barbican possibly think of leaving without seeing those remarkable men again? Definitely not! Moreover, the reception and welcome those heroes received should be grand enough to match the scale of their incredible journey. The Sons of Earth who boldly left this planet and managed to return after achieving a journey beyond belief truly deserve to be celebrated with all the pride, pomp, and glorious spectacle the world can offer.
To catch a glimpse of these demi-gods, to hear the sound of their voices, perhaps even to touch their hands—these were the only emotions with which the great heart of the country at large was now throbbing.
To catch a glimpse of these demigods, to hear their voices, maybe even to touch their hands—these were the only feelings that the great heart of the nation was now beating with.
To gratify this natural yearning of humanity, to afford not only to every foreigner but to every native in the land an opportunity of beholding the three heroes who had reflected such indelible glory on the American name, and to do it all in a manner eminently worthy of the great American Nation, instantly became the desire of the American People.
To satisfy this natural desire of humanity, to give every foreigner and every local the chance to see the three heroes who brought such lasting honor to the American name, and to do it all in a way that truly reflects the greatness of the American Nation, quickly became the goal of the American People.
To desire a thing, and to have it, are synonymous terms with the great people of the American Republic.
To want something and to have it are the same thing for the great people of the American Republic.
A little thinking simplified the matter considerably: as all the people could not go to the heroes, the heroes should go to all the people.
A bit of thought made things much simpler: since not everyone could go to the heroes, the heroes should go to everyone.
So decided, so done.
Taken care of.
It was nearly two months before Barbican and his friends could get back to Baltimore. The winter travelling over the Rocky Mountains had been very difficult on account of the heavy snows, and, even when they found themselves in the level country, though they tried to travel as privately as possible, and for the present positively declined all public receptions, they were compelled to spend some time in the houses of the warm friends near whom they passed in the course of their long journey.
It was almost two months before Barbican and his friends could return to Baltimore. Traveling through the Rocky Mountains in winter had been really tough because of the heavy snowfall, and even when they reached flatter land, they tried to keep a low profile and turned down all public receptions for the time being. However, they had to spend some time at the homes of close friends they encountered during their long journey.
The rough notes of their Moon adventures—the only ones that they could furnish just then—circulating like wild fire and devoured with universal avidity, only imparted a keener whet to the public desire to feast their eyes on such men. These notes were telegraphed free to every newspaper in the country, but the longest and best account of the "Journey to the Moon" appeared in the columns of the New York Herald, owing to the fact that Watkins the reporter had had the adventurers all to himself during the whole of the three days' trip of the Susquehanna back to San Francisco. In a week after their return, every man, woman, and child in the United States knew by heart some of the main facts and incidents in the famous journey; but, of course, it is needless to say that they knew nothing at all about the finer points and the highly interesting minor details of the astounding story. These are now all laid before the highly favored reader for the first time. I presume it is unnecessary to add that they are worthy of his most implicit confidence, having been industriously and conscientiously compiled from the daily journals of the three travellers, revised, corrected, and digested very carefully by Barbican himself.
The rough notes of their Moon adventures—the only ones they had at the moment—spread like wildfire and were eagerly consumed by everyone, further heightening the public's desire to see such men. These notes were sent for free to every newspaper in the country, but the longest and best account of the "Journey to the Moon" appeared in the New York Herald, since reporter Watkins had the adventurers all to himself during the entire three-day trip of the Susquehanna back to San Francisco. Within a week of their return, every man, woman, and child in the United States knew some key facts and incidents from the famous journey by heart; however, it goes without saying that they knew nothing about the finer points and intriguing minor details of the remarkable story. These are now presented to the fortunate reader for the first time. I assume it's unnecessary to mention that they deserve his complete trust, having been carefully and diligently compiled from the daily journals of the three travelers, revised, corrected, and thoroughly digested by Barbican himself.
It was, of course, too early at this period for the critics to pass a decided opinion on the nature of the information furnished by our travellers. Besides, the Moon is an exceedingly difficult subject. Very few newspaper men in the country are capable of offering a single opinion regarding her that is worth reading. This is probably also the reason why half-scientists talk so much dogmatic nonsense about her.
It was, of course, too early at this time for the critics to form a solid opinion on the information provided by our travelers. Additionally, the Moon is a really challenging topic. Very few journalists in the country can provide a single opinion about her that's worth reading. This is probably also why half-hearted scientists say so much dogmatic nonsense about her.
Enough, however, had appeared in the notes to warrant the general opinion that Barbican's explorations had set at rest forever several pet theories lately started regarding the nature of our satellite. He and his friends had seen her with their own eyes, and under such favorable circumstances as to be altogether exceptional. Regarding her formation, her origin, her inhabitability, they could easily tell what system should be rejected and what might be admitted. Her past, her present, and her future, had been alike laid bare before their eyes. How can you object to the positive assertion of a conscientious man who has passed within a few hundred miles of Tycho, the culminating point in the strangest of all the strange systems of lunar oreography? What reply can you make to a man who has sounded the dark abysses of the Plato crater? How can you dare to contradict those men whom the vicissitudes of their daring journey had swept over the dark, Invisible Face of the Moon, never before revealed to human eye? It was now confessedly the privilege and the right of these men to set limits to that selenographic science which had till now been making itself so very busy in reconstructing the lunar world. They could now say, authoritatively, like Cuvier lecturing over a fossil skeleton: "Once the Moon was this, a habitable world, and inhabitable long before our Earth! And now the Moon is that, an uninhabitable world, and uninhabitable ages and ages ago!"
Enough had been revealed in the notes to support the general belief that Barbican's explorations had definitively settled several recent theories about the nature of our satellite. He and his friends had observed it with their own eyes, under such exceptional circumstances. Concerning its formation, origin, and habitability, they could clearly identify which theories should be dismissed and which could be considered. Its past, present, and future had all been laid bare before them. How can anyone challenge the confident assertion of someone who has come within a few hundred miles of Tycho, the peak of the most bizarre lunar geography? What can you say to someone who has explored the deep voids of the Plato crater? How can you dare to contradict those who, through the twists and turns of their daring journey, traversed the dark, Invisible Face of the Moon, previously unseen by human eyes? It was now widely recognized that these men had the privilege and authority to define the boundaries of selenographic science, which had been so active in reconstructing the lunar world up until now. They could now assert, with authority, like Cuvier lecturing over a fossil skeleton: "Once, the Moon was this, a habitable world, and inhabitable long before our Earth! And now the Moon is that, an uninhabitable world, and has been uninhabitable for ages!"
We must not even dream of undertaking a description of the grand fête by which the return of the illustrious members of the Gun Club was to be adequately celebrated, and the natural curiosity of their countrymen to see them was to be reasonably gratified. It was one worthy in every way of its recipients, worthy of the Gun Club, worthy of the Great Republic, and, best of all, every man, woman, and child in the United States could take part in it. It required at least three months to prepare it: but this was not to be regretted as its leading idea could not be properly carried out during the severe colds of winter.
We can't even imagine trying to describe the big fête planned to properly celebrate the return of the famous members of the Gun Club, where the natural curiosity of their fellow citizens to see them would be reasonably satisfied. It was an event deserving in every way of its honorees, deserving of the Gun Club, deserving of the Great Republic, and, best of all, everyone in the United States—men, women, and children alike—could join in. It took at least three months to get everything ready, but this wasn't a drawback since the main idea couldn't be properly executed during the harsh winter cold.
All the great railroads of the Union had been closely united by temporary rails, a uniform gauge had been everywhere adopted, and every other necessary arrangement had been made to enable a splendid palace car, expressly manufactured for the occasion by Pullman himself, to visit every chief point in the United States without ever breaking connection. Through the principal street in each city, or streets if one was not large enough, rails had been laid so as to admit the passage of the triumphal car. In many cities, as a precaution against unfavorable weather, these streets had been arched over with glass, thus becoming grand arcades, many of which have been allowed to remain so to the present day. The houses lining these streets, hung with tapestry, decorated with flowers, waving with banners, were all to be illuminated at night time in a style at once both the most brilliant and the most tasteful. On the sidewalks, tables had been laid, often miles and miles long, at the public expense; these were to be covered with every kind of eatables, exquisitely cooked, in the greatest profusion, and free to everyone for twelve hours before the arrival of the illustrious guests and also for twelve hours after their departure. The idea mainly aimed at was that, at the grand national banquet about to take place, every inhabitant of the United States, without exception, could consider Barbican and his companions as his own particular guests for the time being, thus giving them a welcome the heartiest and most unanimous that the world has ever yet witnessed.
All the major railroads in the country were connected by temporary tracks, a standard gauge had been adopted everywhere, and all necessary arrangements were made to allow a grand palace car, specially made for the occasion by Pullman himself, to travel to every major city in the United States without losing connection. Rails had been laid down through the main street in each city, or across several streets if one wasn’t big enough, to allow the triumphal car to pass through. In many cities, as a precaution against bad weather, these streets were covered with glass, turning them into grand arcades, many of which still exist today. The buildings along these streets, adorned with tapestries, decorated with flowers, and waving banners, were all set to be brightly illuminated at night in a style that was both dazzling and tasteful. Along the sidewalks, long tables were set up at public expense, often stretching for miles; these tables were to be filled with every kind of food, exquisitely prepared and abundantly available, free to everyone for twelve hours before the arrival of the distinguished guests and for twelve hours after they departed. The main idea was that during the grand national banquet, every resident of the United States could view Barbican and his companions as their own special guests for the time, giving them a welcome that was the warmest and most united the world had ever seen.
Evergreens were to deck the lamp-posts; triumphal arches to span the streets; fountains, squirting eau de cologne, to perfume and cool the air; bands, stationed at proper intervals, to play the most inspiring music; and boys and girls from public and private schools, dressed in picturesque attire, to sing songs of joy and glory. The people, seated at the banquetting tables, were to rise and cheer and toast the heroes as they passed; the military companies, in splendid uniforms, were to salute them with presented arms; while the bells pealed from the church towers, the great guns roared from the armories, feux de joie resounded from the ships in the harbor, until the day's wildest whirl of excitement was continued far into the night by a general illumination and a surpassing display of fireworks. Right in the very heart of the city, the slowly moving triumphal car was always to halt long enough to allow the Club men to join the cheering citizens at their meal, which was to be breakfast, dinner or supper according to that part of the day at which the halt was made.
Evergreens were meant to decorate the lamp posts; triumphal arches would span the streets; fountains, spraying eau de cologne, would perfume and cool the air; bands, positioned at the right spots, would play inspiring music; and boys and girls from public and private schools, dressed in colorful attire, would sing songs of joy and glory. The people seated at the banquet tables would rise to cheer and toast the heroes as they passed by; the military companies, in their stunning uniforms, would salute them with presented arms; while bells rang from the church towers, the big guns boomed from the armories, and feux de joie echoed from the ships in the harbor, until the day’s wildest excitement carried on into the night with a grand illumination and an amazing fireworks display. Right in the heart of the city, the slowly moving triumphal car would always stop long enough for the Club men to join the cheering citizens at their meal, whether it was breakfast, lunch, or dinner, depending on what time of day it was when they paused.
The number of champagne bottles drunk on these occasions, or of the speeches made, or of the jokes told, or of the toasts offered, or of the hands shaken, of course, I cannot now weary my kind reader by detailing, though I have the whole account lying before me in black and white, written out day by day in Barbican's own bold hand. Yet I should like to give a few extracts from this wonderful journal. It is a perfect model of accuracy and system. Whether detailing his own doings or those of the innumerable people he met, Caesar himself never wrote anything more lucid or more pointed. But nothing sets the extraordinary nature of this great man in a better light than the firm, commanding, masterly character of the handwriting in which these records are made. The elegant penmanship all through might easily pass for copper plate engraving—except on one page, dated "Boston, after dinner," where, candor compels me to acknowledge, the "Solid Men" appear to have succeeded in rendering his iron nerves the least bit wabbly.
The number of champagne bottles consumed at these events, along with the speeches given, jokes shared, toasts made, and hands shaken, I won't bore my kind reader with right now, even though I have the entire account in front of me in black and white, written out day by day in Barbican's bold handwriting. However, I'd like to share a few excerpts from this amazing journal. It's a perfect example of accuracy and organization. Whether talking about his own activities or those of the countless people he met, even Caesar never wrote anything clearer or more concise. But nothing highlights the extraordinary nature of this remarkable man better than the strong, commanding, and skillful quality of the handwriting in which these records are kept. The elegant penmanship throughout could easily be mistaken for copperplate engraving—except on one page, dated "Boston, after dinner," where, I must admit, the "Solid Men" seem to have managed to make his otherwise steady nerves a little shaky.
The palace car had been so constructed that, by turning a few cranks and pulling out a few bolts, it was transformed at once into a highly decorated and extremely comfortable open barouche. Marston took the seat usually occupied by the driver: Ardan and M'Nicholl sat immediately under him, face to face with Barbican, who, in order that everyone might be able to distinguish him, was to keep all the back seat for himself, the post of honor.
The palace car was designed so that by turning a few cranks and removing a few bolts, it could be instantly converted into a beautifully decorated and very comfortable open carriage. Marston took the seat typically taken by the driver; Ardan and M'Nicholl sat right below him, facing Barbican, who, to make sure everyone could recognize him, was going to keep the entire back seat for himself, the seat of honor.
On Monday morning, the fifth of May, a month generally the pleasantest in the United States, the grand national banquet commenced in Baltimore, and lasted twenty-four hours. The Gun Club insisted on paying all the expenses of the day, and the city compromised by being allowed to celebrate in whatever way it pleased the reception of the Club men on their return.
On Monday morning, May 5th, a month that's usually one of the nicest in the United States, the big national banquet kicked off in Baltimore and lasted for twenty-four hours. The Gun Club insisted on covering all the costs for the day, and the city agreed to celebrate however it wanted to welcome the Club members back.
They started on their trip that same day in the midst of one of the grandest ovations possible to conceive. They stopped for a little while at Wilmington, but they took dinner in Philadelphia, where the splendor of Broad Street (at present the finest boulevard in the world, being 113 feet wide and five miles long) can be more easily alluded to than even partially described.
They set off on their trip the same day amid one of the biggest celebrations imaginable. They paused for a bit in Wilmington but had dinner in Philadelphia, where the beauty of Broad Street (currently the best boulevard in the world, measuring 113 feet wide and five miles long) is easier to mention than to fully describe.
The house fronts glittered with flowers, flags, pictures, tapestries, and other decorations; the chimneys and roofs swarmed with men and boys cheerfully risking their necks every moment to get one glance at the "Moon men"; every window was a brilliant bouquet of beautiful ladies waving their scented handkerchiefs and showering their sweetest smiles; the elevated tables on the sidewalks, groaning with an abundance of excellent and varied food, were lined with men, women, and children, who, however occupied in eating and drinking, never forgot to salute the heroes, cheering them lustily as they slowly moved along; the spacious street itself, just paved from end to end with smooth Belgian blocks, was a living moving panorama of soldiers, temperance men, free masons, and other societies, radiant in gorgeous uniforms, brilliant in flashing banners, and simply perfect in the rhythmic cadence of their tread, wings of delicious music seeming to bear them onward in their proud and stately march.
The house fronts sparkled with flowers, flags, pictures, tapestries, and other decorations; the chimneys and roofs were crowded with men and boys eagerly risking their safety just for a glimpse of the "Moon men"; every window was a vibrant bouquet of beautiful women waving their scented handkerchiefs and showering the crowd with their warmest smiles; the elevated tables on the sidewalks, overflowing with an abundance of delicious and varied food, were filled with men, women, and children, who, despite being busy eating and drinking, never forgot to greet the heroes, cheering them enthusiastically as they moved by; the wide street itself, newly paved from end to end with smooth Belgian blocks, was a living, moving panorama of soldiers, temperance advocates, free masons, and other groups, all shining in stunning uniforms, dazzling with bright banners, and perfectly synchronized in the rhythmic beat of their steps, as if carried forward by the sweet sounds of music in their proud and stately march.
A vast awning, spanning the street from ridge to ridge, had been so prepared and arranged that, in case of rain or too strong a glare from the summer sun, it could be opened out wholly or partially in the space of a very few minutes. There was not, however, the slightest occasion for using it, the weather being exceedingly fine, almost paradisiacal, as Marston loved to phrase it.
A large awning stretched across the street from one side to the other, set up so that it could be fully or partially opened in just a few minutes if it rained or if the summer sun became too intense. However, there was no need for it at all since the weather was incredibly nice, almost heavenly, as Marston liked to say.
The "Moon men" supped and spent the night in New York, where they were received with even greater enthusiasm than at Philadelphia. But no detailed description can be given of their majestic progress from city to city through all portions of the mighty Republic. It is enough to say that they visited every important town from Portland to San Francisco, from Salt Lake City to New Orleans, from Mobile to Charleston, and from Saint Louis to Baltimore; that, in every section of the great country, preparations for their reception were equally as enthusiastic, their arrival was welcomed with equal furore, and their departure accompanied with an equal amount of affectionate and touching sympathy.
The "Moon men" had dinner and spent the night in New York, where they were welcomed with even more excitement than in Philadelphia. However, no detailed account can be provided of their impressive journey from city to city throughout the vast Republic. It suffices to say that they visited every major city from Portland to San Francisco, from Salt Lake City to New Orleans, from Mobile to Charleston, and from Saint Louis to Baltimore; that, in every part of the country, the preparations for their arrival were just as enthusiastic, their entrance was met with equal furore, and their departure was filled with a similar level of warm and heartfelt sympathy.
The New York Herald reporter, Mr. Watkins, followed them closely everywhere in a palace car of his own, and kept the public fully enlightened regarding every incident worth regarding along the route, almost as soon as it happened. He was enabled to do this by means of a portable telegraphic machine of new and most ingenious construction. Though its motive power was electricity, it could dispense with the ordinary instruments and even with wires altogether, yet it managed to transmit messages to most parts of the world with an accuracy that, considering how seldom it failed, is almost miraculous. The principle actuating it, though guessed at by many shrewd scientists, is still a profound secret and will probably remain so for some time longer, the Herald having purchased the right to its sole and exclusive use for fifteen years, at an enormous cost.
The New York Herald reporter, Mr. Watkins, followed them closely everywhere in his own private train car and kept the public fully informed about every important incident along the route, almost as soon as it happened. He was able to do this with a portable telegraphic machine that was new and incredibly well-designed. Although it was powered by electricity, it didn't need the usual instruments or even wires at all, yet it could send messages to most parts of the world with such accuracy that, considering how rarely it failed, it's almost miraculous. The principle behind it, while speculated upon by many clever scientists, remains a deep secret and will likely stay that way for some time, as the Herald has purchased the exclusive rights to its use for fifteen years, at a huge cost.
Who shall say that the apotheosis of our three heroes was not worthy of them, or that, had they lived in the old prehistoric times, they would not have taken the loftiest places among the demi-gods?
Who can say that the elevation of our three heroes wasn't deserved, or that if they had lived in ancient times, they wouldn't have earned the highest status among the demigods?
As the tremendous whirl of excitement began slowly to die away, the more thoughtful heads of the Great Republic began asking each other a few questions:
As the huge rush of excitement started to fade, the more reflective minds of the Great Republic began to ask each other some questions:
Can this wonderful journey, unprecedented in the annals of wonderful journeys, ever lead to any practical result?
Can this amazing journey, unlike any other in the history of great journeys, ever lead to any real outcome?
Shall we ever live to see direct communication established with the Moon?
Shall we ever see direct communication established with the Moon?
Will any Air Line of space navigation ever undertake to start a system of locomotion between the different members of the solar system?
Will any space travel company ever try to create a transportation system between the various bodies in the solar system?
Have we any reasonable grounds for ever expecting to see trains running between planet and planet, as from Mars to Jupiter and, possibly afterwards, from star to star, as from Polaris to Sirius?
Have we any solid reasons to expect that we will ever see trains running between planets, like from Mars to Jupiter, and maybe someday from star to star, like from Polaris to Sirius?
Even to-day these are exceedingly puzzling questions, and, with all our much vaunted scientific progress, such as "no fellow can make out." But if we only reflect a moment on the audacious go-a-headiveness of the Yankee branch of the Anglo Saxon race, we shall easily conclude that the American people will never rest quietly until they have pushed to its last result and to every logical consequence the astounding step so daringly conceived and so wonderfully carried out by their great countryman Barbican.
Even today, these are incredibly puzzling questions, and despite all our so-called scientific progress, no one can figure it out. But if we take a moment to think about the boldness of the Yankee branch of the Anglo-Saxon race, we'll easily conclude that the American people will never be satisfied until they've explored every potential outcome and logical consequence of the amazing step that their great fellow countryman Barbican conceived and executed so brilliantly.
In fact, within a very few months after the return of the Club men from the Continental Banquet, as it was called in the papers, the country was flooded by a number of little books, like Insurance pamphlets, thrust into every letter box and pushed under every door, announcing the formation of a new company called The Grand Interstellar Communication Society. The Capital was to be 100 million dollars, at a thousand dollars a share: J.P. BARBICAN, ESQ., P.G.C. was to be President; Colonel JOSHUA D. M'NICHOLL, Vice-President; Hon. J.T. MARSTON, Secretary; Chevalier MICHAEL ARDAN, General Manager; JOHN MURPHY, ESQ., Chief Engineer; H. PHILLIPS COLEMAN, ESQ. (Philadelphia lawyer), Legal Adviser; and the Astrological Adviser was to be Professor HENRY of Washington. (Belfast's blunder had injured him so much in public estimation, his former partisans having become his most merciless revilers, that it was considered advisable to omit his name altogether even in the list of the Directors.)
In fact, just a few months after the Club members returned from the so-called Continental Banquet, the country was inundated with a number of little books, similar to insurance pamphlets, stuffed into every mailbox and slid under every door. These books announced the formation of a new company called The Grand Interstellar Communication Society. The capital was set at 100 million dollars, with shares priced at a thousand dollars each: J.P. BARBICAN, ESQ., P.G.C. was to be the President; Colonel JOSHUA D. M'NICHOLL, Vice-President; Hon. J.T. MARSTON, Secretary; Chevalier MICHAEL ARDAN, General Manager; JOHN MURPHY, ESQ., Chief Engineer; H. PHILLIPS COLEMAN, ESQ. (a lawyer from Philadelphia), Legal Adviser; and the Astrological Adviser was set to be Professor HENRY of Washington. (Belfast's mistake had damaged his reputation so much that his former supporters became his harshest critics, leading to the decision to leave his name off even the list of Directors.)
From the very beginning, the moneyed public looked on the G.I.C.S, with decided favor, and its shares were bought up pretty freely. Conducted on strictly honorable principles, keeping carefully aloof from all such damaging connection as the Credit Mobilier, and having its books always thrown open for public inspection, its reputation even to-day is excellent and continually improving in the popular estimation. Holding out no utopian inducements to catch the unwary, and making no wheedling promises to blind the guileless, it states its great objects with all their great advantages, without at the same time suppressing its enormous and perhaps insuperable difficulties. People know exactly what to think of it, and, whether it ever meets with perfect success or proves a complete failure, no one in the country will ever think of casting a slur on the bright name of its peerless President, J.P. Barbican.
From the very beginning, wealthy people viewed the G.I.C.S. very positively, and its shares were purchased quite freely. Run on strictly honorable principles, staying away from damaging connections like the Credit Mobilier, and always keeping its books open for public inspection, its reputation is still excellent today and continues to improve in popular opinion. It makes no unrealistic promises to mislead the unwary and doesn’t offer sweet talk to deceive the innocent; it clearly states its major goals along with their significant benefits, while also acknowledging its huge and possibly insurmountable challenges. People know exactly what to think about it, and whether it achieves perfect success or ends up failing completely, no one in the country will ever think of tarnishing the outstanding reputation of its exceptional President, J.P. Barbican.
For a few years this great man devoted every faculty of his mind to the furthering of the Company's objects. But in the midst of his labors, the rapid approach of the CENTENNIAL surprised him. After a long and careful consultation on the subject, the Directors and Stockholders of the G.I.C.S. advised him to suspend all further labors in their behalf for a few years, in order that he might be freer to devote the full energies of his giant intellect towards celebrating the first hundredth anniversary of his country's Independence—as all true Americans would wish to see it celebrated—in a manner every way worthy of the GREAT REPUBLIC OF THE WEST!
For a few years, this great man dedicated all his mental faculties to advancing the Company's goals. However, in the midst of his efforts, the upcoming CENTENNIAL caught him off guard. After a lengthy and thoughtful discussion on the matter, the Directors and Stockholders of the G.I.C.S. advised him to pause all further work on their behalf for a few years, so he could fully focus his incredible intellect on celebrating the first hundredth anniversary of his country's Independence—as all true Americans would hope to see it celebrated—in a way that truly honors the GREAT REPUBLIC OF THE WEST!
Obeying orders instantly and with the single-idea'd, unselfish enthusiasm of his nature, he threw himself at once heart and soul into the great enterprise. Though possessing no official prominence—this he absolutely insists upon—he is well known to be the great fountain head whence emanate all the life, order, dispatch, simplicity, economy, and wonderful harmony which, so far, have so eminently characterized the magnificent project. With all operations for raising the necessary funds—further than by giving some sound practical advice—he positively refused to connect himself (this may be the reason why subscriptions to the Centennial stock are so slow in coming in), but in the proper apportionment of expenses and the strict surveillance of the mechanical, engineering, and architectural departments, his services have proved invaluable. His experience in the vast operations at Stony Hill has given him great skill in the difficult art of managing men. His voice is seldom heard at the meetings, but when it is, people seem to take a pleasure in readily submitting to its dictates.
Following orders immediately and with the focused, selfless enthusiasm of his character, he fully dedicated himself to the major project. Even though he holds no official position—he insists on this—he is widely recognized as the primary source of all the energy, organization, efficiency, simplicity, cost-effectiveness, and remarkable harmony that have, so far, distinguished this extraordinary initiative. While he absolutely refused to involve himself in the fundraising efforts—beyond providing some solid practical advice (which might explain why donations for the Centennial stock are coming in slowly)—his input in budgeting and closely monitoring the mechanical, engineering, and architectural sectors has been invaluable. His experience from the large operations at Stony Hill has equipped him with great skill in the challenging art of managing people. He rarely speaks at the meetings, but when he does, people seem to enjoy following his guidance.
In wet weather or dry, in hot weather or cold, he may still be seen every day at Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, leisurely strolling from building to building, picking his steps quietly through the bustling crowds of busy workmen, never speaking a word, not even to Marston his faithful shadow, often pencilling something in his pocket book, stopping occasionally to look apparently nowhere, but never, you may be sure, allowing a single detail in the restless panorama around him to escape the piercing shaft of his eagle glance.
In any weather—rain or shine, hot or cold—he can still be seen every day at Fairmount Park in Philadelphia, casually walking from building to building, carefully making his way through the busy crowds of workers, never saying a word, not even to Marston, his loyal companion. He often jots down notes in his pocketbook, stops occasionally to gaze off into the distance, but rest assured, he never lets a single detail in the lively scene around him slip past the sharp focus of his keen eye.
He is evidently determined on rendering the great CENTENNIAL of his country a still greater and more wonderful success than even his own world-famous and never to be forgotten JOURNEY through the boundless fields of ether, and ALL AROUND THE MOON!
He is clearly set on making the upcoming CENTENNIAL of his country an even greater and more amazing success than his own world-famous and unforgettable JOURNEY through the vastness of space, and ALL AROUND THE MOON!
END.
FOOTNOTES:
[A] In our Map of the Moon, prepared expressly for this work, we have so far improved on Beer and Maedler as to give her surface as it appears to the naked eye: that is, the north is in the north; only we must always remember that the west is and must be on the right hand.
[A] In our Moon Map, created specifically for this work, we've improved on Beer and Maedler by showing its surface as it appears to the naked eye: that is, the north is at the top; we just need to remember that the west is always on the right side.
[B] In our Map the Mappa Selenographica is copied as closely and as fully as is necessary for understanding the details of the story. For further information the reader is referred to Nasmyth's late magnificent work: the MOON.
[B] In our map, the Mappa Selenographica is reproduced as accurately and completely as needed to understand the details of the story. For more information, readers can refer to Nasmyth's recent impressive work: the MOON.
[C] We must again remind our readers that, in our map, though every thing is set down as it appears to the eye not as it is reversed by the telescope, still, for the reason made so clear by Barbican, the right hand side must be the west and the left the east.
[C] We need to remind our readers that, in our map, everything is shown as it looks to the eye rather than how it's flipped in the telescope. However, as Barbican explained clearly, the right side should be considered west and the left side east.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!